1	// dear imgui, v1.90.5
2	// (main code and documentation)
3
4	// Help:
5	// - See links below.
6	// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
7	// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments.
8
9	// Resources:
10	// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md)
11	// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
12	// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
13	// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
14	// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
15	// - Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code)
16	// - Third-party Extensions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more)
17	// - Bindings/Backends https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines)
18	// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
19	// - Debug Tools https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools
20	// - Software using Dear ImGui https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui
21	// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
22	// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps)
23
24	// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts:
25	// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.
26	// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there.
27
28	// Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut
29	// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.
30	// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License).
31	// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance.
32	// Businesses: you can support continued development via B2B invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts.
33	// PLEASE reach out at omar AT dearimgui DOT com. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding
34	// Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.
35
36	// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library.
37	// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without
38	// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't
39	// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you
40	// to a better solution or official support for them.
41
42	/*
43
44	Index of this file:
45
46	DOCUMENTATION
47
48	- MISSION STATEMENT
49	- CONTROLS GUIDE
50	- PROGRAMMER GUIDE
51	- READ FIRST
52	- HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
53	- GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
54	- HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
55	- HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
56	- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
57	- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
58	- Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.com/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer)
59
60	CODE
61	(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them)
62
63	// [SECTION] INCLUDES
64	// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
65	// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
66	// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
67	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
68	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
69	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
70	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
71	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
72	// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
73	// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
74	// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex
75	// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
76	// [SECTION] STYLING
77	// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
78	// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN
79	// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
80	// [SECTION] ID STACK
81	// [SECTION] INPUTS
82	// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
83	// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION
84	// [SECTION] LAYOUT
85	// [SECTION] SCROLLING
86	// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
87	// [SECTION] POPUPS
88	// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
89	// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
90	// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
91	// [SECTION] SETTINGS
92	// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION
93	// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
94	// [SECTION] DOCKING
95	// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
96	// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
97	// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW
98	// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL)
99
100	*/
101
102	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
103	// DOCUMENTATION
104	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
105
106	/*
107
108	MISSION STATEMENT
109	=================
110
111	- Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools.
112	- Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools.
113	- Easy to hack and improve.
114	- Minimize setup and maintenance.
115	- Minimize state storage on user side.
116	- Minimize state synchronization.
117	- Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.).
118	- Efficient runtime and memory consumption.
119
120	Designed primarily for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user!
121	Some of the current weaknesses (which we aim to address in the future) includes:
122
123	- Doesn't look fancy.
124	- Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code.
125
126
127	CONTROLS GUIDE
128	==============
129
130	- MOUSE CONTROLS
131	- Mouse wheel: Scroll vertically.
132	- SHIFT+Mouse wheel: Scroll horizontally.
133	- Click [X]: Close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin().
134	- Click ^, Double-Click title: Collapse window.
135	- Drag on corner/border: Resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents).
136	- Drag on any empty space: Move window (unless io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = true).
137	- Left-click outside popup: Close popup stack (right-click over underlying popup: Partially close popup stack).
138
139	- TEXT EDITOR
140	- Hold SHIFT or Drag Mouse: Select text.
141	- CTRL+Left/Right: Word jump.
142	- CTRL+Shift+Left/Right: Select words.
143	- CTRL+A or Double-Click: Select All.
144	- CTRL+X, CTRL+C, CTRL+V: Use OS clipboard.
145	- CTRL+Z, CTRL+Y: Undo, Redo.
146	- ESCAPE: Revert text to its original value.
147	- On OSX, controls are automatically adjusted to match standard OSX text editing shortcuts and behaviors.
148
149	- KEYBOARD CONTROLS
150	- Basic:
151	- Tab, SHIFT+Tab Cycle through text editable fields.
152	- CTRL+Tab, CTRL+Shift+Tab Cycle through windows.
153	- CTRL+Click Input text into a Slider or Drag widget.
154	- Extended features with `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard`:
155	- Tab, SHIFT+Tab: Cycle through every items.
156	- Arrow keys Move through items using directional navigation. Tweak value.
157	- Arrow keys + Alt, Shift Tweak slower, tweak faster (when using arrow keys).
158	- Enter Activate item (prefer text input when possible).
159	- Space Activate item (prefer tweaking with arrows when possible).
160	- Escape Deactivate item, leave child window, close popup.
161	- Page Up, Page Down Previous page, next page.
162	- Home, End Scroll to top, scroll to bottom.
163	- Alt Toggle between scrolling layer and menu layer.
164	- CTRL+Tab then Ctrl+Arrows Move window. Hold SHIFT to resize instead of moving.
165	- Output when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard set,
166	- io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag is set when keyboard is claimed.
167	- io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.
168	- io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (usually goes to back false when mouse is used).
169
170	- GAMEPAD CONTROLS
171	- Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
172	- Particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse!
173	- Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets
174	- Backend support: backend needs to:
175	- Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad' + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys.
176	- For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly.
177	Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.).
178	- BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead!
179	- If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing,
180	with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
181
182	- REMOTE INPUTS SHARING & MOUSE EMULATION
183	- PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback.
184	- Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + run examples/libs/synergy/uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app)
185	in order to share your PC mouse/keyboard.
186	- See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions#remoting for other remoting solutions.
187	- On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag.
188	Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs Dear ImGui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements.
189	When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved.
190	When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that.
191	(If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, Dear ImGui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back & forth!)
192	(In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want
193	to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.)
194
195
196	PROGRAMMER GUIDE
197	================
198
199	READ FIRST
200	----------
201	- Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki)
202	- Your code creates the UI every frame of your application loop, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone!
203	The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or destruction steps, less superfluous
204	data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs.
205	- Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
206	Or browse https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html for interactive web version.
207	- The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build.
208	- Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori).
209	You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki.
210	- Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances.
211	For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI,
212	where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches.
213	- Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right.
214	- Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected).
215	If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert.
216	- This codebase aims to be highly optimized:
217	- A typical idle frame should never call malloc/free.
218	- We rely on a maximum of constant-time or O(N) algorithms. Limiting searches/scans as much as possible.
219	- We put particular energy in making sure performances are decent with typical "Debug" build settings as well.
220	Which mean we tend to avoid over-relying on "zero-cost abstraction" as they aren't zero-cost at all.
221	- This codebase aims to be both highly opinionated and highly flexible:
222	- This code works because of the things it choose to solve or not solve.
223	- C++: this is a pragmatic C-ish codebase: we don't use fancy C++ features, we don't include C++ headers,
224	and ImGui:: is a namespace. We rarely use member functions (and when we did, I am mostly regretting it now).
225	This is to increase compatibility, increase maintainability and facilitate use from other languages.
226	- C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types.
227	See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that.
228	We can can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4 using IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, which we use internally.
229	- C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction
230	(so don't use ImVector in your code or at our own risk!).
231	- Building: We don't use nor mandate a build system for the main library.
232	This is in an effort to ensure that it works in the real world aka with any esoteric build setup.
233	This is also because providing a build system for the main library would be of little-value.
234	The build problems are almost never coming from the main library but from specific backends.
235
236
237	HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
238	----------------------------------------------
239	- Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file.
240	- About imconfig.h:
241	- You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it.
242	- or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest.
243	- or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to
244	specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one.
245
246	- Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h)
247	- Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master".
248	- You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file.
249	- Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.
250	If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed
251	from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will
252	likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
253	- To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file.
254	- Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date!
255
256
257	GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
258	---------------------------------------------------------------
259	- See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started.
260	- Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library.
261	- In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder.
262	- Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.
263	It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL).
264	- You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types.
265	- When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them.
266	- Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide.
267	Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render"
268	phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().
269	- Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
270	- If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder.
271
272
273	HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
274	--------------------------------------
275	EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder).
276	The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure.
277
278	// Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
279	ImGui::CreateContext();
280	ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
281	// TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
282	// TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
283	// TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
284
285	// Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)
286	ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd);
287	ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext);
288
289	// Application main loop
290	while (true)
291	{
292	// Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame
293	ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame();
294	ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame();
295	ImGui::NewFrame();
296
297	// Any application code here
298	ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
299
300	// Render dear imgui into screen
301	ImGui::Render();
302	ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
303	g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);
304	}
305
306	// Shutdown
307	ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();
308	ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
309	ImGui::DestroyContext();
310
311	EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE
312
313	// Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
314	ImGui::CreateContext();
315	ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
316	// TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
317	// TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
318	// TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
319
320	// Build and load the texture atlas into a texture
321	// (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer)
322	int width, height;
323	unsigned char* pixels = nullptr;
324	io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);
325
326	// At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system:
327	// After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'.
328	// This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID.
329	MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32)
330	io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture);
331
332	// Application main loop
333	while (true)
334	{
335	// Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc.
336	// (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends)
337	io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds)
338	io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width
339	io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here
340	io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y); // update mouse position
341	io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]); // update mouse button states
342	io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]); // update mouse button states
343
344	// Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
345	// (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere)
346	ImGui::NewFrame();
347
348	// Most of your application code here
349	ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
350	MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();
351	MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well!
352
353	// Render dear imgui, swap buffers
354	// (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code)
355	ImGui::EndFrame();
356	ImGui::Render();
357	ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData();
358	MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data);
359	SwapBuffers();
360	}
361
362	// Shutdown
363	ImGui::DestroyContext();
364
365	To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application,
366	you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
367	Please read the FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" about this.
368
369
370	HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
371	---------------------------------------------
372	The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function.
373
374	void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)
375	{
376	// TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled
377	// TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering.
378	// TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
379	// TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
380	// TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.
381	ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;
382	for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
383	{
384	const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
385	const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui
386	const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui
387	for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
388	{
389	const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
390	if (pcmd->UserCallback)
391	{
392	pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
393	}
394	else
395	{
396	// Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
397	ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y);
398	ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y);
399	if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
400	continue;
401
402	// We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it.
403	// - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches
404	// (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works!
405	// - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space:
406	// - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size
407	// - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values.
408	// - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github),
409	// always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.
410	// - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)
411	MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y);
412
413	// The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID().
414	// The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.
415	MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID());
416
417	// Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles.
418	// By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices.
419	MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset);
420	}
421	}
422	}
423	}
424
425
426	API BREAKING CHANGES
427	====================
428
429	Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix.
430	Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.
431	When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.
432	You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
433
434	(Docking/Viewport Branch)
435	- 2024/XX/XX (1.XXXX) - when multi-viewports are enabled, all positions will be in your natural OS coordinates space. It means that:
436	- reference to hard-coded positions such as in SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0,0)) are probably not what you want anymore.
437	you may use GetMainViewport()->Pos to offset hard-coded positions, e.g. SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->Pos)
438	- likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates.
439	If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos.
440
441	- 2024/03/18 (1.90.5) - merged the radius_x/radius_y parameters in ImDrawList::AddEllipse(), AddEllipseFilled() and PathEllipticalArcTo() into a single ImVec2 parameter. Exceptionally, because those functions were added in 1.90, we are not adding inline redirection functions. The transition is easy and should affect few users. (#2743, #7417)
442	- 2024/03/08 (1.90.5) - inputs: more formally obsoleted GetKeyIndex() when IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is set. It has been unnecessary and a no-op since 1.87 (it returns the same value as passed when used with a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent() function). (#4921)
443	- IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
444	- 2024/01/15 (1.90.2) - commented out obsolete ImGuiIO::ImeWindowHandle marked obsolete in 1.87, favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.
445	- 2023/12/19 (1.90.1) - commented out obsolete ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter redirection to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter.
446	- 2023/11/06 (1.90.1) - removed CalcListClipping() marked obsolete in 1.86. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges.
447	- 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - imgui_freetype: commented out ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas() obsoleted in 1.81. prefer using #define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE or see commented code for manual calls.
448	- 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - internals,columns: commented out legacy ImGuiColumnsFlags_XXX symbols redirecting to ImGuiOldColumnsFlags_XXX, obsoleted from imgui_internal.h in 1.80.
449	- 2023/11/09 (1.90.0) - removed IM_OFFSETOF() macro in favor of using offsetof() available in C++11. Kept redirection define (will obsolete).
450	- 2023/11/07 (1.90.0) - removed BeginChildFrame()/EndChildFrame() in favor of using BeginChild() with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
451	those functions were merely PushStyle/PopStyle helpers, the removal isn't so much motivated by needing to add the feature in BeginChild(), but by the necessity to avoid BeginChildFrame() signature mismatching BeginChild() signature and features.
452	- 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: upgraded 'bool border = true' parameter to 'ImGuiChildFlags flags' type, added ImGuiChildFlags_Border equivalent. As with our prior "bool-to-flags" API updates, the ImGuiChildFlags_Border value is guaranteed to be == true forever to ensure a smoother transition, meaning all existing calls will still work.
453	- old: BeginChild("Name", size, true)
454	- new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border)
455	- old: BeginChild("Name", size, false)
456	- new: BeginChild("Name", size) or BeginChild("Name", 0) or BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None)
457	- 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: added child-flag ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding as a replacement for the window-flag ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow.
458	- old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding);
459	- new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding, 0);
460	- 2023/09/27 (1.90.0) - io: removed io.MetricsActiveAllocations introduced in 1.63. Same as 'g.DebugMemAllocCount - g.DebugMemFreeCount' (still displayed in Metrics, unlikely to be accessed by end-user).
461	- 2023/09/26 (1.90.0) - debug tools: Renamed ShowStackToolWindow() ("Stack Tool") to ShowIDStackToolWindow() ("ID Stack Tool"), as earlier name was misleading. Kept inline redirection function. (#4631)
462	- 2023/09/15 (1.90.0) - ListBox, Combo: changed signature of "name getter" callback in old one-liner ListBox()/Combo() apis. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
463	- old: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...)
464	- new: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...);
465	- old: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getting)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...);
466	- new: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...);
467	- 2023/09/08 (1.90.0) - commented out obsolete redirecting functions:
468	- GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -> use GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x. Consider that generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.
469	- ImDrawCornerFlags_XXX -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + grep commented names in sources.
470	- commented out runtime support for hardcoded ~0 or 0x01..0x0F rounding flags values for AddRect()/AddRectFilled()/PathRect()/AddImageRounded() -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details
471	- 2023/08/25 (1.89.9) - clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices() (also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before 1.89.6) to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. Sorry!
472	- 2023/07/12 (1.89.8) - ImDrawData: CmdLists now owned, changed from ImDrawList** to ImVector<ImDrawList*>. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. Instead use AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878)
473	- 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' (called after item) in favor of calling 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' (called before item). 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15).
474	- 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap', 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap'. Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete).
475	- 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: IsItemHovered() now by default return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Use ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to revert to old behavior.
476	- 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: Selectable and TreeNode don't allow overlap when active so overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610)
477	- 2023/06/20 (1.89.7) - moved io.HoverDelayShort/io.HoverDelayNormal to style.HoverDelayShort/style.HoverDelayNormal. As the fields were added in 1.89 and expected to be left unchanged by most users, or only tweaked once during app initialization, we are exceptionally accepting the breakage.
478	- 2023/05/30 (1.89.6) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h". This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.
479	- 2023/05/22 (1.89.6) - listbox: commented out obsolete/redirecting functions that were marked obsolete more than two years ago:
480	- ListBoxHeader() -> use BeginListBox() (note how two variants of ListBoxHeader() existed. Check commented versions in imgui.h for reference)
481	- ListBoxFooter() -> use EndListBox()
482	- 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: commented out obsolete redirection constructor 'ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f)' that was marked obsolete in 1.79. Use default constructor + clipper.Begin().
483	- 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: renamed ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() to ImGuiListClipper::IncludeRangeByIndices().
484	- 2023/03/14 (1.89.4) - commented out redirecting enums/functions names that were marked obsolete two years ago:
485	- ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput -> use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp
486	- ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode -> use ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite
487	- ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() -> use ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic()
488	- ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo() -> use ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo()
489	- 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - renamed PushAllowKeyboardFocus()/PopAllowKeyboardFocus() to PushTabStop()/PopTabStop(). Kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete).
490	- 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - tooltips: Added 'bool' return value to BeginTooltip() for API consistency. Please only submit contents and call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true. In reality the function will _currently_ always return true, but further changes down the line may change this, best to clarify API sooner.
491	- 2023/02/15 (1.89.4) - moved the optional "courtesy maths operators" implementation from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h.
492	Even though we encourage using your own maths types and operators by setting up IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA,
493	it has been frequently requested by people to use our own. We had an opt-in define which was
494	previously fulfilled in imgui_internal.h. It is now fulfilled in imgui.h. (#6164)
495	- OK: #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui.h" / #include "imgui_internal.h"
496	- Error: #include "imgui.h" / #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui_internal.h"
497	- 2023/02/07 (1.89.3) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdl.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdl.h" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.h". (#6146) This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.
498	- 2022/10/26 (1.89) - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79.
499	- 2022/10/12 (1.89) - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details.
500	- 2022/09/26 (1.89) - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete).
501	- ImGuiKey_ModCtrl and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl
502	- ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift
503	- ImGuiKey_ModAlt and ImGuiModFlags_Alt -> ImGuiMod_Alt
504	- ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super
505	the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends.
506	the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions.
507	exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway.
508	- 2022/09/20 (1.89) - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers.
509	this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g.
510	- with imgui_impl_glfw: IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A);
511	- with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A') -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A')
512	- etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now!
513	- 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr);
514	- 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020):
515	- DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.
516	- SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.
517	- BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiMouseButton, bool) -> use BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags)
518	- 2022/09/02 (1.89) - obsoleted using SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend parent window/cell boundaries.
519	this relates to when moving the cursor position beyond current boundaries WITHOUT submitting an item.
520	- previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:
521	Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End();
522	- instead, please submit an item:
523	Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End();
524	- alternative:
525	Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End();
526	- content size is now only extended when submitting an item!
527	- with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will now be detected and assert.
528	- without '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will silently be fixed until we obsolete it.
529	- 2022/08/03 (1.89) - changed signature of ImageButton() function. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
530	- added 'const char* str_id' parameter + removed 'int frame_padding = -1' parameter.
531	- old signature: bool ImageButton(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));
532	- used the ImTextureID value to create an ID. This was inconsistent with other functions, led to ID conflicts, and caused problems with engines using transient ImTextureID values.
533	- had a FramePadding override which was inconsistent with other functions and made the already-long signature even longer.
534	- new signature: bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));
535	- requires an explicit identifier. You may still use e.g. PushID() calls and then pass an empty identifier.
536	- always uses style.FramePadding for padding, to be consistent with other buttons. You may use PushStyleVar() to alter this.
537	- 2022/07/08 (1.89) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes).
538	- Official backends from 1.87+ -> no issue.
539	- Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86 -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating!
540	- Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue.
541	- Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[] -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing!
542	- TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[].
543	- 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete).
544	- 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary.
545	- 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO.
546	- 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO.
547	- Backend writing to io.NavInputs[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values.
548	- 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used).
549	- 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO.
550	- Backend writing to io.MousePos -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent()
551	- Backend writing to io.MouseDown[] -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent()
552	- Backend writing to io.MouseWheel -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent()
553	- Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only]
554	note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current.
555	read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details.
556	- 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details.
557	- IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
558	- IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
559	- Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes).
560	- Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values.*
561	- one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert.
562	- inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper.
563	- 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum.
564	- 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.
565	- 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019)
566	- ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen() -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen()
567	- ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x
568	- ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
569	- ImFontAtlas::CustomRect -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect
570	- ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex
571	- 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings
572	- 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function.
573	- 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.
574	- 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019):
575	- ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
576	- ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
577	- 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID().
578	- if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do.
579	- if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID().
580	- 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags.
581	- ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft
582	- ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight
583	- ImDrawCornerFlags_None -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc.
584	flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API.
585	breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners":
586	- rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (common use)
587	- rounding > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding --> unchanged (common use)
588	- rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (unlikely use)
589	- rounding > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f.
590	this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok.
591	the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts.
592	legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise).
593	- 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018):
594	- ImGui::SetScrollHere() -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY()
595	- 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing.
596	- 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future.
597	- 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'.
598	- 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed.
599	- 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
600	- removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
601	- renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
602	- 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags.
603	- renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags.
604	- renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API.
605	- 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018):
606	- ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
607	- ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
608	- ImGuiInputTextCallback -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback
609	- ImGuiInputTextCallbackData -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
610	- 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
611	- 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added!
612	- 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API.
613	- 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures
614	- 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/.
615	- 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018):
616	- io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend
617	- ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused() -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
618	- ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered() -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
619	- ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
620	- ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
621	- removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018):
622	- InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision.
623	- same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter.
624	- 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed).
625	- 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently).
626	- 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton.
627	- 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory.
628	- 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result.
629	- 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now!
630	- 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar().
631	replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags).
632	worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions:
633	- if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected.
634	- if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct.
635	- if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f.
636	see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details.
637	kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used.
638	for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.
639	- obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime.
640	- 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems.
641	- 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79]
642	- 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017.
643	- 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular().
644	- 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more.
645	- 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead.
646	- 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value.
647	- 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017):
648	- ShowTestWindow() -> use ShowDemoWindow()
649	- IsRootWindowFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow)
650	- IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
651	- SetNextWindowContentWidth(w) -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)
652	- GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
653	- ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg
654	- ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
655	- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
656	- IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
657	- 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API.
658	- 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it).
659	- 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert.
660	- 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
661	- 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
662	- 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017):
663	- Begin() [old 5 args version] -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed
664	- IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
665	- AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() -> use AlignTextToFramePadding()
666	- SetNextWindowPosCenter() -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f)
667	- ImFont::Glyph -> use ImFontGlyph
668	- 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function.
669	if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix.
670	The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay).
671	If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you.
672	- 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
673	- 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
674	- 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71.
675	- 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have
676	overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering.
677	This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows.
678	Please reach out if you are affected.
679	- 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
680	- 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c).
681	- 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now.
682	- 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
683	- 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
684	- 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
685	- 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value!
686	- 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already).
687	- 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead!
688	- 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
689	- 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects.
690	- 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags.
691	- 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.
692	- 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
693	- 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h.
694	If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths.
695	- 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427)
696	- 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp.
697	NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED.
698	Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions.
699	- 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent).
700	- 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete).
701	- 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly).
702	- 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature.
703	- 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency.
704	- 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time.
705	- 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
706	- 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.).
707	old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports.
708	when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call.
709	in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function.
710	- 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.
711	- 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.
712	- 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.
713	If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.
714	To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.
715	If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them.
716	- 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format",
717	consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete).
718	- 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value.
719	- 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch).
720	- 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now.
721	- 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically.
722	- 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums.
723	- 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment.
724	- 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display.
725	- 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit,
726	- YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END.
727	- removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose.
728	- you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance.
729	- removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts.
730	- removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts.
731	- 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths.
732	- 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
733	- 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
734	- 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData.
735	- 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side.
736	- 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
737	- 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags
738	- 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame.
739	- 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set.
740	- 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
741	- 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
742	- obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
743	- 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
744	- 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
745	- 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed.
746	- 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up.
747	Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions.
748	- 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency.
749	- 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg.
750	- 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding.
751	- 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows);
752	- 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
753	- 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it.
754	- 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details.
755	removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting.
756	IsItemHoveredRect() --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)
757	IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
758	IsMouseHoveringWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior]
759	- 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead!
760	- 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
761	- 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
762	- 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
763	- 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)".
764	- 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)!
765	- renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
766	- renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
767	- 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency.
768	- 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix.
769	- 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type.
770	- 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely.
771	- 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
772	- 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
773	- 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton().
774	- 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu.
775	- changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options.
776	- changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))'
777	- 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse
778	- 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset.
779	- 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity.
780	- 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild().
781	- 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it.
782	- 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc.
783	- 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal.
784	- 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore.
785	If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
786	This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color:
787	ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); }
788	If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color.
789	- 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext().
790	- 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection.
791	- 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen).
792	- 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.
793	- 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337).
794	- 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337)
795	- 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
796	- 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert.
797	- 2016/01/23 (1.48) - fixed not honoring exact width passed to PushItemWidth(), previously it would add extra FramePadding.x*2 over that width. if you had manual pixel-perfect alignment in place it might affect you.
798	- 2015/12/27 (1.48) - fixed ImDrawList::AddRect() which used to render a rectangle 1 px too large on each axis.
799	- 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete.
800	- 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position.
801	GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side.
802	GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out!
803	- 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize
804	- 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project.
805	- 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason
806	- 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure.
807	you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text.
808	- 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost.
809	this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :(
810	- if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.
811	- the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!
812	old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
813	new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
814	parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
815	ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new.
816	ImDrawCmd: 'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'.
817	- each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.
818	- if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering!
819	- refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade!
820	- 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float.
821	- 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
822	- 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount.
823	- 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence
824	- 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry!
825	- 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
826	- 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
827	- 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons.
828	- 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened.
829	- 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same).
830	- 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
831	- 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API
832	- 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive.
833	- 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead.
834	- 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
835	- 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
836	- 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
837	- 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing)
838	- 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
839	- 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once.
840	- 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now.
841	- 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior
842	- 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
843	- 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)
844	- 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.
845	- 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.
846	- 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
847	- old: const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..];
848	- new: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier);
849	you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
850	- 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID()
851	- 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
852	- 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
853	- 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)
854	- 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)
855	- 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility
856	- 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered()
857	- 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly)
858	- 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity)
859	- 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale()
860	- 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn
861	- 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically)
862	- 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite
863	- 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes
864
865
866	FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
867	================================
868
869	Read all answers online:
870	https://www.dearimgui.com/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url)
871	Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer):
872	docs/FAQ.md
873	Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code.
874
875	Q&A: Basics
876	===========
877
878	Q: Where is the documentation?
879	A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++.
880	- Run the examples/ applications and explore them.
881	- Read Getting Started (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide.
882	- See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function.
883	- The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output.
884	- See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h.
885	- 20+ standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the
886	examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application.
887	- The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links.
888	- The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful.
889	- Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments
890	associated with it.
891
892	Q: What is this library called?
893	Q: Which version should I get?
894	>> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :)
895	>> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for details.
896
897	Q&A: Integration
898	================
899
900	Q: How to get started?
901	A: Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt.
902
903	Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?
904	A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
905	>> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this.
906
907	Q. How can I enable keyboard or gamepad controls?
908	Q: How can I use this on a machine without mouse, keyboard or screen? (input share, remote display)
909	Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text...
910	Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around...
911	Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries...
912	>> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
913
914	Q&A: Usage
915	----------
916
917	Q: About the ID Stack system..
918	- Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?
919	- How can I have widgets with an empty label?
920	- How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?
921	- How can I have multiple windows with the same label?
922	Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work?
923	Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2?
924	Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?
925	Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API)
926	>> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
927
928	Q&A: Fonts, Text
929	================
930
931	Q: How should I handle DPI in my application?
932	Q: How can I load a different font than the default?
933	Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?
934	Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
935	Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
936	>> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md
937
938	Q&A: Concerns
939	=============
940
941	Q: Who uses Dear ImGui?
942	Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui?
943	Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui?
944	Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)?
945	>> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
946
947	Q&A: Community
948	==============
949
950	Q: How can I help?
951	A: - Businesses: please reach out to "omar AT dearimgui DOT com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui!
952	We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts.
953	This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we sustain and grow work on this project.
954	>>> See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding
955	- Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.
956	- If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, and see how you want to help and can help!
957	- Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.
958	You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.
959	But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions.
960	- If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately).
961
962	*/
963
964	//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
965	// [SECTION] INCLUDES
966	//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
967
968	#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
969	#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
970	#endif
971
972	#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
973	#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
974	#endif
975
976	#include "imgui.h"
977	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
978	#include "imgui_internal.h"
979
980	// System includes
981	#include <stdio.h> // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
982	#include <stdint.h> // intptr_t
983
984	// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled
985	#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
986	#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
987	#endif
988
989	// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional)
990	#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
991	#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS
992	#endif
993	#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
994	#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
995	#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
996	#endif
997	#ifndef NOMINMAX
998	#define NOMINMAX
999	#endif
1000	#ifndef __MINGW32__
1001	#include <Windows.h> // _wfopen, OpenClipboard
1002	#else
1003	#include <windows.h>
1004	#endif
1005	#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions
1006	#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS
1007	#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
1008	#endif
1009	#endif
1010
1011	// [Apple] OS specific includes
1012	#if defined(__APPLE__)
1013	#include <TargetConditionals.h>
1014	#endif
1015
1016	// Visual Studio warnings
1017	#ifdef _MSC_VER
1018	#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
1019	#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
1020	#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
1021	#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
1022	#endif
1023	#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
1024	#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
1025	#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
1026	#endif
1027
1028	// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
1029	#if defined(__clang__)
1030	#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
1031	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
1032	#endif
1033	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
1034	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse.
1035	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
1036	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
1037	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
1038	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
1039	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
1040	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.
1041	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
1042	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
1043	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
1044	#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
1045	#elif defined(__GNUC__)
1046	// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association.
1047	#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
1048	#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
1049	#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
1050	#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*'
1051	#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
1052	#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
1053	#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
1054	#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow" // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false
1055	#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
1056	#endif
1057
1058	// Debug options
1059	#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL
1060	#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window
1061
1062	// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch.
1063	static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in
1064	static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear
1065
1066	static const float NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER = 0.10f; // Time to highlight an item activated by a shortcut.
1067
1068	// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend)
1069	static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow().
1070	static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time.
1071	static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 0.70f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved.
1072
1073	// Tooltip offset
1074	static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET = ImVec2(16, 10); // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale
1075
1076	// Docking
1077	static const float DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA = 0.50f; // For use with io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload. Apply to Viewport _or_ WindowBg in host viewport.
1078
1079	//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1080	// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
1081	//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1082
1083	static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
1084	static void FindHoveredWindow();
1085	static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
1086	static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window);
1087
1088	static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
1089
1090	// Settings
1091	static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
1092	static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);
1093	static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);
1094	static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
1095	static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);
1096
1097	// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions
1098	static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx);
1099	static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text);
1100	static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);
1101
1102	namespace ImGui
1103	{
1104	// Navigation
1105	static void NavUpdate();
1106	static void NavUpdateWindowing();
1107	static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
1108	static void NavUpdateCancelRequest();
1109	static void NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
1110	static void NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
1111	static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
1112	static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
1113	static void NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
1114	static void NavEndFrame();
1115	static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
1116	static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
1117	static void NavProcessItem();
1118	static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
1119	static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
1120	static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window);
1121	static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
1122	static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer);
1123	static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
1124
1125	// Error Checking and Debug Tools
1126	static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
1127	static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
1128	static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
1129	static void UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
1130	static void UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor();
1131
1132	// Inputs
1133	static void UpdateKeyboardInputs();
1134	static void UpdateMouseInputs();
1135	static void UpdateMouseWheel();
1136	static void UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt);
1137
1138	// Misc
1139	static void UpdateSettings();
1140	static int UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect);
1141	static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window);
1142	static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size);
1143	static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open);
1144	static void RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col);
1145	static void RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
1146
1147	// Viewports
1148	const ImGuiID IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter.
1149	static ImGuiViewportP* AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& platform_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewportFlags flags);
1150	static void DestroyViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
1151	static void UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
1152	static void UpdateViewportsEndFrame();
1153	static void WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window);
1154	static void WindowSyncOwnedViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack);
1155	static bool UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* host_viewport);
1156	static bool UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(ImGuiWindow* window);
1157	static bool GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(ImGuiWindow* window);
1158	static int FindPlatformMonitorForPos(const ImVec2& pos);
1159	static int FindPlatformMonitorForRect(const ImRect& r);
1160	static void UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
1161
1162	}
1163
1164	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1165	// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
1166	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1167
1168	// DLL users:
1169	// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries!
1170	// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from.
1171	// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL).
1172	// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
1173	// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in).
1174
1175	// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.
1176	// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL.
1177	// Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
1178	// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer.
1179	// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts:
1180	// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h:
1181	// struct ImGuiContext;
1182	// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS;
1183	// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS
1184	// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword.
1185	// - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
1186	// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace.
1187	// - DLL users: read comments above.
1188	#ifndef GImGui
1189	ImGuiContext* GImGui = NULL;
1190	#endif
1191
1192	// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them.
1193	// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.
1194	// - DLL users: read comments above.
1195	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
1196	static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size: size); }
1197	static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr: ptr); }
1198	#else
1199	static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
1200	static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); }
1201	#endif
1202	static ImGuiMemAllocFunc GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper;
1203	static ImGuiMemFreeFunc GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper;
1204	static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL;
1205
1206	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1207	// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
1208	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1209
1210	ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
1211	{
1212	Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
1213	DisabledAlpha = 0.60f; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
1214	WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window
1215	WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
1216	WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
1217	WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size
1218	WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text
1219	WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
1220	ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
1221	ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
1222	PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
1223	PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
1224	FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
1225	FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).
1226	FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
1227	ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
1228	ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
1229	CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.
1230	TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
1231	IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
1232	ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
1233	ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
1234	ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
1235	GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
1236	GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
1237	LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.
1238	TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
1239	TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs.
1240	TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
1241	TabBarBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
1242	TableAngledHeadersAngle = 35.0f * (IM_PI / 180.0f); // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50 degrees to +50 degrees).
1243	ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
1244	ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.
1245	SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
1246	SeparatorTextBorderSize = 3.0f; // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
1247	SeparatorTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
1248	SeparatorTextPadding = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
1249	DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
1250	DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
1251	DockingSeparatorSize = 2.0f; // Thickness of resizing border between docked windows
1252	MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
1253	AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
1254	AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
1255	AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.).
1256	CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
1257	CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
1258
1259	// Behaviors
1260	HoverStationaryDelay = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary.
1261	HoverDelayShort = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay.
1262	HoverDelayNormal = 0.40f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). "
1263	HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse.
1264	HoverFlagsForTooltipNav = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad.
1265
1266	// Default theme
1267	ImGui::StyleColorsDark(dst: this);
1268	}
1269
1270	// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you.
1271	// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times.
1272	void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
1273	{
1274	WindowPadding = ImTrunc(v: WindowPadding * scale_factor);
1275	WindowRounding = ImTrunc(f: WindowRounding * scale_factor);
1276	WindowMinSize = ImTrunc(v: WindowMinSize * scale_factor);
1277	ChildRounding = ImTrunc(f: ChildRounding * scale_factor);
1278	PopupRounding = ImTrunc(f: PopupRounding * scale_factor);
1279	FramePadding = ImTrunc(v: FramePadding * scale_factor);
1280	FrameRounding = ImTrunc(f: FrameRounding * scale_factor);
1281	ItemSpacing = ImTrunc(v: ItemSpacing * scale_factor);
1282	ItemInnerSpacing = ImTrunc(v: ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor);
1283	CellPadding = ImTrunc(v: CellPadding * scale_factor);
1284	TouchExtraPadding = ImTrunc(v: TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor);
1285	IndentSpacing = ImTrunc(f: IndentSpacing * scale_factor);
1286	ColumnsMinSpacing = ImTrunc(f: ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor);
1287	ScrollbarSize = ImTrunc(f: ScrollbarSize * scale_factor);
1288	ScrollbarRounding = ImTrunc(f: ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);
1289	GrabMinSize = ImTrunc(f: GrabMinSize * scale_factor);
1290	GrabRounding = ImTrunc(f: GrabRounding * scale_factor);
1291	LogSliderDeadzone = ImTrunc(f: LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor);
1292	TabRounding = ImTrunc(f: TabRounding * scale_factor);
1293	TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(f: TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX;
1294	SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(v: SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor);
1295	DockingSeparatorSize = ImTrunc(f: DockingSeparatorSize * scale_factor);
1296	DisplayWindowPadding = ImTrunc(v: DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);
1297	DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImTrunc(v: DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);
1298	MouseCursorScale = ImTrunc(f: MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);
1299	}
1300
1301	ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
1302	{
1303	// Most fields are initialized with zero
1304	memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this));
1305	IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
1306
1307	// Settings
1308	ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None;
1309	BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None;
1310	DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
1311	DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f;
1312	IniSavingRate = 5.0f;
1313	IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
1314	LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";
1315	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
1316	for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
1317	KeyMap[i] = -1;
1318	#endif
1319	UserData = NULL;
1320
1321	Fonts = NULL;
1322	FontGlobalScale = 1.0f;
1323	FontDefault = NULL;
1324	FontAllowUserScaling = false;
1325	DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
1326
1327	// Docking options (when ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable is set)
1328	ConfigDockingNoSplit = false;
1329	ConfigDockingWithShift = false;
1330	ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar = false;
1331	ConfigDockingTransparentPayload = false;
1332
1333	// Viewport options (when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is set)
1334	ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge = false;
1335	ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon = false;
1336	ConfigViewportsNoDecoration = true;
1337	ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent = false;
1338
1339	// Miscellaneous options
1340	MouseDrawCursor = false;
1341	#ifdef __APPLE__
1342	ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
1343	#else
1344	ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false;
1345	#endif
1346	ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true;
1347	ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true;
1348	ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false;
1349	ConfigDragClickToInputText = false;
1350	ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true;
1351	ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false;
1352	ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f;
1353	ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false;
1354	ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false;
1355
1356	// Inputs Behaviors
1357	MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;
1358	MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;
1359	MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;
1360	KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f;
1361	KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;
1362
1363	// Platform Functions
1364	// Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers.
1365	BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL;
1366	BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL;
1367	PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.';
1368
1369	// Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!)
1370	MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
1371	MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
1372	MouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;
1373	for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
1374	for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; }
1375	AppAcceptingEvents = true;
1376	BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1;
1377	BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong
1378	}
1379
1380	// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.
1381	// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()
1382	// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message
1383	// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API
1384	void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c)
1385	{
1386	IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
1387	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
1388	if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents)
1389	return;
1390
1391	ImGuiInputEvent e;
1392	e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text;
1393	e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
1394	e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
1395	e.Text.Char = c;
1396	g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(v: e);
1397	}
1398
1399	// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so
1400	// we should save the high surrogate.
1401	void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c)
1402	{
1403	if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents)
1404	return;
1405
1406	if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save
1407	{
1408	if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
1409	AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
1410	InputQueueSurrogate = c;
1411	return;
1412	}
1413
1414	ImWchar cp = c;
1415	if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
1416	{
1417	if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate
1418	{
1419	AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
1420	}
1421	else
1422	{
1423	#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF
1424	cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar
1425	#else
1426	cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000);
1427	#endif
1428	}
1429
1430	InputQueueSurrogate = 0;
1431	}
1432	AddInputCharacter(c: (unsigned)cp);
1433	}
1434
1435	void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)
1436	{
1437	if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
1438	return;
1439	while (*utf8_chars != 0)
1440	{
1441	unsigned int c = 0;
1442	utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(out_char: &c, in_text: utf8_chars, NULL);
1443	AddInputCharacter(c);
1444	}
1445	}
1446
1447	// Clear all incoming events.
1448	void ImGuiIO::ClearEventsQueue()
1449	{
1450	IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
1451	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
1452	g.InputEventsQueue.clear();
1453	}
1454
1455	// Clear current keyboard/mouse/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons.
1456	void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys()
1457	{
1458	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
1459	memset(s: KeysDown, c: 0, n: sizeof(KeysDown));
1460	#endif
1461	for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++)
1462	{
1463	KeysData[n].Down = false;
1464	KeysData[n].DownDuration = -1.0f;
1465	KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f;
1466	}
1467	KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false;
1468	KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;
1469	MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
1470	for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++)
1471	{
1472	MouseDown[n] = false;
1473	MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f;
1474	}
1475	MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
1476	InputQueueCharacters.resize(new_size: 0); // Behavior of old ClearInputCharacters().
1477	}
1478
1479	// Removed this as it is ambiguous/misleading and generally incorrect to use with the existence of a higher-level input queue.
1480	// Current frame character buffer is now also cleared by ClearInputKeys().
1481	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
1482	void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()
1483	{
1484	InputQueueCharacters.resize(new_size: 0);
1485	}
1486	#endif
1487
1488	static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1)
1489	{
1490	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
1491	for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
1492	{
1493	ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n];
1494	if (e->Type != type)
1495	continue;
1496	if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && e->Key.Key != arg)
1497	continue;
1498	if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton && e->MouseButton.Button != arg)
1499	continue;
1500	return e;
1501	}
1502	return NULL;
1503	}
1504
1505	// Queue a new key down/up event.
1506	// - ImGuiKey key: Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)
1507	// - bool down: Is the key down? use false to signify a key release.
1508	// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f
1509	// IMPORTANT: THIS FUNCTION AND OTHER "ADD" GRABS THE CONTEXT FROM OUR INSTANCE.
1510	// WE NEED TO ENSURE THAT ALL FUNCTION CALLS ARE FULLFILLING THIS, WHICH IS WHY GetKeyData() HAS AN EXPLICIT CONTEXT.
1511	void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value)
1512	{
1513	//if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); }
1514	IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
1515	if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents)
1516	return;
1517	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
1518	IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API.
1519	IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key) == false); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events.
1520	IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiMod_Shortcut); // We could easily support the translation here but it seems saner to not accept it (TestEngine perform a translation itself)
1521
1522	// Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data.
1523	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
1524	IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
1525	if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1)
1526	for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
1527	IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
1528	BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0;
1529	#endif
1530	if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key))
1531	BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false;
1532
1533	// Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed)
1534	const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ctx: &g, type: ImGuiInputEventType_Key, arg: (int)key);
1535	const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(ctx: &g, key);
1536	const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down;
1537	const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue;
1538	if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value)
1539	return;
1540
1541	// Add event
1542	ImGuiInputEvent e;
1543	e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key;
1544	e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
1545	e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
1546	e.Key.Key = key;
1547	e.Key.Down = down;
1548	e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value;
1549	g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(v: e);
1550	}
1551
1552	void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down)
1553	{
1554	if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
1555	return;
1556	AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, analog_value: down ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
1557	}
1558
1559	// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent().
1560	// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices.
1561	// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this.
1562	void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index)
1563	{
1564	if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
1565	return;
1566	IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512
1567	IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511
1568	IM_UNUSED(native_keycode); // Yet unused
1569	IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused
1570
1571	// Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values.
1572	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
1573	const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode;
1574	if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey(key: (ImGuiKey)legacy_key))
1575	return;
1576	KeyMap[legacy_key] = key;
1577	KeyMap[key] = legacy_key;
1578	#else
1579	IM_UNUSED(key);
1580	IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index);
1581	#endif
1582	}
1583
1584	// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.
1585	void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events)
1586	{
1587	AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events;
1588	}
1589
1590	// Queue a mouse move event
1591	void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y)
1592	{
1593	IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
1594	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
1595	if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
1596	return;
1597
1598	// Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs()
1599	ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(f: x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(f: y) : y);
1600
1601	// Filter duplicate
1602	const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ctx: &g, type: ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos);
1603	const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos;
1604	if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y)
1605	return;
1606
1607	ImGuiInputEvent e;
1608	e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos;
1609	e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
1610	e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
1611	e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x;
1612	e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y;
1613	e.MousePos.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
1614	g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(v: e);
1615	}
1616
1617	void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down)
1618	{
1619	IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
1620	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
1621	IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
1622	if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
1623	return;
1624
1625	// Filter duplicate
1626	const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ctx: &g, type: ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, arg: (int)mouse_button);
1627	const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button];
1628	if (latest_button_down == down)
1629	return;
1630
1631	ImGuiInputEvent e;
1632	e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton;
1633	e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
1634	e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
1635	e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button;
1636	e.MouseButton.Down = down;
1637	e.MouseButton.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
1638	g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(v: e);
1639	}
1640
1641	// Queue a mouse wheel event (some mouse/API may only have a Y component)
1642	void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y)
1643	{
1644	IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
1645	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
1646
1647	// Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter)
1648	if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f))
1649	return;
1650
1651	ImGuiInputEvent e;
1652	e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel;
1653	e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
1654	e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
1655	e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x;
1656	e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y;
1657	e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
1658	g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(v: e);
1659	}
1660
1661	// This is not a real event, the data is latched in order to be stored in actual Mouse events.
1662	// This is so that duplicate events (e.g. Windows sending extraneous WM_MOUSEMOVE) gets filtered and are not leading to actual source changes.
1663	void ImGuiIO::AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source)
1664	{
1665	IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
1666	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
1667	g.InputEventsNextMouseSource = source;
1668	}
1669
1670	void ImGuiIO::AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID viewport_id)
1671	{
1672	IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
1673	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
1674	//IM_ASSERT(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport);
1675	if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
1676	return;
1677
1678	// Filter duplicate
1679	const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ctx: &g, type: ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport);
1680	const ImGuiID latest_viewport_id = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID : g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport;
1681	if (latest_viewport_id == viewport_id)
1682	return;
1683
1684	ImGuiInputEvent e;
1685	e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport;
1686	e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
1687	e.MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID = viewport_id;
1688	g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(v: e);
1689	}
1690
1691	void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused)
1692	{
1693	IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
1694	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
1695
1696	// Filter duplicate
1697	const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ctx: &g, type: ImGuiInputEventType_Focus);
1698	const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost;
1699	if (latest_focused == focused || (ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss && !focused))
1700	return;
1701
1702	ImGuiInputEvent e;
1703	e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus;
1704	e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
1705	e.AppFocused.Focused = focused;
1706	g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(v: e);
1707	}
1708
1709	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1710	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
1711	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1712
1713	ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)
1714	{
1715	IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau()
1716	ImVec2 p_last = p1;
1717	ImVec2 p_closest;
1718	float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
1719	float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
1720	for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
1721	{
1722	ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t: t_step * i_step);
1723	ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(a: p_last, b: p_current, p);
1724	float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(lhs: p - p_line);
1725	if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
1726	{
1727	p_closest = p_line;
1728	p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
1729	}
1730	p_last = p_current;
1731	}
1732	return p_closest;
1733	}
1734
1735	// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp
1736	static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
1737	{
1738	float dx = x4 - x1;
1739	float dy = y4 - y1;
1740	float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
1741	float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
1742	d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
1743	d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
1744	if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
1745	{
1746	ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4);
1747	ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(a: p_last, b: p_current, p);
1748	float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(lhs: p - p_line);
1749	if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
1750	{
1751	p_closest = p_line;
1752	p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
1753	}
1754	p_last = p_current;
1755	}
1756	else if (level < 10)
1757	{
1758	float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f;
1759	float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f;
1760	float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f;
1761	float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f;
1762	float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f;
1763	float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f;
1764	ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x2: x12, y2: y12, x3: x123, y3: y123, x4: x1234, y4: y1234, tess_tol, level: level + 1);
1765	ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1: x1234, y1: y1234, x2: x234, y2: y234, x3: x34, y3: y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level: level + 1);
1766	}
1767	}
1768
1769	// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol
1770	// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically.
1771	ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)
1772	{
1773	IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f);
1774	ImVec2 p_last = p1;
1775	ImVec2 p_closest;
1776	float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
1777	ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1: p1.x, y1: p1.y, x2: p2.x, y2: p2.y, x3: p3.x, y3: p3.y, x4: p4.x, y4: p4.y, tess_tol, level: 0);
1778	return p_closest;
1779	}
1780
1781	ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p)
1782	{
1783	ImVec2 ap = p - a;
1784	ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a;
1785	float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y;
1786	if (dot < 0.0f)
1787	return a;
1788	float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y;
1789	if (dot > ab_len_sqr)
1790	return b;
1791	return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr;
1792	}
1793
1794	bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
1795	{
1796	bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;
1797	bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;
1798	bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;
1799	return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));
1800	}
1801
1802	void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w)
1803	{
1804	ImVec2 v0 = b - a;
1805	ImVec2 v1 = c - a;
1806	ImVec2 v2 = p - a;
1807	const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y;
1808	out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom;
1809	out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom;
1810	out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w;
1811	}
1812
1813	ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
1814	{
1815	ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p);
1816	ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(a: b, b: c, p);
1817	ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(a: c, b: a, p);
1818	float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(lhs: p - proj_ab);
1819	float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(lhs: p - proj_bc);
1820	float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(lhs: p - proj_ca);
1821	float m = ImMin(lhs: dist2_ab, rhs: ImMin(lhs: dist2_bc, rhs: dist2_ca));
1822	if (m == dist2_ab)
1823	return proj_ab;
1824	if (m == dist2_bc)
1825	return proj_bc;
1826	return proj_ca;
1827	}
1828
1829	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1830	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
1831	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1832
1833	// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more.
1834	int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
1835	{
1836	int d;
1837	while ((d = ImToUpper(c: *str2) - ImToUpper(c: *str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }
1838	return d;
1839	}
1840
1841	int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)
1842	{
1843	int d = 0;
1844	while (count > 0 && (d = ImToUpper(c: *str2) - ImToUpper(c: *str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }
1845	return d;
1846	}
1847
1848	void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)
1849	{
1850	if (count < 1)
1851	return;
1852	if (count > 1)
1853	strncpy(dest: dst, src: src, n: count - 1);
1854	dst[count - 1] = 0;
1855	}
1856
1857	char* ImStrdup(const char* str)
1858	{
1859	size_t len = strlen(s: str);
1860	void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1);
1861	return (char*)memcpy(dest: buf, src: (const void*)str, n: len + 1);
1862	}
1863
1864	char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src)
1865	{
1866	size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(s: dst) + 1;
1867	size_t src_size = strlen(s: src) + 1;
1868	if (dst_buf_size < src_size)
1869	{
1870	IM_FREE(dst);
1871	dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size);
1872	if (p_dst_size)
1873	*p_dst_size = src_size;
1874	}
1875	return (char*)memcpy(dest: dst, src: (const void*)src, n: src_size);
1876	}
1877
1878	const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)
1879	{
1880	const char* p = (const char*)memchr(s: str, c: (int)c, n: str_end - str);
1881	return p;
1882	}
1883
1884	int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
1885	{
1886	//return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
1887	int n = 0;
1888	while (*str++) n++;
1889	return n;
1890	}
1891
1892	// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end.
1893	const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end)
1894	{
1895	const char* p = (const char*)memchr(s: str, c: '\n', n: str_end - str);
1896	return p ? p : str_end;
1897	}
1898
1899	const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line
1900	{
1901	while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')
1902	buf_mid_line--;
1903	return buf_mid_line;
1904	}
1905
1906	const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)
1907	{
1908	if (!needle_end)
1909	needle_end = needle + strlen(s: needle);
1910
1911	const char un0 = (char)ImToUpper(c: *needle);
1912	while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))
1913	{
1914	if (ImToUpper(c: *haystack) == un0)
1915	{
1916	const char* b = needle + 1;
1917	for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)
1918	if (ImToUpper(c: *a) != ImToUpper(c: *b))
1919	break;
1920	if (b == needle_end)
1921	return haystack;
1922	}
1923	haystack++;
1924	}
1925	return NULL;
1926	}
1927
1928	// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible.
1929	void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf)
1930	{
1931	char* p = buf;
1932	while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t') // Leading blanks
1933	p++;
1934	char* p_start = p;
1935	while (*p != 0) // Find end of string
1936	p++;
1937	while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t')) // Trailing blanks
1938	p--;
1939	if (p_start != buf) // Copy memory if we had leading blanks
1940	memmove(dest: buf, src: p_start, n: p - p_start);
1941	buf[p - p_start] = 0; // Zero terminate
1942	}
1943
1944	const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str)
1945	{
1946	while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t')
1947	str++;
1948	return str;
1949	}
1950
1951	// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size).
1952	// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm.
1953	// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size.
1954	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
1955
1956	// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h)
1957	// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
1958	// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are
1959	// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.)
1960	#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
1961	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
1962	#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
1963	#endif
1964	#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
1965	#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
1966	#else
1967	#include "stb_sprintf.h"
1968	#endif
1969	#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
1970
1971	#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)
1972	#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
1973	#endif
1974
1975	int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
1976	{
1977	va_list args;
1978	va_start(args, fmt);
1979	#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
1980	int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
1981	#else
1982	int w = vsnprintf(s: buf, maxlen: buf_size, format: fmt, arg: args);
1983	#endif
1984	va_end(args);
1985	if (buf == NULL)
1986	return w;
1987	if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
1988	w = (int)buf_size - 1;
1989	buf[w] = 0;
1990	return w;
1991	}
1992
1993	int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
1994	{
1995	#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
1996	int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
1997	#else
1998	int w = vsnprintf(s: buf, maxlen: buf_size, format: fmt, arg: args);
1999	#endif
2000	if (buf == NULL)
2001	return w;
2002	if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
2003	w = (int)buf_size - 1;
2004	buf[w] = 0;
2005	return w;
2006	}
2007	#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
2008
2009	void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...)
2010	{
2011	va_list args;
2012	va_start(args, fmt);
2013	ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(out_buf, out_buf_end, fmt, args);
2014	va_end(args);
2015	}
2016
2017	void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args)
2018	{
2019	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
2020	if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
2021	{
2022	const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s"
2023	if (buf == NULL)
2024	buf = "(null)";
2025	*out_buf = buf;
2026	if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(s: buf); }
2027	}
2028	else if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '*' && fmt[3] == 's' && fmt[4] == 0)
2029	{
2030	int buf_len = va_arg(args, int); // Skip formatting when using "%.*s"
2031	const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*);
2032	if (buf == NULL)
2033	{
2034	buf = "(null)";
2035	buf_len = ImMin(lhs: buf_len, rhs: 6);
2036	}
2037	*out_buf = buf;
2038	*out_buf_end = buf + buf_len; // Disallow not passing 'out_buf_end' here. User is expected to use it.
2039	}
2040	else
2041	{
2042	int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(buf: g.TempBuffer.Data, buf_size: g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);
2043	*out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;
2044	if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }
2045	}
2046	}
2047
2048	// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly)
2049	// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily:
2050	// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe.
2051	static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] =
2052	{
2053	0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91,
2054	0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5,
2055	0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59,
2056	0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D,
2057	0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01,
2058	0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65,
2059	0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9,
2060	0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD,
2061	0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1,
2062	0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5,
2063	0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79,
2064	0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D,
2065	0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21,
2066	0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45,
2067	0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9,
2068	0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D,
2069	};
2070
2071	// Known size hash
2072	// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.
2073	// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
2074	ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)
2075	{
2076	ImU32 crc = ~seed;
2077	const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
2078	const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
2079	while (data_size-- != 0)
2080	crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++];
2081	return ~crc;
2082	}
2083
2084	// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value
2085	// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
2086	// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
2087	// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
2088	// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)
2089	// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
2090	ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)
2091	{
2092	seed = ~seed;
2093	ImU32 crc = seed;
2094	const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
2095	const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
2096	if (data_size != 0)
2097	{
2098	while (data_size-- != 0)
2099	{
2100	unsigned char c = *data++;
2101	if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
2102	crc = seed;
2103	crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
2104	}
2105	}
2106	else
2107	{
2108	while (unsigned char c = *data++)
2109	{
2110	if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
2111	crc = seed;
2112	crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
2113	}
2114	}
2115	return ~crc;
2116	}
2117
2118	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2119	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
2120	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2121
2122	// Default file functions
2123	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
2124
2125	ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)
2126	{
2127	#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
2128	// We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames.
2129	// Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32!
2130	const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0);
2131	const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0);
2132
2133	// Use stack buffer if possible, otherwise heap buffer. Sizes include zero terminator.
2134	// We don't rely on current ImGuiContext as this is implied to be a helper function which doesn't depend on it (see #7314).
2135	wchar_t local_temp_stack[FILENAME_MAX];
2136	ImVector<wchar_t> local_temp_heap;
2137	if (filename_wsize + mode_wsize > IM_ARRAYSIZE(local_temp_stack))
2138	local_temp_heap.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize);
2139	wchar_t* filename_wbuf = local_temp_heap.Data ? local_temp_heap.Data : local_temp_stack;
2140	wchar_t* mode_wbuf = filename_wbuf + filename_wsize;
2141	::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, filename_wbuf, filename_wsize);
2142	::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, mode_wbuf, mode_wsize);
2143	return ::_wfopen(filename_wbuf, mode_wbuf);
2144	#else
2145	return fopen(filename: filename, modes: mode);
2146	#endif
2147	}
2148
2149	// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way.
2150	bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f) { return fclose(stream: f) == 0; }
2151	ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f) { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(stream: f)) != -1 && !fseek(stream: f, off: 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(stream: f)) != -1 && !fseek(stream: f, off: off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; }
2152	ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fread(ptr: data, size: (size_t)sz, n: (size_t)count, stream: f); }
2153	ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fwrite(ptr: data, size: (size_t)sz, n: (size_t)count, s: f); }
2154	#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
2155
2156	// Helper: Load file content into memory
2157	// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
2158	// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size.
2159	void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
2160	{
2161	IM_ASSERT(filename && mode);
2162	if (out_file_size)
2163	*out_file_size = 0;
2164
2165	ImFileHandle f;
2166	if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL)
2167	return NULL;
2168
2169	size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f);
2170	if (file_size == (size_t)-1)
2171	{
2172	ImFileClose(f);
2173	return NULL;
2174	}
2175
2176	void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes);
2177	if (file_data == NULL)
2178	{
2179	ImFileClose(f);
2180	return NULL;
2181	}
2182	if (ImFileRead(data: file_data, sz: 1, count: file_size, f) != file_size)
2183	{
2184	ImFileClose(f);
2185	IM_FREE(file_data);
2186	return NULL;
2187	}
2188	if (padding_bytes > 0)
2189	memset(s: (void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), c: 0, n: (size_t)padding_bytes);
2190
2191	ImFileClose(f);
2192	if (out_file_size)
2193	*out_file_size = file_size;
2194
2195	return file_data;
2196	}
2197
2198	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2199	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
2200	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2201
2202	IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
2203
2204	// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input.
2205	// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8).
2206	// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
2207	int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
2208	{
2209	static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 };
2210	static const int masks[] = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 };
2211	static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 };
2212	static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 };
2213	static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 };
2214	int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3];
2215	int wanted = len + (len ? 0 : 1);
2216
2217	if (in_text_end == NULL)
2218	in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account.
2219
2220	// Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here,
2221	// so it is fast even with excessive branching.
2222	unsigned char s[4];
2223	s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0;
2224	s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0;
2225	s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0;
2226	s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0;
2227
2228	// Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out.
2229	*out_char = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18;
2230	*out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12;
2231	*out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) << 6;
2232	*out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) << 0;
2233	*out_char >>= shiftc[len];
2234
2235	// Accumulate the various error conditions.
2236	int e = 0;
2237	e = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding
2238	e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7; // surrogate half?
2239	e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8; // out of range?
2240	e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2;
2241	e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4;
2242	e |= (s[3] ) >> 6;
2243	e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct?
2244	e >>= shifte[len];
2245
2246	if (e)
2247	{
2248	// No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end.
2249	// One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text.
2250	// All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes.
2251	// Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s.
2252	wanted = ImMin(lhs: wanted, rhs: !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]);
2253	*out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID;
2254	}
2255
2256	return wanted;
2257	}
2258
2259	int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)
2260	{
2261	ImWchar* buf_out = buf;
2262	ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
2263	while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
2264	{
2265	unsigned int c;
2266	in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(out_char: &c, in_text, in_text_end);
2267	*buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
2268	}
2269	*buf_out = 0;
2270	if (in_text_remaining)
2271	*in_text_remaining = in_text;
2272	return (int)(buf_out - buf);
2273	}
2274
2275	int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
2276	{
2277	int char_count = 0;
2278	while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
2279	{
2280	unsigned int c;
2281	in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(out_char: &c, in_text, in_text_end);
2282	char_count++;
2283	}
2284	return char_count;
2285	}
2286
2287	// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
2288	static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
2289	{
2290	if (c < 0x80)
2291	{
2292	buf[0] = (char)c;
2293	return 1;
2294	}
2295	if (c < 0x800)
2296	{
2297	if (buf_size < 2) return 0;
2298	buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6));
2299	buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f));
2300	return 2;
2301	}
2302	if (c < 0x10000)
2303	{
2304	if (buf_size < 3) return 0;
2305	buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));
2306	buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
2307	buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
2308	return 3;
2309	}
2310	if (c <= 0x10FFFF)
2311	{
2312	if (buf_size < 4) return 0;
2313	buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18));
2314	buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f));
2315	buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
2316	buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
2317	return 4;
2318	}
2319	// Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF
2320	return 0;
2321	}
2322
2323	const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c)
2324	{
2325	int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf: out_buf, buf_size: 5, c);
2326	out_buf[count] = 0;
2327	return out_buf;
2328	}
2329
2330	// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function.
2331	int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
2332	{
2333	unsigned int unused = 0;
2334	return ImTextCharFromUtf8(out_char: &unused, in_text, in_text_end);
2335	}
2336
2337	static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)
2338	{
2339	if (c < 0x80) return 1;
2340	if (c < 0x800) return 2;
2341	if (c < 0x10000) return 3;
2342	if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4;
2343	return 3;
2344	}
2345
2346	int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
2347	{
2348	char* buf_p = out_buf;
2349	const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size;
2350	while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
2351	{
2352	unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
2353	if (c < 0x80)
2354	*buf_p++ = (char)c;
2355	else
2356	buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf: buf_p, buf_size: (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c);
2357	}
2358	*buf_p = 0;
2359	return (int)(buf_p - out_buf);
2360	}
2361
2362	int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
2363	{
2364	int bytes_count = 0;
2365	while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
2366	{
2367	unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
2368	if (c < 0x80)
2369	bytes_count++;
2370	else
2371	bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c);
2372	}
2373	return bytes_count;
2374	}
2375
2376	const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr)
2377	{
2378	while (in_text_curr > in_text_start)
2379	{
2380	in_text_curr--;
2381	if ((*in_text_curr & 0xC0) != 0x80)
2382	return in_text_curr;
2383	}
2384	return in_text_start;
2385	}
2386
2387	IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
2388
2389	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2390	// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
2391	// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API.
2392	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2393
2394	IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b)
2395	{
2396	float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f;
2397	int r = ImLerp(a: (int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, b: (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
2398	int g = ImLerp(a: (int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, b: (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
2399	int b = ImLerp(a: (int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, b: (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
2400	return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF);
2401	}
2402
2403	ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)
2404	{
2405	float s = 1.0f / 255.0f;
2406	return ImVec4(
2407	((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
2408	((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
2409	((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
2410	((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s);
2411	}
2412
2413	ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in)
2414	{
2415	ImU32 out;
2416	out = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT;
2417	out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT;
2418	out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT;
2419	out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
2420	return out;
2421	}
2422
2423	// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592
2424	// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv
2425	void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v)
2426	{
2427	float K = 0.f;
2428	if (g < b)
2429	{
2430	ImSwap(a&: g, b);
2431	K = -1.f;
2432	}
2433	if (r < g)
2434	{
2435	ImSwap(a&: r, b&: g);
2436	K = -2.f / 6.f - K;
2437	}
2438
2439	const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b);
2440	out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));
2441	out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f);
2442	out_v = r;
2443	}
2444
2445	// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593
2446	// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV
2447	void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b)
2448	{
2449	if (s == 0.0f)
2450	{
2451	// gray
2452	out_r = out_g = out_b = v;
2453	return;
2454	}
2455
2456	h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f);
2457	int i = (int)h;
2458	float f = h - (float)i;
2459	float p = v * (1.0f - s);
2460	float q = v * (1.0f - s * f);
2461	float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f));
2462
2463	switch (i)
2464	{
2465	case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break;
2466	case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break;
2467	case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break;
2468	case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break;
2469	case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break;
2470	case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break;
2471	}
2472	}
2473
2474	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2475	// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
2476	// Helper: Key->value storage
2477	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2478
2479	// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
2480	static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair>& data, ImGuiID key)
2481	{
2482	ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data;
2483	ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size;
2484	size_t count = (size_t)(last - first);
2485	while (count > 0)
2486	{
2487	size_t count2 = count >> 1;
2488	ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2;
2489	if (mid->key < key)
2490	{
2491	first = ++mid;
2492	count -= count2 + 1;
2493	}
2494	else
2495	{
2496	count = count2;
2497	}
2498	}
2499	return first;
2500	}
2501
2502	// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
2503	void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey()
2504	{
2505	struct StaticFunc
2506	{
2507	static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
2508	{
2509	// We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that.
2510	if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1;
2511	if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1;
2512	return 0;
2513	}
2514	};
2515	ImQsort(base: Data.Data, count: (size_t)Data.Size, size_of_element: sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), compare_func: StaticFunc::PairComparerByID);
2516	}
2517
2518	int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const
2519	{
2520	ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(data&: const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);
2521	if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
2522	return default_val;
2523	return it->val_i;
2524	}
2525
2526	bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const
2527	{
2528	return GetInt(key, default_val: default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0;
2529	}
2530
2531	float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const
2532	{
2533	ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(data&: const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);
2534	if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
2535	return default_val;
2536	return it->val_f;
2537	}
2538
2539	void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
2540	{
2541	ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(data&: const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);
2542	if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
2543	return NULL;
2544	return it->val_p;
2545	}
2546
2547	// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
2548	int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)
2549	{
2550	ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(data&: Data, key);
2551	if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
2552	it = Data.insert(it, v: ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
2553	return &it->val_i;
2554	}
2555
2556	bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val)
2557	{
2558	return (bool*)GetIntRef(key, default_val: default_val ? 1 : 0);
2559	}
2560
2561	float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)
2562	{
2563	ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(data&: Data, key);
2564	if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
2565	it = Data.insert(it, v: ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
2566	return &it->val_f;
2567	}
2568
2569	void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)
2570	{
2571	ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(data&: Data, key);
2572	if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
2573	it = Data.insert(it, v: ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
2574	return &it->val_p;
2575	}
2576
2577	// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)
2578	void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val)
2579	{
2580	ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(data&: Data, key);
2581	if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
2582	Data.insert(it, v: ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
2583	else
2584	it->val_i = val;
2585	}
2586
2587	void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val)
2588	{
2589	SetInt(key, val: val ? 1 : 0);
2590	}
2591
2592	void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)
2593	{
2594	ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(data&: Data, key);
2595	if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
2596	Data.insert(it, v: ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
2597	else
2598	it->val_f = val;
2599	}
2600
2601	void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val)
2602	{
2603	ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(data&: Data, key);
2604	if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
2605	Data.insert(it, v: ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
2606	else
2607	it->val_p = val;
2608	}
2609
2610	void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)
2611	{
2612	for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++)
2613	Data[i].val_i = v;
2614	}
2615
2616	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2617	// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
2618	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2619
2620	// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
2621	ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077
2622	{
2623	InputBuf[0] = 0;
2624	CountGrep = 0;
2625	if (default_filter)
2626	{
2627	ImStrncpy(dst: InputBuf, src: default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
2628	Build();
2629	}
2630	}
2631
2632	bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)
2633	{
2634	if (width != 0.0f)
2635	ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width);
2636	bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, buf: InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
2637	if (value_changed)
2638	Build();
2639	return value_changed;
2640	}
2641
2642	void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const
2643	{
2644	out->resize(new_size: 0);
2645	const char* wb = b;
2646	const char* we = wb;
2647	while (we < e)
2648	{
2649	if (*we == separator)
2650	{
2651	out->push_back(v: ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
2652	wb = we + 1;
2653	}
2654	we++;
2655	}
2656	if (wb != we)
2657	out->push_back(v: ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
2658	}
2659
2660	void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()
2661	{
2662	Filters.resize(new_size: 0);
2663	ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf + strlen(s: InputBuf));
2664	input_range.split(separator: ',', out: &Filters);
2665
2666	CountGrep = 0;
2667	for (ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)
2668	{
2669	while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(c: f.b[0]))
2670	f.b++;
2671	while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(c: f.e[-1]))
2672	f.e--;
2673	if (f.empty())
2674	continue;
2675	if (f.b[0] != '-')
2676	CountGrep += 1;
2677	}
2678	}
2679
2680	bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
2681	{
2682	if (Filters.empty())
2683	return true;
2684
2685	if (text == NULL)
2686	text = "";
2687
2688	for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)
2689	{
2690	if (f.empty())
2691	continue;
2692	if (f.b[0] == '-')
2693	{
2694	// Subtract
2695	if (ImStristr(haystack: text, haystack_end: text_end, needle: f.b + 1, needle_end: f.e) != NULL)
2696	return false;
2697	}
2698	else
2699	{
2700	// Grep
2701	if (ImStristr(haystack: text, haystack_end: text_end, needle: f.b, needle_end: f.e) != NULL)
2702	return true;
2703	}
2704	}
2705
2706	// Implicit * grep
2707	if (CountGrep == 0)
2708	return true;
2709
2710	return false;
2711	}
2712
2713	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2714	// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex
2715	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2716
2717	// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it.
2718	// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it.
2719	#ifndef va_copy
2720	#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
2721	#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src)
2722	#else
2723	#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src)
2724	#endif
2725	#endif
2726
2727	char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 };
2728
2729	void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end)
2730	{
2731	int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(s: str);
2732
2733	// Add zero-terminator the first time
2734	const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
2735	const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
2736	if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
2737	{
2738	int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
2739	Buf.reserve(new_capacity: needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
2740	}
2741
2742	Buf.resize(new_size: needed_sz);
2743	memcpy(dest: &Buf[write_off - 1], src: str, n: (size_t)len);
2744	Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0;
2745	}
2746
2747	void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
2748	{
2749	va_list args;
2750	va_start(args, fmt);
2751	appendfv(fmt, args);
2752	va_end(args);
2753	}
2754
2755	// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
2756	void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
2757	{
2758	va_list args_copy;
2759	va_copy(args_copy, args);
2760
2761	int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, buf_size: 0, fmt, args); // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.
2762	if (len <= 0)
2763	{
2764	va_end(args_copy);
2765	return;
2766	}
2767
2768	// Add zero-terminator the first time
2769	const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
2770	const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
2771	if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
2772	{
2773	int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
2774	Buf.reserve(new_capacity: needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
2775	}
2776
2777	Buf.resize(new_size: needed_sz);
2778	ImFormatStringV(buf: &Buf[write_off - 1], buf_size: (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args: args_copy);
2779	va_end(args_copy);
2780	}
2781
2782	void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size)
2783	{
2784	IM_ASSERT(old_size >= 0 && new_size >= old_size && new_size >= EndOffset);
2785	if (old_size == new_size)
2786	return;
2787	if (EndOffset == 0 || base[EndOffset - 1] == '\n')
2788	LineOffsets.push_back(v: EndOffset);
2789	const char* base_end = base + new_size;
2790	for (const char* p = base + old_size; (p = (const char*)memchr(s: p, c: '\n', n: base_end - p)) != 0; )
2791	if (++p < base_end) // Don't push a trailing offset on last \n
2792	LineOffsets.push_back(v: (int)(intptr_t)(p - base));
2793	EndOffset = ImMax(lhs: EndOffset, rhs: new_size);
2794	}
2795
2796	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2797	// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
2798	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2799
2800	// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell.
2801	// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous.
2802	static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping()
2803	{
2804	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
2805	return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems);
2806	}
2807
2808	static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange>& ranges, int offset = 0)
2809	{
2810	if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1)
2811	return;
2812
2813	// Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries)
2814	for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end)
2815	for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i)
2816	if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min)
2817	ImSwap(a&: ranges[i], b&: ranges[i + 1]);
2818
2819	// Now fuse ranges together as much as possible.
2820	for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++)
2821	{
2822	IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert);
2823	if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min)
2824	continue;
2825	ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(lhs: ranges[i - 1].Min, rhs: ranges[i].Min);
2826	ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(lhs: ranges[i - 1].Max, rhs: ranges[i].Max);
2827	ranges.erase(it: ranges.Data + i);
2828	i--;
2829	}
2830	}
2831
2832	static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
2833	{
2834	// Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor.
2835	// FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue.
2836	// The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek?
2837	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
2838	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
2839	float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y;
2840	window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y;
2841	window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(lhs: window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, rhs: pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
2842	window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
2843	window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
2844	if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)
2845	columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly
2846	if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
2847	{
2848	if (table->IsInsideRow)
2849	ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
2850	table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
2851	const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f);
2852	//table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow()
2853	table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase;
2854	}
2855	}
2856
2857	static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n)
2858	{
2859	// StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction
2860	// Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges
2861	ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;
2862	float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight);
2863	ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, line_height: clipper->ItemsHeight);
2864	}
2865
2866	ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper()
2867	{
2868	memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this));
2869	}
2870
2871	ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper()
2872	{
2873	End();
2874	}
2875
2876	void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height)
2877	{
2878	if (Ctx == NULL)
2879	Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext();
2880
2881	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
2882	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
2883	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name);
2884
2885	if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
2886	if (table->IsInsideRow)
2887	ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
2888
2889	StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
2890	ItemsHeight = items_height;
2891	ItemsCount = items_count;
2892	DisplayStart = -1;
2893	DisplayEnd = 0;
2894
2895	// Acquire temporary buffer
2896	if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size)
2897	g.ClipperTempData.resize(new_size: g.ClipperTempDataStacked, v: ImGuiListClipperData());
2898	ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
2899	data->Reset(clipper: this);
2900	data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y;
2901	TempData = data;
2902	}
2903
2904	void ImGuiListClipper::End()
2905	{
2906	if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData)
2907	{
2908	// In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.
2909	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
2910	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name);
2911	if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0)
2912	ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper: this, item_n: ItemsCount);
2913
2914	// Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting
2915	IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this);
2916	data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size;
2917	if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0)
2918	{
2919	data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
2920	data->ListClipper->TempData = data;
2921	}
2922	TempData = NULL;
2923	}
2924	ItemsCount = -1;
2925	}
2926
2927	void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end)
2928	{
2929	ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData;
2930	IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet.
2931	IM_ASSERT(item_begin <= item_end);
2932	if (item_begin < item_end)
2933	data->Ranges.push_back(v: ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(min: item_begin, max: item_end));
2934	}
2935
2936	static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper)
2937	{
2938	ImGuiContext& g = *clipper->Ctx;
2939	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
2940	ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;
2941	IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?");
2942
2943	ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
2944	if (table && table->IsInsideRow)
2945	ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
2946
2947	// No items
2948	if (clipper->ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping())
2949	return false;
2950
2951	// While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped
2952	// FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state.
2953	if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows)
2954	{
2955	clipper->DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen;
2956	clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(lhs: data->ItemsFrozen + 1, rhs: clipper->ItemsCount);
2957	if (clipper->DisplayStart < clipper->DisplayEnd)
2958	data->ItemsFrozen++;
2959	return true;
2960	}
2961
2962	// Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height)
2963	bool calc_clipping = false;
2964	if (data->StepNo == 0)
2965	{
2966	clipper->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
2967	if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
2968	{
2969	// Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1)
2970	data->Ranges.push_front(v: ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(min: data->ItemsFrozen, max: data->ItemsFrozen + 1));
2971	clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(lhs: data->Ranges[0].Min, rhs: data->ItemsFrozen);
2972	clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(lhs: data->Ranges[0].Max, rhs: clipper->ItemsCount);
2973	data->StepNo = 1;
2974	return true;
2975	}
2976	calc_clipping = true; // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping.
2977	}
2978
2979	// Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range
2980	if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
2981	{
2982	IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1);
2983	if (table)
2984	IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y);
2985
2986	clipper->ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - clipper->StartPosY) / (float)(clipper->DisplayEnd - clipper->DisplayStart);
2987	bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(f: clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(f: window->DC.CursorPos.y);
2988	if (affected_by_floating_point_precision)
2989	clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries.
2990
2991	IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!");
2992	calc_clipping = true; // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards.
2993	}
2994
2995	// Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements.
2996	const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd;
2997	if (calc_clipping)
2998	{
2999	if (g.LogEnabled)
3000	{
3001	// If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
3002	data->Ranges.push_back(v: ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(min: 0, max: clipper->ItemsCount));
3003	}
3004	else
3005	{
3006	// Add range selected to be included for navigation
3007	const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
3008	if (is_nav_request)
3009	data->Ranges.push_back(v: ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(y1: g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, y2: g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, off_min: 0, off_max: 0));
3010	if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
3011	data->Ranges.push_back(v: ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(min: clipper->ItemsCount - 1, max: clipper->ItemsCount));
3012
3013	// Add focused/active item
3014	ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, r: window->NavRectRel[0]);
3015	if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId)
3016	data->Ranges.push_back(v: ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(y1: nav_rect_abs.Min.y, y2: nav_rect_abs.Max.y, off_min: 0, off_max: 0));
3017
3018	// Add visible range
3019	const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0;
3020	const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0;
3021	data->Ranges.push_back(v: ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(y1: window->ClipRect.Min.y, y2: window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max));
3022	}
3023
3024	// Convert position ranges to item index ranges
3025	// - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping.
3026	// - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list,
3027	// which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted.
3028	for (ImGuiListClipperRange& range : data->Ranges)
3029	if (range.PosToIndexConvert)
3030	{
3031	int m1 = (int)(((double)range.Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight);
3032	int m2 = (int)((((double)range.Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f);
3033	range.Min = ImClamp(v: already_submitted + m1 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMin, mn: already_submitted, mx: clipper->ItemsCount - 1);
3034	range.Max = ImClamp(v: already_submitted + m2 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMax, mn: range.Min + 1, mx: clipper->ItemsCount);
3035	range.PosToIndexConvert = false;
3036	}
3037	ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ranges&: data->Ranges, offset: data->StepNo);
3038	}
3039
3040	// Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line.
3041	while (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)
3042	{
3043	clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(lhs: data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, rhs: already_submitted);
3044	clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(lhs: data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, rhs: clipper->ItemsCount);
3045	if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051
3046	ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, item_n: clipper->DisplayStart);
3047	data->StepNo++;
3048	if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)
3049	continue;
3050	return true;
3051	}
3052
3053	// After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd),
3054	// Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
3055	if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX)
3056	ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, item_n: clipper->ItemsCount);
3057
3058	return false;
3059	}
3060
3061	bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
3062	{
3063	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
3064	bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f);
3065	bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(clipper: this);
3066	if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd))
3067	ret = false;
3068	if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false)
3069	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n");
3070	if (need_items_height && ItemsHeight > 0.0f)
3071	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): computed ItemsHeight: %.2f.\n", ItemsHeight);
3072	if (ret)
3073	{
3074	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): display %d to %d.\n", DisplayStart, DisplayEnd);
3075	}
3076	else
3077	{
3078	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): End.\n");
3079	End();
3080	}
3081	return ret;
3082	}
3083
3084	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3085	// [SECTION] STYLING
3086	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3087
3088	ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
3089	{
3090	IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
3091	return GImGui->Style;
3092	}
3093
3094	ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)
3095	{
3096	ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
3097	ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];
3098	c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;
3099	return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(in: c);
3100	}
3101
3102	ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)
3103	{
3104	ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
3105	ImVec4 c = col;
3106	c.w *= style.Alpha;
3107	return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(in: c);
3108	}
3109
3110	const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)
3111	{
3112	ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
3113	return style.Colors[idx];
3114	}
3115
3116	ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul)
3117	{
3118	ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
3119	alpha_mul *= style.Alpha;
3120	if (alpha_mul >= 1.0f)
3121	return col;
3122	ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
3123	a = (ImU32)(a * alpha_mul); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because alpha is in 0..1 range.
3124	return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
3125	}
3126
3127	// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32
3128	void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col)
3129	{
3130	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3131	ImGuiColorMod backup;
3132	backup.Col = idx;
3133	backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
3134	g.ColorStack.push_back(v: backup);
3135	if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx)
3136	g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(in: col);
3137	}
3138
3139	void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)
3140	{
3141	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3142	ImGuiColorMod backup;
3143	backup.Col = idx;
3144	backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
3145	g.ColorStack.push_back(v: backup);
3146	if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx)
3147	g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;
3148	}
3149
3150	void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)
3151	{
3152	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3153	if (g.ColorStack.Size < count)
3154	{
3155	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times!");
3156	count = g.ColorStack.Size;
3157	}
3158	while (count > 0)
3159	{
3160	ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back();
3161	g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue;
3162	g.ColorStack.pop_back();
3163	count--;
3164	}
3165	}
3166
3167	static const ImGuiCol GWindowDockStyleColors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT] =
3168	{
3169	ImGuiCol_Text, ImGuiCol_Tab, ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive
3170	};
3171
3172	static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
3173	{
3174	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
3175	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha
3176	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
3177	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
3178	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
3179	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
3180	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
3181	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
3182	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
3183	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
3184	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
3185	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
3186	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
3187	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
3188	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
3189	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
3190	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
3191	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
3192	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
3193	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
3194	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
3195	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
3196	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
3197	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize
3198	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize
3199	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersAngle)},// ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle
3200	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
3201	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
3202	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize) },// ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize
3203	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign
3204	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 2, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding
3205	{ .Type: ImGuiDataType_Float, .Count: 1, .Offset: (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DockingSeparatorSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DockingSeparatorSize
3206	};
3207
3208	const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
3209	{
3210	IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
3211	IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
3212	return &GStyleVarInfo[idx];
3213	}
3214
3215	void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
3216	{
3217	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3218	const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
3219	if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1)
3220	{
3221	float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(parent: &g.Style);
3222	g.StyleVarStack.push_back(v: ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
3223	*pvar = val;
3224	return;
3225	}
3226	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");
3227	}
3228
3229	void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
3230	{
3231	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3232	const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
3233	if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2)
3234	{
3235	ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(parent: &g.Style);
3236	g.StyleVarStack.push_back(v: ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
3237	*pvar = val;
3238	return;
3239	}
3240	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");
3241	}
3242
3243	void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
3244	{
3245	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3246	if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count)
3247	{
3248	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times!");
3249	count = g.StyleVarStack.Size;
3250	}
3251	while (count > 0)
3252	{
3253	// We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it.
3254	ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back();
3255	const ImGuiDataVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx: backup.VarIdx);
3256	void* data = info->GetVarPtr(parent: &g.Style);
3257	if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; }
3258	else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; }
3259	g.StyleVarStack.pop_back();
3260	count--;
3261	}
3262	}
3263
3264	const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)
3265	{
3266	// Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";
3267	switch (idx)
3268	{
3269	case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";
3270	case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";
3271	case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";
3272	case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg";
3273	case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";
3274	case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";
3275	case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";
3276	case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";
3277	case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";
3278	case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";
3279	case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";
3280	case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";
3281	case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";
3282	case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";
3283	case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";
3284	case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";
3285	case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
3286	case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
3287	case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
3288	case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
3289	case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
3290	case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
3291	case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";
3292	case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";
3293	case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";
3294	case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";
3295	case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";
3296	case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator";
3297	case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered";
3298	case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive";
3299	case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
3300	case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
3301	case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
3302	case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab";
3303	case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered";
3304	case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive";
3305	case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused";
3306	case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive";
3307	case ImGuiCol_DockingPreview: return "DockingPreview";
3308	case ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg: return "DockingEmptyBg";
3309	case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
3310	case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
3311	case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
3312	case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";
3313	case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg";
3314	case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong";
3315	case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight";
3316	case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg";
3317	case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt";
3318	case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";
3319	case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget";
3320	case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight";
3321	case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight";
3322	case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg";
3323	case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg";
3324	}
3325	IM_ASSERT(0);
3326	return "Unknown";
3327	}
3328
3329
3330	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3331	// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
3332	// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change,
3333	// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context.
3334	// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context.
3335	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3336
3337	const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
3338	{
3339	const char* text_display_end = text;
3340	if (!text_end)
3341	text_end = (const char*)-1;
3342
3343	while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))
3344	text_display_end++;
3345	return text_display_end;
3346	}
3347
3348	// Internal ImGui functions to render text
3349	// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()
3350	void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)
3351	{
3352	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3353	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
3354
3355	// Hide anything after a '##' string
3356	const char* text_display_end;
3357	if (hide_text_after_hash)
3358	{
3359	text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
3360	}
3361	else
3362	{
3363	if (!text_end)
3364	text_end = text + strlen(s: text); // FIXME-OPT
3365	text_display_end = text_end;
3366	}
3367
3368	if (text != text_display_end)
3369	{
3370	window->DrawList->AddText(font: g.Font, font_size: g.FontSize, pos, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Text), text_begin: text, text_end: text_display_end);
3371	if (g.LogEnabled)
3372	LogRenderedText(ref_pos: &pos, text, text_end: text_display_end);
3373	}
3374	}
3375
3376	void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)
3377	{
3378	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3379	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
3380
3381	if (!text_end)
3382	text_end = text + strlen(s: text); // FIXME-OPT
3383
3384	if (text != text_end)
3385	{
3386	window->DrawList->AddText(font: g.Font, font_size: g.FontSize, pos, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Text), text_begin: text, text_end, wrap_width);
3387	if (g.LogEnabled)
3388	LogRenderedText(ref_pos: &pos, text, text_end);
3389	}
3390	}
3391
3392	// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max)
3393	// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
3394	// FIXME-OPT: Since we have or calculate text_size we could coarse clip whole block immediately, especally for text above draw_list->DrawList.
3395	// Effectively as this is called from widget doing their own coarse clipping it's not very valuable presently. Next time function will take
3396	// better advantage of the render function taking size into account for coarse clipping.
3397	void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
3398	{
3399	// Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
3400	ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
3401	const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end: text_display_end, hide_text_after_double_hash: false, wrap_width: 0.0f);
3402
3403	const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min;
3404	const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max;
3405	bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);
3406	if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min
3407	need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);
3408
3409	// Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment.
3410	if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(lhs: pos.x, rhs: pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x);
3411	if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(lhs: pos.y, rhs: pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y);
3412
3413	// Render
3414	if (need_clipping)
3415	{
3416	ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
3417	draw_list->AddText(NULL, font_size: 0.0f, pos, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Text), text_begin: text, text_end: text_display_end, wrap_width: 0.0f, cpu_fine_clip_rect: &fine_clip_rect);
3418	}
3419	else
3420	{
3421	draw_list->AddText(NULL, font_size: 0.0f, pos, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Text), text_begin: text, text_end: text_display_end, wrap_width: 0.0f, NULL);
3422	}
3423	}
3424
3425	void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
3426	{
3427	// Hide anything after a '##' string
3428	const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
3429	const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
3430	if (text_len == 0)
3431	return;
3432
3433	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3434	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
3435	RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list: window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect);
3436	if (g.LogEnabled)
3437	LogRenderedText(ref_pos: &pos_min, text, text_end: text_display_end);
3438	}
3439
3440	// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper.
3441	// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display.
3442	// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move.
3443	void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known)
3444	{
3445	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3446	if (text_end_full == NULL)
3447	text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text);
3448	const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end: text_end_full, hide_text_after_double_hash: false, wrap_width: 0.0f);
3449
3450	//draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));
3451	//draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
3452	//draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
3453	// FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels.
3454	if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x)
3455	{
3456	// Hello wo...
3457	// | | |
3458	// min max ellipsis_max
3459	// <-> this is generally some padding value
3460
3461	const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font;
3462	const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize;
3463	const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
3464	const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL;
3465	const float ellipsis_width = font->EllipsisWidth * font_scale;
3466
3467	// We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x
3468	const float text_avail_width = ImMax(lhs: (ImMax(lhs: pos_max.x, rhs: ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_width) - pos_min.x, rhs: 1.0f);
3469	float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(size: font_size, max_width: text_avail_width, wrap_width: 0.0f, text_begin: text, text_end: text_end_full, remaining: &text_end_ellipsis).x;
3470	if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full)
3471	{
3472	// Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis
3473	text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(in_text: text, in_text_end: text_end_full);
3474	text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(size: font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width: 0.0f, text_begin: text, text_end: text_end_ellipsis).x;
3475	}
3476	while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(c: text_end_ellipsis[-1]))
3477	{
3478	// Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text)
3479	text_end_ellipsis--;
3480	text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(size: font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width: 0.0f, text_begin: text_end_ellipsis, text_end: text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte
3481	}
3482
3483	// Render text, render ellipsis
3484	RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, pos_max: ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_display_end: text_end_ellipsis, text_size_if_known: &text_size, align: ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
3485	ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImTrunc(v: ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y));
3486	if (ellipsis_pos.x + ellipsis_width <= ellipsis_max_x)
3487	for (int i = 0; i < font->EllipsisCharCount; i++, ellipsis_pos.x += font->EllipsisCharStep * font_scale)
3488	font->RenderChar(draw_list, size: font_size, pos: ellipsis_pos, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Text), c: font->EllipsisChar);
3489	}
3490	else
3491	{
3492	RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, pos_max: ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_display_end: text_end_full, text_size_if_known: &text_size, align: ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
3493	}
3494
3495	if (g.LogEnabled)
3496	LogRenderedText(ref_pos: &pos_min, text, text_end: text_end_full);
3497	}
3498
3499	// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
3500	void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)
3501	{
3502	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3503	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
3504	window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col: fill_col, rounding);
3505	const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
3506	if (border && border_size > 0.0f)
3507	{
3508	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max: p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, flags: 0, thickness: border_size);
3509	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, flags: 0, thickness: border_size);
3510	}
3511	}
3512
3513	void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)
3514	{
3515	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3516	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
3517	const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
3518	if (border_size > 0.0f)
3519	{
3520	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max: p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, flags: 0, thickness: border_size);
3521	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, flags: 0, thickness: border_size);
3522	}
3523	}
3524
3525	void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags)
3526	{
3527	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3528	if (id != g.NavId)
3529	return;
3530	if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw))
3531	return;
3532	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
3533	if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame)
3534	return;
3535
3536	float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding;
3537	ImRect display_rect = bb;
3538	display_rect.ClipWith(r: window->ClipRect);
3539	const float thickness = 2.0f;
3540	if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact)
3541	{
3542	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: display_rect.Min, p_max: display_rect.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, flags: 0, thickness);
3543	}
3544	else
3545	{
3546	const float distance = 3.0f + thickness * 0.5f;
3547	display_rect.Expand(amount: ImVec2(distance, distance));
3548	bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(r: display_rect);
3549	if (!fully_visible)
3550	window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min: display_rect.Min, clip_rect_max: display_rect.Max);
3551	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: display_rect.Min, p_max: display_rect.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, flags: 0, thickness);
3552	if (!fully_visible)
3553	window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
3554	}
3555	}
3556
3557	void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow)
3558	{
3559	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3560	IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);
3561	ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas;
3562	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
3563	{
3564	// We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor.
3565	ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4];
3566	if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(cursor: mouse_cursor, out_offset: &offset, out_size: &size, out_uv_border: &uv[0], out_uv_fill: &uv[2]))
3567	continue;
3568	const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset;
3569	const float scale = base_scale * viewport->DpiScale;
3570	if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(r: ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale)))
3571	continue;
3572	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);
3573	ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID;
3574	draw_list->PushTextureID(texture_id: tex_id);
3575	draw_list->AddImage(user_texture_id: tex_id, p_min: pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, p_max: pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv_min: uv[2], uv_max: uv[3], col: col_shadow);
3576	draw_list->AddImage(user_texture_id: tex_id, p_min: pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, p_max: pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv_min: uv[2], uv_max: uv[3], col: col_shadow);
3577	draw_list->AddImage(user_texture_id: tex_id, p_min: pos, p_max: pos + size * scale, uv_min: uv[2], uv_max: uv[3], col: col_border);
3578	draw_list->AddImage(user_texture_id: tex_id, p_min: pos, p_max: pos + size * scale, uv_min: uv[0], uv_max: uv[1], col: col_fill);
3579	draw_list->PopTextureID();
3580	}
3581	}
3582
3583	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3584	// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN
3585	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3586
3587	// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
3588	// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
3589	ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()
3590	{
3591	return GImGui;
3592	}
3593
3594	void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
3595	{
3596	#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC
3597	IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this.
3598	#else
3599	GImGui = ctx;
3600	#endif
3601	}
3602
3603	void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data)
3604	{
3605	GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;
3606	GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;
3607	GImAllocatorUserData = user_data;
3608	}
3609
3610	// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space)
3611	void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data)
3612	{
3613	*p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc;
3614	*p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc;
3615	*p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData;
3616	}
3617
3618	ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
3619	{
3620	ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
3621	ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas);
3622	SetCurrentContext(ctx);
3623	Initialize();
3624	if (prev_ctx != NULL)
3625	SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one.
3626	return ctx;
3627	}
3628
3629	void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
3630	{
3631	ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
3632	if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051
3633	ctx = prev_ctx;
3634	SetCurrentContext(ctx);
3635	Shutdown();
3636	SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL);
3637	IM_DELETE(p: ctx);
3638	}
3639
3640	// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages
3641	static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] =
3642	{
3643	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, .Text: "Dear ImGui " IMGUI_VERSION " (" IM_STRINGIFY(IMGUI_VERSION_NUM) ")" },
3644	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, .Text: "Size column to fit###SizeOne" },
3645	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, .Text: "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll" },
3646	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, .Text: "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" },
3647	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder, .Text: "Reset order###ResetOrder" },
3648	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, .Text: "(Main menu bar)" },
3649	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, .Text: "(Popup)" },
3650	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, .Text: "(Untitled)" },
3651	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, .Text: "Hide tab bar###HideTabBar" },
3652	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock, .Text: "Hold SHIFT to enable Docking window." },
3653	{ .Key: ImGuiLocKey_DockingDragToUndockOrMoveNode,.Text: "Click and drag to move or undock whole node." },
3654	};
3655
3656	void ImGui::Initialize()
3657	{
3658	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3659	IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded);
3660
3661	// Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow and ImGuiTable types
3662	{
3663	ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
3664	ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";
3665	ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr(data_p: "Window");
3666	ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
3667	ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
3668	ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
3669	ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
3670	ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
3671	AddSettingsHandler(handler: &ini_handler);
3672	}
3673	TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();
3674
3675	// Setup default localization table
3676	LocalizeRegisterEntries(entries: GLocalizationEntriesEnUS, IM_ARRAYSIZE(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS));
3677
3678	// Setup default platform clipboard/IME handlers.
3679	g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations
3680	g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
3681	g.IO.ClipboardUserData = (void*)&g; // Default implementation use the ImGuiContext as user data (ideally those would be arguments to the function)
3682	g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl;
3683
3684	// Create default viewport
3685	ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)();
3686	viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID;
3687	viewport->Idx = 0;
3688	viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = true;
3689	viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp;
3690	g.Viewports.push_back(v: viewport);
3691	g.TempBuffer.resize(new_size: 1024 * 3 + 1, v: 0);
3692	g.ViewportCreatedCount++;
3693	g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(v: g.Viewports[0]);
3694
3695	// Build KeysMayBeCharInput[] lookup table (1 bool per named key)
3696	for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
3697	if ((key >= ImGuiKey_0 && key <= ImGuiKey_9) || (key >= ImGuiKey_A && key <= ImGuiKey_Z) || (key >= ImGuiKey_Keypad0 && key <= ImGuiKey_Keypad9)
3698	|| key == ImGuiKey_Tab || key == ImGuiKey_Space || key == ImGuiKey_Apostrophe || key == ImGuiKey_Comma || key == ImGuiKey_Minus || key == ImGuiKey_Period
3699	|| key == ImGuiKey_Slash || key == ImGuiKey_Semicolon || key == ImGuiKey_Equal || key == ImGuiKey_LeftBracket || key == ImGuiKey_RightBracket || key == ImGuiKey_GraveAccent
3700	|| key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual)
3701	g.KeysMayBeCharInput.SetBit(key);
3702
3703	#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
3704	// Initialize Docking
3705	DockContextInitialize(ctx: &g);
3706	#endif
3707
3708	g.Initialized = true;
3709	}
3710
3711	// This function is merely here to free heap allocations.
3712	void ImGui::Shutdown()
3713	{
3714	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3715	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Platform backend?");
3716	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendRendererUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Renderer backend?");
3717
3718	// The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)
3719	if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext)
3720	{
3721	g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
3722	IM_DELETE(p: g.IO.Fonts);
3723	}
3724	g.IO.Fonts = NULL;
3725	g.DrawListSharedData.TempBuffer.clear();
3726
3727	// Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui.
3728	if (!g.Initialized)
3729	return;
3730
3731	// Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file)
3732	if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
3733	SaveIniSettingsToDisk(ini_filename: g.IO.IniFilename);
3734
3735	// Destroy platform windows
3736	DestroyPlatformWindows();
3737
3738	// Shutdown extensions
3739	DockContextShutdown(ctx: &g);
3740
3741	CallContextHooks(context: &g, type: ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown);
3742
3743	// Clear everything else
3744	g.Windows.clear_delete();
3745	g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear();
3746	g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear();
3747	g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
3748	g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
3749	g.WindowsById.Clear();
3750	g.NavWindow = NULL;
3751	g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
3752	g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
3753	g.MovingWindow = NULL;
3754
3755	g.KeysRoutingTable.Clear();
3756
3757	g.ColorStack.clear();
3758	g.StyleVarStack.clear();
3759	g.FontStack.clear();
3760	g.OpenPopupStack.clear();
3761	g.BeginPopupStack.clear();
3762	g.NavTreeNodeStack.clear();
3763
3764	g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL;
3765	g.Viewports.clear_delete();
3766
3767	g.TabBars.Clear();
3768	g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear();
3769	g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear();
3770
3771	g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct();
3772
3773	g.Tables.Clear();
3774	g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct();
3775	g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear();
3776
3777	g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
3778	g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear();
3779	g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory();
3780	g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ClearFreeMemory();
3781
3782	g.SettingsWindows.clear();
3783	g.SettingsHandlers.clear();
3784
3785	if (g.LogFile)
3786	{
3787	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
3788	if (g.LogFile != stdout)
3789	#endif
3790	ImFileClose(f: g.LogFile);
3791	g.LogFile = NULL;
3792	}
3793	g.LogBuffer.clear();
3794	g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
3795	g.DebugLogIndex.clear();
3796
3797	g.Initialized = false;
3798	}
3799
3800	// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed
3801	ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook)
3802	{
3803	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
3804	IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_);
3805	g.Hooks.push_back(v: *hook);
3806	g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext;
3807	return g.HookIdNext;
3808	}
3809
3810	// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it
3811	void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id)
3812	{
3813	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
3814	IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0);
3815	for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)
3816	if (hook.HookId == hook_id)
3817	hook.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_;
3818	}
3819
3820	// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine)
3821	// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array
3822	void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type)
3823	{
3824	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
3825	for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)
3826	if (hook.Type == hook_type)
3827	hook.Callback(&g, &hook);
3828	}
3829
3830
3831	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3832	// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
3833	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3834
3835	// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods
3836	ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL)
3837	{
3838	memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this));
3839	Ctx = ctx;
3840	Name = ImStrdup(str: name);
3841	NameBufLen = (int)strlen(s: name) + 1;
3842	ID = ImHashStr(data_p: name);
3843	IDStack.push_back(v: ID);
3844	ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = -1;
3845	ViewportPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
3846	MoveId = GetID(str: "#MOVE");
3847	TabId = GetID(str: "#TAB");
3848	ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
3849	ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
3850	AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
3851	AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
3852	SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = SetWindowDockAllowFlags = 0;
3853	SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
3854	LastFrameActive = -1;
3855	LastFrameJustFocused = -1;
3856	LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
3857	FontWindowScale = FontDpiScale = 1.0f;
3858	SettingsOffset = -1;
3859	DockOrder = -1;
3860	DrawList = &DrawListInst;
3861	DrawList->_Data = &Ctx->DrawListSharedData;
3862	DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
3863	NavPreferredScoringPosRel[0] = NavPreferredScoringPosRel[1] = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
3864	IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&WindowClass) ImGuiWindowClass();
3865	}
3866
3867	ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
3868	{
3869	IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);
3870	IM_DELETE(p: Name);
3871	ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct();
3872	}
3873
3874	static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
3875	{
3876	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3877	g.CurrentWindow = window;
3878	g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(n: window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL;
3879	if (window)
3880	{
3881	g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
3882	ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
3883	}
3884	}
3885
3886	void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers()
3887	{
3888	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3889	g.ItemFlagsStack.clear();
3890	g.GroupStack.clear();
3891	TableGcCompactSettings();
3892	}
3893
3894	// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused.
3895	// Not freed:
3896	// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data)
3897	// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost.
3898	void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
3899	{
3900	window->MemoryCompacted = true;
3901	window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity;
3902	window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity;
3903	window->IDStack.clear();
3904	window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory();
3905	window->DC.ChildWindows.clear();
3906	window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear();
3907	window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear();
3908	}
3909
3910	void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
3911	{
3912	// We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening.
3913	// The other buffers tends to amortize much faster.
3914	window->MemoryCompacted = false;
3915	window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(new_capacity: window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity);
3916	window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(new_capacity: window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity);
3917	window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0;
3918	}
3919
3920	void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
3921	{
3922	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3923
3924	// Clear previous active id
3925	if (g.ActiveId != 0)
3926	{
3927	// While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations,
3928	// we at least need to be resilient to it. Canceling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch
3929	// may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that.
3930	if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId)
3931	{
3932	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n");
3933	g.MovingWindow = NULL;
3934	}
3935
3936	// This could be written in a more general way (e.g associate a hook to ActiveId),
3937	// but since this is currently quite an exception we'll leave it as is.
3938	// One common scenario leading to this is: pressing Key ->NavMoveRequestApplyResult() -> ClearActiveId()
3939	if (g.InputTextState.ID == g.ActiveId)
3940	InputTextDeactivateHook(id: g.ActiveId);
3941	}
3942
3943	// Set active id
3944	g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id);
3945	if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
3946	{
3947	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : "");
3948	g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
3949	g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
3950	g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
3951	g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;
3952	if (id != 0)
3953	{
3954	g.LastActiveId = id;
3955	g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
3956	}
3957	}
3958	g.ActiveId = id;
3959	g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
3960	g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;
3961	g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
3962	g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
3963	g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = false;
3964	if (id)
3965	{
3966	g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
3967	g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
3968	IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveIdSource != ImGuiInputSource_None);
3969	}
3970
3971	// Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget
3972	// (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet)
3973	g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
3974	g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
3975	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
3976	g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
3977	#endif
3978	}
3979
3980	void ImGui::ClearActiveID()
3981	{
3982	SetActiveID(id: 0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0;
3983	}
3984
3985	void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
3986	{
3987	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3988	g.HoveredId = id;
3989	g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
3990	if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
3991	g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
3992	}
3993
3994	ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID()
3995	{
3996	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
3997	return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
3998	}
3999
4000	void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
4001	{
4002	// This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
4003	// ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data.
4004	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4005	if (g.LockMarkEdited > 0)
4006	return;
4007	if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0)
4008	{
4009	g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true;
4010	g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true;
4011	}
4012
4013	// We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343)
4014	// We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714)
4015	IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id);
4016
4017	//IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);
4018	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
4019	}
4020
4021	bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
4022	{
4023	// An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)
4024	// FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window.
4025	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4026	if (g.NavWindow)
4027	if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockTree)
4028	if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindowDockTree)
4029	{
4030	// For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup"
4031	// NB: The 'else' is important because Modal windows are also Popups.
4032	bool want_inhibit = false;
4033	if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
4034	want_inhibit = true;
4035	else if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
4036	want_inhibit = true;
4037
4038	// Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup
4039	if (want_inhibit)
4040	if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window: window->RootWindow, potential_parent: focused_root_window))
4041	return false;
4042	}
4043
4044	// Filter by viewport
4045	if (window->Viewport != g.MouseViewport)
4046	if (g.MovingWindow == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree)
4047	return false;
4048
4049	return true;
4050	}
4051
4052	static inline float CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
4053	{
4054	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4055	if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)
4056	return g.Style.HoverDelayNormal;
4057	if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)
4058	return g.Style.HoverDelayShort;
4059	return 0.0f;
4060	}
4061
4062	static ImGuiHoveredFlags ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(ImGuiHoveredFlags user_flags, ImGuiHoveredFlags shared_flags)
4063	{
4064	// Allow instance flags to override shared flags
4065	if (user_flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal))
4066	shared_flags &= ~(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal);
4067	return user_flags | shared_flags;
4068	}
4069
4070	// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable()
4071	// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered()
4072	// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId
4073	bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
4074	{
4075	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4076	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
4077	IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsItemHovered()!");
4078
4079	if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride))
4080	{
4081	if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
4082	return false;
4083	if (!IsItemFocused())
4084	return false;
4085
4086	if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
4087	flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(user_flags: flags, shared_flags: g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav);
4088	}
4089	else
4090	{
4091	// Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd()
4092	ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
4093	if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
4094	return false;
4095
4096	if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
4097	flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(user_flags: flags, shared_flags: g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse);
4098
4099	IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function
4100
4101	// Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now
4102	// Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window)
4103	// [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851)
4104	// [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable
4105	// to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was
4106	// the test that has been running for a long while.
4107	if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0)
4108	if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) == 0)
4109	return false;
4110
4111	// Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged)
4112	const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
4113	if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0)
4114	if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
4115	if (g.ActiveId != window->MoveId && g.ActiveId != window->TabId)
4116	return false;
4117
4118	// Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal.
4119	// The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here.
4120	if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck))
4121	return false;
4122
4123	// Test if the item is disabled
4124	if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
4125	return false;
4126
4127	// Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
4128	// When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item (always ->MoveId submitted by Begin)
4129	// will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
4130	if (id == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)
4131	return false;
4132
4133	// Test if using AllowOverlap and overlapped
4134	if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0)
4135	if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) == 0)
4136	if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
4137	return false;
4138	}
4139
4140	// Handle hover delay
4141	// (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content)
4142	const float delay = CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(flags);
4143	if (delay > 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary))
4144	{
4145	ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(r_abs: g.LastItemData.Rect);
4146	if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id))
4147	g.HoverItemDelayTimer = 0.0f;
4148	g.HoverItemDelayId = hover_delay_id;
4149
4150	// When changing hovered item we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer,
4151	// but once unlocked on a given item we also moving.
4152	//if (g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay && (g.HoverDelayTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < delay || g.MouseStationaryTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("HoverDelayTimer = %f/%f, MouseStationaryTimer = %f\n", g.HoverDelayTimer, delay, g.MouseStationaryTimer); }
4153	if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId != hover_delay_id)
4154	return false;
4155
4156	if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer < delay)
4157	return false;
4158	}
4159
4160	return true;
4161	}
4162
4163	// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered().
4164	// (this does not rely on LastItemData it can be called from a ButtonBehavior() call not following an ItemAdd() call)
4165	// FIXME-LEGACY: the 'ImGuiItemFlags item_flags' parameter was added on 2023-06-28.
4166	// If you used this in your legacy/custom widgets code:
4167	// - Commonly: if your ItemHoverable() call comes after an ItemAdd() call: pass 'item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags'.
4168	// - Rare: otherwise you may pass 'item_flags = 0' (ImGuiItemFlags_None) unless you want to benefit from special behavior handled by ItemHoverable.
4169	bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags)
4170	{
4171	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4172	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
4173	if (g.HoveredWindow != window)
4174	return false;
4175	if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(r_min: bb.Min, r_max: bb.Max))
4176	return false;
4177
4178	if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
4179	return false;
4180	if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
4181	if (!g.ActiveIdFromShortcut)
4182	return false;
4183
4184	// Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now.
4185	if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_None))
4186	{
4187	g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;
4188	return false;
4189	}
4190
4191	// We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level
4192	// hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two.
4193	if (id != 0)
4194	{
4195	// Drag source doesn't report as hovered
4196	if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover))
4197	return false;
4198
4199	SetHoveredID(id);
4200
4201	// AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match.
4202	// This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. Generally perceived as a front-to-back hit-test.
4203	if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)
4204	{
4205	g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
4206	if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
4207	return false;
4208	}
4209	}
4210
4211	// When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId
4212	if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
4213	{
4214	// Release active id if turning disabled
4215	if (g.ActiveId == id && id != 0)
4216	ClearActiveID();
4217	g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;
4218	return false;
4219	}
4220
4221	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
4222	if (id != 0)
4223	{
4224	// [DEBUG] Item Picker tool!
4225	// We perform the check here because reaching is path is rare (1~ time a frame),
4226	// making the cost of this tool near-zero! We could get better call-stack and support picking non-hovered
4227	// items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a bigger runtime cost.
4228	if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)
4229	GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(p_min: bb.Min, p_max: bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
4230	if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id)
4231	IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
4232	}
4233	#endif
4234
4235	if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)
4236	return false;
4237
4238	return true;
4239	}
4240
4241	// FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd()
4242	// FIXME: The id != 0 path is not used by our codebase, may get rid of it?
4243	bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
4244	{
4245	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4246	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
4247	if (!bb.Overlaps(r: window->ClipRect))
4248	if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId))
4249	if (!g.LogEnabled)
4250	return true;
4251	return false;
4252	}
4253
4254	// This is also inlined in ItemAdd()
4255	// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set g.LastItemData.DisplayRect.
4256	void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect)
4257	{
4258	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4259	g.LastItemData.ID = item_id;
4260	g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags;
4261	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags;
4262	g.LastItemData.Rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect = item_rect;
4263	}
4264
4265	float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
4266	{
4267	if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
4268	return 0.0f;
4269
4270	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4271	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
4272	if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
4273	{
4274	// We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows,
4275	// or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function?
4276	//if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
4277	// wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x);
4278	//else
4279	wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
4280	}
4281	else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
4282	{
4283	wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
4284	}
4285
4286	return ImMax(lhs: wrap_pos_x - pos.x, rhs: 1.0f);
4287	}
4288
4289	// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc()
4290	void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)
4291	{
4292	void* ptr = (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData);
4293	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
4294	if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
4295	DebugAllocHook(info: &ctx->DebugAllocInfo, frame_count: ctx->FrameCount, ptr, size);
4296	#endif
4297	return ptr;
4298	}
4299
4300	// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
4301	void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
4302	{
4303	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
4304	if (ptr != NULL)
4305	if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
4306	DebugAllocHook(info: &ctx->DebugAllocInfo, frame_count: ctx->FrameCount, ptr, size: (size_t)-1);
4307	#endif
4308	return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);
4309	}
4310
4311	// We record the number of allocation in recent frames, as a way to audit/sanitize our guiding principles of "no allocations on idle/repeating frames"
4312	void ImGui::DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size)
4313	{
4314	ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx];
4315	IM_UNUSED(ptr);
4316	if (entry->FrameCount != frame_count)
4317	{
4318	info->LastEntriesIdx = (info->LastEntriesIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf);
4319	entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx];
4320	entry->FrameCount = frame_count;
4321	entry->AllocCount = entry->FreeCount = 0;
4322	}
4323	if (size != (size_t)-1)
4324	{
4325	entry->AllocCount++;
4326	info->TotalAllocCount++;
4327	//printf("[%05d] MemAlloc(%d) -> 0x%p\n", frame_count, size, ptr);
4328	}
4329	else
4330	{
4331	entry->FreeCount++;
4332	info->TotalFreeCount++;
4333	//printf("[%05d] MemFree(0x%p)\n", frame_count, ptr);
4334	}
4335	}
4336
4337	const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
4338	{
4339	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4340	return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";
4341	}
4342
4343	void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
4344	{
4345	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4346	if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
4347	g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text);
4348	}
4349
4350	const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
4351	{
4352	return IMGUI_VERSION;
4353	}
4354
4355	ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
4356	{
4357	IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
4358	return GImGui->IO;
4359	}
4360
4361	ImGuiPlatformIO& ImGui::GetPlatformIO()
4362	{
4363	IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?");
4364	return GImGui->PlatformIO;
4365	}
4366
4367	// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
4368	ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()
4369	{
4370	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4371	ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];
4372	return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL;
4373	}
4374
4375	double ImGui::GetTime()
4376	{
4377	return GImGui->Time;
4378	}
4379
4380	int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
4381	{
4382	return GImGui->FrameCount;
4383	}
4384
4385	static ImDrawList* GetViewportBgFgDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name)
4386	{
4387	// Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports
4388	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4389	IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->BgFgDrawLists));
4390	ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no];
4391	if (draw_list == NULL)
4392	{
4393	draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData);
4394	draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name;
4395	viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list;
4396	}
4397
4398	// Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command
4399	if (viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount)
4400	{
4401	draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame();
4402	draw_list->PushTextureID(texture_id: g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
4403	draw_list->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min: viewport->Pos, clip_rect_max: viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, intersect_with_current_clip_rect: false);
4404	viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount;
4405	}
4406	return draw_list;
4407	}
4408
4409	ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
4410	{
4411	return GetViewportBgFgDrawList(viewport: (ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, drawlist_no: 0, drawlist_name: "##Background");
4412	}
4413
4414	ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()
4415	{
4416	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4417	return GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport: g.CurrentWindow->Viewport);
4418	}
4419
4420	ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
4421	{
4422	return GetViewportBgFgDrawList(viewport: (ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, drawlist_no: 1, drawlist_name: "##Foreground");
4423	}
4424
4425	ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
4426	{
4427	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4428	return GetForegroundDrawList(viewport: g.CurrentWindow->Viewport);
4429	}
4430
4431	ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()
4432	{
4433	return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData;
4434	}
4435
4436	void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
4437	{
4438	// Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.
4439	// We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward.
4440	// This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move.
4441	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4442	FocusWindow(window);
4443	SetActiveID(id: window->MoveId, window);
4444	g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
4445	g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindowDockTree->Pos;
4446	g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
4447	SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
4448
4449	bool can_move_window = true;
4450	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
4451	can_move_window = false;
4452	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNodeAsHost)
4453	if (node->VisibleWindow && (node->VisibleWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
4454	can_move_window = false;
4455	if (can_move_window)
4456	g.MovingWindow = window;
4457	}
4458
4459	// We use 'undock == false' when dragging from title bar to allow moving groups of floating nodes without undocking them.
4460	void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool undock)
4461	{
4462	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4463	bool can_undock_node = false;
4464	if (undock && node != NULL && node->VisibleWindow && (node->VisibleWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) == 0 && (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoUndocking) == 0)
4465	{
4466	// Can undock if:
4467	// - part of a hierarchy with more than one visible node (if only one is visible, we'll just move the root window)
4468	// - part of a dockspace node hierarchy: so we can undock the last single visible node too (trivia: undocking from a fixed/central node will create a new node and copy windows)
4469	ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
4470	if (root_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows != node || root_node->CentralNode != NULL) // -V1051 PVS-Studio thinks node should be root_node and is wrong about that.
4471	can_undock_node = true;
4472	}
4473
4474	const bool clicked = IsMouseClicked(button: 0);
4475	const bool dragging = IsMouseDragging(button: 0);
4476	if (can_undock_node && dragging)
4477	DockContextQueueUndockNode(ctx: &g, node); // Will lead to DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow() -> StartMouseMovingWindow() being called next frame
4478	else if (!can_undock_node && (clicked || dragging) && g.MovingWindow != window)
4479	StartMouseMovingWindow(window);
4480	}
4481
4482	// Handle mouse moving window
4483	// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing()
4484	// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId.
4485	// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs,
4486	// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other.
4487	void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame()
4488	{
4489	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4490	if (g.MovingWindow != NULL)
4491	{
4492	// We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window).
4493	// We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency.
4494	KeepAliveID(id: g.ActiveId);
4495	IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree);
4496	ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree;
4497
4498	// When a window stop being submitted while being dragged, it may will its viewport until next Begin()
4499	const bool window_disappared = (!moving_window->WasActive && !moving_window->Active);
4500	if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &g.IO.MousePos) && !window_disappared)
4501	{
4502	ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset;
4503	if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y)
4504	{
4505	SetWindowPos(window: moving_window, pos, cond: ImGuiCond_Always);
4506	if (moving_window->Viewport && moving_window->ViewportOwned) // Synchronize viewport immediately because some overlays may relies on clipping rectangle before we Begin() into the window.
4507	{
4508	moving_window->Viewport->Pos = pos;
4509	moving_window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
4510	}
4511	}
4512	FocusWindow(window: g.MovingWindow);
4513	}
4514	else
4515	{
4516	if (!window_disappared)
4517	{
4518	// Try to merge the window back into the main viewport.
4519	// This works because MouseViewport should be != MovingWindow->Viewport on release (as per code in UpdateViewports)
4520	if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
4521	UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(window: moving_window, host_viewport: g.MouseViewport);
4522
4523	// Restore the mouse viewport so that we don't hover the viewport _under_ the moved window during the frame we released the mouse button.
4524	if (moving_window->Viewport && !IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted())
4525	g.MouseViewport = moving_window->Viewport;
4526
4527	// Clear the NoInput window flag set by the Viewport system
4528	if (moving_window->Viewport)
4529	moving_window->Viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs;
4530	}
4531
4532	g.MovingWindow = NULL;
4533	ClearActiveID();
4534	}
4535	}
4536	else
4537	{
4538	// When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others.
4539	if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId)
4540	{
4541	KeepAliveID(id: g.ActiveId);
4542	if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
4543	ClearActiveID();
4544	}
4545	}
4546	}
4547
4548	// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar.
4549	// Handle left-click and right-click focus.
4550	void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
4551	{
4552	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4553	if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0)
4554	return;
4555
4556	// Unless we just made a window/popup appear
4557	if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing)
4558	return;
4559
4560	// Click on empty space to focus window and start moving
4561	// (after we're done with all our widgets, so e.g. clicking on docking tab-bar which have set HoveredId already and not get us here!)
4562	if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
4563	{
4564	// Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space.
4565	// If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more.
4566	ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL;
4567	const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(id: root_window->PopupId, popup_flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);
4568
4569	if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup)
4570	{
4571	StartMouseMovingWindow(window: g.HoveredWindow); //-V595
4572
4573	// Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar
4574	if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly)
4575	if (!(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) || root_window->DockIsActive)
4576	if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(p: g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0]))
4577	g.MovingWindow = NULL;
4578
4579	// Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already)
4580	if (g.HoveredIdDisabled)
4581	g.MovingWindow = NULL;
4582	}
4583	else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL)
4584	{
4585	// Clicking on void disable focus
4586	FocusWindow(NULL, flags: ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
4587	}
4588	}
4589
4590	// With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed
4591	// Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup.
4592	// (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)
4593	if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])
4594	{
4595	// Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.
4596	// This is where we can trim the popup stack.
4597	ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();
4598	bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(potential_above: g.HoveredWindow, potential_below: modal));
4599	ClosePopupsOverWindow(ref_window: hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup: true);
4600	}
4601	}
4602
4603	// This is called during NewFrame()->UpdateViewportsNewFrame() only.
4604	// Need to keep in sync with SetWindowPos()
4605	static void TranslateWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& delta)
4606	{
4607	window->Pos += delta;
4608	window->ClipRect.Translate(d: delta);
4609	window->OuterRectClipped.Translate(d: delta);
4610	window->InnerRect.Translate(d: delta);
4611	window->DC.CursorPos += delta;
4612	window->DC.CursorStartPos += delta;
4613	window->DC.CursorMaxPos += delta;
4614	window->DC.IdealMaxPos += delta;
4615	}
4616
4617	static void ScaleWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float scale)
4618	{
4619	ImVec2 origin = window->Viewport->Pos;
4620	window->Pos = ImFloor(v: (window->Pos - origin) * scale + origin);
4621	window->Size = ImTrunc(v: window->Size * scale);
4622	window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(v: window->SizeFull * scale);
4623	window->ContentSize = ImTrunc(v: window->ContentSize * scale);
4624	}
4625
4626	static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window)
4627	{
4628	return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden);
4629	}
4630
4631	// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app)
4632	void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()
4633	{
4634	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4635	ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
4636	g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(lhs: g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rhs: ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING));
4637
4638	// Find the window hovered by mouse:
4639	// - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow.
4640	// - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame.
4641	// - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms.
4642	bool clear_hovered_windows = false;
4643	FindHoveredWindow();
4644	IM_ASSERT(g.HoveredWindow == NULL || g.HoveredWindow == g.MovingWindow || g.HoveredWindow->Viewport == g.MouseViewport);
4645
4646	// Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them.
4647	ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
4648	if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window: g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, potential_parent: modal_window)) // FIXME-MERGE: RootWindowDockTree ?
4649	clear_hovered_windows = true;
4650
4651	// Disabled mouse?
4652	if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)
4653	clear_hovered_windows = true;
4654
4655	// We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and
4656	// won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward.
4657	const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0);
4658	const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
4659	int mouse_earliest_down = -1;
4660	bool mouse_any_down = false;
4661	for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
4662	{
4663	if (io.MouseClicked[i])
4664	{
4665	io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup;
4666	io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal;
4667	}
4668	mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i];
4669	if (io.MouseDown[i])
4670	if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down])
4671	mouse_earliest_down = i;
4672	}
4673	const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down];
4674	const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down];
4675
4676	// If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.
4677	// FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02)
4678	const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0;
4679	if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload)
4680	clear_hovered_windows = true;
4681
4682	if (clear_hovered_windows)
4683	g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
4684
4685	// Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
4686	// Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag
4687	if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)
4688	{
4689	io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);
4690	}
4691	else
4692	{
4693	io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup;
4694	io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal;
4695	}
4696
4697	// Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
4698	io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL);
4699	if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard))
4700	io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true;
4701	if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) // Manual override
4702	io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0);
4703
4704	// Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible
4705	io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false;
4706	}
4707
4708	void ImGui::NewFrame()
4709	{
4710	IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
4711	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
4712
4713	// Remove pending delete hooks before frame start.
4714	// This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector
4715	for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
4716	if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_)
4717	g.Hooks.erase(it: &g.Hooks[n]);
4718
4719	CallContextHooks(ctx: &g, hook_type: ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre);
4720
4721	// Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes
4722	g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame = g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame;
4723	ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
4724	g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame = g.IO.ConfigFlags;
4725
4726	// Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay)
4727	UpdateSettings();
4728
4729	g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
4730	g.WithinFrameScope = true;
4731	g.FrameCount += 1;
4732	g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
4733	g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;
4734	g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(new_size: 0);
4735
4736	// Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature
4737	g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];
4738	g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;
4739	g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
4740	g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(lhs: g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));
4741	g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX;
4742
4743	// Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible), turn events into writes to IO structure
4744	g.InputEventsTrail.resize(new_size: 0);
4745	UpdateInputEvents(trickle_fast_inputs: g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);
4746
4747	// Update viewports (after processing input queue, so io.MouseHoveredViewport is set)
4748	UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
4749
4750	// Setup current font and draw list shared data
4751	// FIXME-VIEWPORT: the concept of a single ClipRectFullscreen is not ideal!
4752	g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;
4753	SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());
4754	IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());
4755	ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
4756	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
4757	virtual_space.Add(r: viewport->GetMainRect());
4758	g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4();
4759	g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol;
4760	g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError);
4761	g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
4762	if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines)
4763	g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines;
4764	if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))
4765	g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;
4766	if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill)
4767	g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill;
4768	if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)
4769	g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset;
4770
4771	// Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it.
4772	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
4773	{
4774	viewport->DrawData = NULL;
4775	viewport->DrawDataP.Valid = false;
4776	}
4777
4778	// Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent
4779	if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
4780	KeepAliveID(id: g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);
4781
4782	// Update HoveredId data
4783	if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame)
4784	g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f;
4785	if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId))
4786	g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
4787	if (g.HoveredId)
4788	g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
4789	if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId)
4790	g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
4791	g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
4792	g.HoveredId = 0;
4793	g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
4794	g.HoveredIdDisabled = false;
4795
4796	// Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore.
4797	// In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd().
4798	// As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves.
4799	if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId)
4800	{
4801	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n");
4802	ClearActiveID();
4803	}
4804
4805	// Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore)
4806	if (g.ActiveId)
4807	g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
4808	g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
4809	g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
4810	g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow;
4811	g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;
4812	g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
4813	g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
4814	g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
4815	g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
4816	if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId)
4817	g.TempInputId = 0;
4818	if (g.ActiveId == 0)
4819	{
4820	g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
4821	g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
4822	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
4823	g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
4824	#endif
4825	}
4826
4827	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
4828	if (g.ActiveId == 0)
4829	g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0;
4830	else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0)
4831	{
4832	// If your custom widget code used: { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); }
4833	// Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be: { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); }
4834	if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
4835	SetKeyOwner(key: ImGuiKey_Escape, owner_id: g.ActiveId);
4836	if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
4837	IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported
4838	}
4839	#endif
4840
4841	// Record when we have been stationary as this state is preserved while over same item.
4842	// FIXME: The way this is expressed means user cannot alter HoverStationaryDelay during the frame to use varying values.
4843	// To allow this we should store HoverItemMaxStationaryTime+ID and perform the >= check in IsItemHovered() function.
4844	if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0 && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)
4845	g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoverItemDelayId;
4846	else if (g.HoverItemDelayId == 0)
4847	g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
4848	if (g.HoveredWindow != NULL && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)
4849	g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoveredWindow->ID;
4850	else if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL)
4851	g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
4852
4853	// Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips
4854	g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverItemDelayId;
4855	if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0)
4856	{
4857	g.HoverItemDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
4858	g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f;
4859	g.HoverItemDelayId = 0;
4860	}
4861	else if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer > 0.0f)
4862	{
4863	// This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps
4864	// We could expose 0.25f as style.HoverClearDelay but I am not sure of the logic yet, this is particularly subtle.
4865	g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
4866	if (g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(lhs: 0.25f, rhs: g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~7 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate
4867	g.HoverItemDelayTimer = g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer.
4868	}
4869
4870	// Drag and drop
4871	g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr;
4872	g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
4873	g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
4874	g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
4875	g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
4876	g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;
4877
4878	// Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in)
4879	//if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
4880	// ClosePopupsExceptModals();
4881
4882	// Update keyboard input state
4883	UpdateKeyboardInputs();
4884
4885	//IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl));
4886	//IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift));
4887	//IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt));
4888	//IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper));
4889
4890	// Update gamepad/keyboard navigation
4891	NavUpdate();
4892
4893	// Update mouse input state
4894	UpdateMouseInputs();
4895
4896	// Undocking
4897	// (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so the window is already offset and following the mouse on the detaching frame)
4898	DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ctx: &g);
4899
4900	// Find hovered window
4901	// (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame)
4902	UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
4903
4904	// Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)
4905	UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
4906
4907	// Background darkening/whitening
4908	if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))
4909	g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(lhs: g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, rhs: 1.0f);
4910	else
4911	g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(lhs: g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, rhs: 0.0f);
4912
4913	g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
4914	g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
4915
4916	// Platform IME data: reset for the frame
4917	g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData;
4918	g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false;
4919
4920	// Mouse wheel scrolling, scale
4921	UpdateMouseWheel();
4922
4923	// Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory.
4924	IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size);
4925	const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;
4926	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
4927	{
4928	window->WasActive = window->Active;
4929	window->Active = false;
4930	window->WriteAccessed = false;
4931	window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount;
4932	window->BeginCount = 0;
4933
4934	// Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows
4935	if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
4936	GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window);
4937	}
4938
4939	// Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables
4940	for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++)
4941	if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time)
4942	TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(table: g.Tables.GetByIndex(n: i));
4943	for (ImGuiTableTempData& table_temp_data : g.TablesTempData)
4944	if (table_temp_data.LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && table_temp_data.LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
4945	TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(table: &table_temp_data);
4946	if (g.GcCompactAll)
4947	GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();
4948	g.GcCompactAll = false;
4949
4950	// Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order
4951	if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive)
4952	FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL, flags: ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
4953
4954	// No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
4955	// But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
4956	g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(new_size: 0);
4957	g.BeginPopupStack.resize(new_size: 0);
4958	g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(new_size: 0);
4959	g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(v: ImGuiItemFlags_None);
4960	g.GroupStack.resize(new_size: 0);
4961
4962	// Docking
4963	DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ctx: &g);
4964
4965	// [DEBUG] Update debug features
4966	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
4967	UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
4968	UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
4969	UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor();
4970	if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0)
4971	{
4972	g.DebugLocateId = 0;
4973	g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
4974	}
4975	if (g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames == 0)
4976	{
4977	DebugLog(fmt: "(Debug Log: Auto-disabled some ImGuiDebugLogFlags after 2 frames)\n");
4978	g.DebugLogFlags &= ~g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags;
4979	g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None;
4980	}
4981	#endif
4982
4983	// Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
4984	// We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags.
4985	// This fallback is particularly important as it prevents ImGui:: calls from crashing.
4986	g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true;
4987	SetNextWindowSize(size: ImVec2(400, 400), cond: ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
4988	Begin(name: "Debug##Default");
4989	IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true);
4990
4991	// [DEBUG] When io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue is set, we make Begin()/BeginChild() return false at different level of the window-stack,
4992	// allowing to validate correct Begin/End behavior in user code.
4993	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
4994	if (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop)
4995	g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = (g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == -1) ? 0 : ((g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth + ((g.FrameCount % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0)) % 10);
4996	else
4997	g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1;
4998	#endif
4999
5000	CallContextHooks(ctx: &g, hook_type: ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost);
5001	}
5002
5003	// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.
5004	static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
5005	{
5006	const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs;
5007	const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs;
5008	if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
5009	return d;
5010	if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
5011	return d;
5012	return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent);
5013	}
5014
5015	static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)
5016	{
5017	out_sorted_windows->push_back(v: window);
5018	if (window->Active)
5019	{
5020	int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
5021	ImQsort(base: window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, count: (size_t)count, size_of_element: sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), compare_func: ChildWindowComparer);
5022	for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
5023	{
5024	ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
5025	if (child->Active)
5026	AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, window: child);
5027	}
5028	}
5029	}
5030
5031	static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer)
5032	{
5033	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5034	ImGuiViewportP* viewport = window->Viewport;
5035	IM_ASSERT(viewport != NULL);
5036	g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++;
5037	if (window->DrawList->_Splitter._Count > 1)
5038	window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); // Merge if user forgot to merge back. Also required in Docking branch for ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost windows.
5039	ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(draw_data: &viewport->DrawDataP, out_list: viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], draw_list: window->DrawList);
5040	for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows)
5041	if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window: child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active
5042	AddWindowToDrawData(window: child, layer);
5043	}
5044
5045	static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)
5046	{
5047	return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0;
5048	}
5049
5050	// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu)
5051	static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window)
5052	{
5053	AddWindowToDrawData(window, layer: GetWindowDisplayLayer(window));
5054	}
5055
5056	static void FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(ImDrawDataBuilder* builder)
5057	{
5058	int n = builder->Layers[0]->Size;
5059	int full_size = n;
5060	for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); i++)
5061	full_size += builder->Layers[i]->Size;
5062	builder->Layers[0]->resize(new_size: full_size);
5063	for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); layer_n++)
5064	{
5065	ImVector<ImDrawList*>* layer = builder->Layers[layer_n];
5066	if (layer->empty())
5067	continue;
5068	memcpy(dest: builder->Layers[0]->Data + n, src: layer->Data, n: layer->Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));
5069	n += layer->Size;
5070	layer->resize(new_size: 0);
5071	}
5072	}
5073
5074	static void InitViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
5075	{
5076	ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
5077	ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;
5078
5079	viewport->DrawData = draw_data; // Make publicly accessible
5080	viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0] = &draw_data->CmdLists;
5081	viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1] = &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.LayerData1;
5082	viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]->resize(new_size: 0);
5083	viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1]->resize(new_size: 0);
5084
5085	// When minimized, we report draw_data->DisplaySize as zero to be consistent with non-viewport mode,
5086	// and to allow applications/backends to easily skip rendering.
5087	// FIXME: Note that we however do NOT attempt to report "zero drawlist / vertices" into the ImDrawData structure.
5088	// This is because the work has been done already, and its wasted! We should fix that and add optimizations for
5089	// it earlier in the pipeline, rather than pretend to hide the data at the end of the pipeline.
5090	const bool is_minimized = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) != 0;
5091
5092	draw_data->Valid = true;
5093	draw_data->CmdListsCount = 0;
5094	draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;
5095	draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos;
5096	draw_data->DisplaySize = is_minimized ? ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f) : viewport->Size;
5097	draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This may vary on a per-monitor/viewport basis?
5098	draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport;
5099	}
5100
5101	// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering.
5102	// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values,
5103	// so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.
5104	// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect():
5105	// some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the
5106	// more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds.
5107	void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
5108	{
5109	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
5110	window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
5111	window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
5112	}
5113
5114	void ImGui::PopClipRect()
5115	{
5116	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
5117	window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
5118	window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
5119	}
5120
5121	static ImGuiWindow* FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
5122	{
5123	for (int n = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
5124	if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window: window->DC.ChildWindows[n]))
5125	return FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window: window->DC.ChildWindows[n]);
5126	return window;
5127	}
5128
5129	static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col)
5130	{
5131	if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
5132	return;
5133
5134	ImGuiViewportP* viewport = window->Viewport;
5135	ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect();
5136
5137	// Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list
5138	{
5139	// Draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing.
5140	// FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order.
5141	ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindowDockTree->DrawList;
5142	draw_list->ChannelsMerge();
5143	if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
5144	draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
5145	draw_list->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min: viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), clip_rect_max: viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), intersect_with_current_clip_rect: false); // FIXME: Need to stricty ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged (ElemCount==6 checks below will verify that)
5146	draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min: viewport_rect.Min, p_max: viewport_rect.Max, col);
5147	ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();
5148	IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6);
5149	draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
5150	draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(v: cmd);
5151	draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command.
5152	draw_list->PopClipRect();
5153	}
5154
5155	// Draw over sibling docking nodes in a same docking tree
5156	if (window->RootWindow->DockIsActive)
5157	{
5158	ImDrawList* draw_list = FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window: window->RootWindowDockTree)->DrawList;
5159	draw_list->ChannelsMerge();
5160	if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
5161	draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
5162	draw_list->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min: viewport_rect.Min, clip_rect_max: viewport_rect.Max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect: false);
5163	RenderRectFilledWithHole(draw_list, outer: window->RootWindowDockTree->Rect(), inner: window->RootWindow->Rect(), col, rounding: 0.0f);// window->RootWindowDockTree->WindowRounding);
5164	draw_list->PopClipRect();
5165	}
5166	}
5167
5168	ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
5169	{
5170	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5171	ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window;
5172	for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window: parent_window); i >= 0; i--)
5173	{
5174	ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
5175	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
5176	continue;
5177	if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, potential_parent: parent_window))
5178	break;
5179	if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(window: parent_window))
5180	bottom_most_visible_window = window;
5181	}
5182	return bottom_most_visible_window;
5183	}
5184
5185	// Important: AddWindowToDrawData() has not been called yet, meaning DockNodeHost windows needs a DrawList->ChannelsMerge() before usage.
5186	// We call ChannelsMerge() lazily here at it is faster that doing a full iteration of g.Windows[] prior to calling RenderDimmedBackgrounds().
5187	static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds()
5188	{
5189	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5190	ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();
5191	if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
5192	return;
5193	const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
5194	const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active);
5195	if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list)
5196	return;
5197
5198	ImGuiViewport* viewports_already_dimmed[2] = { NULL, NULL };
5199	if (dim_bg_for_modal)
5200	{
5201	// Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order.
5202	ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(parent_window: modal_window);
5203	RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(window: dim_behind_window, col: GetColorU32(col: modal_window->DC.ModalDimBgColor, alpha_mul: g.DimBgRatio));
5204	viewports_already_dimmed[0] = modal_window->Viewport;
5205	}
5206	else if (dim_bg_for_window_list)
5207	{
5208	// Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window and behind CTRL+Tab UI window
5209	RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(window: g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, alpha_mul: g.DimBgRatio));
5210	if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && g.NavWindowingListWindow->Viewport && g.NavWindowingListWindow->Viewport != g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Viewport)
5211	RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(window: g.NavWindowingListWindow, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, alpha_mul: g.DimBgRatio));
5212	viewports_already_dimmed[0] = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Viewport;
5213	viewports_already_dimmed[1] = g.NavWindowingListWindow ? g.NavWindowingListWindow->Viewport : NULL;
5214
5215	// Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window
5216	ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim;
5217	ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->Viewport;
5218	float distance = g.FontSize;
5219	ImRect bb = window->Rect();
5220	bb.Expand(amount: distance);
5221	if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y)
5222	bb.Expand(amount: -distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward
5223	window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge();
5224	if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
5225	window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd();
5226	window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min: viewport->Pos, clip_rect_max: viewport->Pos + viewport->Size);
5227	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: bb.Min, p_max: bb.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, alpha_mul: g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding: window->WindowRounding, flags: 0, thickness: 3.0f);
5228	window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
5229	}
5230
5231	// Draw dimming background on _other_ viewports than the ones our windows are in
5232	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
5233	{
5234	if (viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[0] || viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[1])
5235	continue;
5236	if (modal_window && viewport->Window && IsWindowAbove(potential_above: viewport->Window, potential_below: modal_window))
5237	continue;
5238	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);
5239	const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(idx: dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, alpha_mul: g.DimBgRatio);
5240	draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min: viewport->Pos, p_max: viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, col: dim_bg_col);
5241	}
5242	}
5243
5244	// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.
5245	void ImGui::EndFrame()
5246	{
5247	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5248	IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
5249
5250	// Don't process EndFrame() multiple times.
5251	if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)
5252	return;
5253	IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?");
5254
5255	CallContextHooks(ctx: &g, hook_type: ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre);
5256
5257	ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
5258
5259	// Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
5260	ImGuiPlatformImeData* ime_data = &g.PlatformImeData;
5261	if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(s1: ime_data, s2: &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, n: sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0)
5262	{
5263	ImGuiViewport* viewport = FindViewportByID(id: g.PlatformImeViewport);
5264	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y);
5265	if (viewport == NULL)
5266	viewport = GetMainViewport();
5267	g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport, ime_data);
5268	}
5269
5270	// Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
5271	g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false;
5272	if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed)
5273	g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
5274	End();
5275
5276	// Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests
5277	NavEndFrame();
5278
5279	// Update docking
5280	DockContextEndFrame(ctx: &g);
5281
5282	SetCurrentViewport(NULL, NULL);
5283
5284	// Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted)
5285	if (g.DragDropActive)
5286	{
5287	bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery;
5288	bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(button: g.DragDropMouseButton));
5289	if (is_delivered || is_elapsed)
5290	ClearDragDrop();
5291	}
5292
5293	// Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing.
5294	if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
5295	{
5296	g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
5297	SetTooltip("...");
5298	g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
5299	}
5300
5301	// End frame
5302	g.WithinFrameScope = false;
5303	g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
5304
5305	// Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus
5306	UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
5307
5308	// Update user-facing viewport list (g.Viewports -> g.PlatformIO.Viewports after filtering out some)
5309	UpdateViewportsEndFrame();
5310
5311	// Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
5312	// We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet
5313	g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(new_size: 0);
5314	g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(new_capacity: g.Windows.Size);
5315	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
5316	{
5317	if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it
5318	continue;
5319	AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows: &g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window);
5320	}
5321
5322	// This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong.
5323	IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size);
5324	g.Windows.swap(rhs&: g.WindowsTempSortBuffer);
5325	g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount;
5326
5327	// Unlock font atlas
5328	g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
5329
5330	// Clear Input data for next frame
5331	g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos;
5332	g.IO.AppFocusLost = false;
5333	g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
5334	g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(new_size: 0);
5335
5336	CallContextHooks(ctx: &g, hook_type: ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost);
5337	}
5338
5339	// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData()
5340	// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all:
5341	// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend)
5342	void ImGui::Render()
5343	{
5344	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5345	IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
5346
5347	if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
5348	EndFrame();
5349	if (g.FrameCountRendered == g.FrameCount)
5350	return;
5351	g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
5352
5353	g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0;
5354	CallContextHooks(ctx: &g, hook_type: ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre);
5355
5356	// Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
5357	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
5358	{
5359	InitViewportDrawData(viewport);
5360	if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[0] != NULL)
5361	AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(draw_data: &viewport->DrawDataP, out_list: viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], draw_list: GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport));
5362	}
5363
5364	// Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds
5365	RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
5366
5367	// Add ImDrawList to render
5368	ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2];
5369	windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree : NULL;
5370	windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL);
5371	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
5372	{
5373	IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"
5374	if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1])
5375	AddRootWindowToDrawData(window);
5376	}
5377	for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++)
5378	if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window: windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window
5379	AddRootWindowToDrawData(window: windows_to_render_top_most[n]);
5380
5381	// Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag
5382	if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None)
5383	RenderMouseCursor(base_pos: g.IO.MousePos, base_scale: g.Style.MouseCursorScale, mouse_cursor: g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48));
5384
5385	// Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user
5386	g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0;
5387	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
5388	{
5389	FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(builder: &viewport->DrawDataBuilder);
5390
5391	// Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
5392	if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[1] != NULL)
5393	AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(draw_data: &viewport->DrawDataP, out_list: viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], draw_list: GetForegroundDrawList(viewport));
5394
5395	// We call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() last thing, as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch).
5396	ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;
5397	IM_ASSERT(draw_data->CmdLists.Size == draw_data->CmdListsCount);
5398	for (ImDrawList* draw_list : draw_data->CmdLists)
5399	draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
5400
5401	g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount;
5402	g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount;
5403	}
5404
5405	CallContextHooks(ctx: &g, hook_type: ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost);
5406	}
5407
5408	// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
5409	// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)
5410	ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
5411	{
5412	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5413
5414	const char* text_display_end;
5415	if (hide_text_after_double_hash)
5416	text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); // Hide anything after a '##' string
5417	else
5418	text_display_end = text_end;
5419
5420	ImFont* font = g.Font;
5421	const float font_size = g.FontSize;
5422	if (text == text_display_end)
5423	return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
5424	ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(size: font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text_begin: text, text_end: text_display_end, NULL);
5425
5426	// Round
5427	// FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out.
5428	// FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g.
5429	// - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c
5430	// - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html
5431	text_size.x = IM_TRUNC(text_size.x + 0.99999f);
5432
5433	return text_size;
5434	}
5435
5436	// Find window given position, search front-to-back
5437	// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically
5438	// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is
5439	// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected.
5440	static void FindHoveredWindow()
5441	{
5442	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5443
5444	// Special handling for the window being moved: Ignore the mouse viewport check (because it may reset/lose its viewport during the undocking frame)
5445	ImGuiViewportP* moving_window_viewport = g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Viewport : NULL;
5446	if (g.MovingWindow)
5447	g.MovingWindow->Viewport = g.MouseViewport;
5448
5449	ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL;
5450	ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = NULL;
5451	if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
5452	hovered_window = g.MovingWindow;
5453
5454	ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding;
5455	ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular;
5456	for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
5457	{
5458	ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
5459	IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
5460	if (!window->Active || window->Hidden)
5461	continue;
5462	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)
5463	continue;
5464	IM_ASSERT(window->Viewport);
5465	if (window->Viewport != g.MouseViewport)
5466	continue;
5467
5468	// Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always)
5469	ImVec2 hit_padding = (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? padding_regular : padding_for_resize;
5470	if (!window->OuterRectClipped.ContainsWithPad(p: g.IO.MousePos, pad: hit_padding))
5471	continue;
5472
5473	// Support for one rectangular hole in any given window
5474	// FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512)
5475	if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0)
5476	{
5477	ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y);
5478	ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y);
5479	if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(p: g.IO.MousePos))
5480	continue;
5481	}
5482
5483	if (hovered_window == NULL)
5484	hovered_window = window;
5485	IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
5486	if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindowDockTree != g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree))
5487	hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window;
5488	if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window)
5489	break;
5490	}
5491
5492	g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window;
5493	g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window;
5494
5495	if (g.MovingWindow)
5496	g.MovingWindow->Viewport = moving_window_viewport;
5497	}
5498
5499	bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
5500	{
5501	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5502	if (g.ActiveId)
5503	return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;
5504	return false;
5505	}
5506
5507	bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()
5508	{
5509	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5510	if (g.ActiveId)
5511	if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
5512	return true;
5513	return false;
5514	}
5515
5516	bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()
5517	{
5518	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5519	if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)
5520	return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;
5521	return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID);
5522	}
5523
5524	bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()
5525	{
5526	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5527	return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore));
5528	}
5529
5530	// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID()
5531	bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()
5532	{
5533	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5534	if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0)
5535	return false;
5536
5537	// Special handling for the dummy item after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
5538	// When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
5539	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
5540	if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->ID && window->WriteAccessed)
5541	return false;
5542
5543	return true;
5544	}
5545
5546	// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()!
5547	// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc.
5548	bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
5549	{
5550	return IsMouseClicked(button: mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_None);
5551	}
5552
5553	bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()
5554	{
5555	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5556	return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;
5557	}
5558
5559	bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()
5560	{
5561	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5562	return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;
5563	}
5564
5565	// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app,
5566	// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that!
5567	// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
5568	bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
5569	{
5570	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5571	return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;
5572	}
5573
5574	bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()
5575	{
5576	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5577	return g.ActiveId != 0;
5578	}
5579
5580	bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()
5581	{
5582	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5583	return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight;
5584	}
5585
5586	bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
5587	{
5588	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5589	return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) != 0;
5590	}
5591
5592	bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()
5593	{
5594	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5595	return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0;
5596	}
5597
5598	// Allow next item to be overlapped by subsequent items.
5599	// This works by requiring HoveredId to match for two subsequent frames,
5600	// so if a following items overwrite it our interactions will naturally be disabled.
5601	void ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap()
5602	{
5603	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5604	g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap;
5605	}
5606
5607	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
5608	// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
5609	// FIXME-LEGACY: Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() *before* your item instead.
5610	void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
5611	{
5612	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5613	ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
5614	if (g.HoveredId == id)
5615	g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
5616	if (g.ActiveId == id) // Before we made this obsolete, most calls to SetItemAllowOverlap() used to avoid this path by testing g.ActiveId != id.
5617	g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
5618	}
5619	#endif
5620
5621	// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function.
5622	void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys()
5623	{
5624	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5625	IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0);
5626	g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_COUNT) - 1;
5627	g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = true;
5628	NavMoveRequestCancel();
5629	}
5630
5631	ImGuiID ImGui::GetItemID()
5632	{
5633	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5634	return g.LastItemData.ID;
5635	}
5636
5637	ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
5638	{
5639	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5640	return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min;
5641	}
5642
5643	ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
5644	{
5645	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5646	return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max;
5647	}
5648
5649	ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
5650	{
5651	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5652	return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize();
5653	}
5654
5655	// Prior to v1.90 2023/10/16, the BeginChild() function took a 'bool border = false' parameter instead of 'ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0'.
5656	// ImGuiChildFlags_Border is defined as always == 1 in order to allow old code passing 'true'. Read comments in imgui.h for details!
5657	bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
5658	{
5659	ImGuiID id = GetCurrentWindow()->GetID(str: str_id);
5660	return BeginChildEx(name: str_id, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags);
5661	}
5662
5663	bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
5664	{
5665	return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags);
5666	}
5667
5668	bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
5669	{
5670	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5671	ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
5672	IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
5673
5674	// Sanity check as it is likely that some user will accidentally pass ImGuiWindowFlags into the ImGuiChildFlags argument.
5675	const ImGuiChildFlags ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_ = ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle;
5676	IM_UNUSED(ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_);
5677	IM_ASSERT((child_flags & ~ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_) == 0 && "Illegal ImGuiChildFlags value. Did you pass ImGuiWindowFlags values instead of ImGuiChildFlags?");
5678	IM_ASSERT((window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0 && "Cannot specify ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize for BeginChild(). Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
5679	if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
5680	{
5681	IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0 && "Cannot use ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
5682	IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) != 0 && "Must use ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
5683	}
5684	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
5685	if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding)
5686	child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding;
5687	#endif
5688	if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX)
5689	child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX;
5690	if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)
5691	child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY;
5692
5693	// Set window flags
5694	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
5695	window_flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag
5696	if (child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
5697	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
5698	if ((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0)
5699	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
5700
5701	// Special framed style
5702	if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)
5703	{
5704	PushStyleColor(idx: ImGuiCol_ChildBg, col: g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
5705	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, val: g.Style.FrameRounding);
5706	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, val: g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
5707	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, val: g.Style.FramePadding);
5708	child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding;
5709	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
5710	}
5711
5712	// Forward child flags
5713	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags;
5714	g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags = child_flags;
5715
5716	// Forward size
5717	// Important: Begin() has special processing to switch condition to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver for a given axis when ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeXXX is set.
5718	// (the alternative would to store conditional flags per axis, which is possible but more code)
5719	const ImVec2 size_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
5720	const ImVec2 size_default((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) ? 0.0f : size_avail.x, (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) ? 0.0f : size_avail.y);
5721	const ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size: size_arg, default_w: size_default.x, default_h: size_default.y);
5722	SetNextWindowSize(size);
5723
5724	// Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value.
5725	// FIXME: 2023/11/14: commented out shorted version. We had an issue with multiple ### in child window path names, which the trailing hash helped workaround.
5726	// e.g. "ParentName###ParentIdentifier/ChildName###ChildIdentifier" would get hashed incorrectly by ImHashStr(), trailing _%08X somehow fixes it.
5727	const char* temp_window_name;
5728	/*if (name && parent_window->IDStack.back() == parent_window->ID)
5729	ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s", parent_window->Name, name); // May omit ID if in root of ID stack
5730	else*/
5731	if (name)
5732	ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(out_buf: &temp_window_name, NULL, fmt: "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id);
5733	else
5734	ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(out_buf: &temp_window_name, NULL, fmt: "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);
5735
5736	// Set style
5737	const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize;
5738	if ((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_Border) == 0)
5739	g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f;
5740
5741	// Begin into window
5742	const bool ret = Begin(name: temp_window_name, NULL, flags: window_flags);
5743
5744	// Restore style
5745	g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size;
5746	if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)
5747	{
5748	PopStyleVar(count: 3);
5749	PopStyleColor();
5750	}
5751
5752	ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
5753	child_window->ChildId = id;
5754
5755	// Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually.
5756	// While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do.
5757	if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
5758	parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos;
5759
5760	// Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame
5761	// Can enter a child if (A) it has navigable items or (B) it can be scrolled.
5762	const ImGuiID temp_id_for_activation = ImHashStr(data_p: "##Child", data_size: 0, seed: id);
5763	if (g.ActiveId == temp_id_for_activation)
5764	ClearActiveID();
5765	if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY))
5766	{
5767	FocusWindow(window: child_window);
5768	NavInitWindow(window: child_window, force_reinit: false);
5769	SetActiveID(id: temp_id_for_activation, window: child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item
5770	g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource;
5771	}
5772	return ret;
5773	}
5774
5775	void ImGui::EndChild()
5776	{
5777	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5778	ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
5779
5780	IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
5781	IM_ASSERT(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls
5782
5783	g.WithinEndChild = true;
5784	ImVec2 child_size = child_window->Size;
5785	End();
5786	if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
5787	{
5788	ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
5789	ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + child_size);
5790	ItemSize(size: child_size);
5791	if ((child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
5792	{
5793	ItemAdd(bb, id: child_window->ChildId);
5794	RenderNavHighlight(bb, id: child_window->ChildId);
5795
5796	// When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying)
5797	if (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && child_window == g.NavWindow)
5798	RenderNavHighlight(bb: ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), id: g.NavId, flags: ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact);
5799	}
5800	else
5801	{
5802	// Not navigable into
5803	ItemAdd(bb, id: 0);
5804
5805	// But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly
5806	if (child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
5807	parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;
5808	}
5809	if (g.HoveredWindow == child_window)
5810	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
5811	}
5812	g.WithinEndChild = false;
5813	g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
5814	}
5815
5816	static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)
5817	{
5818	window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags);
5819	window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ~flags);
5820	window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags);
5821	window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags & ~flags);
5822	}
5823
5824	ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id)
5825	{
5826	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5827	return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(key: id);
5828	}
5829
5830	ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
5831	{
5832	ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(data_p: name);
5833	return FindWindowByID(id);
5834	}
5835
5836	static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
5837	{
5838	const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
5839	window->ViewportPos = main_viewport->Pos;
5840	if (settings->ViewportId)
5841	{
5842	window->ViewportId = settings->ViewportId;
5843	window->ViewportPos = ImVec2(settings->ViewportPos.x, settings->ViewportPos.y);
5844	}
5845	window->Pos = ImTrunc(v: ImVec2(settings->Pos.x + window->ViewportPos.x, settings->Pos.y + window->ViewportPos.y));
5846	if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0)
5847	window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(v: ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y));
5848	window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
5849	window->DockId = settings->DockId;
5850	window->DockOrder = settings->DockOrder;
5851	}
5852
5853	static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags)
5854	{
5855	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5856
5857	const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && ((new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0);
5858	const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild;
5859	if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child)
5860	{
5861	IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window));
5862	g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(v: window);
5863	window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1);
5864	}
5865	else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child)
5866	{
5867	IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window);
5868	for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++)
5869	g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
5870	g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(it: g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder);
5871	window->FocusOrder = -1;
5872	}
5873	window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child;
5874	}
5875
5876	static void InitOrLoadWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
5877	{
5878	// Initial window state with e.g. default/arbitrary window position
5879	// Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.
5880	const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
5881	window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60);
5882	window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0, 0);
5883	window->ViewportPos = main_viewport->Pos;
5884	window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing;
5885
5886	if (settings != NULL)
5887	{
5888	SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, flags: ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, enabled: false);
5889	ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
5890	}
5891	window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values
5892
5893	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
5894	{
5895	window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
5896	window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
5897	}
5898	else
5899	{
5900	if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)
5901	window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
5902	if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)
5903	window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
5904	window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);
5905	}
5906	}
5907
5908	static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
5909	{
5910	// Create window the first time
5911	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags);
5912	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5913	ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name);
5914	window->Flags = flags;
5915	g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(key: window->ID, val: window);
5916
5917	ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = NULL;
5918	if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
5919	if ((settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window)) != 0)
5920	window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(p: settings);
5921
5922	InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, settings);
5923
5924	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)
5925	g.Windows.push_front(v: window); // Quite slow but rare and only once
5926	else
5927	g.Windows.push_back(v: window);
5928
5929	return window;
5930	}
5931
5932	static ImGuiWindow* GetWindowForTitleDisplay(ImGuiWindow* window)
5933	{
5934	return window->DockNodeAsHost ? window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow : window;
5935	}
5936
5937	static ImGuiWindow* GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(ImGuiWindow* window)
5938	{
5939	return (window->DockNodeAsHost && window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow) ? window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow : window;
5940	}
5941
5942	static inline ImVec2 CalcWindowMinSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
5943	{
5944	// We give windows non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)
5945	// FIXME: Essentially we want to restrict manual resizing to WindowMinSize+Decoration, and allow api resizing to be smaller.
5946	// Perhaps should tend further a neater test for this.
5947	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5948	ImVec2 size_min;
5949	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
5950	{
5951	size_min.x = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f;
5952	size_min.y = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f;
5953	}
5954	else
5955	{
5956	size_min.x = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f;
5957	size_min.y = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f;
5958	}
5959
5960	// Reduce artifacts with very small windows
5961	ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(window);
5962	size_min.y = ImMax(lhs: size_min.y, rhs: window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f));
5963	return size_min;
5964	}
5965
5966	static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired)
5967	{
5968	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
5969	ImVec2 new_size = size_desired;
5970	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
5971	{
5972	// See comments in SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() for details about setting size_min an size_max.
5973	ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect;
5974	new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(v: new_size.x, mn: cr.Min.x, mx: cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;
5975	new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(v: new_size.y, mn: cr.Min.y, mx: cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;
5976	if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback)
5977	{
5978	ImGuiSizeCallbackData data;
5979	data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData;
5980	data.Pos = window->Pos;
5981	data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;
5982	data.DesiredSize = new_size;
5983	g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data);
5984	new_size = data.DesiredSize;
5985	}
5986	new_size.x = IM_TRUNC(new_size.x);
5987	new_size.y = IM_TRUNC(new_size.y);
5988	}
5989
5990	// Minimum size
5991	ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window);
5992	return ImMax(lhs: new_size, rhs: size_min);
5993	}
5994
5995	static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal)
5996	{
5997	bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false;
5998	if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
5999	preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
6000	else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
6001	preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
6002	if (preserve_old_content_sizes)
6003	{
6004	*content_size_current = window->ContentSize;
6005	*content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal;
6006	return;
6007	}
6008
6009	content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
6010	content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
6011	content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
6012	content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
6013	}
6014
6015	static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
6016	{
6017	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
6018	ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
6019	const float decoration_w_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
6020	const float decoration_h_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
6021	ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
6022	ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(decoration_w_without_scrollbars, decoration_h_without_scrollbars);
6023	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
6024	{
6025	// Tooltip always resize
6026	return size_desired;
6027	}
6028	else
6029	{
6030	// Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size
6031	ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window);
6032	ImVec2 size_max = (window->ViewportOwned || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) ? ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) : ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f;
6033	const int monitor_idx = window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend;
6034	if (monitor_idx >= 0 && monitor_idx < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0)
6035	size_max = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_idx].WorkSize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f;
6036	ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(v: size_desired, mn: size_min, mx: ImMax(lhs: size_min, rhs: size_max));
6037
6038	// When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),
6039	// we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.
6040	ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_desired: size_auto_fit);
6041	bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
6042	bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
6043	if (will_have_scrollbar_x)
6044	size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
6045	if (will_have_scrollbar_y)
6046	size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
6047	return size_auto_fit;
6048	}
6049	}
6050
6051	ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
6052	{
6053	ImVec2 size_contents_current;
6054	ImVec2 size_contents_ideal;
6055	CalcWindowContentSizes(window, content_size_current: &size_contents_current, content_size_ideal: &size_contents_ideal);
6056	ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents: size_contents_ideal);
6057	ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_desired: size_auto_fit);
6058	return size_final;
6059	}
6060
6061	static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window)
6062	{
6063	if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
6064	return ImGuiCol_PopupBg;
6065	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !window->DockIsActive)
6066	return ImGuiCol_ChildBg;
6067	return ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
6068	}
6069
6070	static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size)
6071	{
6072	ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(a: corner_target, b: window->Pos, t: corner_norm); // Expected window upper-left
6073	ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(a: window->Pos + window->Size, b: corner_target, t: corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right
6074	ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min;
6075	ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_desired: size_expected);
6076	*out_pos = pos_min;
6077	if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f)
6078	out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x);
6079	if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f)
6080	out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y);
6081	*out_size = size_constrained;
6082	}
6083
6084	// Data for resizing from resize grip / corner
6085	struct ImGuiResizeGripDef
6086	{
6087	ImVec2 CornerPosN;
6088	ImVec2 InnerDir;
6089	int AngleMin12, AngleMax12;
6090	};
6091	static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
6092	{
6093	{ .CornerPosN: ImVec2(1, 1), .InnerDir: ImVec2(-1, -1), .AngleMin12: 0, .AngleMax12: 3 }, // Lower-right
6094	{ .CornerPosN: ImVec2(0, 1), .InnerDir: ImVec2(+1, -1), .AngleMin12: 3, .AngleMax12: 6 }, // Lower-left
6095	{ .CornerPosN: ImVec2(0, 0), .InnerDir: ImVec2(+1, +1), .AngleMin12: 6, .AngleMax12: 9 }, // Upper-left (Unused)
6096	{ .CornerPosN: ImVec2(1, 0), .InnerDir: ImVec2(-1, +1), .AngleMin12: 9, .AngleMax12: 12 } // Upper-right (Unused)
6097	};
6098
6099	// Data for resizing from borders
6100	struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef
6101	{
6102	ImVec2 InnerDir; // Normal toward inside
6103	ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; // End positions, normalized (0,0: upper left)
6104	float OuterAngle; // Angle toward outside
6105	};
6106	static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] =
6107	{
6108	{ .InnerDir: ImVec2(+1, 0), .SegmentN1: ImVec2(0, 1), .SegmentN2: ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left
6109	{ .InnerDir: ImVec2(-1, 0), .SegmentN1: ImVec2(1, 0), .SegmentN2: ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right
6110	{ .InnerDir: ImVec2(0, +1), .SegmentN1: ImVec2(0, 0), .SegmentN2: ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up
6111	{ .InnerDir: ImVec2(0, -1), .SegmentN1: ImVec2(1, 1), .SegmentN2: ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f } // Down
6112	};
6113
6114	static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness)
6115	{
6116	ImRect rect = window->Rect();
6117	if (thickness == 0.0f)
6118	rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1);
6119	if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
6120	if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
6121	if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness); }
6122	if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness); }
6123	IM_ASSERT(0);
6124	return ImRect();
6125	}
6126
6127	// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused)
6128	ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n)
6129	{
6130	IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4);
6131	ImGuiID id = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->ID : window->ID;
6132	id = ImHashStr(data_p: "#RESIZE", data_size: 0, seed: id);
6133	id = ImHashData(data_p: &n, data_size: sizeof(int), seed: id);
6134	return id;
6135	}
6136
6137	// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down)
6138	ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir)
6139	{
6140	IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4);
6141	int n = (int)dir + 4;
6142	ImGuiID id = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->ID : window->ID;
6143	id = ImHashStr(data_p: "#RESIZE", data_size: 0, seed: id);
6144	id = ImHashData(data_p: &n, data_size: sizeof(int), seed: id);
6145	return id;
6146	}
6147
6148	// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
6149	// Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip)
6150	static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect)
6151	{
6152	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
6153	ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
6154
6155	if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
6156	return false;
6157	if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window.
6158	return false;
6159
6160	int ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x00;
6161	const float grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
6162	const float grip_hover_inner_size = (resize_grip_count > 0) ? IM_TRUNC(grip_draw_size * 0.75f) : 0.0f;
6163	const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f;
6164
6165	ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect;
6166	const bool window_move_from_title_bar = g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar);
6167	if (window_move_from_title_bar)
6168	clamp_rect.Min.y -= window->TitleBarHeight();
6169
6170	ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
6171	ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
6172
6173	// Clip mouse interaction rectangles within the viewport rectangle (in practice the narrowing is going to happen most of the time).
6174	// - Not narrowing would mostly benefit the situation where OS windows _without_ decoration have a threshold for hovering when outside their limits.
6175	// This is however not the case with current backends under Win32, but a custom borderless window implementation would benefit from it.
6176	// - When decoration are enabled we typically benefit from that distance, but then our resize elements would be conflicting with OS resize elements, so we also narrow.
6177	// - Note that we are unable to tell if the platform setup allows hovering with a distance threshold (on Win32, decorated window have such threshold).
6178	// We only clip interaction so we overwrite window->ClipRect, cannot call PushClipRect() yet as DrawList is not yet setup.
6179	const bool clip_with_viewport_rect = !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport) || (g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport != window->ViewportId) || !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration);
6180	if (clip_with_viewport_rect)
6181	window->ClipRect = window->Viewport->GetMainRect();
6182
6183	// Resize grips and borders are on layer 1
6184	window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
6185
6186	// Manual resize grips
6187	PushID(str_id: "#RESIZE");
6188	for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
6189	{
6190	const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
6191	const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(a: window->Pos, b: window->Pos + window->Size, t: def.CornerPosN);
6192
6193	// Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window
6194	bool hovered, held;
6195	ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size);
6196	if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(a&: resize_rect.Min.x, b&: resize_rect.Max.x);
6197	if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(a&: resize_rect.Min.y, b&: resize_rect.Max.y);
6198	ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(n: resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID()
6199	ItemAdd(bb: resize_rect, id: resize_grip_id, NULL, extra_flags: ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
6200	ButtonBehavior(bb: resize_rect, id: resize_grip_id, out_hovered: &hovered, out_held: &held, flags: ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
6201	//GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
6202	if (hovered || held)
6203	g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
6204
6205	if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
6206	{
6207	// Auto-fit when double-clicking
6208	size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_desired: size_auto_fit);
6209	ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x03; // Both axises
6210	ClearActiveID();
6211	}
6212	else if (held)
6213	{
6214	// Resize from any of the four corners
6215	// We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
6216	ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, (def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f || (def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f && window_move_from_title_bar)) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
6217	ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
6218	ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(a: def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, b: def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, t: def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
6219	corner_target = ImClamp(v: corner_target, mn: clamp_min, mx: clamp_max);
6220	CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, corner_norm: def.CornerPosN, out_pos: &pos_target, out_size: &size_target);
6221	}
6222
6223	// Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating
6224	if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)
6225	resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(idx: held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
6226	}
6227
6228	int resize_border_mask = 0x00;
6229	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
6230	resize_border_mask |= ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? 0x02 : 0) | ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? 0x08 : 0);
6231	else
6232	resize_border_mask = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 0x0F : 0x00;
6233	for (int border_n = 0; border_n < 4; border_n++)
6234	{
6235	if ((resize_border_mask & (1 << border_n)) == 0)
6236	continue;
6237	const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];
6238	const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
6239
6240	bool hovered, held;
6241	ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, perp_padding: grip_hover_inner_size, thickness: WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);
6242	ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(n: border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID()
6243	ItemAdd(bb: border_rect, id: border_id, NULL, extra_flags: ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
6244	ButtonBehavior(bb: border_rect, id: border_id, out_hovered: &hovered, out_held: &held, flags: ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
6245	//GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
6246	if (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer <= WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER)
6247	hovered = false;
6248	if (hovered || held)
6249	g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;
6250	if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
6251	{
6252	// Double-clicking bottom or right border auto-fit on this axis
6253	// FIXME: Support top and right borders: rework CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner() to be reusable in both cases.
6254	if (border_n == 1 || border_n == 3) // Right and bottom border
6255	{
6256	size_target[axis] = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_desired: size_auto_fit)[axis];
6257	ret_auto_fit_mask |= (1 << axis);
6258	hovered = held = false; // So border doesn't show highlighted at new position
6259	}
6260	ClearActiveID();
6261	}
6262	else if (held)
6263	{
6264	// Switch to relative resizing mode when border geometry moved (e.g. resizing a child altering parent scroll), in order to avoid resizing feedback loop.
6265	// Currently only using relative mode on resizable child windows, as the problem to solve is more likely noticeable for them, but could apply for all windows eventually.
6266	// FIXME: May want to generalize this idiom at lower-level, so more widgets can use it!
6267	const bool just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing = (g.WheelingWindow != NULL && g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame == g.FrameCount && IsWindowChildOf(window, potential_parent: g.WheelingWindow, popup_hierarchy: false, dock_hierarchy: true));
6268	if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated || just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing)
6269	{
6270	g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = border_rect;
6271	g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = false;
6272	}
6273	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && memcmp(s1: &g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect, s2: &border_rect, n: sizeof(ImRect)) != 0)
6274	g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = true;
6275
6276	const ImVec2 border_curr = (window->Pos + ImMin(lhs: def.SegmentN1, rhs: def.SegmentN2) * window->Size);
6277	const float border_target_rel_mode_for_axis = border_curr[axis] + g.IO.MouseDelta[axis];
6278	const float border_target_abs_mode_for_axis = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; // Match ButtonBehavior() padding above.
6279
6280	// Use absolute mode position
6281	ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;
6282	border_target[axis] = border_target_abs_mode_for_axis;
6283
6284	// Use relative mode target for child window, ignore resize when moving back toward the ideal absolute position.
6285	bool ignore_resize = false;
6286	if (g.WindowResizeRelativeMode)
6287	{
6288	//GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(GetMainViewport()->WorkPos, IM_COL32_WHITE, "Relative Mode");
6289	border_target[axis] = border_target_rel_mode_for_axis;
6290	if (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] == 0.0f || (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] > 0.0f) == (border_target_rel_mode_for_axis > border_target_abs_mode_for_axis))
6291	ignore_resize = true;
6292	}
6293
6294	// Clamp, apply
6295	ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down || (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up && window_move_from_title_bar) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
6296	ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
6297	border_target = ImClamp(v: border_target, mn: clamp_min, mx: clamp_max);
6298	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) // Clamp resizing of childs within parent
6299	{
6300	ImGuiWindowFlags parent_flags = window->ParentWindow->Flags;
6301	ImRect border_limit_rect = window->ParentWindow->InnerRect;
6302	border_limit_rect.Expand(amount: ImVec2(-ImMax(lhs: window->WindowPadding.x, rhs: window->WindowBorderSize), -ImMax(lhs: window->WindowPadding.y, rhs: window->WindowBorderSize)));
6303	if ((parent_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar)) == 0 || (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
6304	border_target.x = ImClamp(v: border_target.x, mn: border_limit_rect.Min.x, mx: border_limit_rect.Max.x);
6305	if (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)
6306	border_target.y = ImClamp(v: border_target.y, mn: border_limit_rect.Min.y, mx: border_limit_rect.Max.y);
6307	}
6308	if (!ignore_resize)
6309	CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target: border_target, corner_norm: ImMin(lhs: def.SegmentN1, rhs: def.SegmentN2), out_pos: &pos_target, out_size: &size_target);
6310	}
6311	if (hovered)
6312	*border_hovered = border_n;
6313	if (held)
6314	*border_held = border_n;
6315	}
6316	PopID();
6317
6318	// Restore nav layer
6319	window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
6320
6321	// Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad)
6322	// FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user.
6323	// Not even sure the callback works here.
6324	if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree == window)
6325	{
6326	ImVec2 nav_resize_dir;
6327	if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift)
6328	nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(key_left: ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, key_right: ImGuiKey_RightArrow, key_up: ImGuiKey_UpArrow, key_down: ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
6329	if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
6330	nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(key_left: ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, key_right: ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, key_up: ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, key_down: ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown);
6331	if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f)
6332	{
6333	const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f;
6334	const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(lhs: g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, rhs: g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
6335	g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step;
6336	g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(lhs: g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, rhs: clamp_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= clmap_rect.Min, so Size >= clmap_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= clmap_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size
6337	g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
6338	g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
6339	resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive);
6340	ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(v: g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize);
6341	if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
6342	{
6343	// FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck.
6344	size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_desired: window->SizeFull + accum_floored);
6345	g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored;
6346	}
6347	}
6348	}
6349
6350	// Apply back modified position/size to window
6351	const ImVec2 curr_pos = window->Pos;
6352	const ImVec2 curr_size = window->SizeFull;
6353	if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.x != size_target.x || window->SizeFull.x != size_target.x))
6354	window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = size_target.x;
6355	if (size_target.y != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.y != size_target.y || window->SizeFull.y != size_target.y))
6356	window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = size_target.y;
6357	if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.x != ImTrunc(f: pos_target.x))
6358	window->Pos.x = ImTrunc(f: pos_target.x);
6359	if (pos_target.y != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.y != ImTrunc(f: pos_target.y))
6360	window->Pos.y = ImTrunc(f: pos_target.y);
6361	if (curr_pos.x != window->Pos.x || curr_pos.y != window->Pos.y || curr_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || curr_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)
6362	MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
6363
6364	// Recalculate next expected border expected coordinates
6365	if (*border_held != -1)
6366	g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n: *border_held, perp_padding: grip_hover_inner_size, thickness: WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);
6367
6368	return ret_auto_fit_mask;
6369	}
6370
6371	static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect)
6372	{
6373	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
6374	ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size;
6375	if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) || window->DockNodeAsHost))
6376	size_for_clamping.y = ImGui::GetFrameHeight(); // Not using window->TitleBarHeight() as DockNodeAsHost will report 0.0f here.
6377	window->Pos = ImClamp(v: window->Pos, mn: visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, mx: visibility_rect.Max);
6378	}
6379
6380	static void RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, ImU32 border_col, float border_size)
6381	{
6382	const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];
6383	const float rounding = window->WindowRounding;
6384	const ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, perp_padding: rounding, thickness: 0.0f);
6385	window->DrawList->PathArcTo(center: ImLerp(a: border_r.Min, b: border_r.Max, t: def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, radius: rounding, a_min: def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, a_max: def.OuterAngle);
6386	window->DrawList->PathArcTo(center: ImLerp(a: border_r.Min, b: border_r.Max, t: def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, radius: rounding, a_min: def.OuterAngle, a_max: def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f);
6387	window->DrawList->PathStroke(col: border_col, flags: ImDrawFlags_None, thickness: border_size);
6388	}
6389
6390	static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
6391	{
6392	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
6393	const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
6394	const ImU32 border_col = GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Border);
6395	if (border_size > 0.0f && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground) == 0)
6396	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: window->Pos, p_max: window->Pos + window->Size, col: border_col, rounding: window->WindowRounding, flags: 0, thickness: window->WindowBorderSize);
6397	else if (border_size > 0.0f)
6398	{
6399	if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) // Similar code as 'resize_border_mask' computation in UpdateWindowManualResize() but we specifically only always draw explicit child resize border.
6400	RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, border_n: 1, border_col, border_size);
6401	if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)
6402	RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, border_n: 3, border_col, border_size);
6403	}
6404	if (window->ResizeBorderHovered != -1 || window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1)
6405	{
6406	const int border_n = (window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? window->ResizeBorderHeld : window->ResizeBorderHovered;
6407	const ImU32 border_col_resizing = GetColorU32(idx: (window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered);
6408	RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, border_n, border_col: border_col_resizing, border_size: ImMax(lhs: 2.0f, rhs: window->WindowBorderSize)); // Thicker than usual
6409	}
6410	if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive)
6411	{
6412	float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1;
6413	window->DrawList->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), p2: ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), col: border_col, thickness: g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
6414	}
6415	}
6416
6417	// Draw background and borders
6418	// Draw and handle scrollbars
6419	void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size)
6420	{
6421	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
6422	ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
6423	ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
6424
6425	// Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems
6426	IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0);
6427	window->SkipItems = false;
6428
6429	// Draw window + handle manual resize
6430	// As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame.
6431	const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;
6432	const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
6433	if (window->Collapsed)
6434	{
6435	// Title bar only
6436	const float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;
6437	g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;
6438	ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(idx: (title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);
6439	if (window->ViewportOwned)
6440	title_bar_col |= IM_COL32_A_MASK; // No alpha (we don't support is_docking_transparent_payload here because simpler and less meaningful, but could with a bit of code shuffle/reuse)
6441	RenderFrame(p_min: title_bar_rect.Min, p_max: title_bar_rect.Max, fill_col: title_bar_col, border: true, rounding: window_rounding);
6442	g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;
6443	}
6444	else
6445	{
6446	// Window background
6447	if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
6448	{
6449	bool is_docking_transparent_payload = false;
6450	if (g.DragDropActive && (g.FrameCount - g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount) <= 1 && g.IO.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload)
6451	if (g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW) && *(ImGuiWindow**)g.DragDropPayload.Data == window)
6452	is_docking_transparent_payload = true;
6453
6454	ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(idx: GetWindowBgColorIdx(window));
6455	if (window->ViewportOwned)
6456	{
6457	bg_col |= IM_COL32_A_MASK; // No alpha
6458	if (is_docking_transparent_payload)
6459	window->Viewport->Alpha *= DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA;
6460	}
6461	else
6462	{
6463	// Adjust alpha. For docking
6464	bool override_alpha = false;
6465	float alpha = 1.0f;
6466	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha)
6467	{
6468	alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal;
6469	override_alpha = true;
6470	}
6471	if (is_docking_transparent_payload)
6472	{
6473	alpha *= DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA; // FIXME-DOCK: Should that be an override?
6474	override_alpha = true;
6475	}
6476	if (override_alpha)
6477	bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
6478	}
6479
6480	// Render, for docked windows and host windows we ensure bg goes before decorations
6481	if (window->DockIsActive)
6482	window->DockNode->LastBgColor = bg_col;
6483	ImDrawList* bg_draw_list = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->DrawList : window->DrawList;
6484	if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
6485	bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG);
6486	bg_draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min: window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), p_max: window->Pos + window->Size, col: bg_col, rounding: window_rounding, flags: (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom);
6487	if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
6488	bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG);
6489	}
6490	if (window->DockIsActive)
6491	window->DockNode->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = true;
6492
6493	// Title bar
6494	// (when docked, DockNode are drawing their own title bar. Individual windows however do NOT set the _NoTitleBar flag,
6495	// in order for their pos/size to be matching their undocking state.)
6496	if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive)
6497	{
6498	ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(idx: title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
6499	if (window->ViewportOwned)
6500	title_bar_col |= IM_COL32_A_MASK; // No alpha
6501	window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: title_bar_rect.Min, p_max: title_bar_rect.Max, col: title_bar_col, rounding: window_rounding, flags: ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
6502	}
6503
6504	// Menu bar
6505	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
6506	{
6507	ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
6508	menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(r: window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.
6509	window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), p_max: menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), rounding: (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, flags: ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
6510	if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)
6511	window->DrawList->AddLine(p1: menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), p2: menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Border), thickness: style.FrameBorderSize);
6512	}
6513
6514	// Docking: Unhide tab bar (small triangle in the corner), drag from small triangle to quickly undock
6515	ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNode;
6516	if (window->DockIsActive && node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !node->IsNoTabBar())
6517	{
6518	float unhide_sz_draw = ImTrunc(f: g.FontSize * 0.70f);
6519	float unhide_sz_hit = ImTrunc(f: g.FontSize * 0.55f);
6520	ImVec2 p = node->Pos;
6521	ImRect r(p, p + ImVec2(unhide_sz_hit, unhide_sz_hit));
6522	ImGuiID unhide_id = window->GetID(str: "#UNHIDE");
6523	KeepAliveID(id: unhide_id);
6524	bool hovered, held;
6525	if (ButtonBehavior(bb: r, id: unhide_id, out_hovered: &hovered, out_held: &held, flags: ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren))
6526	node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true;
6527	else if (held && IsMouseDragging(button: 0))
6528	StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(window, node, undock: true); // Undock from tab-bar triangle = same as window/collapse menu button
6529
6530	// FIXME-DOCK: Ideally we'd use ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive/ImGuiCol_TitleBg here, but neither is guaranteed to be visible enough at this sort of size..
6531	ImU32 col = GetColorU32(idx: ((held && hovered) || (node->IsFocused && !hovered)) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
6532	window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(p1: p, p2: p + ImVec2(unhide_sz_draw, 0.0f), p3: p + ImVec2(0.0f, unhide_sz_draw), col);
6533	}
6534
6535	// Scrollbars
6536	if (window->ScrollbarX)
6537	Scrollbar(axis: ImGuiAxis_X);
6538	if (window->ScrollbarY)
6539	Scrollbar(axis: ImGuiAxis_Y);
6540
6541	// Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
6542	if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
6543	{
6544	for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
6545	{
6546	const ImU32 col = resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n];
6547	if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
6548	continue;
6549	const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
6550	const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(a: window->Pos, b: window->Pos + window->Size, t: grip.CornerPosN);
6551	window->DrawList->PathLineTo(pos: corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));
6552	window->DrawList->PathLineTo(pos: corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size)));
6553	window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(center: ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), radius: window_rounding, a_min_of_12: grip.AngleMin12, a_max_of_12: grip.AngleMax12);
6554	window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(col);
6555	}
6556	}
6557
6558	// Borders (for dock node host they will be rendered over after the tab bar)
6559	if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !window->DockNodeAsHost)
6560	RenderWindowOuterBorders(window);
6561	}
6562	}
6563
6564	// When inside a dock node, this is handled in DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout() instead.
6565	// Render title text, collapse button, close button
6566	void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open)
6567	{
6568	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
6569	ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
6570	ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
6571
6572	const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL);
6573	const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);
6574
6575	// Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer)
6576	// FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref?
6577	const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags;
6578	g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
6579	window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
6580
6581	// Layout buttons
6582	// FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code.
6583	float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x;
6584	float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x;
6585	float button_sz = g.FontSize;
6586	ImVec2 close_button_pos;
6587	ImVec2 collapse_button_pos;
6588	if (has_close_button)
6589	{
6590	close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
6591	pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
6592	}
6593	if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)
6594	{
6595	collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
6596	pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
6597	}
6598	if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
6599	{
6600	collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
6601	pad_l += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
6602	}
6603
6604	// Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback)
6605	if (has_collapse_button)
6606	if (CollapseButton(id: window->GetID(str: "#COLLAPSE"), pos: collapse_button_pos, NULL))
6607	window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function
6608
6609	// Close button
6610	if (has_close_button)
6611	if (CloseButton(id: window->GetID(str: "#CLOSE"), pos: close_button_pos))
6612	*p_open = false;
6613
6614	window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
6615	g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
6616
6617	// Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker)
6618	// FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code..
6619	const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f;
6620	const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text: name, NULL, hide_text_after_double_hash: true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f);
6621
6622	// As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button,
6623	// while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly.
6624	if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x)
6625	pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
6626	if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x)
6627	pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
6628	if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f)
6629	{
6630	float centerness = ImSaturate(f: 1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center
6631	float pad_extend = ImMin(lhs: ImMax(lhs: pad_l, rhs: pad_r), rhs: title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x);
6632	pad_l = ImMax(lhs: pad_l, rhs: pad_extend * centerness);
6633	pad_r = ImMax(lhs: pad_r, rhs: pad_extend * centerness);
6634	}
6635
6636	ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y);
6637	ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(lhs: layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, rhs: title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y);
6638	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
6639	{
6640	ImVec2 marker_pos;
6641	marker_pos.x = ImClamp(v: layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, mn: layout_r.Min.x, mx: layout_r.Max.x);
6642	marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f;
6643	if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x)
6644	{
6645	RenderBullet(draw_list: window->DrawList, pos: marker_pos, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Text));
6646	clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(lhs: clip_r.Max.x, rhs: marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f));
6647	}
6648	}
6649	//if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
6650	//if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
6651	RenderTextClipped(pos_min: layout_r.Min, pos_max: layout_r.Max, text: name, NULL, text_size_if_known: &text_size, align: style.WindowTitleAlign, clip_rect: &clip_r);
6652	}
6653
6654	void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
6655	{
6656	window->ParentWindow = parent_window;
6657	window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowDockTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window;
6658	if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
6659	{
6660	window->RootWindowDockTree = parent_window->RootWindowDockTree;
6661	if (!window->DockIsActive && !(parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
6662	window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow;
6663	}
6664	if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
6665	window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree;
6666	if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) // FIXME: simply use _NoTitleBar ?
6667	window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;
6668	while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
6669	{
6670	IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL);
6671	window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;
6672	}
6673	}
6674
6675	// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)
6676	// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack.
6677	// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent.
6678	// - WindowA // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1
6679	// - WindowB // .. returns Modal1
6680	// - Modal1 // .. returns Modal2
6681	// - WindowC // .. returns Modal2
6682	// - WindowD // .. returns Modal2
6683	// - Modal2 // .. returns Modal2
6684	// - WindowE // .. returns NULL
6685	// Notes:
6686	// - FindBlockingModal(NULL) == NULL is generally equivalent to GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL.
6687	// Only difference is here we check for ->Active/WasActive but it may be unecessary.
6688	ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window)
6689	{
6690	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
6691	if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0)
6692	return NULL;
6693
6694	// Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal.
6695	for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)
6696	{
6697	ImGuiWindow* popup_window = popup_data.Window;
6698	if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
6699	continue;
6700	if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows.
6701	continue;
6702	if (window == NULL) // FindBlockingModal(NULL) test for if FocusWindow(NULL) is naturally possible via a mouse click.
6703	return popup_window;
6704	if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, potential_parent: popup_window)) // Window may be over modal
6705	continue;
6706	return popup_window; // Place window right below first block modal
6707	}
6708	return NULL;
6709	}
6710
6711	// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to.
6712	// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
6713	// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
6714	// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
6715	// You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.
6716	// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.
6717	// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.
6718	bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
6719	{
6720	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
6721	const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
6722	IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0'); // Window name required
6723	IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
6724	IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
6725
6726	// Find or create
6727	ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
6728	const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL);
6729	if (window_just_created)
6730	window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags);
6731
6732	// [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
6733	if (g.DebugBreakInWindow == window->ID)
6734	IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
6735
6736	// Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set
6737	if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
6738	flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
6739
6740	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
6741	IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);
6742
6743	const int current_frame = g.FrameCount;
6744	const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
6745	window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow);
6746
6747	// Update the Appearing flag (note: the BeginDocked() path may also set this to true later)
6748	bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
6749	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
6750	{
6751	ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
6752	window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed
6753	window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);
6754	}
6755
6756	// Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields
6757	const bool window_was_appearing = window->Appearing;
6758	if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
6759	{
6760	UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, just_created: window_just_created, new_flags: flags);
6761	window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user;
6762	if (window->Appearing)
6763	SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, flags: ImGuiCond_Appearing, enabled: true);
6764	window->FlagsPreviousFrame = window->Flags;
6765	window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
6766	window->ChildFlags = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : 0;
6767	window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
6768	window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
6769	window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;
6770	window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++);
6771	}
6772	else
6773	{
6774	flags = window->Flags;
6775	}
6776
6777	// Docking
6778	// (NB: during the frame dock nodes are created, it is possible that (window->DockIsActive == false) even though (window->DockNode->Windows.Size > 1)
6779	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL || window->DockNodeAsHost == NULL); // Cannot be both
6780	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock)
6781	SetWindowDock(window, dock_id: g.NextWindowData.DockId, cond: g.NextWindowData.DockCond);
6782	if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
6783	{
6784	bool has_dock_node = (window->DockId != 0 || window->DockNode != NULL);
6785	bool new_auto_dock_node = !has_dock_node && GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(window);
6786	bool dock_node_was_visible = window->DockNodeIsVisible;
6787	bool dock_tab_was_visible = window->DockTabIsVisible;
6788	if (has_dock_node || new_auto_dock_node)
6789	{
6790	BeginDocked(window, p_open);
6791	flags = window->Flags;
6792	if (window->DockIsActive)
6793	{
6794	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode != NULL);
6795	g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; // Docking currently override constraints
6796	}
6797
6798	// Amend the Appearing flag
6799	if (window->DockTabIsVisible && !dock_tab_was_visible && dock_node_was_visible && !window->Appearing && !window_was_appearing)
6800	{
6801	window->Appearing = true;
6802	SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, flags: ImGuiCond_Appearing, enabled: true);
6803	}
6804	}
6805	else
6806	{
6807	window->DockIsActive = window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
6808	}
6809	}
6810
6811	// Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack
6812	ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = (window->DockIsActive && window->DockNode->HostWindow) ? window->DockNode->HostWindow : g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window;
6813	ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;
6814	IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
6815
6816	// We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed.
6817	if (window->IDStack.Size == 0)
6818	window->IDStack.push_back(v: window->ID);
6819
6820	// Add to stack
6821	g.CurrentWindow = window;
6822	ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data;
6823	window_stack_data.Window = window;
6824	window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData;
6825	window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToContextState(&g);
6826	g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(v: window_stack_data);
6827	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
6828	g.BeginMenuDepth++;
6829
6830	// Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow)
6831	if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
6832	{
6833	UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);
6834	window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack;
6835
6836	// Focus route
6837	// There's little point to expose a flag to set this: because the interesting cases won't be using parent_window_in_stack,
6838	// Use for e.g. linking a tool window in a standalone viewport to a document window, regardless of their Begin() stack parenting. (#6798)
6839	window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = (window->RootWindow != window) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL;
6840	if (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute == NULL && window->DockNode != NULL)
6841	if (window->DockNode->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockedWindowsInFocusRoute)
6842	window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = window->DockNode->HostWindow;
6843
6844	// Override with SetNextWindowClass() field or direct call to SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute()
6845	if (window->WindowClass.FocusRouteParentWindowId != 0)
6846	{
6847	window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = FindWindowByID(id: window->WindowClass.FocusRouteParentWindowId);
6848	IM_ASSERT(window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute != 0); // Invalid value for FocusRouteParentWindowId.
6849	}
6850	}
6851
6852	// Add to focus scope stack
6853	PushFocusScope(id: (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) ? g.CurrentFocusScopeId : window->ID);
6854	window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
6855
6856	// Add to popup stacks: update OpenPopupStack[] data, push to BeginPopupStack[]
6857	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
6858	{
6859	ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
6860	popup_ref.Window = window;
6861	popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
6862	g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(v: popup_ref);
6863	window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId;
6864	}
6865
6866	// Process SetNextWindow***() calls
6867	// (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components
6868	bool window_pos_set_by_api = false;
6869	bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false;
6870	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos)
6871	{
6872	window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0;
6873	if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(lhs: g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f)
6874	{
6875	// May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size
6876	// FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency.
6877	window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal;
6878	window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal;
6879	window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
6880	}
6881	else
6882	{
6883	SetWindowPos(window, pos: g.NextWindowData.PosVal, cond: g.NextWindowData.PosCond);
6884	}
6885	}
6886	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)
6887	{
6888	window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f);
6889	window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f);
6890	if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) // Axis-specific conditions for BeginChild()
6891	g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x = window->SizeFull.x;
6892	if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0)
6893	g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y = window->SizeFull.y;
6894	SetWindowSize(window, size: g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, cond: g.NextWindowData.SizeCond);
6895	}
6896	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll)
6897	{
6898	if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f)
6899	{
6900	window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x;
6901	window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
6902	}
6903	if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f)
6904	{
6905	window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y;
6906	window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
6907	}
6908	}
6909	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize)
6910	window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;
6911	else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
6912	window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
6913	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass)
6914	window->WindowClass = g.NextWindowData.WindowClass;
6915	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed)
6916	SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed: g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, cond: g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond);
6917	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus)
6918	FocusWindow(window);
6919	if (window->Appearing)
6920	SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, flags: ImGuiCond_Appearing, enabled: false);
6921
6922	// We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow()
6923	g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
6924
6925	// When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)
6926	if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
6927	{
6928	// Initialize
6929	const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345)
6930	const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
6931	window->Active = true;
6932	window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);
6933	window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX);
6934	window->IDStack.resize(new_size: 1);
6935	window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame();
6936	window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1;
6937	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)
6938	{
6939	window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(count: 2);
6940	window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG); // Render decorations on channel 1 as we will render the backgrounds manually later
6941	}
6942
6943	// Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid
6944	if (window->MemoryCompacted)
6945	GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window);
6946
6947	// Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged).
6948	// The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere.
6949	bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false;
6950	if ((window->Viewport && window->Viewport->Window == window) || (window->DockIsActive))
6951	window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;
6952	else if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB
6953	window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;
6954	if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(s1: name, s2: window->Name) != 0)
6955	{
6956	size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen;
6957	window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(dst: window->Name, p_dst_size: &buf_len, src: name);
6958	window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len;
6959	}
6960
6961	// UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS
6962
6963	// Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)
6964	CalcWindowContentSizes(window, content_size_current: &window->ContentSize, content_size_ideal: &window->ContentSizeIdeal);
6965
6966	// FIXME: These flags are decremented before they are used. This means that in order to have these fields produce their intended behaviors
6967	// for one frame we must set them to at least 2, which is counter-intuitive. HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems is a more complicated case because
6968	// it has a single usage before this code block and may be set below before it is finally checked.
6969	if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
6970	window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--;
6971	if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)
6972	window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--;
6973	if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0)
6974	window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--;
6975
6976	// Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size
6977	if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))
6978	window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
6979
6980	// Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows)
6981	// We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.
6982	if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0)
6983	{
6984	window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
6985	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
6986	{
6987	if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
6988	window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;
6989	if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
6990	window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;
6991	window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
6992	}
6993	}
6994
6995	// SELECT VIEWPORT
6996	// We need to do this before using any style/font sizes, as viewport with a different DPI may affect font sizes.
6997
6998	WindowSelectViewport(window);
6999	SetCurrentViewport(window, viewport: window->Viewport);
7000	window->FontDpiScale = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleFonts) ? window->Viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f;
7001	SetCurrentWindow(window);
7002	flags = window->Flags;
7003
7004	// LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
7005	// We read Style data after the call to UpdateSelectWindowViewport() which might be swapping the style.
7006
7007	if (!window->DockIsActive && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
7008	window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize;
7009	else
7010	window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;
7011	window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding;
7012	if (!window->DockIsActive && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f)
7013	window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f);
7014
7015	// Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size.
7016	window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(lhs: ImMax(lhs: window->WindowPadding.x, rhs: style.ItemSpacing.x), rhs: g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);
7017	window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;
7018
7019	// Depending on condition we use previous or current window size to compare against contents size to decide if a scrollbar should be visible.
7020	// Those flags will be altered further down in the function depending on more conditions.
7021	bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created;
7022	bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created;
7023	if (window_size_x_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f)
7024	use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
7025	if (window_size_y_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) // #7252
7026	use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
7027
7028	// Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
7029	// At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
7030	if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && !window->DockIsActive)
7031	{
7032	// We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar.
7033	ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
7034	if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(r_min: title_bar_rect.Min, r_max: title_bar_rect.Max))
7035	if (g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && GetKeyOwner(key: ImGuiKey_MouseLeft) == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
7036	window->WantCollapseToggle = true;
7037	if (window->WantCollapseToggle)
7038	{
7039	window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;
7040	if (!window->Collapsed)
7041	use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
7042	MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
7043	}
7044	}
7045	else
7046	{
7047	window->Collapsed = false;
7048	}
7049	window->WantCollapseToggle = false;
7050
7051	// SIZE
7052
7053	// Outer Decoration Sizes
7054	// (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediatly as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations).
7055	const ImVec2 scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarSizes;
7056	window->DecoOuterSizeX1 = 0.0f;
7057	window->DecoOuterSizeX2 = 0.0f;
7058	window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
7059	window->DecoOuterSizeY2 = 0.0f;
7060	window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
7061
7062	// Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize
7063	const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents: window->ContentSizeIdeal);
7064	if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)
7065	{
7066	// Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc.
7067	if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
7068	{
7069	window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x;
7070	use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
7071	}
7072	if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
7073	{
7074	window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y;
7075	use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
7076	}
7077	}
7078	else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
7079	{
7080	// Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames
7081	// We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
7082	if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
7083	{
7084	window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(lhs: window->SizeFull.x, rhs: size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
7085	use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
7086	}
7087	if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
7088	{
7089	window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(lhs: window->SizeFull.y, rhs: size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
7090	use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
7091	}
7092	if (!window->Collapsed)
7093	MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
7094	}
7095
7096	// Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size
7097	window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_desired: window->SizeFull);
7098	window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;
7099
7100	// POSITION
7101
7102	// Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame
7103	if (window_just_activated_by_user)
7104	{
7105	window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
7106	if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos()
7107	window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;
7108	}
7109
7110	// Position child window
7111	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
7112	{
7113	IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active);
7114	window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
7115	parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(v: window);
7116	if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
7117	window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
7118	}
7119
7120	const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0);
7121	if (window_pos_with_pivot)
7122	SetWindowPos(window, pos: window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, cond: 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)
7123	else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0)
7124	window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
7125	else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize)
7126	window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
7127	else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
7128	window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
7129
7130	// Late create viewport if we don't fit within our current host viewport.
7131	if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend >= 0 && !window->ViewportOwned && !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized))
7132	if (!window->Viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(r: window->Rect()))
7133	{
7134	// This is based on the assumption that the DPI will be known ahead (same as the DPI of the selection done in UpdateSelectWindowViewport)
7135	//ImGuiViewport* old_viewport = window->Viewport;
7136	window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, id: window->ID, platform_pos: window->Pos, size: window->Size, flags: ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing);
7137
7138	// FIXME-DPI
7139	//IM_ASSERT(old_viewport->DpiScale == window->Viewport->DpiScale); // FIXME-DPI: Something went wrong
7140	SetCurrentViewport(window, viewport: window->Viewport);
7141	window->FontDpiScale = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleFonts) ? window->Viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f;
7142	SetCurrentWindow(window);
7143	}
7144
7145	if (window->ViewportOwned)
7146	WindowSyncOwnedViewport(window, parent_window_in_stack);
7147
7148	// Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding)
7149	// When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect.
7150	ImRect viewport_rect(window->Viewport->GetMainRect());
7151	ImRect viewport_work_rect(window->Viewport->GetWorkRect());
7152	ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(lhs: style.DisplayWindowPadding, rhs: style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
7153	ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding);
7154
7155	// Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor
7156	// Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
7157	// FIXME: Similar to code in GetWindowAllowedExtentRect()
7158	if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
7159	{
7160	if (!window->ViewportOwned && viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0 && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f)
7161	{
7162	ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect);
7163	}
7164	else if (window->ViewportOwned && g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size > 0)
7165	{
7166	if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && window->RootWindowDockTree == g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree)
7167	{
7168	// While moving windows we allow them to straddle monitors (#7299, #3071)
7169	visibility_rect = g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect;
7170	}
7171	else
7172	{
7173	// When not moving ensure visible in its monitor
7174	// Lost windows (e.g. a monitor disconnected) will naturally moved to the fallback/dummy monitor aka the main viewport.
7175	const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = GetViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport: window->Viewport);
7176	visibility_rect = ImRect(monitor->WorkPos, monitor->WorkPos + monitor->WorkSize);
7177	}
7178	visibility_rect.Expand(amount: -visibility_padding);
7179	ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect);
7180	}
7181	}
7182	window->Pos = ImTrunc(v: window->Pos);
7183
7184	// Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
7185	// Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
7186	if (window->ViewportOwned || window->DockIsActive)
7187	window->WindowRounding = 0.0f;
7188	else
7189	window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding;
7190
7191	// For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts.
7192	//if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
7193	// window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
7194
7195	// Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)
7196	bool want_focus = false;
7197	if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
7198	{
7199	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
7200	want_focus = true;
7201	else if ((window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
7202	want_focus = true;
7203	}
7204
7205	// [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system (before submitting further decorations)
7206	#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
7207	if (g.TestEngineHookItems)
7208	{
7209	IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1);
7210	window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself.
7211	IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->ID, window->Rect(), NULL);
7212	IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0);
7213	window->IDStack.Size = 1;
7214	}
7215	#endif
7216
7217	// Decide if we are going to handle borders and resize grips
7218	const bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips = (window->DockNodeAsHost || !window->DockIsActive);
7219
7220	// Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
7221	int border_hovered = -1, border_held = -1;
7222	ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {};
7223	const int resize_grip_count = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? 0 : g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it.
7224	const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
7225	if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !window->Collapsed)
7226	if (int auto_fit_mask = UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, border_hovered: &border_hovered, border_held: &border_held, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col: &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect))
7227	{
7228	if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X))
7229	use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
7230	if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y))
7231	use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
7232	}
7233	window->ResizeBorderHovered = (signed char)border_hovered;
7234	window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held;
7235
7236	// Synchronize window --> viewport again and one last time (clamping and manual resize may have affected either)
7237	if (window->ViewportOwned)
7238	{
7239	if (!window->Viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
7240	window->Viewport->Pos = window->Pos;
7241	if (!window->Viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
7242	window->Viewport->Size = window->Size;
7243	window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
7244	viewport_rect = window->Viewport->GetMainRect();
7245	}
7246
7247	// Save last known viewport position within the window itself (so it can be saved in .ini file and restored)
7248	window->ViewportPos = window->Viewport->Pos;
7249
7250	// SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY
7251
7252	// Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).
7253	if (!window->Collapsed)
7254	{
7255	// When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied.
7256	// Intentionally use previous frame values for InnerRect and ScrollbarSizes.
7257	// And when we use window->DecorationUp here it doesn't have ScrollbarSizes.y applied yet.
7258	ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2));
7259	ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame;
7260	ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
7261	float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;
7262	float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;
7263	//bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons?
7264	window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
7265	window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
7266	if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)
7267	window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
7268	window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
7269
7270	// Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values.
7271	window->DecoOuterSizeX2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
7272	window->DecoOuterSizeY2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
7273	}
7274
7275	// UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
7276	// Update various regions. Variables they depend on should be set above in this function.
7277	// We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame.
7278
7279	// Outer rectangle
7280	// Not affected by window border size. Used by:
7281	// - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled)
7282	// - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders.
7283	// - Begin() clipping whole child
7284	const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect;
7285	const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
7286	const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
7287	window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect;
7288	if (window->DockIsActive)
7289	window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight();
7290	window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(r: host_rect);
7291
7292	// Inner rectangle
7293	// Not affected by window border size. Used by:
7294	// - InnerClipRect
7295	// - ScrollToRectEx()
7296	// - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
7297	// - Scrollbar()
7298	window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;
7299	window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
7300	window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->DecoOuterSizeX2;
7301	window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->DecoOuterSizeY2;
7302
7303	// Inner clipping rectangle.
7304	// Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region.
7305	// This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space.
7306	// Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
7307	// Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
7308	// Affected by window/frame border size. Used by:
7309	// - Begin() initial clip rect
7310	float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);
7311	window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(f: 0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(lhs: ImTrunc(f: window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), rhs: window->WindowBorderSize));
7312	window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(f: 0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size);
7313	window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(f: 0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(lhs: ImTrunc(f: window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), rhs: window->WindowBorderSize));
7314	window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(f: 0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize);
7315	window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(r: host_rect);
7316
7317	// Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
7318	if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
7319	window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(f: window->Size.x * 0.65f);
7320	else
7321	window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(f: g.FontSize * 16.0f);
7322
7323	// SCROLLING
7324
7325	// Lock down maximum scrolling
7326	// The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate
7327	// for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar.
7328	window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth());
7329	window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
7330
7331	// Apply scrolling
7332	window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
7333	window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
7334	window->DecoInnerSizeX1 = window->DecoInnerSizeY1 = 0.0f;
7335
7336	// DRAWING
7337
7338	// Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle
7339	IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0);
7340	window->DrawList->PushTextureID(texture_id: g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
7341	PushClipRect(clip_rect_min: host_rect.Min, clip_rect_max: host_rect.Max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect: false);
7342
7343	// Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71)
7344	// When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order.
7345	// FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493)
7346	const bool is_undocked_or_docked_visible = !window->DockIsActive || window->DockTabIsVisible;
7347	if (is_undocked_or_docked_visible)
7348	{
7349	bool render_decorations_in_parent = false;
7350	if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)
7351	{
7352	// - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here)
7353	// - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs
7354	ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL;
7355	bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(r: window->Rect()) : false;
7356	bool parent_is_empty = (parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size == 0);
7357	if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && !parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping)
7358	render_decorations_in_parent = true;
7359	}
7360	if (render_decorations_in_parent)
7361	window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList;
7362
7363	// Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders
7364	const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;
7365	const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && (window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight || (window->DockNode && window->DockNode == window_to_highlight->DockNode)));
7366	RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, handle_borders_and_resize_grips, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size);
7367
7368	if (render_decorations_in_parent)
7369	window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;
7370	}
7371
7372	// UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
7373
7374	// Work rectangle.
7375	// Affected by window padding and border size. Used by:
7376	// - Columns() for right-most edge
7377	// - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge
7378	// - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge
7379	const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
7380	const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
7381	const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(lhs: allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, rhs: window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));
7382	const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(lhs: allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, rhs: window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));
7383	window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImTrunc(f: window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(lhs: window->WindowPadding.x, rhs: window->WindowBorderSize));
7384	window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImTrunc(f: window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(lhs: window->WindowPadding.y, rhs: window->WindowBorderSize));
7385	window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x;
7386	window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y;
7387	window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;
7388
7389	// [LEGACY] Content Region
7390	// FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.
7391	// Unless explicit content size is specified by user, this currently represent the region leading to no scrolling.
7392	// Used by:
7393	// - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things
7394	window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;
7395	window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
7396	window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));
7397	window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));
7398
7399	// Setup drawing context
7400	// (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.)
7401	window->DC.Indent.x = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
7402	window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f;
7403	window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
7404
7405	// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount.
7406	// This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64.
7407	double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
7408	double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
7409	window->DC.CursorStartPos = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y);
7410	window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y));
7411	window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
7412	window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
7413	window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
7414	window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
7415	window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
7416	window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
7417	window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
7418
7419	window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
7420	window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;
7421	window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00;
7422	window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = true;
7423	window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;
7424	window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f);
7425
7426	window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
7427	window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(spacing: style.ItemSpacing.x, window_reappearing: window_just_activated_by_user);
7428	window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
7429	window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;
7430	window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(new_size: 0);
7431	window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
7432	window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
7433	window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
7434	window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
7435
7436	window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
7437	window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
7438	window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(new_size: 0);
7439	window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(new_size: 0);
7440	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
7441	window->DC.ModalDimBgColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(in: GetStyleColorVec4(idx: ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg));
7442
7443	if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
7444	window->AutoFitFramesX--;
7445	if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
7446	window->AutoFitFramesY--;
7447
7448	// Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there)
7449	// We ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal to:
7450	// - Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of a modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed.
7451	// - Position window behind the modal that is not a begin-parent of this window.
7452	if (want_focus)
7453	FocusWindow(window, flags: ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
7454	if (want_focus && window == g.NavWindow)
7455	NavInitWindow(window, force_reinit: false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls
7456
7457	// Close requested by platform window (apply to all windows in this viewport)
7458	if (p_open != NULL && window->Viewport->PlatformRequestClose && window->Viewport != GetMainViewport())
7459	{
7460	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' closed by PlatformRequestClose\n", window->Name);
7461	*p_open = false;
7462	g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; // Assume user mapped PlatformRequestClose on ALT-F4 so we disable ALT for menu toggle. False positive not an issue. // FIXME-NAV: Try removing.
7463	}
7464
7465	// Title bar
7466	if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive)
7467	RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, title_bar_rect: ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open);
7468
7469	// Clear hit test shape every frame
7470	window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0;
7471
7472	// Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
7473	// This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
7474	// Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
7475	/*
7476	//if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0)
7477	if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)
7478	if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
7479	LogToClipboard();
7480	*/
7481
7482	if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)
7483	{
7484	// Docking: Dragging a dockable window (or any of its child) turns it into a drag and drop source.
7485	// We need to do this _before_ we overwrite window->DC.LastItemId below because BeginDockableDragDropSource() also overwrites it.
7486	if (g.MovingWindow == window && (window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0)
7487	BeginDockableDragDropSource(window);
7488
7489	// Docking: Any dockable window can act as a target. For dock node hosts we call BeginDockableDragDropTarget() in DockNodeUpdate() instead.
7490	if (g.DragDropActive && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking))
7491	if (g.MovingWindow == NULL || g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree != window)
7492	if ((window == window->RootWindowDockTree) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
7493	BeginDockableDragDropTarget(window);
7494	}
7495
7496	// We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().
7497	// This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.
7498	if (window->DockIsActive)
7499	SetLastItemData(item_id: window->MoveId, in_flags: g.CurrentItemFlags, item_flags: window->DockTabItemStatusFlags, item_rect: window->DockTabItemRect);
7500	else
7501	SetLastItemData(item_id: window->MoveId, in_flags: g.CurrentItemFlags, item_flags: IsMouseHoveringRect(r_min: title_bar_rect.Min, r_max: title_bar_rect.Max, clip: false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, item_rect: title_bar_rect);
7502
7503	// [DEBUG]
7504	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
7505	if (g.DebugLocateId != 0 && (window->ID == g.DebugLocateId || window->MoveId == g.DebugLocateId))
7506	DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
7507	#endif
7508
7509	// [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab with MoveId.
7510	#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
7511	if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
7512	IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.ID, g.LastItemData.Rect, &g.LastItemData);
7513	#endif
7514	}
7515	else
7516	{
7517	// Append
7518	SetCurrentViewport(window, viewport: window->Viewport);
7519	SetCurrentWindow(window);
7520	}
7521
7522	if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
7523	PushClipRect(clip_rect_min: window->InnerClipRect.Min, clip_rect_max: window->InnerClipRect.Max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect: true);
7524
7525	// Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused)
7526	window->WriteAccessed = false;
7527	window->BeginCount++;
7528	g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
7529
7530	// Update visibility
7531	if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
7532	{
7533	// When we are about to select this tab (which will only be visible on the _next frame_), flag it with a non-zero HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems.
7534	// This will have the important effect of actually returning true in Begin() and not setting SkipItems, allowing an earlier submission of the window contents.
7535	// This is analogous to regular windows being hidden from one frame.
7536	// It is especially important as e.g. nested TabBars would otherwise generate flicker in the form of one empty frame, or focus requests won't be processed.
7537	if (window->DockIsActive && !window->DockTabIsVisible)
7538	{
7539	if (window->LastFrameJustFocused == g.FrameCount)
7540	window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
7541	else
7542	window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
7543	}
7544
7545	if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
7546	{
7547	// Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
7548	// Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).
7549	IM_ASSERT((flags& ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0 || window->DockIsActive);
7550	const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
7551	if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request)
7552	if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
7553	{
7554	if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
7555	window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
7556	else
7557	window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
7558	}
7559
7560	// Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed
7561	if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0))
7562	window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
7563	if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0))
7564	window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
7565	}
7566
7567	// Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point)
7568	if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
7569	window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
7570
7571	// Update the Hidden flag
7572	bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
7573	window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0);
7574
7575	// Disable inputs for requested number of frames
7576	if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0)
7577	{
7578	window->DisableInputsFrames--;
7579	window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs;
7580	}
7581
7582	// Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required)
7583	bool skip_items = false;
7584	if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular)
7585	if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0)
7586	skip_items = true;
7587	window->SkipItems = skip_items;
7588
7589	// Restore NavLayersActiveMaskNext to previous value when not visible, so a CTRL+Tab back can use a safe value.
7590	if (window->SkipItems)
7591	window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask;
7592
7593	// Sanity check: there are two spots which can set Appearing = true
7594	// - when 'window_just_activated_by_user' is set -> HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems is set -> SkipItems always false
7595	// - in BeginDocked() path when DockNodeIsVisible == DockTabIsVisible == true -> hidden _should_ be all zero // FIXME: Not formally proven, hence the assert.
7596	if (window->SkipItems && !window->Appearing)
7597	IM_ASSERT(window->Appearing == false); // Please report on GitHub if this triggers: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4177
7598	}
7599
7600	// [DEBUG] io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue override return value to test Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors.
7601	// (The implicit fallback window is NOT automatically ended allowing it to always be able to receive commands without crashing)
7602	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
7603	if (!window->IsFallbackWindow)
7604	if ((g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce && window_just_created) || (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop && g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == g.CurrentWindowStack.Size))
7605	{
7606	if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX++; }
7607	if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesY++; }
7608	return false;
7609	}
7610	#endif
7611
7612	return !window->SkipItems;
7613	}
7614
7615	void ImGui::End()
7616	{
7617	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7618	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
7619
7620	// Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times!
7621	if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow)
7622	{
7623	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!");
7624	return;
7625	}
7626	IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0);
7627
7628	// Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window.
7629	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && !window->DockIsActive)
7630	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!");
7631
7632	// Close anything that is open
7633	if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
7634	EndColumns();
7635	if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) // Pop inner window clip rectangle
7636	PopClipRect();
7637	PopFocusScope();
7638
7639	// Stop logging
7640	if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging
7641	LogFinish();
7642
7643	if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
7644	ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
7645
7646	// Docking: report contents sizes to parent to allow for auto-resize
7647	if (window->DockNode && window->DockTabIsVisible)
7648	if (ImGuiWindow* host_window = window->DockNode->HostWindow) // FIXME-DOCK
7649	host_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos + window->WindowPadding - host_window->WindowPadding;
7650
7651	// Pop from window stack
7652	g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup;
7653	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
7654	g.BeginMenuDepth--;
7655	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
7656	g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back();
7657	g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithContextState(ctx: &g);
7658	g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
7659	SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window);
7660	if (g.CurrentWindow)
7661	SetCurrentViewport(window: g.CurrentWindow, viewport: g.CurrentWindow->Viewport);
7662	}
7663
7664	void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
7665	{
7666	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7667	IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);
7668
7669	const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder;
7670	IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window);
7671	if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window)
7672	return;
7673
7674	const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
7675	for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++)
7676	{
7677	g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1];
7678	g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
7679	IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n);
7680	}
7681	g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window;
7682	window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order;
7683	}
7684
7685	void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
7686	{
7687	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7688	ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back();
7689	if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindowDockTree == window) // Cheap early out (could be better)
7690	return;
7691	for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window
7692	if (g.Windows[i] == window)
7693	{
7694	memmove(dest: &g.Windows[i], src: &g.Windows[i + 1], n: (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
7695	g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window;
7696	break;
7697	}
7698	}
7699
7700	void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window)
7701	{
7702	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7703	if (g.Windows[0] == window)
7704	return;
7705	for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
7706	if (g.Windows[i] == window)
7707	{
7708	memmove(dest: &g.Windows[1], src: &g.Windows[0], n: (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
7709	g.Windows[0] = window;
7710	break;
7711	}
7712	}
7713
7714	void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window)
7715	{
7716	IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL);
7717	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7718	window = window->RootWindow;
7719	behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow;
7720	int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window);
7721	int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window: behind_window);
7722	if (pos_wnd < pos_beh)
7723	{
7724	size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
7725	memmove(dest: &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], src: &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], n: copy_bytes);
7726	g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window;
7727	}
7728	else
7729	{
7730	size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
7731	memmove(dest: &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], src: &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], n: copy_bytes);
7732	g.Windows[pos_beh] = window;
7733	}
7734	}
7735
7736	int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
7737	{
7738	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7739	return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(it: g.Windows.find(v: window));
7740	}
7741
7742	// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list)
7743	void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)
7744	{
7745	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7746
7747	// Modal check?
7748	if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal) && (g.NavWindow != window)) // Early out in common case.
7749	if (ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window))
7750	{
7751	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] FocusWindow(\"%s\", UnlessBelowModal): prevented by \"%s\".\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", blocking_modal->Name);
7752	if (window && window == window->RootWindow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
7753	BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, behind_window: blocking_modal); // Still bring to right below modal.
7754	return;
7755	}
7756
7757	// Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead.
7758	if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild) && window != NULL)
7759	window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window);
7760
7761	// Apply focus
7762	if (g.NavWindow != window)
7763	{
7764	SetNavWindow(window);
7765	if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover)
7766	g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
7767	g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId
7768	g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
7769	SetNavFocusScope(window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0);
7770	g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
7771	g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
7772
7773	// Close popups if any
7774	ClosePopupsOverWindow(ref_window: window, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup: false);
7775	}
7776
7777	// Move the root window to the top of the pile
7778	IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != NULL);
7779	ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL;
7780	ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindowDockTree : NULL;
7781	ImGuiDockNode* dock_node = window ? window->DockNode : NULL;
7782	bool active_id_window_is_dock_node_host = (g.ActiveIdWindow && dock_node && dock_node->HostWindow == g.ActiveIdWindow);
7783
7784	// Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes:
7785	// - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run.
7786	// - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId)
7787	// - Using dock host items (tab, collapse button) can trigger this before we redirect the ActiveIdWindow toward the child window.
7788	if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window)
7789	if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss && !active_id_window_is_dock_node_host)
7790	ClearActiveID();
7791
7792	// Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
7793	if (!window)
7794	return;
7795	window->LastFrameJustFocused = g.FrameCount;
7796
7797	// Select in dock node
7798	// For #2304 we avoid applying focus immediately before the tabbar is visible.
7799	//if (dock_node && dock_node->TabBar)
7800	// dock_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId = dock_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId = window->TabId;
7801
7802	// Bring to front
7803	BringWindowToFocusFront(window: focus_front_window);
7804	if (((window->Flags | focus_front_window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
7805	BringWindowToDisplayFront(window: display_front_window);
7806	}
7807
7808	void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)
7809	{
7810	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7811	int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
7812	if (under_this_window != NULL)
7813	{
7814	// Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640)
7815	int offset = -1;
7816	while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
7817	{
7818	under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow;
7819	offset = 0;
7820	}
7821	start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(window: under_this_window) + offset;
7822	}
7823	for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--)
7824	{
7825	// We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user.
7826	ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
7827	if (window == ignore_window || !window->WasActive)
7828	continue;
7829	if (filter_viewport != NULL && window->Viewport != filter_viewport)
7830	continue;
7831	if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
7832	{
7833	// FIXME-DOCK: When ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild is set...
7834	// This is failing (lagging by one frame) for docked windows.
7835	// If A and B are docked into window and B disappear, at the NewFrame() call site window->NavLastChildNavWindow will still point to B.
7836	// We might leverage the tab order implicitly stored in window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar (essentially the 'most_recently_selected_tab' code in tab bar will do that but on next update)
7837	// to tell which is the "previous" window. Or we may leverage 'LastFrameFocused/LastFrameJustFocused' and have this function handle child window itself?
7838	FocusWindow(window, flags);
7839	return;
7840	}
7841	}
7842	FocusWindow(NULL, flags);
7843	}
7844
7845	// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only.
7846	void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
7847	{
7848	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7849	IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
7850	IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
7851	g.Font = font;
7852	g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(lhs: 1.0f, rhs: g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale);
7853	g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
7854
7855	ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
7856	g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel;
7857	g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines;
7858	g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font;
7859	g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize;
7860	}
7861
7862	void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)
7863	{
7864	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7865	if (!font)
7866	font = GetDefaultFont();
7867	SetCurrentFont(font);
7868	g.FontStack.push_back(v: font);
7869	g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(texture_id: font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
7870	}
7871
7872	void ImGui::PopFont()
7873	{
7874	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7875	g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();
7876	g.FontStack.pop_back();
7877	SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back());
7878	}
7879
7880	void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled)
7881	{
7882	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7883	ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
7884	IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back());
7885	if (enabled)
7886	item_flags |= option;
7887	else
7888	item_flags &= ~option;
7889	g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags;
7890	g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(v: item_flags);
7891	}
7892
7893	void ImGui::PopItemFlag()
7894	{
7895	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7896	IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack.
7897	g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
7898	g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
7899	}
7900
7901	// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled()
7902	// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)
7903	// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently.
7904	// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
7905	// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
7906	// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag()
7907	void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled)
7908	{
7909	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7910	bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
7911	if (!was_disabled && disabled)
7912	{
7913	g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha;
7914	g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha);
7915	}
7916	if (was_disabled || disabled)
7917	g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
7918	g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(v: g.CurrentItemFlags);
7919	g.DisabledStackSize++;
7920	}
7921
7922	void ImGui::EndDisabled()
7923	{
7924	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
7925	IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0);
7926	g.DisabledStackSize--;
7927	bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
7928	//PopItemFlag();
7929	g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
7930	g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
7931	if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
7932	g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar();
7933	}
7934
7935	void ImGui::PushTabStop(bool tab_stop)
7936	{
7937	PushItemFlag(option: ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, enabled: !tab_stop);
7938	}
7939
7940	void ImGui::PopTabStop()
7941	{
7942	PopItemFlag();
7943	}
7944
7945	void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
7946	{
7947	PushItemFlag(option: ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, enabled: repeat);
7948	}
7949
7950	void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()
7951	{
7952	PopItemFlag();
7953	}
7954
7955	void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)
7956	{
7957	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
7958	window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(v: window->DC.TextWrapPos);
7959	window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;
7960	}
7961
7962	void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
7963	{
7964	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
7965	window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();
7966	window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
7967	}
7968
7969	static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy, bool dock_hierarchy)
7970	{
7971	ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL;
7972	while (last_window != window)
7973	{
7974	last_window = window;
7975	window = window->RootWindow;
7976	if (popup_hierarchy)
7977	window = window->RootWindowPopupTree;
7978	if (dock_hierarchy)
7979	window = window->RootWindowDockTree;
7980	}
7981	return window;
7982	}
7983
7984	bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy, bool dock_hierarchy)
7985	{
7986	ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
7987	if (window_root == potential_parent)
7988	return true;
7989	while (window != NULL)
7990	{
7991	if (window == potential_parent)
7992	return true;
7993	if (window == window_root) // end of chain
7994	return false;
7995	window = window->ParentWindow;
7996	}
7997	return false;
7998	}
7999
8000	bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)
8001	{
8002	if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent)
8003	return true;
8004	while (window != NULL)
8005	{
8006	if (window == potential_parent)
8007	return true;
8008	window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack;
8009	}
8010	return false;
8011	}
8012
8013	bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below)
8014	{
8015	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8016
8017	// It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array
8018	const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(window: potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(window: potential_below);
8019	if (display_layer_delta != 0)
8020	return display_layer_delta > 0;
8021
8022	for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
8023	{
8024	ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i];
8025	if (candidate_window == potential_above)
8026	return true;
8027	if (candidate_window == potential_below)
8028	return false;
8029	}
8030	return false;
8031	}
8032
8033	// Is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options.
8034	// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app,
8035	// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that!
8036	// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
8037	bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
8038	{
8039	IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsWindowHovered()!");
8040
8041	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8042	ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow;
8043	ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
8044	if (ref_window == NULL)
8045	return false;
8046
8047	if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0)
8048	{
8049	IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
8050	const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
8051	const bool dock_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy) != 0;
8052	if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
8053	cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(window: cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
8054
8055	bool result;
8056	if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
8057	result = IsWindowChildOf(window: ref_window, potential_parent: cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
8058	else
8059	result = (ref_window == cur_window);
8060	if (!result)
8061	return false;
8062	}
8063
8064	if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window: ref_window, flags))
8065	return false;
8066	if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
8067	if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId)
8068	return false;
8069
8070	// When changing hovered window we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer.
8071	// FIXME: We don't support delay other than stationary one for now, other delay would need a way
8072	// to fullfill the possibility that multiple IsWindowHovered() with varying flag could return true
8073	// for different windows of the hierarchy. Possibly need a Hash(Current+Flags) ==> (Timer) cache.
8074	// We can implement this for _Stationary because the data is linked to HoveredWindow rather than CurrentWindow.
8075	if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
8076	flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(user_flags: flags, shared_flags: g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse);
8077	if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId != ref_window->ID)
8078	return false;
8079
8080	return true;
8081	}
8082
8083	bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)
8084	{
8085	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8086	ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow;
8087	ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
8088
8089	if (ref_window == NULL)
8090	return false;
8091	if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
8092	return true;
8093
8094	IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
8095	const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
8096	const bool dock_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy) != 0;
8097	if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
8098	cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(window: cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
8099
8100	if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
8101	return IsWindowChildOf(window: ref_window, potential_parent: cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy);
8102	else
8103	return (ref_window == cur_window);
8104	}
8105
8106	ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowDockID()
8107	{
8108	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8109	return g.CurrentWindow->DockId;
8110	}
8111
8112	bool ImGui::IsWindowDocked()
8113	{
8114	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8115	return g.CurrentWindow->DockIsActive;
8116	}
8117
8118	// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext)
8119	// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically.
8120	// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag.
8121	bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)
8122	{
8123	return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);
8124	}
8125
8126	float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
8127	{
8128	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8129	return window->Size.x;
8130	}
8131
8132	float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()
8133	{
8134	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8135	return window->Size.y;
8136	}
8137
8138	ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
8139	{
8140	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8141	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
8142	return window->Pos;
8143	}
8144
8145	void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
8146	{
8147	// Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
8148	if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
8149	return;
8150
8151	IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
8152	window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
8153	window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
8154
8155	// Set
8156	const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
8157	window->Pos = ImTrunc(v: pos);
8158	ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos;
8159	if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f)
8160	return;
8161	MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
8162	// FIXME: share code with TranslateWindow(), need to confirm whether the 3 rect modified by TranslateWindow() are desirable here.
8163	window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
8164	window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected.
8165	window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset;
8166	window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset;
8167	}
8168
8169	void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
8170	{
8171	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
8172	SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
8173	}
8174
8175	void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
8176	{
8177	if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
8178	SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
8179	}
8180
8181	ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
8182	{
8183	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
8184	return window->Size;
8185	}
8186
8187	void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
8188	{
8189	// Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
8190	if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
8191	return;
8192
8193	IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
8194	window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
8195
8196	// Enable auto-fit (not done in BeginChild() path unless appearing or combined with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
8197	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
8198	window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
8199	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
8200	window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
8201
8202	// Set
8203	ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull;
8204	if (size.x <= 0.0f)
8205	window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
8206	else
8207	window->SizeFull.x = IM_TRUNC(size.x);
8208	if (size.y <= 0.0f)
8209	window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
8210	else
8211	window->SizeFull.y = IM_TRUNC(size.y);
8212	if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)
8213	MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
8214	}
8215
8216	void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
8217	{
8218	SetWindowSize(window: GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);
8219	}
8220
8221	void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
8222	{
8223	if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
8224	SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
8225	}
8226
8227	void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
8228	{
8229	// Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
8230	if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
8231	return;
8232	window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
8233
8234	// Set
8235	window->Collapsed = collapsed;
8236	}
8237
8238	void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size)
8239	{
8240	IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0); // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters
8241	window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size);
8242	window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos);
8243	}
8244
8245	void ImGui::SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window)
8246	{
8247	window->Hidden = window->SkipItems = true;
8248	window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
8249	}
8250
8251	void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
8252	{
8253	SetWindowCollapsed(window: GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);
8254	}
8255
8256	bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()
8257	{
8258	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
8259	return window->Collapsed;
8260	}
8261
8262	bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()
8263	{
8264	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
8265	return window->Appearing;
8266	}
8267
8268	void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
8269	{
8270	if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
8271	SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);
8272	}
8273
8274	void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()
8275	{
8276	FocusWindow(window: GImGui->CurrentWindow);
8277	}
8278
8279	void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)
8280	{
8281	if (name)
8282	{
8283	if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
8284	FocusWindow(window);
8285	}
8286	else
8287	{
8288	FocusWindow(NULL);
8289	}
8290	}
8291
8292	void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot)
8293	{
8294	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8295	IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
8296	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos;
8297	g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos;
8298	g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot;
8299	g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
8300	g.NextWindowData.PosUndock = true;
8301	}
8302
8303	void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
8304	{
8305	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8306	IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
8307	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize;
8308	g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size;
8309	g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
8310	}
8311
8312	// For each axis:
8313	// - Use 0.0f as min or FLT_MAX as max if you don't want limits, e.g. size_min = (500.0f, 0.0f), size_max = (FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) sets a minimum width.
8314	// - Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size which itself is a constraint.
8315	// - See "Demo->Examples->Constrained-resizing window" for examples.
8316	void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)
8317	{
8318	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8319	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
8320	g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);
8321	g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback;
8322	g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;
8323	}
8324
8325	// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding.
8326	// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item.
8327	void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
8328	{
8329	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8330	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize;
8331	g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImTrunc(v: size);
8332	}
8333
8334	void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll)
8335	{
8336	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8337	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll;
8338	g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll;
8339	}
8340
8341	void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
8342	{
8343	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8344	IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
8345	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed;
8346	g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed;
8347	g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
8348	}
8349
8350	void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
8351	{
8352	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8353	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus;
8354	}
8355
8356	void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)
8357	{
8358	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8359	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha;
8360	g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha;
8361	}
8362
8363	void ImGui::SetNextWindowViewport(ImGuiID id)
8364	{
8365	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8366	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport;
8367	g.NextWindowData.ViewportId = id;
8368	}
8369
8370	void ImGui::SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiCond cond)
8371	{
8372	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8373	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock;
8374	g.NextWindowData.DockCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
8375	g.NextWindowData.DockId = id;
8376	}
8377
8378	void ImGui::SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class)
8379	{
8380	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8381	IM_ASSERT((window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideSet & window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideClear) == 0); // Cannot set both set and clear for the same bit
8382	g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass;
8383	g.NextWindowData.WindowClass = *window_class;
8384	}
8385
8386	ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()
8387	{
8388	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
8389	return window->DrawList;
8390	}
8391
8392	float ImGui::GetWindowDpiScale()
8393	{
8394	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8395	return g.CurrentDpiScale;
8396	}
8397
8398	ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetWindowViewport()
8399	{
8400	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8401	IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentViewport != NULL && g.CurrentViewport == g.CurrentWindow->Viewport);
8402	return g.CurrentViewport;
8403	}
8404
8405	ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()
8406	{
8407	return GImGui->Font;
8408	}
8409
8410	float ImGui::GetFontSize()
8411	{
8412	return GImGui->FontSize;
8413	}
8414
8415	ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()
8416	{
8417	return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel;
8418	}
8419
8420	void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
8421	{
8422	IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f);
8423	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8424	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
8425	window->FontWindowScale = scale;
8426	g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
8427	}
8428
8429	void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id)
8430	{
8431	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8432	ImGuiFocusScopeData data;
8433	data.ID = id;
8434	data.WindowID = g.CurrentWindow->ID;
8435	g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(v: data);
8436	g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id;
8437	}
8438
8439	void ImGui::PopFocusScope()
8440	{
8441	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8442	if (g.FocusScopeStack.Size == 0)
8443	{
8444	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0, "Calling PopFocusScope() too many times!");
8445	return;
8446	}
8447	g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back();
8448	g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back().ID : 0;
8449	}
8450
8451	void ImGui::SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id)
8452	{
8453	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8454	g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id;
8455	g.NavFocusRoute.resize(new_size: 0); // Invalidate
8456	if (focus_scope_id == 0)
8457	return;
8458	IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
8459
8460	// Store current path (in reverse order)
8461	if (focus_scope_id == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
8462	{
8463	// Top of focus stack contains local focus scopes inside current window
8464	for (int n = g.FocusScopeStack.Size - 1; n >= 0 && g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n].WindowID == g.CurrentWindow->ID; n--)
8465	g.NavFocusRoute.push_back(v: g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n]);
8466	}
8467	else if (focus_scope_id == g.NavWindow->NavRootFocusScopeId)
8468	g.NavFocusRoute.push_back(v: { .ID: focus_scope_id, .WindowID: g.NavWindow->ID });
8469	else
8470	return;
8471
8472	// Then follow on manually set ParentWindowForFocusRoute field (#6798)
8473	for (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindowForFocusRoute; window != NULL; window = window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute)
8474	g.NavFocusRoute.push_back(v: { .ID: window->NavRootFocusScopeId, .WindowID: window->ID });
8475	IM_ASSERT(g.NavFocusRoute.Size < 100); // Maximum depth is technically 251 as per CalcRoutingScore(): 254 - 3
8476	}
8477
8478	// Focus = move navigation cursor, set scrolling, set focus window.
8479	void ImGui::FocusItem()
8480	{
8481	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8482	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
8483	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem(0x%08x) in window \"%s\"\n", g.LastItemData.ID, window->Name);
8484	if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) // FIXME: Opt-in flags for this?
8485	{
8486	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");
8487	return;
8488	}
8489
8490	ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect;
8491	ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
8492	SetNavWindow(window);
8493	NavMoveRequestSubmit(move_dir: ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir: ImGuiDir_Up, move_flags, scroll_flags);
8494	NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result: &g.NavMoveResultLocal);
8495	}
8496
8497	void ImGui::ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id)
8498	{
8499	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8500	g.NavNextActivateId = id;
8501	g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
8502	}
8503
8504	// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system!
8505	// But ActivateItem() should function without altering scroll/focus?
8506	void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
8507	{
8508	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8509	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
8510	IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below
8511	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name);
8512
8513	// It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop.
8514	// When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option.
8515	// MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but
8516	// is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen.
8517	if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL)
8518	{
8519	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");
8520	return;
8521	}
8522
8523	SetNavWindow(window);
8524
8525	ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;
8526	ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
8527	NavMoveRequestSubmit(move_dir: ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir: offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
8528	if (offset == -1)
8529	{
8530	NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result: &g.NavMoveResultLocal);
8531	}
8532	else
8533	{
8534	g.NavTabbingDir = 1;
8535	g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1;
8536	}
8537	}
8538
8539	void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
8540	{
8541	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8542	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
8543	if (!window->Appearing)
8544	return;
8545	if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
8546	return;
8547
8548	g.NavInitRequest = false;
8549	NavApplyItemToResult(result: &g.NavInitResult);
8550	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
8551
8552	// Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll)
8553	if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(r: g.LastItemData.Rect))
8554	ScrollToRectEx(window, rect: g.LastItemData.Rect, flags: ImGuiScrollFlags_None);
8555	}
8556
8557	void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
8558	{
8559	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8560	window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
8561	}
8562
8563	ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
8564	{
8565	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8566	return window->DC.StateStorage;
8567	}
8568
8569	bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
8570	{
8571	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8572	return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(r: ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
8573	}
8574
8575	bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)
8576	{
8577	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8578	return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(r: ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));
8579	}
8580
8581	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8582	// [SECTION] ID STACK
8583	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8584
8585	// This is one of the very rare legacy case where we use ImGuiWindow methods,
8586	// it should ideally be flattened at some point but it's been used a lots by widgets.
8587	ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
8588	{
8589	ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
8590	ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(data_p: str, data_size: str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
8591	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
8592	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
8593	if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
8594	ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, data_type: ImGuiDataType_String, data_id: str, data_id_end: str_end);
8595	#endif
8596	return id;
8597	}
8598
8599	ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
8600	{
8601	ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
8602	ImGuiID id = ImHashData(data_p: &ptr, data_size: sizeof(void*), seed);
8603	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
8604	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
8605	if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
8606	ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, data_type: ImGuiDataType_Pointer, data_id: ptr, NULL);
8607	#endif
8608	return id;
8609	}
8610
8611	ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n)
8612	{
8613	ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
8614	ImGuiID id = ImHashData(data_p: &n, data_size: sizeof(n), seed);
8615	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
8616	ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
8617	if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
8618	ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, data_type: ImGuiDataType_S32, data_id: (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);
8619	#endif
8620	return id;
8621	}
8622
8623	// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.
8624	ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)
8625	{
8626	ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
8627	ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(window: this, r: r_abs);
8628	ImGuiID id = ImHashData(data_p: &r_rel, data_size: sizeof(r_rel), seed);
8629	return id;
8630	}
8631
8632	void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
8633	{
8634	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8635	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
8636	ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str: str_id);
8637	window->IDStack.push_back(v: id);
8638	}
8639
8640	void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
8641	{
8642	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8643	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
8644	ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str: str_id_begin, str_end: str_id_end);
8645	window->IDStack.push_back(v: id);
8646	}
8647
8648	void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
8649	{
8650	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8651	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
8652	ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr: ptr_id);
8653	window->IDStack.push_back(v: id);
8654	}
8655
8656	void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
8657	{
8658	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8659	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
8660	ImGuiID id = window->GetID(n: int_id);
8661	window->IDStack.push_back(v: id);
8662	}
8663
8664	// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed.
8665	void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
8666	{
8667	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8668	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
8669	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
8670	if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
8671	DebugHookIdInfo(id, data_type: ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL);
8672	#endif
8673	window->IDStack.push_back(v: id);
8674	}
8675
8676	// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call
8677	// (note that when using this pattern, ID Stack Tool will tend to not display the intermediate stack level.
8678	// for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more)
8679	ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed)
8680	{
8681	ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(data_p: str, data_size: str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
8682	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
8683	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8684	if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
8685	DebugHookIdInfo(id, data_type: ImGuiDataType_String, data_id: str, data_id_end: str_end);
8686	#endif
8687	return id;
8688	}
8689
8690	ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed)
8691	{
8692	ImGuiID id = ImHashData(data_p: &n, data_size: sizeof(n), seed);
8693	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
8694	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8695	if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
8696	DebugHookIdInfo(id, data_type: ImGuiDataType_S32, data_id: (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);
8697	#endif
8698	return id;
8699	}
8700
8701	void ImGui::PopID()
8702	{
8703	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8704	IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window?
8705	window->IDStack.pop_back();
8706	}
8707
8708	ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
8709	{
8710	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8711	return window->GetID(str: str_id);
8712	}
8713
8714	ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
8715	{
8716	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8717	return window->GetID(str: str_id_begin, str_end: str_id_end);
8718	}
8719
8720	ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
8721	{
8722	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
8723	return window->GetID(ptr: ptr_id);
8724	}
8725
8726	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8727	// [SECTION] INPUTS
8728	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8729	// - GetKeyData() [Internal]
8730	// - GetKeyIndex() [Internal]
8731	// - GetKeyName()
8732	// - GetKeyChordName() [Internal]
8733	// - CalcTypematicRepeatAmount() [Internal]
8734	// - GetTypematicRepeatRate() [Internal]
8735	// - GetKeyPressedAmount() [Internal]
8736	// - GetKeyMagnitude2d() [Internal]
8737	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8738	// - UpdateKeyRoutingTable() [Internal]
8739	// - GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId() [Internal]
8740	// - GetShortcutRoutingData() [Internal]
8741	// - CalcRoutingScore() [Internal]
8742	// - SetShortcutRouting() [Internal]
8743	// - TestShortcutRouting() [Internal]
8744	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8745	// - IsKeyDown()
8746	// - IsKeyPressed()
8747	// - IsKeyReleased()
8748	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8749	// - IsMouseDown()
8750	// - IsMouseClicked()
8751	// - IsMouseReleased()
8752	// - IsMouseDoubleClicked()
8753	// - GetMouseClickedCount()
8754	// - IsMouseHoveringRect() [Internal]
8755	// - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal]
8756	// - IsMouseDragging()
8757	// - GetMousePos()
8758	// - SetMousePos() [Internal]
8759	// - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
8760	// - IsMousePosValid()
8761	// - IsAnyMouseDown()
8762	// - GetMouseDragDelta()
8763	// - ResetMouseDragDelta()
8764	// - GetMouseCursor()
8765	// - SetMouseCursor()
8766	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8767	// - UpdateAliasKey()
8768	// - GetMergedModsFromKeys()
8769	// - UpdateKeyboardInputs()
8770	// - UpdateMouseInputs()
8771	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8772	// - LockWheelingWindow [Internal]
8773	// - FindBestWheelingWindow [Internal]
8774	// - UpdateMouseWheel() [Internal]
8775	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8776	// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()
8777	// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()
8778	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8779	// - GetInputSourceName() [Internal]
8780	// - DebugPrintInputEvent() [Internal]
8781	// - UpdateInputEvents() [Internal]
8782	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8783	// - GetKeyOwner() [Internal]
8784	// - TestKeyOwner() [Internal]
8785	// - SetKeyOwner() [Internal]
8786	// - SetItemKeyOwner() [Internal]
8787	// - Shortcut() [Internal]
8788	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8789
8790	ImGuiKeyChord ImGui::FixupKeyChord(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
8791	{
8792	// Convert ImGuiMod_Shortcut and add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified.
8793	ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
8794	if (IsModKey(key))
8795	{
8796	if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl)
8797	key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl;
8798	if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftShift || key == ImGuiKey_RightShift)
8799	key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Shift;
8800	if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftAlt || key == ImGuiKey_RightAlt)
8801	key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Alt;
8802	if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper || key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper)
8803	key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Super;
8804	}
8805	if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut)
8806	return (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Shortcut) | (ctx->IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiMod_Super : ImGuiMod_Ctrl);
8807	return key_chord;
8808	}
8809
8810	ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)
8811	{
8812	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
8813
8814	// Special storage location for mods
8815	if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)
8816	key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx, key);
8817
8818	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
8819	IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END);
8820	if (IsLegacyKey(key) && g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1)
8821	key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native
8822	#else
8823	IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code.");
8824	#endif
8825	return &g.IO.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
8826	}
8827
8828	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
8829	ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)
8830	{
8831	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8832	IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));
8833	const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
8834	return (ImGuiKey)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);
8835	}
8836	#endif
8837
8838	// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
8839	static const char* const GKeyNames[] =
8840	{
8841	"Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown",
8842	"Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape",
8843	"LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu",
8844	"0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H",
8845	"I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z",
8846	"F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12",
8847	"F13", "F14", "F15", "F16", "F17", "F18", "F19", "F20", "F21", "F22", "F23", "F24",
8848	"Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket",
8849	"Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen",
8850	"Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6",
8851	"Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply",
8852	"KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual",
8853	"AppBack", "AppForward",
8854	"GamepadStart", "GamepadBack",
8855	"GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown",
8856	"GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown",
8857	"GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3",
8858	"GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown",
8859	"GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown",
8860	"MouseLeft", "MouseRight", "MouseMiddle", "MouseX1", "MouseX2", "MouseWheelX", "MouseWheelY",
8861	"ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper", // ReservedForModXXX are showing the ModXXX names.
8862	};
8863	IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames));
8864
8865	const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key)
8866	{
8867	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8868	#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
8869	IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code.");
8870	#else
8871	if (IsLegacyKey(key))
8872	{
8873	if (g.IO.KeyMap[key] == -1)
8874	return "N/A";
8875	IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]));
8876	key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key];
8877	}
8878	#endif
8879	if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
8880	return "None";
8881	if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)
8882	key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx: &g, key);
8883	if (!IsNamedKey(key))
8884	return "Unknown";
8885
8886	return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];
8887	}
8888
8889	// ImGuiMod_Shortcut is translated to either Ctrl or Super.
8890	const char* ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
8891	{
8892	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8893	key_chord = FixupKeyChord(ctx: &g, key_chord);
8894	ImFormatString(buf: g.TempKeychordName, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempKeychordName), fmt: "%s%s%s%s%s",
8895	(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "",
8896	(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "",
8897	(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "",
8898	(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "",
8899	GetKeyName(key: (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_)));
8900	return g.TempKeychordName;
8901	}
8902
8903	// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime)
8904	// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time)
8905	// An event is triggered at:
8906	// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N
8907	int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
8908	{
8909	if (t1 == 0.0f)
8910	return 1;
8911	if (t0 >= t1)
8912	return 0;
8913	if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f)
8914	return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay);
8915	const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
8916	const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
8917	const int count = count_t1 - count_t0;
8918	return count;
8919	}
8920
8921	void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate)
8922	{
8923	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8924	switch (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)
8925	{
8926	case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return;
8927	case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return;
8928	case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return;
8929	}
8930	}
8931
8932	// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate
8933	// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate)
8934	int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
8935	{
8936	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8937	const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
8938	if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
8939	return 0;
8940	const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
8941	return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t0: t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1: t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
8942	}
8943
8944	// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values).
8945	ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down)
8946	{
8947	return ImVec2(
8948	GetKeyData(key: key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key: key_left)->AnalogValue,
8949	GetKeyData(key: key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key: key_up)->AnalogValue);
8950	}
8951
8952	// Rewrite routing data buffers to strip old entries + sort by key to make queries not touch scattered data.
8953	// Entries D,A,B,B,A,C,B --> A,A,B,B,B,C,D
8954	// Index A:1 B:2 C:5 D:0 --> A:0 B:2 C:5 D:6
8955	// See 'Metrics->Key Owners & Shortcut Routing' to visualize the result of that operation.
8956	static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt)
8957	{
8958	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
8959	rt->EntriesNext.resize(new_size: 0);
8960	for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
8961	{
8962	const int new_routing_start_idx = rt->EntriesNext.Size;
8963	ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_entry;
8964	for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex)
8965	{
8966	routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx];
8967	routing_entry->RoutingCurrScore = routing_entry->RoutingNextScore;
8968	routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry
8969	routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None;
8970	routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255;
8971	if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
8972	continue;
8973	rt->EntriesNext.push_back(v: *routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer
8974
8975	// Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point)
8976	// This is the result of previous frame's SetShortcutRouting() call.
8977	if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods)
8978	{
8979	ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(ctx: &g, key);
8980	if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
8981	{
8982	owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr;
8983	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X) via Routing\n", GetKeyName(key), routing_entry->RoutingCurr);
8984	}
8985	}
8986	}
8987
8988	// Rewrite linked-list
8989	rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)(new_routing_start_idx < rt->EntriesNext.Size ? new_routing_start_idx : -1);
8990	for (int n = new_routing_start_idx; n < rt->EntriesNext.Size; n++)
8991	rt->EntriesNext[n].NextEntryIndex = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)((n + 1 < rt->EntriesNext.Size) ? n + 1 : -1);
8992	}
8993	rt->Entries.swap(rhs&: rt->EntriesNext); // Swap new and old indexes
8994	}
8995
8996	// owner_id may be None/Any, but routing_id needs to be always be set, so we default to GetCurrentFocusScope().
8997	static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id)
8998	{
8999	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9000	return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
9001	}
9002
9003	ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
9004	{
9005	// Majority of shortcuts will be Key + any number of Mods
9006	// We accept _Single_ mod with ImGuiKey_None.
9007	// - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal
9008	// - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Legal
9009	// - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal
9010	// - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Not legal
9011	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9012	ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;
9013	ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data;
9014	ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
9015	ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
9016	if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
9017	key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx: &g, key: mods);
9018	IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) == 0); // Please call ConvertShortcutMod() in calling function.
9019
9020	// Get (in the majority of case, the linked list will have one element so this should be 2 reads.
9021	// Subsequent elements will be contiguous in memory as list is sorted/rebuilt in NewFrame).
9022	for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex)
9023	{
9024	routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];
9025	if (routing_data->Mods == mods)
9026	return routing_data;
9027	}
9028
9029	// Add to linked-list
9030	ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex routing_data_idx = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)rt->Entries.Size;
9031	rt->Entries.push_back(v: ImGuiKeyRoutingData());
9032	routing_data = &rt->Entries[routing_data_idx];
9033	routing_data->Mods = (ImU16)mods;
9034	routing_data->NextEntryIndex = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; // Setup linked list
9035	rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = routing_data_idx;
9036	return routing_data;
9037	}
9038
9039	// Current score encoding (lower is highest priority):
9040	// - 0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh
9041	// - 1: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active)
9042	// - 2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal
9043	// - 3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack)
9044	// - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow
9045	// - 255: never route
9046	// 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy
9047	static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiID focus_scope_id, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
9048	{
9049	if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused)
9050	{
9051	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9052
9053	// ActiveID gets top priority
9054	// (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it)
9055	if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id)
9056	return 1;
9057
9058	// Score based on distance to focused window (lower is better)
9059	// Assuming both windows are submitting a routing request,
9060	// - When Window....... is focused -> Window scores 3 (best), Window/ChildB scores 255 (no match)
9061	// - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4, Window/ChildB scores 3 (best)
9062	// Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request,
9063	// - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score.
9064	// This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
9065	if (focus_scope_id == 0)
9066	return 255;
9067	for (int index_in_focus_path = 0; index_in_focus_path < g.NavFocusRoute.Size; index_in_focus_path++)
9068	if (g.NavFocusRoute.Data[index_in_focus_path].ID == focus_scope_id)
9069	return 3 + index_in_focus_path;
9070
9071	return 255;
9072	}
9073
9074	// ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh is default, so calls without flags are not conditional
9075	if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal)
9076	return 2;
9077	if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow)
9078	return 254;
9079	return 0;
9080	}
9081
9082	// We need this to filter some Shortcut() routes when an item e.g. an InputText() is active
9083	// e.g. ImGuiKey_G won't be considered a shortcut when item is active, but ImGuiMod|ImGuiKey_G can be.
9084	static bool IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
9085	{
9086	// Mimic 'ignore_char_inputs' logic in InputText()
9087	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9088
9089	// When the right mods are pressed it cannot be a char input so we won't filter the shortcut out.
9090	ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
9091	const bool ignore_char_inputs = ((mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && !(mods & ImGuiMod_Alt)) || (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && (mods & ImGuiMod_Super));
9092	if (ignore_char_inputs)
9093	return false;
9094
9095	// Return true for A-Z, 0-9 and other keys associated to char inputs. Other keys such as F1-F12 won't be filtered.
9096	ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
9097	return g.KeysMayBeCharInput.TestBit(n: key);
9098	}
9099
9100	// Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods).
9101	// Return true if the route is available this frame.
9102	// - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state.
9103	// (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame".
9104	// As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.)
9105	bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
9106	{
9107	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9108	if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0)
9109	flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut()
9110	else
9111	IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used
9112	IM_ASSERT(owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None);
9113
9114	// Convert ImGuiMod_Shortcut and add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified.
9115	key_chord = FixupKeyChord(ctx: &g, key_chord);
9116
9117	// [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
9118	if (g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting == key_chord)
9119	IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
9120
9121	if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused)
9122	if (g.NavWindow == NULL)
9123	return false;
9124
9125	// Note how ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways won't set routing and thus won't set owner. May want to rework this?
9126	if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways)
9127	{
9128	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%04X) -> always\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), owner_id, flags);
9129	return true;
9130	}
9131
9132	// Specific culling when there's an active.
9133	if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != owner_id)
9134	{
9135	// Cull shortcuts with no modifiers when it could generate a character.
9136	// e.g. Shortcut(ImGuiKey_G) also generates 'g' character, should not trigger when InputText() is active.
9137	// but Shortcut(Ctrl+G) should generally trigger when InputText() is active.
9138	// TL;DR: lettered shortcut with no mods or with only Alt mod will not trigger while an item reading text input is active.
9139	// (We cannot filter based on io.InputQueueCharacters[] contents because of trickling and key<>chars submission order are undefined)
9140	if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused) && g.IO.WantTextInput && IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(key_chord))
9141	{
9142	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%04X) -> filtered as potential char input\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), owner_id, flags);
9143	return false;
9144	}
9145
9146	// ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys trumps all for ActiveId
9147	if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh) == 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys)
9148	{
9149	ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
9150	if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
9151	key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx: &g, key: (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_));
9152	if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
9153	return false;
9154	}
9155	}
9156
9157	// FIXME-SHORTCUT: A way to configure the location/focus-scope to test would render this more flexible.
9158	const int score = CalcRoutingScore(focus_scope_id: g.CurrentFocusScopeId, owner_id, flags);
9159	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%04X) -> score %d\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), owner_id, flags, score);
9160	if (score == 255)
9161	return false;
9162
9163	// Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient)
9164	// FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <).
9165	ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord);
9166	//const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore);
9167	if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore)
9168	{
9169	routing_data->RoutingNext = owner_id;
9170	routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score;
9171	}
9172
9173	// Return routing state for CURRENT frame
9174	if (routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id)
9175	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("--> granting current route\n");
9176	return routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id;
9177	}
9178
9179	// Currently unused by core (but used by tests)
9180	// Note: this cannot be turned into GetShortcutRouting() because we do the owner_id->routing_id translation, name would be more misleading.
9181	bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id)
9182	{
9183	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9184	const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);
9185	key_chord = FixupKeyChord(ctx: &g, key_chord);
9186	ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); // FIXME: Could avoid creating entry.
9187	return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id;
9188	}
9189
9190	// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes.
9191	// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87)
9192	bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key)
9193	{
9194	return IsKeyDown(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
9195	}
9196
9197	bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
9198	{
9199	const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
9200	if (!key_data->Down)
9201	return false;
9202	if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
9203	return false;
9204	return true;
9205	}
9206
9207	bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)
9208	{
9209	return IsKeyPressed(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, flags: repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None);
9210	}
9211
9212	// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat.
9213	bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
9214	{
9215	const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
9216	if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
9217	return false;
9218	const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
9219	if (t < 0.0f)
9220	return false;
9221	IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
9222	if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) // Setting any _RepeatXXX option enables _Repeat
9223	flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
9224
9225	bool pressed = (t == 0.0f);
9226	if (!pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)
9227	{
9228	float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
9229	GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, repeat_delay: &repeat_delay, repeat_rate: &repeat_rate);
9230	pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0;
9231	if (pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_))
9232	{
9233	// Slightly bias 'key_pressed_time' as DownDuration is an accumulation of DeltaTime which we compare to an absolute time value.
9234	// Ideally we'd replace DownDuration with KeyPressedTime but it would break user's code.
9235	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9236	double key_pressed_time = g.Time - t + 0.00001f;
9237	if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeTime > key_pressed_time))
9238	pressed = false;
9239	if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime > key_pressed_time))
9240	pressed = false;
9241	if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress) && (g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime > key_pressed_time))
9242	pressed = false;
9243	}
9244	}
9245	if (!pressed)
9246	return false;
9247	if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
9248	return false;
9249	return true;
9250	}
9251
9252	bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key)
9253	{
9254	return IsKeyReleased(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
9255	}
9256
9257	bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
9258	{
9259	const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
9260	if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down)
9261	return false;
9262	if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
9263	return false;
9264	return true;
9265	}
9266
9267	bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button)
9268	{
9269	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9270	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9271	return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(key: MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.
9272	}
9273
9274	bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
9275	{
9276	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9277	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9278	return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(key: MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.
9279	}
9280
9281	bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat)
9282	{
9283	return IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, flags: repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None);
9284	}
9285
9286	bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
9287	{
9288	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9289	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9290	if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
9291	return false;
9292	const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];
9293	if (t < 0.0f)
9294	return false;
9295	IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! // FIXME: Could support RepeatRate and RepeatUntil flags here.
9296
9297	const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0;
9298	const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t0: t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1: t, repeat_delay: g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, repeat_rate: g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0);
9299	if (!pressed)
9300	return false;
9301
9302	if (!TestKeyOwner(key: MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id))
9303	return false;
9304
9305	return true;
9306	}
9307
9308	bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button)
9309	{
9310	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9311	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9312	return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(key: MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
9313	}
9314
9315	bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
9316	{
9317	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9318	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9319	return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(key: MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id)
9320	}
9321
9322	bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button)
9323	{
9324	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9325	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9326	return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(key: MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
9327	}
9328
9329	bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
9330	{
9331	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9332	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9333	return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(key: MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id);
9334	}
9335
9336	int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button)
9337	{
9338	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9339	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9340	return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button];
9341	}
9342
9343	// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle
9344	// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting
9345	// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)
9346	bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)
9347	{
9348	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9349
9350	// Clip
9351	ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);
9352	if (clip)
9353	rect_clipped.ClipWith(r: g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect);
9354
9355	// Hit testing, expanded for touch input
9356	if (!rect_clipped.ContainsWithPad(p: g.IO.MousePos, pad: g.Style.TouchExtraPadding))
9357	return false;
9358	if (!g.MouseViewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(r: rect_clipped))
9359	return false;
9360	return true;
9361	}
9362
9363	// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame.
9364	// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed
9365	bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
9366	{
9367	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9368	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9369	if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
9370	lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
9371	return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
9372	}
9373
9374	bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
9375	{
9376	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9377	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9378	if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
9379	return false;
9380	return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold);
9381	}
9382
9383	ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
9384	{
9385	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9386	return g.IO.MousePos;
9387	}
9388
9389	// This is called TeleportMousePos() and not SetMousePos() to emphasis that setting MousePosPrev will effectively clear mouse delta as well.
9390	// It is expected you only call this if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) is set and supported by backend.
9391	void ImGui::TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos)
9392	{
9393	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9394	g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = pos;
9395	g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
9396	g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true;
9397	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("TeleportMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
9398	}
9399
9400	// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
9401	ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
9402	{
9403	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9404	if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0)
9405	return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos;
9406	return g.IO.MousePos;
9407	}
9408
9409	// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position.
9410	bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)
9411	{
9412	// The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis.
9413	// Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions).
9414	IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL);
9415	const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;
9416	ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos;
9417	return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
9418	}
9419
9420	// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
9421	bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()
9422	{
9423	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9424	for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)
9425	if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])
9426	return true;
9427	return false;
9428	}
9429
9430	// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released.
9431	// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once.
9432	// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window.
9433	ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
9434	{
9435	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9436	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9437	if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
9438	lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
9439	if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button])
9440	if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
9441	if (IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]))
9442	return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];
9443	return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
9444	}
9445
9446	void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button)
9447	{
9448	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9449	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
9450	// NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr
9451	g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;
9452	}
9453
9454	// Get desired mouse cursor shape.
9455	// Important: this is meant to be used by a platform backend, it is reset in ImGui::NewFrame(),
9456	// updated during the frame, and locked in EndFrame()/Render().
9457	// If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor then Dear ImGui will render those for you
9458	ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()
9459	{
9460	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9461	return g.MouseCursor;
9462	}
9463
9464	void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)
9465	{
9466	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9467	g.MouseCursor = cursor_type;
9468	}
9469
9470	static void UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey key, bool v, float analog_value)
9471	{
9472	IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key));
9473	ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key);
9474	key_data->Down = v;
9475	key_data->AnalogValue = analog_value;
9476	}
9477
9478	// [Internal] Do not use directly
9479	static ImGuiKeyChord GetMergedModsFromKeys()
9480	{
9481	ImGuiKeyChord mods = 0;
9482	if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key: ImGuiMod_Ctrl)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl; }
9483	if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key: ImGuiMod_Shift)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Shift; }
9484	if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key: ImGuiMod_Alt)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Alt; }
9485	if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key: ImGuiMod_Super)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Super; }
9486	return mods;
9487	}
9488
9489	static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs()
9490	{
9491	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9492	ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
9493
9494	// Import legacy keys or verify they are not used
9495	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
9496	if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0)
9497	{
9498	// Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally.
9499	for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
9500	IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown((ImGuiKey)n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
9501	}
9502	else
9503	{
9504	if (g.FrameCount == 0)
9505	for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
9506	IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!");
9507
9508	// Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy)
9509	for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
9510	if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1)
9511	{
9512	IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n]));
9513	io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n;
9514	}
9515
9516	// Import legacy keys into new ones
9517	for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
9518	if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
9519	{
9520	const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n);
9521	IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key));
9522	io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n];
9523	if (key != n)
9524	io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends
9525	io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1;
9526	}
9527	if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
9528	{
9529	GetKeyData(key: ImGuiMod_Ctrl)->Down = io.KeyCtrl;
9530	GetKeyData(key: ImGuiMod_Shift)->Down = io.KeyShift;
9531	GetKeyData(key: ImGuiMod_Alt)->Down = io.KeyAlt;
9532	GetKeyData(key: ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper;
9533	}
9534	}
9535	#endif
9536
9537	// Import legacy ImGuiNavInput_ io inputs and convert to gamepad keys
9538	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
9539	const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
9540	if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active)
9541	{
9542	#define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0)
9543	#define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0)
9544	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate);
9545	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);
9546	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu);
9547	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input);
9548	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft);
9549	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight);
9550	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp);
9551	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown);
9552	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow);
9553	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast);
9554	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft);
9555	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight);
9556	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp);
9557	MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown);
9558	#undef NAV_MAP_KEY
9559	}
9560	#endif
9561
9562	// Update aliases
9563	for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT; n++)
9564	UpdateAliasKey(key: MouseButtonToKey(button: n), v: io.MouseDown[n], analog_value: io.MouseDown[n] ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
9565	UpdateAliasKey(key: ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, v: io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, analog_value: io.MouseWheelH);
9566	UpdateAliasKey(key: ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, v: io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, analog_value: io.MouseWheel);
9567
9568	// Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/etc. values.
9569	// - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) -> -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.
9570	// - Legacy backends: set io.KeyXXX bools -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.
9571	// So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing.
9572	const ImGuiKeyChord prev_key_mods = io.KeyMods;
9573	io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();
9574	io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0;
9575	io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0;
9576	io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0;
9577	io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0;
9578	if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods)
9579	g.LastKeyModsChangeTime = g.Time;
9580	if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods && prev_key_mods == 0)
9581	g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = g.Time;
9582
9583	// Clear gamepad data if disabled
9584	if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0)
9585	for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++)
9586	{
9587	io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false;
9588	io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f;
9589	}
9590
9591	// Update keys
9592	for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE; i++)
9593	{
9594	ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i];
9595	key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration;
9596	key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
9597	if (key_data->DownDuration == 0.0f)
9598	{
9599	ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET + i);
9600	if (IsKeyboardKey(key))
9601	g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time;
9602	else if (key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper)
9603	g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time;
9604	}
9605	}
9606
9607	// Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key
9608	for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
9609	{
9610	ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
9611	ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];
9612	owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext;
9613	if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp.
9614	owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None;
9615	owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down; // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore
9616	}
9617
9618	// Update key routing (for e.g. shortcuts)
9619	UpdateKeyRoutingTable(rt: &g.KeysRoutingTable);
9620	}
9621
9622	static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()
9623	{
9624	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9625	ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
9626
9627	// Mouse Wheel swapping flag
9628	// As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead
9629	// - We avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already.
9630	// - FIXME: However this means when running on OSX over Emscripten, Shift+WheelY will incur two swapping (1 in OS, 1 here), canceling the feature.
9631	// - FIXME: When we can distinguish e.g. touchpad scroll events from mouse ones, we'll set this accordingly based on input source.
9632	io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap = io.KeyShift && !io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
9633
9634	// Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well)
9635	if (IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &io.MousePos))
9636	io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloor(v: io.MousePos);
9637
9638	// If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
9639	if (IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &io.MousePosPrev))
9640	io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev;
9641	else
9642	io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
9643
9644	// Update stationary timer.
9645	// FIXME: May need to rework again to have some tolerance for occasional small movement, while being functional on high-framerates.
9646	const float mouse_stationary_threshold = (io.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse) ? 2.0f : 3.0f; // Slightly higher threshold for ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, may need rework.
9647	const bool mouse_stationary = (ImLengthSqr(lhs: io.MouseDelta) <= mouse_stationary_threshold * mouse_stationary_threshold);
9648	g.MouseStationaryTimer = mouse_stationary ? (g.MouseStationaryTimer + io.DeltaTime) : 0.0f;
9649	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("%.4f\n", g.MouseStationaryTimer);
9650
9651	// If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true.
9652	if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)
9653	g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
9654
9655	for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
9656	{
9657	io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;
9658	io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below
9659	io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;
9660	io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i];
9661	io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
9662	if (io.MouseClicked[i])
9663	{
9664	bool is_repeated_click = false;
9665	if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime)
9666	{
9667	ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
9668	if (ImLengthSqr(lhs: delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)
9669	is_repeated_click = true;
9670	}
9671	if (is_repeated_click)
9672	io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++;
9673	else
9674	io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1;
9675	io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
9676	io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos;
9677	io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i];
9678	io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
9679	io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
9680	}
9681	else if (io.MouseDown[i])
9682	{
9683	// Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold
9684	ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
9685	io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(lhs: io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], rhs: ImLengthSqr(lhs: delta_from_click_pos));
9686	io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(lhs: io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, rhs: delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x);
9687	io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(lhs: io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, rhs: delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y);
9688	}
9689
9690	// We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service
9691	io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2);
9692
9693	// Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation
9694	if (io.MouseClicked[i])
9695	g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
9696	}
9697	}
9698
9699	static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount)
9700	{
9701	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9702	if (window)
9703	g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = ImMin(lhs: g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer + ImAbs(x: wheel_amount) * WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER, rhs: WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER);
9704	else
9705	g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
9706	if (g.WheelingWindow == window)
9707	return;
9708	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL");
9709	g.WheelingWindow = window;
9710	g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;
9711	if (window == NULL)
9712	{
9713	g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1;
9714	g.WheelingAxisAvg = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
9715	}
9716	}
9717
9718	static ImGuiWindow* FindBestWheelingWindow(const ImVec2& wheel)
9719	{
9720	// For each axis, find window in the hierarchy that may want to use scrolling
9721	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9722	ImGuiWindow* windows[2] = { NULL, NULL };
9723	for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)
9724	if (wheel[axis] != 0.0f)
9725	for (ImGuiWindow* window = windows[axis] = g.HoveredWindow; window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; window = windows[axis] = window->ParentWindow)
9726	{
9727	// Bubble up into parent window if:
9728	// - a child window doesn't allow any scrolling.
9729	// - a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag.
9730	//// - a child window doesn't need scrolling because it is already at the edge for the direction we are going in (FIXME-WIP)
9731	const bool has_scrolling = (window->ScrollMax[axis] != 0.0f);
9732	const bool inputs_disabled = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs);
9733	//const bool scrolling_past_limits = (wheel_v < 0.0f) ? (window->Scroll[axis] <= 0.0f) : (window->Scroll[axis] >= window->ScrollMax[axis]);
9734	if (has_scrolling && !inputs_disabled) // && !scrolling_past_limits)
9735	break; // select this window
9736	}
9737	if (windows[0] == NULL && windows[1] == NULL)
9738	return NULL;
9739
9740	// If there's only one window or only one axis then there's no ambiguity
9741	if (windows[0] == windows[1] || windows[0] == NULL || windows[1] == NULL)
9742	return windows[1] ? windows[1] : windows[0];
9743
9744	// If candidate are different windows we need to decide which one to prioritize
9745	// - First frame: only find a winner if one axis is zero.
9746	// - Subsequent frames: only find a winner when one is more than the other.
9747	if (g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == -1)
9748	g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = g.FrameCount;
9749	if ((g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == g.FrameCount && wheel.x != 0.0f && wheel.y != 0.0f) || (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x == g.WheelingAxisAvg.y))
9750	{
9751	g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = wheel;
9752	return NULL;
9753	}
9754	return (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? windows[0] : windows[1];
9755	}
9756
9757	// Called by NewFrame()
9758	void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
9759	{
9760	// Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses.
9761	// FIXME: Ideally we could refactor to have one timer for "changing window w/ same axis" and a shorter timer for "changing window or axis w/ other axis" (#3795)
9762	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9763	if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL)
9764	{
9765	g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
9766	if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(lhs: g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold)
9767	g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
9768	if (g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer <= 0.0f)
9769	LockWheelingWindow(NULL, wheel_amount: 0.0f);
9770	}
9771
9772	ImVec2 wheel;
9773	wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(key: ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f;
9774	wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(key: ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f;
9775
9776	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y);
9777	ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;
9778	if (!mouse_window || mouse_window->Collapsed)
9779	return;
9780
9781	// Zoom / Scale window
9782	// FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned.
9783	if (wheel.y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
9784	{
9785	LockWheelingWindow(window: mouse_window, wheel_amount: wheel.y);
9786	ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window;
9787	const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(v: window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, mn: 0.50f, mx: 2.50f);
9788	const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
9789	window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
9790	if (window == window->RootWindow)
9791	{
9792	const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
9793	SetWindowPos(window, pos: window->Pos + offset, cond: 0);
9794	window->Size = ImTrunc(v: window->Size * scale);
9795	window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(v: window->SizeFull * scale);
9796	}
9797	return;
9798	}
9799	if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)
9800	return;
9801
9802	// Mouse wheel scrolling
9803	// Read about io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap and its issue on Mac+Emscripten in UpdateMouseInputs()
9804	if (g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap)
9805	wheel = ImVec2(wheel.y, 0.0f);
9806
9807	// Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises
9808	// FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter
9809	g.WheelingAxisAvg.x = ImExponentialMovingAverage(avg: g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, sample: ImAbs(x: wheel.x), n: 30);
9810	g.WheelingAxisAvg.y = ImExponentialMovingAverage(avg: g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, sample: ImAbs(x: wheel.y), n: 30);
9811
9812	// In the rare situation where FindBestWheelingWindow() had to defer first frame of wheeling due to ambiguous main axis, reinject it now.
9813	wheel += g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder;
9814	g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
9815	if (wheel.x == 0.0f && wheel.y == 0.0f)
9816	return;
9817
9818	// Mouse wheel scrolling: find target and apply
9819	// - don't renew lock if axis doesn't apply on the window.
9820	// - select a main axis when both axises are being moved.
9821	if (ImGuiWindow* window = (g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : FindBestWheelingWindow(wheel)))
9822	if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
9823	{
9824	bool do_scroll[2] = { wheel.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.x != 0.0f, wheel.y != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.y != 0.0f };
9825	if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X] && do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])
9826	do_scroll[(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X] = false;
9827	if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X])
9828	{
9829	LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel_amount: wheel.x);
9830	float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f;
9831	float scroll_step = ImTrunc(f: ImMin(lhs: 2 * window->CalcFontSize(), rhs: max_step));
9832	SetScrollX(window, scroll_x: window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step);
9833	g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount;
9834	}
9835	if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])
9836	{
9837	LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel_amount: wheel.y);
9838	float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f;
9839	float scroll_step = ImTrunc(f: ImMin(lhs: 5 * window->CalcFontSize(), rhs: max_step));
9840	SetScrollY(window, scroll_y: window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step);
9841	g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount;
9842	}
9843	}
9844	}
9845
9846	void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard)
9847	{
9848	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9849	g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0;
9850	}
9851
9852	void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse)
9853	{
9854	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9855	g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0;
9856	}
9857
9858	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
9859	static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source)
9860	{
9861	const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad" };
9862	IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT);
9863	return input_source_names[source];
9864	}
9865	static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source)
9866	{
9867	const char* mouse_source_names[] = { "Mouse", "TouchScreen", "Pen" };
9868	IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_source_names) == ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT);
9869	return mouse_source_names[source];
9870	}
9871	static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e)
9872	{
9873	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9874	if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MousePos.MouseSource)); return; }
9875	if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseButton.MouseSource)); return; }
9876	if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; }
9877	if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport){IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseViewport (0x%08X)\n", prefix, e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID); return; }
9878	if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; }
9879	if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; }
9880	if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; }
9881	}
9882	#endif
9883
9884	// Process input queue
9885	// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'.
9886	// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost)
9887	// - trickle_fast_inputs = true : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87)
9888	void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs)
9889	{
9890	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
9891	ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
9892
9893	// Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText()
9894	// FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail?
9895	// FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters)
9896	const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1);
9897
9898	bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false;
9899	int mouse_button_changed = 0x00;
9900	ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE> key_changed_mask;
9901
9902	int event_n = 0;
9903	for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++)
9904	{
9905	ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n];
9906	if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)
9907	{
9908	if (g.IO.WantSetMousePos)
9909	continue;
9910	// Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change
9911	ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY);
9912	if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted))
9913	break;
9914	io.MousePos = event_pos;
9915	io.MouseSource = e->MousePos.MouseSource;
9916	mouse_moved = true;
9917	}
9918	else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton)
9919	{
9920	// Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
9921	const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button;
9922	IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
9923	if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled))
9924	break;
9925	if (trickle_fast_inputs && e->MouseButton.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen && mouse_moved) // #2702: TouchScreen have no initial hover.
9926	break;
9927	io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down;
9928	io.MouseSource = e->MouseButton.MouseSource;
9929	mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button);
9930	}
9931	else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)
9932	{
9933	// Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event
9934	if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0))
9935	break;
9936	io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX;
9937	io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY;
9938	io.MouseSource = e->MouseWheel.MouseSource;
9939	mouse_wheeled = true;
9940	}
9941	else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport)
9942	{
9943	io.MouseHoveredViewport = e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID;
9944	}
9945	else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)
9946	{
9947	// Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
9948	ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key;
9949	IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None);
9950	ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
9951	const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);
9952	if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(n: key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0))
9953	break;
9954	key_data->Down = e->Key.Down;
9955	key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue;
9956	key_changed = true;
9957	key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index);
9958
9959	// Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends
9960	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
9961	io.KeysDown[key_data_index] = key_data->Down;
9962	if (io.KeyMap[key_data_index] != -1)
9963	io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key_data_index]] = key_data->Down;
9964	#endif
9965	}
9966	else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)
9967	{
9968	// Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with
9969	if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled))
9970	break;
9971	unsigned int c = e->Text.Char;
9972	io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(v: c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
9973	if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text)
9974	text_inputted = true;
9975	}
9976	else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)
9977	{
9978	// We intentionally overwrite this and process in NewFrame(), in order to give a chance
9979	// to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame.
9980	const bool focus_lost = !e->AppFocused.Focused;
9981	io.AppFocusLost = focus_lost;
9982	}
9983	else
9984	{
9985	IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!");
9986	}
9987	}
9988
9989	// Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail)
9990	//if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n);
9991	for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++)
9992	g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(v: g.InputEventsQueue[n]);
9993
9994	// [DEBUG]
9995	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
9996	if (event_n != 0 && (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO))
9997	for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++)
9998	DebugPrintInputEvent(prefix: n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", e: &g.InputEventsQueue[n]);
9999	#endif
10000
10001	// Remaining events will be processed on the next frame
10002	if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size)
10003	g.InputEventsQueue.resize(new_size: 0);
10004	else
10005	g.InputEventsQueue.erase(it: g.InputEventsQueue.Data, it_last: g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n);
10006
10007	// Clear buttons state when focus is lost
10008	// - this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle.
10009	// - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag
10010	// (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event).
10011	if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
10012	g.IO.ClearInputKeys();
10013	}
10014
10015	ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key)
10016	{
10017	if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key))
10018	return ImGuiKeyOwner_None;
10019
10020	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10021	ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(ctx: &g, key);
10022	ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr;
10023
10024	if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
10025	if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
10026	return ImGuiKeyOwner_None;
10027
10028	return owner_id;
10029	}
10030
10031	// TestKeyOwner(..., ID) : (owner == None || owner == ID)
10032	// TestKeyOwner(..., None) : (owner == None)
10033	// TestKeyOwner(..., Any) : no owner test
10034	// All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags.
10035	bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
10036	{
10037	if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key))
10038	return true;
10039
10040	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10041	if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
10042	if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
10043	return false;
10044
10045	ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(ctx: &g, key);
10046	if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
10047	return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false);
10048
10049	// Note: SetKeyOwner() sets OwnerCurr. It is not strictly required for most mouse routing overlap (because of ActiveId/HoveredId
10050	// are acting as filter before this has a chance to filter), but sane as soon as user tries to look into things.
10051	// Setting OwnerCurr in SetKeyOwner() is more consistent than testing OwnerNext here: would be inconsistent with getter and other functions.
10052	if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != owner_id)
10053	{
10054	if (owner_data->LockThisFrame)
10055	return false;
10056	if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
10057	return false;
10058	}
10059
10060	return true;
10061	}
10062
10063	// _LockXXX flags are useful to lock keys away from code which is not input-owner aware.
10064	// When using _LockXXX flags, you can use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any to lock keys from everyone.
10065	// - SetKeyOwner(..., None) : clears owner
10066	// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any, !Lock) : illegal (assert)
10067	// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock
10068	void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
10069	{
10070	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10071	IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it)
10072	IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
10073	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%08X)\n", GetKeyName(key), owner_id, flags);
10074
10075	ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(ctx: &g, key);
10076	owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id;
10077
10078	// We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code.
10079	// In the case of using LockUntilRelease while key is not down we still lock during the frame (no key_data->Down test)
10080	owner_data->LockUntilRelease = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease) != 0;
10081	owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease);
10082	}
10083
10084	// Rarely used helper
10085	void ImGui::SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
10086	{
10087	if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) { SetKeyOwner(key: ImGuiMod_Ctrl, owner_id, flags); }
10088	if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) { SetKeyOwner(key: ImGuiMod_Shift, owner_id, flags); }
10089	if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) { SetKeyOwner(key: ImGuiMod_Alt, owner_id, flags); }
10090	if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) { SetKeyOwner(key: ImGuiMod_Super, owner_id, flags); }
10091	if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) { SetKeyOwner(key: ImGuiMod_Shortcut, owner_id, flags); }
10092	if (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_) { SetKeyOwner(key: (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_), owner_id, flags); }
10093	}
10094
10095	// This is more or less equivalent to:
10096	// if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive())
10097	// SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());
10098	// Extensive uses of that (e.g. many calls for a single item) may want to manually perform the tests once and then call SetKeyOwner() multiple times.
10099	// More advanced usage scenarios may want to call SetKeyOwner() manually based on different condition.
10100	// Worth noting is that only one item can be hovered and only one item can be active, therefore this usage pattern doesn't need to bother with routing and priority.
10101	void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
10102	{
10103	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10104	ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
10105	if (id == 0 || (g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveId != id))
10106	return;
10107	if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_) == 0)
10108	flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_;
10109	if ((g.HoveredId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered)) || (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive)))
10110	{
10111	IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
10112	SetKeyOwner(key, owner_id: id, flags: flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_);
10113	}
10114	}
10115
10116	// This is the only public API until we expose owner_id versions of the API as replacements.
10117	bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
10118	{
10119	return IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, owner_id: 0, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_None);
10120	}
10121
10122	// This is equivalent to comparing KeyMods + doing a IsKeyPressed()
10123	bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
10124	{
10125	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10126	key_chord = FixupKeyChord(ctx: &g, key_chord);
10127	ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
10128	if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods)
10129	return false;
10130
10131	// Special storage location for mods
10132	ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
10133	if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
10134	key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx: &g, key: mods);
10135	if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, flags: (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_)))
10136	return false;
10137	return true;
10138	}
10139
10140	void ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
10141	{
10142	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10143	g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut;
10144	g.NextItemData.Shortcut = key_chord;
10145	}
10146
10147	bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
10148	{
10149	//ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10150	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("Shortcut(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%X)\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size), owner_id, flags);
10151
10152	// When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any.
10153	if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0)
10154	flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused;
10155
10156	// Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default)
10157	// Effectively makes Shortcut() always input-owner aware.
10158	if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
10159	owner_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);
10160
10161	// Submit route
10162	if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags))
10163	return false;
10164
10165	// Default repeat behavior for Shortcut()
10166	// So e.g. pressing Ctrl+W and releasing Ctrl while holding W will not trigger the W shortcut.
10167	if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_) == 0)
10168	flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange;
10169
10170	if (!IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, owner_id, flags))
10171	return false;
10172	IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
10173	return true;
10174	}
10175
10176
10177	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10178	// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
10179	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10180
10181	// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui.
10182	// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit
10183	// If this triggers you have an issue:
10184	// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version.
10185	// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc.
10186	// The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui,
10187	// which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h).
10188	// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout
10189	bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx)
10190	{
10191	bool error = false;
10192	if (strcmp(s1: version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); }
10193	if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
10194	if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
10195	if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
10196	if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
10197	if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
10198	if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
10199	return !error;
10200	}
10201
10202	// Until 1.89 (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18814) it was legal to use SetCursorPos() to extend the boundary of a parent (e.g. window or table cell)
10203	// This is causing issues and ambiguity and we need to retire that.
10204	// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5548 for more details.
10205	// [Scenario 1]
10206	// Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:
10207	// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // NOT OK
10208	// Instead, please submit an item:
10209	// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); // OK
10210	// Alternative:
10211	// Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // OK
10212	// [Scenario 2]
10213	// For reference this is one of the issue what we aim to fix with this change:
10214	// BeginGroup() + SomeItem("foobar") + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) + EndGroup()
10215	// The previous logic made SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) have a side-effect! It would erroneously incorporate ItemSpacing.y after the item into content size, making the group taller!
10216	// While this code is a little twisted, no-one would expect SetXXX(GetXXX()) to have a side-effect. Using vertical alignment patterns could trigger this issue.
10217	void ImGui::ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries()
10218	{
10219	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10220	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10221	IM_ASSERT(window->DC.IsSetPos);
10222	window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
10223	#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
10224	if (window->DC.CursorPos.x <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x && window->DC.CursorPos.y <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y)
10225	return;
10226	if (window->SkipItems)
10227	return;
10228	IM_ASSERT(0 && "Code uses SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend window/parent boundaries. Please submit an item e.g. Dummy() to validate extent.");
10229	#else
10230	window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(lhs: window->DC.CursorMaxPos, rhs: window->DC.CursorPos);
10231	#endif
10232	}
10233
10234	static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()
10235	{
10236	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10237
10238	// Check user IM_ASSERT macro
10239	// (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined!
10240	// If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block.
10241	// This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.)
10242	// #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); // Wrong!
10243	// #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct!
10244	if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0);
10245
10246	// Emscripten backends are often imprecise in their submission of DeltaTime. (#6114, #3644)
10247	// Ideally the Emscripten app/backend should aim to fix or smooth this value and avoid feeding zero, but we tolerate it.
10248	#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
10249	if (g.IO.DeltaTime <= 0.0f && g.FrameCount > 0)
10250	g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.00001f;
10251	#endif
10252
10253	// Check user data
10254	// (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)
10255	IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
10256	IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0) && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");
10257	IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
10258	IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");
10259	IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt() && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()");
10260	IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!");
10261	IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!");
10262	IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations
10263	IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting.");
10264	IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
10265	IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
10266	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
10267	for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)
10268	IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)");
10269
10270	// Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP)
10271	if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
10272	IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");
10273	#endif
10274
10275	// Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.
10276	if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors))
10277	g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false;
10278
10279	// Perform simple check: error if Docking or Viewport are enabled _exactly_ on frame 1 (instead of frame 0 or later), which is a common error leading to loss of .ini data.
10280	if (g.FrameCount == 1 && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable) && (g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable) == 0)
10281	IM_ASSERT(0 && "Please set DockingEnable before the first call to NewFrame()! Otherwise you will lose your .ini settings!");
10282	if (g.FrameCount == 1 && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) && (g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) == 0)
10283	IM_ASSERT(0 && "Please set ViewportsEnable before the first call to NewFrame()! Otherwise you will lose your .ini settings!");
10284
10285	// Perform simple checks: multi-viewport and platform windows support
10286	if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
10287	{
10288	if ((g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports) && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports))
10289	{
10290	IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCount == g.FrameCountPlatformEnded) && "Forgot to call UpdatePlatformWindows() in main loop after EndFrame()? Check examples/ applications for reference.");
10291	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_CreateWindow != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
10292	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_DestroyWindow != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
10293	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowPos != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
10294	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowPos != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
10295	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowSize != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
10296	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowSize != NULL && "Platform init didn't install handlers?");
10297	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size > 0 && "Platform init didn't setup Monitors list?");
10298	IM_ASSERT((g.Viewports[0]->PlatformUserData != NULL || g.Viewports[0]->PlatformHandle != NULL) && "Platform init didn't setup main viewport.");
10299	if (g.IO.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
10300	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowAlpha != NULL && "Platform_SetWindowAlpha handler is required to use io.ConfigDockingTransparent!");
10301	}
10302	else
10303	{
10304	// Disable feature, our backends do not support it
10305	g.IO.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable;
10306	}
10307
10308	// Perform simple checks on platform monitor data + compute a total bounding box for quick early outs
10309	for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon : g.PlatformIO.Monitors)
10310	{
10311	IM_UNUSED(mon);
10312	IM_ASSERT(mon.MainSize.x > 0.0f && mon.MainSize.y > 0.0f && "Monitor main bounds not setup properly.");
10313	IM_ASSERT(ImRect(mon.MainPos, mon.MainPos + mon.MainSize).Contains(ImRect(mon.WorkPos, mon.WorkPos + mon.WorkSize)) && "Monitor work bounds not setup properly. If you don't have work area information, just copy MainPos/MainSize into them.");
10314	IM_ASSERT(mon.DpiScale != 0.0f);
10315	}
10316	}
10317	}
10318
10319	static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks()
10320	{
10321	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10322
10323	// Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame()
10324	// One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame().
10325	// It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will
10326	// send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs.
10327	// We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0),
10328	// while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events.
10329	const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();
10330	IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods");
10331	IM_UNUSED(key_mods);
10332
10333	// [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame().
10334	//ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover();
10335
10336	// Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you
10337	// to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API).
10338	if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1)
10339	{
10340	if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
10341	{
10342	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window; // <-- This window was not Ended!
10343	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?");
10344	IM_UNUSED(window);
10345	while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
10346	End();
10347	}
10348	else
10349	{
10350	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?");
10351	}
10352	}
10353
10354	IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!");
10355	}
10356
10357	// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls.
10358	// Must be called during or before EndFrame().
10359	// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order.
10360	// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet.
10361	// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin
10362	void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
10363	{
10364	// PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations"
10365	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10366	while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044
10367	{
10368	ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data);
10369	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10370	if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1)
10371	{
10372	IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow);
10373	break;
10374	}
10375	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
10376	{
10377	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name);
10378	EndChild();
10379	}
10380	else
10381	{
10382	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name);
10383	End();
10384	}
10385	}
10386	}
10387
10388	// Must be called before End()/EndChild()
10389	void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
10390	{
10391	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10392	while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow))
10393	{
10394	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name);
10395	EndTable();
10396	}
10397
10398	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10399	ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin;
10400	IM_ASSERT(window != NULL);
10401	while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044
10402	{
10403	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name);
10404	EndTabBar();
10405	}
10406	while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0)
10407	{
10408	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name);
10409	TreePop();
10410	}
10411	while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044
10412	{
10413	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name);
10414	EndGroup();
10415	}
10416	while (window->IDStack.Size > 1)
10417	{
10418	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name);
10419	PopID();
10420	}
10421	while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044
10422	{
10423	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name);
10424	EndDisabled();
10425	}
10426	while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack)
10427	{
10428	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(idx: g.ColorStack.back().Col));
10429	PopStyleColor();
10430	}
10431	while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044
10432	{
10433	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name);
10434	PopItemFlag();
10435	}
10436	while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044
10437	{
10438	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name);
10439	PopStyleVar();
10440	}
10441	while (g.FontStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFontStack) //-V1044
10442	{
10443	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFont() in '%s'", window->Name);
10444	PopFont();
10445	}
10446	while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044
10447	{
10448	if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name);
10449	PopFocusScope();
10450	}
10451	}
10452
10453	// Save current stack sizes for later compare
10454	void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)
10455	{
10456	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
10457	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10458	SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size;
10459	SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size;
10460	SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size;
10461	SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size;
10462	SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size;
10463	SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size;
10464	SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size;
10465	SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
10466	SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize;
10467	}
10468
10469	// Compare to detect usage errors
10470	void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)
10471	{
10472	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
10473	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10474	IM_UNUSED(window);
10475
10476	// Window stacks
10477	// NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
10478	IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack == window->IDStack.Size && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!");
10479
10480	// Global stacks
10481	// For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.
10482	IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack == g.GroupStack.Size && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");
10483	IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!");
10484	IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack == g.DisabledStackSize && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!");
10485	IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!");
10486	IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack >= g.ColorStack.Size && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");
10487	IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack >= g.StyleVarStack.Size && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");
10488	IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack >= g.FontStack.Size && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");
10489	IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!");
10490	}
10491
10492	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10493	// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION
10494	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10495	// - KeepAliveID()
10496	// - ItemHandleShortcut() [Internal]
10497	// - ItemAdd()
10498	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10499
10500	// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID().
10501	void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)
10502	{
10503	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10504	if (g.ActiveId == id)
10505	g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
10506	if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id)
10507	g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true;
10508	}
10509
10510	static void ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id)
10511	{
10512	// FIXME: Generalize Activation queue?
10513	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10514	if (ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord: g.NextItemData.Shortcut, owner_id: id, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_None) && g.NavActivateId == 0)
10515	{
10516	g.NavActivateId = id; // Will effectively disable clipping.
10517	g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut;
10518	if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id)
10519	g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = id;
10520	ImGui::NavHighlightActivated(id);
10521	}
10522	}
10523
10524	// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
10525	// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface
10526	// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction.
10527	// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH (UNTIL THE CLIPPING TEST AND EARLY-RETURN)
10528	bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags)
10529	{
10530	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10531	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10532
10533	// Set item data
10534	// (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)
10535	g.LastItemData.ID = id;
10536	g.LastItemData.Rect = bb;
10537	g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb;
10538	g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | extra_flags;
10539	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;
10540	// Note: we don't copy 'g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData' to an hypothetical g.LastItemData.SelectionUserData: since the former is not cleared.
10541
10542	if (id != 0)
10543	{
10544	KeepAliveID(id);
10545
10546	// Directional navigation processing
10547	// Runs prior to clipping early-out
10548	// (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget
10549	// (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests
10550	// unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of
10551	// thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.
10552	// We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able
10553	// to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick).
10554	// We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null.
10555	// If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere.
10556	if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
10557	{
10558	// FIMXE-NAV: investigate changing the window tests into a simple 'if (g.NavFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)' test.
10559	window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent);
10560	if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest)
10561	if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav)
10562	if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
10563	NavProcessItem();
10564	}
10565
10566	if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut)
10567	ItemHandleShortcut(id);
10568	}
10569
10570	// Lightweight clear of SetNextItemXXX data.
10571	g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None;
10572	g.NextItemData.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
10573
10574	#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
10575	if (id != 0)
10576	IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, g.LastItemData.NavRect, &g.LastItemData);
10577	#endif
10578
10579	// Clipping test
10580	// (this is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value)
10581	//const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id);
10582	//if (is_clipped)
10583	// return false;
10584	// g.NavActivateId is not necessarily == g.NavId, in the case of remote activation (e.g. shortcuts)
10585	const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(r: window->ClipRect);
10586	if (!is_rect_visible)
10587	if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId))
10588	if (!g.LogEnabled)
10589	return false;
10590
10591	// [DEBUG]
10592	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
10593	if (id != 0)
10594	{
10595	if (id == g.DebugLocateId)
10596	DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
10597
10598	// [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something".
10599	// Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something".
10600	// READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq
10601	IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!");
10602	}
10603	//if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG]
10604	//if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0)
10605	// window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
10606	#endif
10607
10608	// We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them)
10609	if (is_rect_visible)
10610	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible;
10611	if (IsMouseHoveringRect(r_min: bb.Min, r_max: bb.Max))
10612	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
10613	return true;
10614	}
10615
10616
10617	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10618	// [SECTION] LAYOUT
10619	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10620	// - ItemSize()
10621	// - SameLine()
10622	// - GetCursorScreenPos()
10623	// - SetCursorScreenPos()
10624	// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY()
10625	// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY()
10626	// - GetCursorStartPos()
10627	// - Indent()
10628	// - Unindent()
10629	// - SetNextItemWidth()
10630	// - PushItemWidth()
10631	// - PushMultiItemsWidths()
10632	// - PopItemWidth()
10633	// - CalcItemWidth()
10634	// - CalcItemSize()
10635	// - GetTextLineHeight()
10636	// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
10637	// - GetFrameHeight()
10638	// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
10639	// - GetContentRegionMax()
10640	// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal]
10641	// - GetContentRegionAvail(),
10642	// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax()
10643	// - BeginGroup()
10644	// - EndGroup()
10645	// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns.
10646	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10647
10648	// Advance cursor given item size for layout.
10649	// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation.
10650	// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different.
10651	// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH.
10652	void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y)
10653	{
10654	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10655	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10656	if (window->SkipItems)
10657	return;
10658
10659	// We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset.
10660	// In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor,
10661	// but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect.
10662	const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f;
10663
10664	const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y;
10665	const float line_height = ImMax(lhs: window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/rhs: window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y);
10666
10667	// Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
10668	//if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG]
10669	window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x;
10670	window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1;
10671	window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line
10672	window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_TRUNC(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line
10673	window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(lhs: window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, rhs: window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
10674	window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(lhs: window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, rhs: window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
10675	//if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG]
10676
10677	window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height;
10678	window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f;
10679	window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(lhs: window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, rhs: text_baseline_y);
10680	window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
10681	window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
10682
10683	// Horizontal layout mode
10684	if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
10685	SameLine();
10686	}
10687
10688	// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
10689	// offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item
10690	// offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)
10691	// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if offset_from_start_x == 0, no spacing if offset_from_start_x != 0
10692	// spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount
10693	void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w)
10694	{
10695	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10696	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10697	if (window->SkipItems)
10698	return;
10699
10700	if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f)
10701	{
10702	if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
10703	spacing_w = 0.0f;
10704	window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
10705	window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
10706	}
10707	else
10708	{
10709	if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
10710	spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
10711	window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
10712	window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
10713	}
10714	window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize;
10715	window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
10716	window->DC.IsSameLine = true;
10717	}
10718
10719	ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
10720	{
10721	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
10722	return window->DC.CursorPos;
10723	}
10724
10725	void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos)
10726	{
10727	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
10728	window->DC.CursorPos = pos;
10729	//window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
10730	window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
10731	}
10732
10733	// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient.
10734	// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'.
10735	ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos()
10736	{
10737	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
10738	return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll;
10739	}
10740
10741	float ImGui::GetCursorPosX()
10742	{
10743	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
10744	return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x;
10745	}
10746
10747	float ImGui::GetCursorPosY()
10748	{
10749	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
10750	return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y;
10751	}
10752
10753	void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos)
10754	{
10755	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
10756	window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos;
10757	//window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
10758	window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
10759	}
10760
10761	void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x)
10762	{
10763	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
10764	window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x;
10765	//window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);
10766	window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
10767	}
10768
10769	void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y)
10770	{
10771	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
10772	window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y;
10773	//window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
10774	window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
10775	}
10776
10777	ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos()
10778	{
10779	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
10780	return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;
10781	}
10782
10783	void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)
10784	{
10785	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10786	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
10787	window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
10788	window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
10789	}
10790
10791	void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)
10792	{
10793	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10794	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
10795	window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
10796	window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
10797	}
10798
10799	// Affect large frame+labels widgets only.
10800	void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width)
10801	{
10802	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10803	g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
10804	g.NextItemData.Width = item_width;
10805	}
10806
10807	// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior?
10808	void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
10809	{
10810	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10811	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10812	window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(v: window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
10813	window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
10814	g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
10815	}
10816
10817	void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
10818	{
10819	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10820	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10821	IM_ASSERT(components > 0);
10822	const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
10823	window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(v: window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
10824	float w_items = w_full - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1);
10825	float prev_split = w_items;
10826	for (int i = components - 1; i > 0; i--)
10827	{
10828	float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * i / components);
10829	window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(v: ImMax(lhs: prev_split - next_split, rhs: 1.0f));
10830	prev_split = next_split;
10831	}
10832	window->DC.ItemWidth = ImMax(lhs: prev_split, rhs: 1.0f);
10833	g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
10834	}
10835
10836	void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
10837	{
10838	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
10839	window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
10840	window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();
10841	}
10842
10843	// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth().
10844	// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags()
10845	float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
10846	{
10847	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10848	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10849	float w;
10850	if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)
10851	w = g.NextItemData.Width;
10852	else
10853	w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
10854	if (w < 0.0f)
10855	{
10856	float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x;
10857	w = ImMax(lhs: 1.0f, rhs: region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w);
10858	}
10859	w = IM_TRUNC(w);
10860	return w;
10861	}
10862
10863	// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth().
10864	// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical.
10865	// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed.
10866	// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable)
10867	ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h)
10868	{
10869	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10870	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10871
10872	ImVec2 region_max;
10873	if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
10874	region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
10875
10876	if (size.x == 0.0f)
10877	size.x = default_w;
10878	else if (size.x < 0.0f)
10879	size.x = ImMax(lhs: 4.0f, rhs: region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x);
10880
10881	if (size.y == 0.0f)
10882	size.y = default_h;
10883	else if (size.y < 0.0f)
10884	size.y = ImMax(lhs: 4.0f, rhs: region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y);
10885
10886	return size;
10887	}
10888
10889	float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
10890	{
10891	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10892	return g.FontSize;
10893	}
10894
10895	float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
10896	{
10897	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10898	return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
10899	}
10900
10901	float ImGui::GetFrameHeight()
10902	{
10903	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10904	return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
10905	}
10906
10907	float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
10908	{
10909	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10910	return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
10911	}
10912
10913	// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience!
10914
10915	// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!).
10916	ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
10917	{
10918	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10919	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10920	ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
10921	return mx - window->Pos;
10922	}
10923
10924	// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features.
10925	ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs()
10926	{
10927	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10928	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10929	ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
10930	return mx;
10931	}
10932
10933	ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
10934	{
10935	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
10936	return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos;
10937	}
10938
10939	// In window space (not screen space!)
10940	ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
10941	{
10942	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
10943	return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;
10944	}
10945
10946	ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
10947	{
10948	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
10949	return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
10950	}
10951
10952	// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
10953	// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated.
10954	// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems?
10955	void ImGui::BeginGroup()
10956	{
10957	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10958	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10959
10960	g.GroupStack.resize(new_size: g.GroupStack.Size + 1);
10961	ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
10962	group_data.WindowID = window->ID;
10963	group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
10964	group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine;
10965	group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
10966	group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent;
10967	group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset;
10968	group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize;
10969	group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
10970	group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive;
10971	group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0;
10972	group_data.BackupIsSameLine = window->DC.IsSameLine;
10973	group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
10974	group_data.EmitItem = true;
10975
10976	window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
10977	window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset;
10978	window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
10979	window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
10980	if (g.LogEnabled)
10981	g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
10982	}
10983
10984	void ImGui::EndGroup()
10985	{
10986	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
10987	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
10988	IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
10989
10990	ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
10991	IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window?
10992
10993	if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
10994	ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
10995
10996	ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(lhs: window->DC.CursorMaxPos, rhs: group_data.BackupCursorPos));
10997
10998	window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
10999	window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
11000	window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(lhs: group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, rhs: window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
11001	window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent;
11002	window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset;
11003	window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize;
11004	window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
11005	window->DC.IsSameLine = group_data.BackupIsSameLine;
11006	if (g.LogEnabled)
11007	g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
11008
11009	if (!group_data.EmitItem)
11010	{
11011	g.GroupStack.pop_back();
11012	return;
11013	}
11014
11015	window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(lhs: window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, rhs: group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
11016	ItemSize(size: group_bb.GetSize());
11017	ItemAdd(bb: group_bb, id: 0, NULL, extra_flags: ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop);
11018
11019	// If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group.
11020	// It would be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets.
11021	// Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.
11022	// (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.)
11023	const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId;
11024	const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true);
11025	if (group_contains_curr_active_id)
11026	g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
11027	else if (group_contains_prev_active_id)
11028	g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
11029	g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb;
11030
11031	// Forward Hovered flag
11032	const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0;
11033	if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id)
11034	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
11035
11036	// Forward Edited flag
11037	if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame)
11038	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
11039
11040	// Forward Deactivated flag
11041	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;
11042	if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame)
11043	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;
11044
11045	g.GroupStack.pop_back();
11046	if (g.DebugShowGroupRects)
11047	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: group_bb.Min, p_max: group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug]
11048	}
11049
11050
11051	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11052	// [SECTION] SCROLLING
11053	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11054
11055	// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge,
11056	// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling.
11057	// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag?
11058	// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default.
11059	static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio)
11060	{
11061	if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold)
11062	return ImLerp(a: snap_min, b: target, t: center_ratio);
11063	if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold)
11064	return ImLerp(a: target, b: snap_max, t: center_ratio);
11065	return target;
11066	}
11067
11068	static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window)
11069	{
11070	ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;
11071	ImVec2 decoration_size(window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2, window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2);
11072	for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)
11073	{
11074	if (window->ScrollTarget[axis] < FLT_MAX)
11075	{
11076	float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio[axis];
11077	float scroll_target = window->ScrollTarget[axis];
11078	if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis] > 0.0f)
11079	{
11080	float snap_min = 0.0f;
11081	float snap_max = window->ScrollMax[axis] + window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis];
11082	scroll_target = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(target: scroll_target, snap_min, snap_max, snap_threshold: window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis], center_ratio);
11083	}
11084	scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]);
11085	}
11086	scroll[axis] = IM_ROUND(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f));
11087	if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
11088	scroll[axis] = ImMin(lhs: scroll[axis], rhs: window->ScrollMax[axis]);
11089	}
11090	return scroll;
11091	}
11092
11093	void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
11094	{
11095	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11096	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
11097	ScrollToRectEx(window, rect: g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags);
11098	}
11099
11100	void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
11101	{
11102	ScrollToRectEx(window, rect: item_rect, flags);
11103	}
11104
11105	// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view
11106	ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
11107	{
11108	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11109	ImRect scroll_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));
11110	scroll_rect.Min.x = ImMin(lhs: scroll_rect.Min.x + window->DecoInnerSizeX1, rhs: scroll_rect.Max.x);
11111	scroll_rect.Min.y = ImMin(lhs: scroll_rect.Min.y + window->DecoInnerSizeY1, rhs: scroll_rect.Max.y);
11112	//GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(item_rect.Min, item_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 0.0f, 0, 5.0f); // [DEBUG]
11113	//GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(scroll_rect.Min, scroll_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]
11114
11115	// Check that only one behavior is selected per axis
11116	IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_));
11117	IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_));
11118
11119	// Defaults
11120	ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags;
11121	if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX)
11122	flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
11123	if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0)
11124	flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
11125
11126	const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= scroll_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= scroll_rect.Max.x;
11127	const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= scroll_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= scroll_rect.Max.y;
11128	const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetWidth() || (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;
11129	const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetHeight() || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;
11130
11131	if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x)
11132	{
11133	if (item_rect.Min.x < scroll_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x)
11134	SetScrollFromPosX(window, local_x: item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio: 0.0f);
11135	else if (item_rect.Max.x >= scroll_rect.Max.x)
11136	SetScrollFromPosX(window, local_x: item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio: 1.0f);
11137	}
11138	else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX))
11139	{
11140	if (can_be_fully_visible_x)
11141	SetScrollFromPosX(window, local_x: ImTrunc(f: (item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio: 0.5f);
11142	else
11143	SetScrollFromPosX(window, local_x: item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio: 0.0f);
11144	}
11145
11146	if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y)
11147	{
11148	if (item_rect.Min.y < scroll_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y)
11149	SetScrollFromPosY(window, local_y: item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio: 0.0f);
11150	else if (item_rect.Max.y >= scroll_rect.Max.y)
11151	SetScrollFromPosY(window, local_y: item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio: 1.0f);
11152	}
11153	else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY))
11154	{
11155	if (can_be_fully_visible_y)
11156	SetScrollFromPosY(window, local_y: ImTrunc(f: (item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio: 0.5f);
11157	else
11158	SetScrollFromPosY(window, local_y: item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio: 0.0f);
11159	}
11160
11161	ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
11162	ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll;
11163
11164	// Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary
11165	if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
11166	{
11167	// FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option?
11168	if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0)
11169	in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
11170	if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0)
11171	in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
11172	delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window: window->ParentWindow, item_rect: ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), flags: in_flags);
11173	}
11174
11175	return delta_scroll;
11176	}
11177
11178	float ImGui::GetScrollX()
11179	{
11180	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
11181	return window->Scroll.x;
11182	}
11183
11184	float ImGui::GetScrollY()
11185	{
11186	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
11187	return window->Scroll.y;
11188	}
11189
11190	float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
11191	{
11192	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
11193	return window->ScrollMax.x;
11194	}
11195
11196	float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
11197	{
11198	ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
11199	return window->ScrollMax.y;
11200	}
11201
11202	void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x)
11203	{
11204	window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
11205	window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
11206	window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
11207	}
11208
11209	void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y)
11210	{
11211	window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y;
11212	window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
11213	window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
11214	}
11215
11216	void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
11217	{
11218	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11219	SetScrollX(window: g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x);
11220	}
11221
11222	void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
11223	{
11224	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11225	SetScrollY(window: g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y);
11226	}
11227
11228	// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value,
11229	// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us:
11230	// - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos)
11231	// - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window,
11232	// and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area.
11233	// - They mostly exist because of legacy API.
11234	// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that:
11235	// - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect!
11236	// - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense
11237	// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
11238	void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
11239	{
11240	IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f);
11241	window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_TRUNC(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset
11242	window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio;
11243	window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
11244	}
11245
11246	void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
11247	{
11248	IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
11249	window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_TRUNC(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset
11250	window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
11251	window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
11252	}
11253
11254	void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
11255	{
11256	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11257	SetScrollFromPosX(window: g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio);
11258	}
11259
11260	void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
11261	{
11262	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11263	SetScrollFromPosY(window: g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio);
11264	}
11265
11266	// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item.
11267	void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio)
11268	{
11269	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11270	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
11271	float spacing_x = ImMax(lhs: window->WindowPadding.x, rhs: g.Style.ItemSpacing.x);
11272	float target_pos_x = ImLerp(a: g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, b: g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, t: center_x_ratio);
11273	SetScrollFromPosX(window, local_x: target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
11274
11275	// Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
11276	window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x);
11277	}
11278
11279	// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
11280	void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio)
11281	{
11282	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11283	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
11284	float spacing_y = ImMax(lhs: window->WindowPadding.y, rhs: g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
11285	float target_pos_y = ImLerp(a: window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, b: window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, t: center_y_ratio);
11286	SetScrollFromPosY(window, local_y: target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
11287
11288	// Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
11289	window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y);
11290	}
11291
11292	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11293	// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
11294	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11295
11296	bool ImGui::BeginTooltip()
11297	{
11298	return BeginTooltipEx(tooltip_flags: ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, extra_window_flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
11299	}
11300
11301	bool ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()
11302	{
11303	if (!IsItemHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
11304	return false;
11305	return BeginTooltipEx(tooltip_flags: ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, extra_window_flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
11306	}
11307
11308	bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags)
11309	{
11310	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11311
11312	if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget)
11313	{
11314	// Drag and Drop tooltips are positioning differently than other tooltips:
11315	// - offset visibility to increase visibility around mouse.
11316	// - never clamp within outer viewport boundary.
11317	// We call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce position and disable clamping.
11318	// See FindBestWindowPosForPopup() for positionning logic of other tooltips (not drag and drop ones).
11319	//ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding;
11320	ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
11321	SetNextWindowPos(pos: tooltip_pos);
11322	SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f);
11323	//PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :(
11324	tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious;
11325	}
11326
11327	char window_name[16];
11328	ImFormatString(buf: window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), fmt: "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount);
11329	if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious)
11330	if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name: window_name))
11331	if (window->Active)
11332	{
11333	// Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.
11334	SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(window);
11335	ImFormatString(buf: window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), fmt: "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);
11336	}
11337	ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
11338	Begin(name: window_name, NULL, flags: flags | extra_window_flags);
11339	// 2023-03-09: Added bool return value to the API, but currently always returning true.
11340	// If this ever returns false we need to update BeginDragDropSource() accordingly.
11341	//if (!ret)
11342	// End();
11343	//return ret;
11344	return true;
11345	}
11346
11347	void ImGui::EndTooltip()
11348	{
11349	IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls
11350	End();
11351	}
11352
11353	void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
11354	{
11355	va_list args;
11356	va_start(args, fmt);
11357	SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
11358	va_end(args);
11359	}
11360
11361	void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
11362	{
11363	if (!BeginTooltipEx(tooltip_flags: ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, extra_window_flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_None))
11364	return;
11365	TextV(fmt, args);
11366	EndTooltip();
11367	}
11368
11369	// Shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav'.
11370	// Defaults to == ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort when using the mouse.
11371	void ImGui::SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
11372	{
11373	va_list args;
11374	va_start(args, fmt);
11375	if (IsItemHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
11376	SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
11377	va_end(args);
11378	}
11379
11380	void ImGui::SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
11381	{
11382	if (IsItemHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
11383	SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
11384	}
11385
11386
11387	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11388	// [SECTION] POPUPS
11389	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11390
11391	// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel
11392	bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
11393	{
11394	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11395	if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)
11396	{
11397	// Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack
11398	// This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level.
11399	IM_ASSERT(id == 0);
11400	if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
11401	return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0;
11402	else
11403	return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
11404	}
11405	else
11406	{
11407	if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
11408	{
11409	// Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack
11410	for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)
11411	if (popup_data.PopupId == id)
11412	return true;
11413	return false;
11414	}
11415	else
11416	{
11417	// Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query)
11418	return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;
11419	}
11420	}
11421	}
11422
11423	bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
11424	{
11425	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11426	ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str: str_id);
11427	if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0)
11428	IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally
11429	return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags);
11430	}
11431
11432	// Also see FindBlockingModal(NULL)
11433	ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal()
11434	{
11435	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11436	for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
11437	if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
11438	if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
11439	return popup;
11440	return NULL;
11441	}
11442
11443	// See Demo->Stacked Modal to confirm what this is for.
11444	ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal()
11445	{
11446	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11447	for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
11448	if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
11449	if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window: popup))
11450	return popup;
11451	return NULL;
11452	}
11453
11454	void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
11455	{
11456	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11457	ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str: str_id);
11458	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X)\n", str_id, id);
11459	OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
11460	}
11461
11462	void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
11463	{
11464	OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
11465	}
11466
11467	// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).
11468	// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.
11469	// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
11470	// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)
11471	void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
11472	{
11473	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11474	ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
11475	const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
11476
11477	if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup)
11478	if (IsPopupOpen(id: (ImGuiID)0, popup_flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId))
11479	return;
11480
11481	ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.
11482	popup_ref.PopupId = id;
11483	popup_ref.Window = NULL;
11484	popup_ref.RestoreNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type).
11485	popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
11486	popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back();
11487	popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
11488	popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos;
11489
11490	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id);
11491	if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
11492	{
11493	g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(v: popup_ref);
11494	}
11495	else
11496	{
11497	// Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frames: it is likely a programming mistake!
11498	// However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui would become completely unusable because the popup will always be
11499	// in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which is extremely confusing situation for the programmer.
11500	// Instead, for successive frames calls to OpenPopup(), we silently avoid reopening even if ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen is not specified.
11501	bool keep_existing = false;
11502	if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
11503	if ((g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) || (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen))
11504	keep_existing = true;
11505	if (keep_existing)
11506	{
11507	// No reopen
11508	g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount;
11509	}
11510	else
11511	{
11512	// Reopen: close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen (set position, focus, init navigation)
11513	ClosePopupToLevel(remaining: current_stack_size, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup: true);
11514	g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(v: popup_ref);
11515	}
11516
11517	// When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow().
11518	// This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does.
11519	//if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
11520	// FocusWindow(parent_window);
11521	}
11522	}
11523
11524	// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
11525	// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'.
11526	void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
11527	{
11528	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11529	if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0)
11530	return;
11531
11532	// Don't close our own child popup windows.
11533	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\") restore_under=%d\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "<NULL>", restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
11534	int popup_count_to_keep = 0;
11535	if (ref_window)
11536	{
11537	// Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow)
11538	for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++)
11539	{
11540	ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep];
11541	if (!popup.Window)
11542	continue;
11543	IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
11544
11545	// Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow)
11546	// - Clicking/Focusing Window2 won't close Popup1:
11547	// Window -> Popup1 -> Window2(Ref)
11548	// - Clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3:
11549	// Window -> Popup1(Ref) -> Popup2 -> Popup3
11550	// - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindowDockTree!
11551	// Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child
11552	// We step through every popup from bottom to top to validate their position relative to reference window.
11553	bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false;
11554	for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
11555	if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window)
11556	//if (popup_window->RootWindowDockTree == ref_window->RootWindowDockTree) // FIXME-MERGE
11557	if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window: ref_window, potential_parent: popup_window))
11558	{
11559	ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true;
11560	break;
11561	}
11562	if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup)
11563	break;
11564	}
11565	}
11566	if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
11567	{
11568	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "<NULL>");
11569	ClosePopupToLevel(remaining: popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
11570	}
11571	}
11572
11573	void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals()
11574	{
11575	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11576
11577	int popup_count_to_keep;
11578	for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--)
11579	{
11580	ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window;
11581	if (!window || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
11582	break;
11583	}
11584	if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
11585	ClosePopupToLevel(remaining: popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup: true);
11586	}
11587
11588	void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
11589	{
11590	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11591	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_under=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
11592	IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size);
11593
11594	// Trim open popup stack
11595	ImGuiPopupData prev_popup = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining];
11596	g.OpenPopupStack.resize(new_size: remaining);
11597
11598	// Restore focus (unless popup window was not yet submitted, and didn't have a chance to take focus anyhow. See #7325 for an edge case)
11599	if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup && prev_popup.Window)
11600	{
11601	ImGuiWindow* popup_window = prev_popup.Window;
11602	ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : prev_popup.RestoreNavWindow;
11603	if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive)
11604	FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(under_this_window: popup_window, NULL, NULL, flags: ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Fallback
11605	else
11606	FocusWindow(window: focus_window, flags: (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) ? ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild : ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None);
11607	}
11608	}
11609
11610	// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
11611	void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
11612	{
11613	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11614	int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1;
11615	if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)
11616	return;
11617
11618	// Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal)
11619	while (popup_idx > 0)
11620	{
11621	ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window;
11622	ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window;
11623	bool close_parent = false;
11624	if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
11625	if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
11626	close_parent = true;
11627	if (!close_parent)
11628	break;
11629	popup_idx--;
11630	}
11631	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx);
11632	ClosePopupToLevel(remaining: popup_idx, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup: true);
11633
11634	// A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window.
11635	// To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window.
11636	// Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic.
11637	if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow)
11638	window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;
11639	}
11640
11641	// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()!
11642	bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
11643	{
11644	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11645	if (!IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
11646	{
11647	g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
11648	return false;
11649	}
11650
11651	char name[20];
11652	if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
11653	ImFormatString(buf: name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), fmt: "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth
11654	else
11655	ImFormatString(buf: name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), fmt: "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
11656
11657	flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
11658	bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags);
11659	if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
11660	EndPopup();
11661
11662	//g.CurrentWindow->FocusRouteParentWindow = g.CurrentWindow->ParentWindowInBeginStack;
11663
11664	return is_open;
11665	}
11666
11667	bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
11668	{
11669	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11670	if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance
11671	{
11672	g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
11673	return false;
11674	}
11675	flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
11676	ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str: str_id);
11677	return BeginPopupEx(id, flags);
11678	}
11679
11680	// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup.
11681	// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup).
11682	// - *p_open set back to false in BeginPopupModal() when popup is not open.
11683	// - if you set *p_open to false before calling BeginPopupModal(), it will close the popup.
11684	bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
11685	{
11686	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11687	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
11688	const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str: name);
11689	if (!IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
11690	{
11691	g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
11692	if (p_open && *p_open)
11693	*p_open = false;
11694	return false;
11695	}
11696
11697	// Center modal windows by default for increased visibility
11698	// (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves)
11699	// FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window.
11700	if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0)
11701	{
11702	const ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->WasActive ? window->Viewport : GetMainViewport(); // FIXME-VIEWPORT: What may be our reference viewport?
11703	SetNextWindowPos(pos: viewport->GetCenter(), cond: ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, pivot: ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
11704	}
11705
11706	flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
11707	const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags);
11708	if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
11709	{
11710	EndPopup();
11711	if (is_open)
11712	ClosePopupToLevel(remaining: g.BeginPopupStack.Size, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup: true);
11713	return false;
11714	}
11715	return is_open;
11716	}
11717
11718	void ImGui::EndPopup()
11719	{
11720	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11721	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
11722	IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
11723	IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0);
11724
11725	// Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests)
11726	if (g.NavWindow == window)
11727	NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, move_flags: ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);
11728
11729	// Child-popups don't need to be laid out
11730	IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
11731	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
11732	g.WithinEndChild = true;
11733	End();
11734	g.WithinEndChild = false;
11735	}
11736
11737	// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item
11738	// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup()
11739	void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
11740	{
11741	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11742	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
11743	int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
11744	if (IsMouseReleased(button: mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
11745	{
11746	ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str: str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
11747	IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
11748	OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
11749	}
11750	}
11751
11752	// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
11753	// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id.
11754	// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id.
11755	// - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call.
11756	// - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id.
11757	// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters).
11758	// This is essentially the same as:
11759	// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
11760	// OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
11761	// return BeginPopup(id);
11762	// Which is essentially the same as:
11763	// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
11764	// if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
11765	// OpenPopup(id);
11766	// return BeginPopup(id);
11767	// The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice.
11768	bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
11769	{
11770	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11771	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
11772	if (window->SkipItems)
11773	return false;
11774	ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str: str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
11775	IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
11776	int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
11777	if (IsMouseReleased(button: mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
11778	OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
11779	return BeginPopupEx(id, flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
11780	}
11781
11782	bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
11783	{
11784	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11785	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
11786	if (!str_id)
11787	str_id = "window_context";
11788	ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str: str_id);
11789	int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
11790	if (IsMouseReleased(button: mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
11791	if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered())
11792	OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
11793	return BeginPopupEx(id, flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
11794	}
11795
11796	bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
11797	{
11798	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11799	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
11800	if (!str_id)
11801	str_id = "void_context";
11802	ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str: str_id);
11803	int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
11804	if (IsMouseReleased(button: mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow))
11805	if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)
11806	OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
11807	return BeginPopupEx(id, flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
11808	}
11809
11810	// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.)
11811	// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it.
11812	// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor
11813	// information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport.
11814	// this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.)
11815	ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy)
11816	{
11817	ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(v: ref_pos, mn: r_outer.Min, mx: r_outer.Max - size);
11818	//GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
11819	//GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));
11820
11821	// Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge)
11822	if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox)
11823	{
11824	const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up };
11825	for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
11826	{
11827	const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
11828	if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
11829	continue;
11830	ImVec2 pos;
11831	if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default)
11832	if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right
11833	if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left
11834	if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left
11835	if (!r_outer.Contains(r: ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
11836	continue;
11837	*last_dir = dir;
11838	return pos;
11839	}
11840	}
11841
11842	// Tooltip and Default popup policy
11843	// (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any)
11844	if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default)
11845	{
11846	const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left };
11847	for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
11848	{
11849	const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
11850	if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
11851	continue;
11852
11853	const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x);
11854	const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y);
11855
11856	// If there's not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width)
11857	if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right))
11858	continue;
11859	if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down))
11860	continue;
11861
11862	ImVec2 pos;
11863	pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x;
11864	pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y;
11865
11866	// Clamp top-left corner of popup
11867	pos.x = ImMax(lhs: pos.x, rhs: r_outer.Min.x);
11868	pos.y = ImMax(lhs: pos.y, rhs: r_outer.Min.y);
11869
11870	*last_dir = dir;
11871	return pos;
11872	}
11873	}
11874
11875	// Fallback when not enough room:
11876	*last_dir = ImGuiDir_None;
11877
11878	// For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.
11879	if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip)
11880	return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2);
11881
11882	// Otherwise try to keep within display
11883	ImVec2 pos = ref_pos;
11884	pos.x = ImMax(lhs: ImMin(lhs: pos.x + size.x, rhs: r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, rhs: r_outer.Min.x);
11885	pos.y = ImMax(lhs: ImMin(lhs: pos.y + size.y, rhs: r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, rhs: r_outer.Min.y);
11886	return pos;
11887	}
11888
11889	// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports.
11890	ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)
11891	{
11892	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11893	ImRect r_screen;
11894	if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend >= 0)
11895	{
11896	// Extent with be in the frame of reference of the given viewport (so Min is likely to be negative here)
11897	const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend];
11898	r_screen.Min = monitor.WorkPos;
11899	r_screen.Max = monitor.WorkPos + monitor.WorkSize;
11900	}
11901	else
11902	{
11903	// Use the full viewport area (not work area) for popups
11904	r_screen = window->Viewport->GetMainRect();
11905	}
11906	ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
11907	r_screen.Expand(amount: ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));
11908	return r_screen;
11909	}
11910
11911	ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
11912	{
11913	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11914
11915	ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window);
11916	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
11917	{
11918	// Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
11919	// This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.
11920	ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow;
11921	float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
11922	ImRect r_avoid;
11923	if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
11924	r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field
11925	else
11926	r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX);
11927	return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos: window->Pos, size: window->Size, last_dir: &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, policy: ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default);
11928	}
11929	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
11930	{
11931	return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos: window->Pos, size: window->Size, last_dir: &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid: ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), policy: ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here
11932	}
11933	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
11934	{
11935	// Position tooltip (always follows mouse + clamp within outer boundaries)
11936	// Note that drag and drop tooltips are NOT using this path: BeginTooltipEx() manually sets their position.
11937	// In theory we could handle both cases in same location, but requires a bit of shuffling as drag and drop tooltips are calling SetWindowPos() leading to 'window_pos_set_by_api' being set in Begin()
11938	IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
11939	const float scale = g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
11940	const ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
11941	const ImVec2 tooltip_pos = ref_pos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * scale;
11942	ImRect r_avoid;
11943	if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos))
11944	r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8);
11945	else
11946	r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * scale, ref_pos.y + 24 * scale); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important.
11947	//GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255));
11948	return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos: tooltip_pos, size: window->Size, last_dir: &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, policy: ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip);
11949	}
11950	IM_ASSERT(0);
11951	return window->Pos;
11952	}
11953
11954	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11955	// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
11956	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11957
11958	// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked.
11959	// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing.
11960	// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified.
11961
11962	void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
11963	{
11964	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11965	if (g.NavWindow != window)
11966	{
11967	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>");
11968	g.NavWindow = window;
11969	g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
11970	}
11971	g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
11972	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
11973	}
11974
11975	void ImGui::NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id)
11976	{
11977	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11978	g.NavHighlightActivatedId = id;
11979	g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER;
11980	}
11981
11982	void ImGui::NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis)
11983	{
11984	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11985	g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer][axis] = FLT_MAX;
11986	}
11987
11988	void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel)
11989	{
11990	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
11991	IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
11992	IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
11993	g.NavId = id;
11994	g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
11995	SetNavFocusScope(focus_scope_id);
11996	g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
11997	g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;
11998
11999	// Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)
12000	NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis: ImGuiAxis_X);
12001	NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis: ImGuiAxis_Y);
12002	}
12003
12004	void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
12005	{
12006	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12007	IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
12008
12009	if (g.NavWindow != window)
12010	SetNavWindow(window);
12011
12012	// Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and g.CurrentFocusScopeId are valid.
12013	// Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text)
12014	const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
12015	g.NavId = id;
12016	g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
12017	SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId);
12018	window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
12019	if (g.LastItemData.ID == id)
12020	window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, r: g.LastItemData.NavRect);
12021
12022	if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
12023	g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
12024	else
12025	g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
12026
12027	// Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)
12028	NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis: ImGuiAxis_X);
12029	NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis: ImGuiAxis_Y);
12030	}
12031
12032	static ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy)
12033	{
12034	if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy))
12035	return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left;
12036	return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up;
12037	}
12038
12039	static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float cand_min, float cand_max, float curr_min, float curr_max)
12040	{
12041	if (cand_max < curr_min)
12042	return cand_max - curr_min;
12043	if (curr_max < cand_min)
12044	return cand_min - curr_max;
12045	return 0.0f;
12046	}
12047
12048	// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057
12049	static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
12050	{
12051	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12052	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
12053	if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
12054	return false;
12055
12056	// FIXME: Those are not good variables names
12057	ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect; // Current item nav rectangle
12058	const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width)
12059	g.NavScoringDebugCount++;
12060
12061	// When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring
12062	if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
12063	{
12064	IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
12065	if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(r: cand))
12066	return false;
12067	cand.ClipWithFull(r: window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window
12068	}
12069
12070	// Compute distance between boxes
12071	// FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed.
12072	float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand_min: cand.Min.x, cand_max: cand.Max.x, curr_min: curr.Min.x, curr_max: curr.Max.x);
12073	float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand_min: ImLerp(a: cand.Min.y, b: cand.Max.y, t: 0.2f), cand_max: ImLerp(a: cand.Min.y, b: cand.Max.y, t: 0.8f), curr_min: ImLerp(a: curr.Min.y, b: curr.Max.y, t: 0.2f), curr_max: ImLerp(a: curr.Min.y, b: curr.Max.y, t: 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items
12074	if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f)
12075	dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f);
12076	float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby);
12077
12078	// Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter)
12079	float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x);
12080	float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y);
12081	float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee)
12082
12083	// Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance
12084	ImGuiDir quadrant;
12085	float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f;
12086	if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f)
12087	{
12088	// For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes
12089	dax = dbx;
12090	day = dby;
12091	dist_axial = dist_box;
12092	quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dx: dbx, dy: dby);
12093	}
12094	else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f)
12095	{
12096	// For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers
12097	dax = dcx;
12098	day = dcy;
12099	dist_axial = dist_center;
12100	quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dx: dcx, dy: dcy);
12101	}
12102	else
12103	{
12104	// Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter)
12105	quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;
12106	}
12107
12108	const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
12109	#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
12110	char buf[200];
12111	if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold CTRL to preview score in matching quadrant. CTRL+Arrow to rotate.
12112	{
12113	if (quadrant == move_dir)
12114	{
12115	ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center);
12116	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
12117	draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 80));
12118	draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Min + CalcTextSize(buf), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));
12119	draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
12120	}
12121	}
12122	const bool debug_hovering = IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max);
12123	const bool debug_tty = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space));
12124	if (debug_hovering || debug_tty)
12125	{
12126	ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf),
12127	"d-box (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-center (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-axial (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nnav %c, quadrant %c",
12128	dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "-WENS"[move_dir+1], "-WENS"[quadrant+1]);
12129	if (debug_hovering)
12130	{
12131	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
12132	draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 100));
12133	draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200));
12134	draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40, 0, 0, 200));
12135	draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf);
12136	}
12137	if (debug_tty) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("id 0x%08X\n%s\n", g.LastItemData.ID, buf); }
12138	}
12139	#endif
12140
12141	// Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to?
12142	bool new_best = false;
12143	if (quadrant == move_dir)
12144	{
12145	// Does it beat the current best candidate?
12146	if (dist_box < result->DistBox)
12147	{
12148	result->DistBox = dist_box;
12149	result->DistCenter = dist_center;
12150	return true;
12151	}
12152	if (dist_box == result->DistBox)
12153	{
12154	// Try using distance between center points to break ties
12155	if (dist_center < result->DistCenter)
12156	{
12157	result->DistCenter = dist_center;
12158	new_best = true;
12159	}
12160	else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter)
12161	{
12162	// Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items
12163	// (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index),
12164	// this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis.
12165	if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance
12166	new_best = true;
12167	}
12168	}
12169	}
12170
12171	// Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches
12172	// are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness)
12173	// This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too.
12174	// 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward.
12175	// Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option?
12176	if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match
12177	if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
12178	if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f))
12179	{
12180	result->DistAxial = dist_axial;
12181	new_best = true;
12182	}
12183
12184	return new_best;
12185	}
12186
12187	static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
12188	{
12189	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12190	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
12191	result->Window = window;
12192	result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID;
12193	result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
12194	result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
12195	result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, r: g.LastItemData.NavRect);
12196	if (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
12197	{
12198	IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid);
12199	result->SelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData.
12200	}
12201	}
12202
12203	// True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right.
12204	// This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. We don't have a vertical equivalent.
12205	void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX()
12206	{
12207	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12208	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
12209	window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = (g.CurrentTable == NULL && window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL);
12210	}
12211
12212	// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above)
12213	// This is called after LastItemData is set, but NextItemData is also still valid.
12214	static void ImGui::NavProcessItem()
12215	{
12216	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12217	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
12218	const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
12219	const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
12220
12221	// When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221)
12222	if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false)
12223	{
12224	g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x = ImClamp(v: g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x, mn: window->ClipRect.Min.x, mx: window->ClipRect.Max.x);
12225	g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x = ImClamp(v: g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x, mn: window->ClipRect.Min.x, mx: window->ClipRect.Max.x);
12226	}
12227	const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
12228
12229	// Process Init Request
12230	if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
12231	{
12232	// Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback
12233	const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0;
12234	if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResult.ID == 0)
12235	{
12236	NavApplyItemToResult(result: &g.NavInitResult);
12237	}
12238	if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus)
12239	{
12240	g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request
12241	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
12242	}
12243	}
12244
12245	// Process Move Request (scoring for navigation)
12246	// FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy)
12247	if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
12248	{
12249	if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) == 0)
12250	{
12251	const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0;
12252	if (is_tabbing)
12253	{
12254	NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, move_flags: g.NavMoveFlags);
12255	}
12256	else if (g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId))
12257	{
12258	ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;
12259	if (NavScoreItem(result))
12260	NavApplyItemToResult(result);
12261
12262	// Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items.
12263	const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f;
12264	if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(r: nav_bb))
12265	if (ImClamp(v: nav_bb.Max.y, mn: window->ClipRect.Min.y, mx: window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(v: nav_bb.Min.y, mn: window->ClipRect.Min.y, mx: window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO)
12266	if (NavScoreItem(result: &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible))
12267	NavApplyItemToResult(result: &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible);
12268	}
12269	}
12270	}
12271
12272	// Update information for currently focused/navigated item
12273	if (g.NavId == id)
12274	{
12275	if (g.NavWindow != window)
12276	SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window.
12277	g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
12278	SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId); // Will set g.NavFocusScopeId AND store g.NavFocusScopePath
12279	g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
12280	g.NavIdIsAlive = true;
12281	if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
12282	{
12283	IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid);
12284	g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData.
12285	}
12286	window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, r: nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position)
12287	}
12288	}
12289
12290	// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest().
12291	// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests!
12292	// - Case 1: no nav/active id: set result to first eligible item, stop storing.
12293	// - Case 2: tab forward: on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result
12294	// - Case 3: tab forward wrap: set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request
12295	// - Case 4: tab backward: store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing
12296	// - Case 5: tab backward wrap: store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested
12297	void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
12298	{
12299	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12300
12301	if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) == 0)
12302	{
12303	if (g.NavLayer != g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
12304	return;
12305	if (g.NavFocusScopeId != g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
12306	return;
12307	}
12308
12309	// - Can always land on an item when using API call.
12310	// - Tabbing with _NavEnableKeyboard (space/enter/arrows): goes through every item.
12311	// - Tabbing without _NavEnableKeyboard: goes through inputable items only.
12312	bool can_stop;
12313	if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)
12314	can_stop = true;
12315	else
12316	can_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop) == 0 && ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) || (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable));
12317
12318	// Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows)
12319	ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal;
12320	if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1)
12321	{
12322	// Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0
12323	if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0)
12324	NavApplyItemToResult(result: &g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
12325	if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingCounter > 0 && --g.NavTabbingCounter == 0)
12326	NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);
12327	else if (g.NavId == id)
12328	g.NavTabbingCounter = 1;
12329	}
12330	else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
12331	{
12332	// Tab Backward
12333	if (g.NavId == id)
12334	{
12335	if (result->ID)
12336	{
12337	g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
12338	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
12339	}
12340	}
12341	else if (can_stop)
12342	{
12343	// Keep applying until reaching NavId
12344	NavApplyItemToResult(result);
12345	}
12346	}
12347	else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0)
12348	{
12349	if (can_stop && g.NavId == id)
12350	NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);
12351	if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) // Tab init
12352	NavApplyItemToResult(result: &g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
12353	}
12354	}
12355
12356	bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()
12357	{
12358	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12359	return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0;
12360	}
12361
12362	// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set
12363	void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
12364	{
12365	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12366	IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
12367
12368	if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
12369	move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId;
12370
12371	g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true;
12372	g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
12373	g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir;
12374	g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
12375	g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags;
12376	g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
12377	g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
12378	g.NavMoveKeyMods = (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) ? 0 : g.IO.KeyMods;
12379	g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear();
12380	g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear();
12381	g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear();
12382	g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
12383	g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear();
12384	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
12385	}
12386
12387	void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
12388	{
12389	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12390	g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing
12391	NavApplyItemToResult(result);
12392	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
12393	}
12394
12395	// Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere
12396	void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data)
12397	{
12398	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12399	g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
12400	g.LastItemData.ID = tree_node_data->ID;
12401	g.LastItemData.InFlags = tree_node_data->InFlags & ~ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; // Losing SelectionUserData, recovered next-frame (cheaper).
12402	g.LastItemData.NavRect = tree_node_data->NavRect;
12403	NavApplyItemToResult(result); // Result this instead of implementing a NavApplyPastTreeNodeToResult()
12404	NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis: ImGuiAxis_Y);
12405	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
12406	}
12407
12408	void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel()
12409	{
12410	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12411	g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
12412	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
12413	}
12414
12415	// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it)
12416	void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
12417	{
12418	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12419	IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false);
12420	NavMoveRequestCancel();
12421	g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true;
12422	g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
12423	g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
12424	g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded;
12425	g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
12426	}
12427
12428	// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire
12429	// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final.
12430	void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags)
12431	{
12432	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12433	IM_ASSERT((wrap_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ ) != 0 && (wrap_flags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) == 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY
12434
12435	// In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it:
12436	// as NavEndFrame() will do the same test. It will end up calling NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest().
12437	if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
12438	g.NavMoveFlags = (g.NavMoveFlags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) | wrap_flags;
12439	}
12440
12441	// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0).
12442	// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way?
12443	static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)
12444	{
12445	ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window;
12446	while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
12447	parent = parent->ParentWindow;
12448	if (parent && parent != nav_window)
12449	parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window;
12450	}
12451
12452	// Restore the last focused child.
12453	// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow()
12454	static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
12455	{
12456	if (window->NavLastChildNavWindow && window->NavLastChildNavWindow->WasActive)
12457	return window->NavLastChildNavWindow;
12458	if (window->DockNodeAsHost && window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar)
12459	if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(tab_bar: window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar))
12460	return tab->Window;
12461	return window;
12462	}
12463
12464	void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer)
12465	{
12466	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12467	if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
12468	{
12469	ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
12470	g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window: g.NavWindow); // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests?
12471	g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
12472	if (prev_nav_window)
12473	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name);
12474	}
12475	ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
12476	if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0)
12477	{
12478	SetNavID(id: window->NavLastIds[layer], nav_layer: layer, focus_scope_id: 0, rect_rel: window->NavRectRel[layer]);
12479	}
12480	else
12481	{
12482	g.NavLayer = layer;
12483	NavInitWindow(window, force_reinit: true);
12484	}
12485	}
12486
12487	void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove()
12488	{
12489	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12490	g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
12491	g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
12492	}
12493
12494	static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag()
12495	{
12496	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12497	g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL);
12498	if (g.NavAnyRequest)
12499	IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
12500	}
12501
12502	// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin)
12503	void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)
12504	{
12505	// FIXME: ChildWindow test here is wrong for docking
12506	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12507	IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow);
12508
12509	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)
12510	{
12511	g.NavId = 0;
12512	SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId);
12513	return;
12514	}
12515
12516	bool init_for_nav = false;
12517	if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit)
12518	init_for_nav = true;
12519	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer);
12520	if (init_for_nav)
12521	{
12522	SetNavID(id: 0, nav_layer: g.NavLayer, focus_scope_id: window->NavRootFocusScopeId, rect_rel: ImRect());
12523	g.NavInitRequest = true;
12524	g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
12525	g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
12526	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
12527	}
12528	else
12529	{
12530	g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0];
12531	SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId);
12532	}
12533	}
12534
12535	static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos()
12536	{
12537	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12538	ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
12539	if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window)
12540	{
12541	// Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used)
12542	// The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard.
12543	// In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx()
12544	ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos;
12545	return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y);
12546	}
12547	else
12548	{
12549	// When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item
12550	// Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?)
12551	ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, r: window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]);
12552	if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX))
12553	{
12554	ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
12555	rect_rel.Translate(d: window->Scroll - next_scroll);
12556	}
12557	ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(lhs: g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rhs: rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(lhs: g.Style.FramePadding.y, rhs: rect_rel.GetHeight()));
12558	ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->Viewport;
12559	return ImTrunc(v: ImClamp(v: pos, mn: viewport->Pos, mx: viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImTrunc() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.
12560	}
12561	}
12562
12563	float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis)
12564	{
12565	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12566	float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
12567	GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags: ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, repeat_delay: &repeat_delay, repeat_rate: &repeat_rate);
12568
12569	ImGuiKey key_less, key_more;
12570	if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
12571	{
12572	key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp;
12573	key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown;
12574	}
12575	else
12576	{
12577	key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
12578	key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
12579	}
12580	float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key: key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key: key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
12581	if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key: key_less) && IsKeyDown(key: key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase
12582	amount = 0.0f;
12583	return amount;
12584	}
12585
12586	static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
12587	{
12588	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12589	ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
12590
12591	io.WantSetMousePos = false;
12592	//if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);
12593
12594	// Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)
12595	// FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource?
12596	const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
12597	const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown };
12598	if (nav_gamepad_active)
12599	for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source)
12600	if (IsKeyDown(key))
12601	g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
12602	const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
12603	const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow };
12604	if (nav_keyboard_active)
12605	for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source)
12606	if (IsKeyDown(key))
12607	g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
12608
12609	// Process navigation init request (select first/default focus)
12610	g.NavJustMovedToId = 0;
12611	if (g.NavInitResult.ID != 0)
12612	NavInitRequestApplyResult();
12613	g.NavInitRequest = false;
12614	g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
12615	g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
12616
12617	// Process navigation move request
12618	if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)
12619	NavMoveRequestApplyResult();
12620	g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
12621	g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
12622
12623	// Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling)
12624	bool set_mouse_pos = false;
12625	if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive)
12626	if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow)
12627	set_mouse_pos = true;
12628	g.NavMousePosDirty = false;
12629	IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
12630
12631	// Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0
12632	if (g.NavWindow)
12633	NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(nav_window: g.NavWindow);
12634	if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
12635	g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;
12636
12637	// Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.)
12638	NavUpdateWindowing();
12639
12640	// Set output flags for user application
12641	io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);
12642	io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
12643
12644	// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
12645	NavUpdateCancelRequest();
12646
12647	// Process manual activation request
12648	g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = 0;
12649	g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
12650	if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
12651	{
12652	const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(key: ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, ImGuiKeyOwner_None));
12653	const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)));
12654	const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyDown(key: ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) || IsKeyDown(key: ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, ImGuiKeyOwner_None));
12655	const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) || IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)));
12656	if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed)
12657	{
12658	g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
12659	g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak;
12660	}
12661	if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed)
12662	{
12663	g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
12664	g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;
12665	}
12666	if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_down || input_down))
12667	g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId;
12668	if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_pressed || input_pressed))
12669	{
12670	g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId;
12671	NavHighlightActivated(id: g.NavId);
12672	}
12673	}
12674	if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
12675	g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
12676	if (g.NavActivateId != 0)
12677	IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId);
12678
12679	// Highlight
12680	if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer > 0.0f)
12681	g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer - io.DeltaTime);
12682	if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer == 0.0f)
12683	g.NavHighlightActivatedId = 0;
12684
12685	// Process programmatic activation request
12686	// FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others)
12687	if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0)
12688	{
12689	g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId;
12690	g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags;
12691	}
12692	g.NavNextActivateId = 0;
12693
12694	// Process move requests
12695	NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
12696	if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
12697	NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
12698	NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
12699	g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
12700
12701	// Scrolling
12702	if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget)
12703	{
12704	// *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item
12705	ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
12706	const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.
12707	const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
12708	if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None)
12709	{
12710	if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
12711	SetScrollX(window, scroll_x: ImTrunc(f: window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
12712	if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
12713	SetScrollY(window, scroll_y: ImTrunc(f: window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
12714	}
12715
12716	// *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick
12717	// Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds.
12718	if (nav_gamepad_active)
12719	{
12720	const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(key_left: ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, key_right: ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, key_up: ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, key_down: ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
12721	const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
12722	if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX)
12723	SetScrollX(window, scroll_x: ImTrunc(f: window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
12724	if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f)
12725	SetScrollY(window, scroll_y: ImTrunc(f: window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
12726	}
12727	}
12728
12729	// Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled
12730	if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active)
12731	{
12732	g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
12733	g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false;
12734	}
12735
12736	// Update mouse position if requested
12737	// (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied)
12738	if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos))
12739	TeleportMousePos(pos: NavCalcPreferredRefPos());
12740
12741	// [DEBUG]
12742	g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0;
12743	#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS
12744	if (ImGuiWindow* debug_window = g.NavWindow)
12745	{
12746	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(debug_window);
12747	int layer = g.NavLayer; /* for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++)*/ { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(debug_window, debug_window->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); }
12748	//if (1) { ImU32 col = (!debug_window->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }
12749	}
12750	#endif
12751	}
12752
12753	void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult()
12754	{
12755	// In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void)
12756	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12757	if (!g.NavWindow)
12758	return;
12759
12760	ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavInitResult;
12761	if (g.NavId != result->ID)
12762	{
12763	g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
12764	g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
12765	g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = 0;
12766	}
12767
12768	// Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called)
12769	// FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently.
12770	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
12771	SetNavID(id: result->ID, nav_layer: g.NavLayer, focus_scope_id: result->FocusScopeId, rect_rel: result->RectRel);
12772	g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result
12773	if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)
12774	g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData;
12775	if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove)
12776	NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
12777	}
12778
12779	// Bias scoring rect ahead of scoring + update preferred pos (if missing) using source position
12780	static void NavBiasScoringRect(ImRect& r, ImVec2& preferred_pos_rel, ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
12781	{
12782	// Bias initial rect
12783	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12784	const ImVec2 rel_to_abs_offset = g.NavWindow->DC.CursorStartPos;
12785
12786	// Initialize bias on departure if we don't have any. So mouse-click + arrow will record bias.
12787	// - We default to L/U bias, so moving down from a large source item into several columns will land on left-most column.
12788	// - But each successful move sets new bias on one axis, only cleared when using mouse.
12789	if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
12790	{
12791	if (preferred_pos_rel.x == FLT_MAX)
12792	preferred_pos_rel.x = ImMin(lhs: r.Min.x + 1.0f, rhs: r.Max.x) - rel_to_abs_offset.x;
12793	if (preferred_pos_rel.y == FLT_MAX)
12794	preferred_pos_rel.y = r.GetCenter().y - rel_to_abs_offset.y;
12795	}
12796
12797	// Apply general bias on the other axis
12798	if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) && preferred_pos_rel.x != FLT_MAX)
12799	r.Min.x = r.Max.x = preferred_pos_rel.x + rel_to_abs_offset.x;
12800	else if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) && preferred_pos_rel.y != FLT_MAX)
12801	r.Min.y = r.Max.y = preferred_pos_rel.y + rel_to_abs_offset.y;
12802	}
12803
12804	void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest()
12805	{
12806	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12807	ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
12808	ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
12809	const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
12810	const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
12811
12812	if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL)
12813	{
12814	// Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window)
12815	// (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function)
12816	IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None);
12817	IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded);
12818	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir);
12819	}
12820	else
12821	{
12822	// Initiate directional inputs request
12823	g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None;
12824	g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
12825	g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None;
12826	if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
12827	{
12828	const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove;
12829	if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(dir: ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; }
12830	if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(dir: ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; }
12831	if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(dir: ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; }
12832	if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(dir: ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; }
12833	}
12834	g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
12835	g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
12836	}
12837
12838	// Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll
12839	// FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag?
12840	float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
12841	if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active)
12842	scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
12843	if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f)
12844	{
12845	g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect;
12846	g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(dy: scoring_rect_offset_y);
12847	}
12848
12849	// [DEBUG] Always send a request when holding CTRL. Hold CTRL + Arrow change the direction.
12850	#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
12851	//if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
12852	// g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3);
12853	if (io.KeyCtrl)
12854	{
12855	if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
12856	g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug;
12857	g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
12858	g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult;
12859	}
12860	#endif
12861
12862	// Submit
12863	g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
12864	if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None)
12865	NavMoveRequestSubmit(move_dir: g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir: g.NavMoveClipDir, move_flags: g.NavMoveFlags, scroll_flags: g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
12866
12867	// Moving with no reference triggers an init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match)
12868	if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0)
12869	{
12870	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", g.NavLayer);
12871	g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true;
12872	g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
12873	g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
12874	}
12875
12876	// When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area.
12877	// This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling,
12878	// since with gamepad all movements are relative (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse).
12879	if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded))
12880	{
12881	bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0;
12882	bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0;
12883	ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, r: ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)));
12884
12885	// Take account of changing scroll to handle triggering a new move request on a scrolling frame. (#6171)
12886	// Otherwise 'inner_rect_rel' would be off on the move result frame.
12887	inner_rect_rel.Translate(d: CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window) - window->Scroll);
12888
12889	if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(r: window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]))
12890	{
12891	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n");
12892	float pad_x = ImMin(lhs: inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), rhs: window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f);
12893	float pad_y = ImMin(lhs: inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), rhs: window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item
12894	inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX;
12895	inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX;
12896	inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX;
12897	inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX;
12898	window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(r: inner_rect_rel);
12899	g.NavId = 0;
12900	}
12901	}
12902
12903	// For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items)
12904	ImRect scoring_rect;
12905	if (window != NULL)
12906	{
12907	ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
12908	scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, r: nav_rect_rel);
12909	scoring_rect.TranslateY(dy: scoring_rect_offset_y);
12910	if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)
12911	NavBiasScoringRect(r&: scoring_rect, preferred_pos_rel&: window->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer], move_dir: g.NavMoveDir, move_flags: g.NavMoveFlags);
12912	IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure we have a non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem().
12913	//GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
12914	//if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG]
12915	}
12916	g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect;
12917	g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(r: scoring_rect);
12918	}
12919
12920	void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest()
12921	{
12922	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12923	ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
12924	IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None);
12925	if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
12926	return;
12927
12928	const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt;
12929	if (!tab_pressed)
12930	return;
12931
12932	// Initiate tabbing request
12933	// (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!)
12934	// See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping.
12935	const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
12936	if (nav_keyboard_active)
12937	g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;
12938	else
12939	g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;
12940	ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;
12941	ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
12942	ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down;
12943	NavMoveRequestSubmit(move_dir: ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
12944	g.NavTabbingCounter = -1;
12945	}
12946
12947	// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate()
12948	void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult()
12949	{
12950	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
12951	#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
12952	if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times
12953	return;
12954	#endif
12955
12956	// Select which result to use
12957	ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL;
12958
12959	// Tabbing forward wrap
12960	if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && result == NULL)
12961	if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID)
12962	result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst;
12963
12964	// In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result)
12965	const ImGuiAxis axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
12966	if (result == NULL)
12967	{
12968	if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
12969	g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;
12970	if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)
12971	NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
12972	NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis); // On a failed move, clear preferred pos for this axis.
12973	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveSubmitted but not led to a result!\n");
12974	return;
12975	}
12976
12977	// PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page.
12978	if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet)
12979	if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId)
12980	result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible;
12981
12982	// Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules.
12983	if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
12984	if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter))
12985	result = &g.NavMoveResultOther;
12986	IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window);
12987
12988	// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view.
12989	if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
12990	{
12991	ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(window: result->Window, r: result->RectRel);
12992	ScrollToRectEx(window: result->Window, item_rect: rect_abs, flags: g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
12993
12994	if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY)
12995	{
12996	// FIXME: Should remove this? Or make more precise: use ScrollToRectEx() with edge?
12997	float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f;
12998	SetScrollY(window: result->Window, scroll_y: scroll_target);
12999	}
13000	}
13001
13002	if (g.NavWindow != result->Window)
13003	{
13004	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name);
13005	g.NavWindow = result->Window;
13006	g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
13007	}
13008
13009	// Clear active id unless requested not to
13010	// FIXME: ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId is currently unused as we don't have a clear strategy to preserve active id after interaction,
13011	// so this is mostly provided as a gateway for further experiments (see #1418, #2890)
13012	if (g.ActiveId != result->ID && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId) == 0)
13013	ClearActiveID();
13014
13015	// Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)
13016	// PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior.
13017	if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0)
13018	{
13019	g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
13020	g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
13021	g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods;
13022	}
13023
13024	// Apply new NavID/Focus
13025	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
13026	ImVec2 preferred_scoring_pos_rel = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer];
13027	SetNavID(id: result->ID, nav_layer: g.NavLayer, focus_scope_id: result->FocusScopeId, rect_rel: result->RectRel);
13028	if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)
13029	g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData;
13030
13031	// Restore last preferred position for current axis
13032	// (storing in RootWindowForNav-> as the info is desirable at the beginning of a Move Request. In theory all storage should use RootWindowForNav..)
13033	if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) == 0)
13034	{
13035	preferred_scoring_pos_rel[axis] = result->RectRel.GetCenter()[axis];
13036	g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer] = preferred_scoring_pos_rel;
13037	}
13038
13039	// Tabbing: Activates Inputable, otherwise only Focus
13040	if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0)
13041	g.NavMoveFlags &= ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;
13042
13043	// Activate
13044	if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate)
13045	{
13046	g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID;
13047	g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
13048	if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
13049	g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing;
13050	}
13051
13052	// Enable nav highlight
13053	if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)
13054	NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
13055	}
13056
13057	// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
13058	// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need:
13059	// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it.
13060	// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept
13061	static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest()
13062	{
13063	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13064	const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
13065	const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
13066	if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)))
13067	return;
13068
13069	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n");
13070	if (g.ActiveId != 0)
13071	{
13072	ClearActiveID();
13073	}
13074	else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
13075	{
13076	// Leave the "menu" layer
13077	NavRestoreLayer(layer: ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
13078	NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
13079	}
13080	else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow)
13081	{
13082	// Exit child window
13083	ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav;
13084	ImGuiWindow* parent_window = child_window->ParentWindow;
13085	IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0);
13086	FocusWindow(window: parent_window);
13087	SetNavID(id: child_window->ChildId, nav_layer: ImGuiNavLayer_Main, focus_scope_id: 0, rect_rel: WindowRectAbsToRel(window: parent_window, r: child_window->Rect()));
13088	NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
13089	}
13090	else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
13091	{
13092	// Close open popup/menu
13093	ClosePopupToLevel(remaining: g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup: true);
13094	}
13095	else
13096	{
13097	// Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were
13098	if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)))
13099	g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0;
13100	g.NavId = 0;
13101	}
13102	}
13103
13104	// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys
13105	// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request
13106	// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference
13107	// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid?
13108	static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
13109	{
13110	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13111	ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
13112	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
13113	return 0.0f;
13114
13115	const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(key: ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None);
13116	const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(key: ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None);
13117	const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat);
13118	const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat);
13119	if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out
13120	return 0.0f;
13121
13122	if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
13123	NavRestoreLayer(layer: ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
13124
13125	if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)
13126	{
13127	// Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item
13128	if (IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
13129	SetScrollY(window, scroll_y: window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
13130	else if (IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
13131	SetScrollY(window, scroll_y: window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
13132	else if (home_pressed)
13133	SetScrollY(window, scroll_y: 0.0f);
13134	else if (end_pressed)
13135	SetScrollY(window, scroll_y: window->ScrollMax.y);
13136	}
13137	else
13138	{
13139	ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
13140	const float page_offset_y = ImMax(lhs: 0.0f, rhs: window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());
13141	float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
13142	if (IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_PageUp, repeat: true))
13143	{
13144	nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;
13145	g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item)
13146	g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
13147	g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;
13148	}
13149	else if (IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_PageDown, repeat: true))
13150	{
13151	nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;
13152	g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item)
13153	g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
13154	g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;
13155	}
13156	else if (home_pressed)
13157	{
13158	// FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y
13159	// Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result.
13160	// Preserve current horizontal position if we have any.
13161	nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f;
13162	if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
13163	nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
13164	g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
13165	g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
13166	// FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
13167	}
13168	else if (end_pressed)
13169	{
13170	nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y;
13171	if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
13172	nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
13173	g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
13174	g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
13175	// FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
13176	}
13177	return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y;
13178	}
13179	return 0.0f;
13180	}
13181
13182	static void ImGui::NavEndFrame()
13183	{
13184	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13185
13186	// Show CTRL+TAB list window
13187	if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
13188	NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
13189
13190	// Perform wrap-around in menus
13191	// FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly.
13192	// FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame.
13193	if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
13194	NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
13195	}
13196
13197	static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest()
13198	{
13199	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13200	ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
13201
13202	bool do_forward = false;
13203	ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
13204	ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
13205
13206	const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags;
13207	//const ImGuiAxis move_axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
13208	if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
13209	{
13210	bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
13211	if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
13212	{
13213	bb_rel.TranslateY(dy: -bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row
13214	clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up;
13215	}
13216	do_forward = true;
13217	}
13218	if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
13219	{
13220	bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x;
13221	if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
13222	{
13223	bb_rel.TranslateY(dy: +bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row
13224	clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down;
13225	}
13226	do_forward = true;
13227	}
13228	if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
13229	{
13230	bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y;
13231	if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
13232	{
13233	bb_rel.TranslateX(dx: -bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column
13234	clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left;
13235	}
13236	do_forward = true;
13237	}
13238	if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
13239	{
13240	bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y;
13241	if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
13242	{
13243	bb_rel.TranslateX(dx: +bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column
13244	clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right;
13245	}
13246	do_forward = true;
13247	}
13248	if (!do_forward)
13249	return;
13250	window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel;
13251	NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis: ImGuiAxis_X);
13252	NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis: ImGuiAxis_Y);
13253	NavMoveRequestForward(move_dir: g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags: g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
13254	}
13255
13256	static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
13257	{
13258	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13259	IM_UNUSED(g);
13260	int order = window->FocusOrder;
13261	IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking)
13262	IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window);
13263	return order;
13264	}
13265
13266	static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N)
13267	{
13268	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13269	for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir)
13270	if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(window: g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]))
13271	return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
13272	return NULL;
13273	}
13274
13275	static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)
13276	{
13277	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13278	IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget);
13279	if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
13280	return;
13281
13282	const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(window: g.NavWindowingTarget);
13283	ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_start: i_current + focus_change_dir, i_stop: -INT_MAX, dir: focus_change_dir);
13284	if (!window_target)
13285	window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_start: (focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_stop: i_current, dir: focus_change_dir);
13286	if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list
13287	{
13288	g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target;
13289	g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
13290	}
13291	g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
13292	}
13293
13294	// Windowing management mode
13295	// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer)
13296	// Gamepad: Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer)
13297	static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
13298	{
13299	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13300	ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
13301
13302	ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;
13303	bool apply_toggle_layer = false;
13304
13305	ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
13306	bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); // FIXME: This prevent CTRL+TAB from being usable with windows that are inside the Begin-stack of that modal.
13307	if (!allow_windowing)
13308	g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
13309
13310	// Fade out
13311	if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL)
13312	{
13313	g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(lhs: g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, rhs: 0.0f);
13314	if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
13315	g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL;
13316	}
13317
13318	// Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection
13319	// (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext/g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev defaults are ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiKey_Tab and ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiMod_Shift|ImGuiKey_Tab)
13320	const ImGuiID owner_id = ImHashStr(data_p: "###NavUpdateWindowing");
13321	const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
13322	const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
13323	const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(key_chord: g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, owner_id, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways);
13324	const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(key_chord: g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, owner_id, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways);
13325	const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, owner_id: 0, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_None);
13326	const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard!
13327	if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)
13328	if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(i_start: g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, i_stop: -INT_MAX, dir: -1))
13329	{
13330	g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow;
13331	g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
13332	g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
13333	g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer
13334	g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
13335
13336	// Register ownership of our mods. Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh in the Shortcut() calls instead would probably be correct but may have more side-effects.
13337	if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)
13338	SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(key_chord: (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext | g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev) & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id);
13339	}
13340
13341	// Gamepad update
13342	g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime;
13343	if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
13344	{
13345	// Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise
13346	g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(lhs: g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, rhs: ImSaturate(f: (g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f));
13347
13348	// Select window to focus
13349	const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_GamepadR1);
13350	if (focus_change_dir != 0)
13351	{
13352	NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir);
13353	g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f;
13354	}
13355
13356	// Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most)
13357	if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu))
13358	{
13359	g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore.
13360	if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow)
13361	apply_toggle_layer = true;
13362	else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
13363	apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
13364	g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
13365	}
13366	}
13367
13368	// Keyboard: Focus
13369	if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
13370	{
13371	// Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise
13372	ImGuiKeyChord shared_mods = ((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext : ImGuiMod_Mask_) & (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev : ImGuiMod_Mask_)) & ImGuiMod_Mask_;
13373	IM_ASSERT(shared_mods != 0); // Next/Prev shortcut currently needs a shared modifier to "hold", otherwise Prev actions would keep cycling between two windows.
13374	g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(lhs: g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, rhs: ImSaturate(f: (g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f
13375	if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)
13376	NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir: keyboard_next_window ? -1 : +1);
13377	else if ((io.KeyMods & shared_mods) != shared_mods)
13378	apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
13379	}
13380
13381	// Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer
13382	const ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_keys[] = { ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_RightAlt };
13383	for (ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_key : windowing_toggle_keys)
13384	if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(key: windowing_toggle_key, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))
13385	{
13386	g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true;
13387	g.NavWindowingToggleKey = windowing_toggle_key;
13388	g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
13389	break;
13390	}
13391	if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
13392	{
13393	// We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370)
13394	// We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439)
13395	// - AltGR is Alt+Ctrl on some layout but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl).
13396	// We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key.
13397	if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper)
13398	g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
13399	if (TestKeyOwner(key: g.NavWindowingToggleKey, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false || TestKeyOwner(key: ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false)
13400	g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
13401
13402	// Apply layer toggle on Alt release
13403	// Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss.
13404	if (IsKeyReleased(key: g.NavWindowingToggleKey) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
13405	if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
13406	if (IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &io.MousePosPrev))
13407	apply_toggle_layer = true;
13408	if (!IsKeyDown(key: g.NavWindowingToggleKey))
13409	g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
13410	}
13411
13412	// Move window
13413	if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
13414	{
13415	ImVec2 nav_move_dir;
13416	if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift)
13417	nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(key_left: ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, key_right: ImGuiKey_RightArrow, key_up: ImGuiKey_UpArrow, key_down: ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
13418	if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
13419	nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(key_left: ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, key_right: ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, key_up: ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, key_down: ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
13420	if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f)
13421	{
13422	const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;
13423	const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(lhs: io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, rhs: io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
13424	g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step;
13425	g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
13426	ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(v: g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos);
13427	if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
13428	{
13429	ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree;
13430	SetWindowPos(window: moving_window, pos: moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, cond: ImGuiCond_Always);
13431	g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored;
13432	}
13433	}
13434	}
13435
13436	// Apply final focus
13437	if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow))
13438	{
13439	// FIXME: Many actions here could be part of a higher-level/reused function. Why aren't they in FocusWindow()
13440	// Investigate for each of them: ClearActiveID(), NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(), NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(), ClosePopupsOverWindow(), NavInitWindow()
13441	ImGuiViewport* previous_viewport = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport : NULL;
13442	ClearActiveID();
13443	NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
13444	ClosePopupsOverWindow(ref_window: apply_focus_window, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup: false);
13445	FocusWindow(window: apply_focus_window, flags: ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
13446	apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow;
13447	if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0)
13448	NavInitWindow(window: apply_focus_window, force_reinit: false);
13449
13450	// If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly
13451	// Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame,
13452	// so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since
13453	// the target window as already been previewed once.
13454	// FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases,
13455	// we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask*
13456	// won't be valid.
13457	if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu))
13458	g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
13459
13460	// Request OS level focus
13461	if (apply_focus_window->Viewport != previous_viewport && g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowFocus)
13462	g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowFocus(apply_focus_window->Viewport);
13463	}
13464	if (apply_focus_window)
13465	g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
13466
13467	// Apply menu/layer toggle
13468	if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow)
13469	{
13470	ClearActiveID();
13471
13472	// Move to parent menu if necessary
13473	ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
13474	while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow
13475	&& (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0
13476	&& (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0
13477	&& (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
13478	new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;
13479	if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow)
13480	{
13481	ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
13482	FocusWindow(window: new_nav_window);
13483	new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window;
13484	}
13485
13486	// Toggle layer
13487	const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
13488	if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer)
13489	{
13490	// Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?)
13491	const bool preserve_layer_1_nav_id = (new_nav_window->DockNodeAsHost != NULL);
13492	if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !preserve_layer_1_nav_id)
13493	g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0;
13494	NavRestoreLayer(layer: new_nav_layer);
13495	NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
13496	}
13497	}
13498	}
13499
13500	// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable()
13501	static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window)
13502	{
13503	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
13504	return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(key: ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup);
13505	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(s1: window->Name, s2: "##MainMenuBar") == 0)
13506	return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(key: ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar);
13507	if (window->DockNodeAsHost)
13508	return "(Dock node)"; // Not normally shown to user.
13509	return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(key: ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled);
13510	}
13511
13512	// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame().
13513	void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay()
13514	{
13515	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13516	IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
13517
13518	if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY)
13519	return;
13520
13521	if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL)
13522	g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName(name: "###NavWindowingList");
13523	const ImGuiViewport* viewport = /*g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport :*/ GetMainViewport();
13524	SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(size_min: ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), size_max: ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX));
13525	SetNextWindowPos(pos: viewport->GetCenter(), cond: ImGuiCond_Always, pivot: ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
13526	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, val: g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f);
13527	Begin(name: "###NavWindowingList", NULL, flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
13528	for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
13529	{
13530	ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n];
13531	IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers
13532	if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window))
13533	continue;
13534	const char* label = window->Name;
13535	if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(text: label))
13536	label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window);
13537	Selectable(label, selected: g.NavWindowingTarget == window);
13538	}
13539	End();
13540	PopStyleVar();
13541	}
13542
13543
13544	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13545	// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
13546	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13547
13548	bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive()
13549	{
13550	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13551	return g.DragDropActive;
13552	}
13553
13554	void ImGui::ClearDragDrop()
13555	{
13556	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13557	g.DragDropActive = false;
13558	g.DragDropPayload.Clear();
13559	g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
13560	g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0;
13561	g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
13562	g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
13563
13564	g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear();
13565	memset(s: &g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, c: 0, n: sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
13566	}
13567
13568	bool ImGui::BeginTooltipHidden()
13569	{
13570	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13571	bool ret = Begin(name: "##Tooltip_Hidden", NULL, flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
13572	SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow);
13573	return ret;
13574	}
13575
13576	// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource()
13577	// If the item has an identifier:
13578	// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior).
13579	// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button.
13580	// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag.
13581	// If the item has no identifier:
13582	// - Currently always assume left mouse button.
13583	bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
13584	{
13585	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13586	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
13587
13588	// FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button,
13589	// in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic).
13590	ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;
13591
13592	bool source_drag_active = false;
13593	ImGuiID source_id = 0;
13594	ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;
13595	if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
13596	{
13597	source_id = g.LastItemData.ID;
13598	if (source_id != 0)
13599	{
13600	// Common path: items with ID
13601	if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
13602	return false;
13603	if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1)
13604	mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;
13605	if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
13606	return false;
13607	g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
13608	}
13609	else
13610	{
13611	// Uncommon path: items without ID
13612	if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
13613	return false;
13614	if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
13615	return false;
13616
13617	// If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to:
13618	// A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag.
13619	if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID))
13620	{
13621	IM_ASSERT(0);
13622	return false;
13623	}
13624
13625	// Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()
13626	// We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.
13627	// THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.
13628	// We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.
13629	// Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact.
13630	source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(r_abs: g.LastItemData.Rect);
13631	KeepAliveID(id: source_id);
13632	bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(bb: g.LastItemData.Rect, id: source_id, item_flags: g.LastItemData.InFlags);
13633	if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])
13634	{
13635	SetActiveID(id: source_id, window);
13636	FocusWindow(window);
13637	}
13638	if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker.
13639	g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered;
13640	}
13641	if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
13642	return false;
13643	source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back();
13644	source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(button: mouse_button);
13645
13646	// Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any
13647	SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
13648	}
13649	else
13650	{
13651	window = NULL;
13652	source_id = ImHashStr(data_p: "#SourceExtern");
13653	source_drag_active = true;
13654	}
13655
13656	if (source_drag_active)
13657	{
13658	if (!g.DragDropActive)
13659	{
13660	IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0);
13661	ClearDragDrop();
13662	ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
13663	payload.SourceId = source_id;
13664	payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id;
13665	g.DragDropActive = true;
13666	g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags;
13667	g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button;
13668	if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
13669	g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
13670	}
13671	g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
13672	g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
13673
13674	if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
13675	{
13676	// Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)
13677	// We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.
13678	bool ret;
13679	if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
13680	ret = BeginTooltipHidden();
13681	else
13682	ret = BeginTooltip();
13683	IM_ASSERT(ret); // FIXME-NEWBEGIN: If this ever becomes false, we need to Begin("##Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame().
13684	IM_UNUSED(ret);
13685	}
13686
13687	if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
13688	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
13689
13690	return true;
13691	}
13692	return false;
13693	}
13694
13695	void ImGui::EndDragDropSource()
13696	{
13697	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13698	IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
13699	IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?");
13700
13701	if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
13702	EndTooltip();
13703
13704	// Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload()
13705	if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1)
13706	ClearDragDrop();
13707	g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
13708	}
13709
13710	// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame
13711	bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond)
13712	{
13713	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13714	ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
13715	if (cond == 0)
13716	cond = ImGuiCond_Always;
13717
13718	IM_ASSERT(type != NULL);
13719	IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long");
13720	IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0));
13721	IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once);
13722	IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource()
13723
13724	if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1)
13725	{
13726	// Copy payload
13727	ImStrncpy(dst: payload.DataType, src: type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType));
13728	g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(new_size: 0);
13729	if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal))
13730	{
13731	// Store in heap
13732	g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(new_size: (int)data_size);
13733	payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data;
13734	memcpy(dest: payload.Data, src: data, n: data_size);
13735	}
13736	else if (data_size > 0)
13737	{
13738	// Store locally
13739	memset(s: &g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, c: 0, n: sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
13740	payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal;
13741	memcpy(dest: payload.Data, src: data, n: data_size);
13742	}
13743	else
13744	{
13745	payload.Data = NULL;
13746	}
13747	payload.DataSize = (int)data_size;
13748	}
13749	payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
13750
13751	// Return whether the payload has been accepted
13752	return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1);
13753	}
13754
13755	bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
13756	{
13757	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13758	if (!g.DragDropActive)
13759	return false;
13760
13761	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
13762	ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
13763	if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != hovered_window->RootWindowDockTree)
13764	return false;
13765	IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
13766	if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(r_min: bb.Min, r_max: bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId))
13767	return false;
13768	if (window->SkipItems)
13769	return false;
13770
13771	IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);
13772	g.DragDropTargetRect = bb;
13773	g.DragDropTargetClipRect = window->ClipRect; // May want to be overriden by user depending on use case?
13774	g.DragDropTargetId = id;
13775	g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
13776	return true;
13777	}
13778
13779	// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because:
13780	// 1) we use LastItemData's ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them.
13781	// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can.
13782	// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case)
13783	bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()
13784	{
13785	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13786	if (!g.DragDropActive)
13787	return false;
13788
13789	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
13790	if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
13791	return false;
13792	ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
13793	if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != hovered_window->RootWindowDockTree || window->SkipItems)
13794	return false;
13795
13796	const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect;
13797	ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
13798	if (id == 0)
13799	{
13800	id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(r_abs: display_rect);
13801	KeepAliveID(id);
13802	}
13803	if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id)
13804	return false;
13805
13806	IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);
13807	g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect;
13808	g.DragDropTargetClipRect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) ? g.LastItemData.ClipRect : window->ClipRect;
13809	g.DragDropTargetId = id;
13810	g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
13811	return true;
13812	}
13813
13814	bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()
13815	{
13816	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13817	return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0;
13818	}
13819
13820	const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
13821	{
13822	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13823	ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
13824	IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ?
13825	IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ?
13826	if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type))
13827	return NULL;
13828
13829	// Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints.
13830	// NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function!
13831	const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId);
13832	ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect;
13833	float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight();
13834	if (r_surface > g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface)
13835	return NULL;
13836
13837	g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags;
13838	g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId;
13839	g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface;
13840	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: accept\n", g.DragDropTargetId);
13841
13842	// Render default drop visuals
13843	payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously;
13844	flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame)
13845	if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview)
13846	RenderDragDropTargetRect(bb: r, item_clip_rect: g.DragDropTargetClipRect);
13847
13848	g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
13849	payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(button: g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting OS window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased()
13850	if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery))
13851	return NULL;
13852
13853	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: return payload\n", g.DragDropTargetId);
13854	return &payload;
13855	}
13856
13857	// FIXME-STYLE FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.
13858	void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect)
13859	{
13860	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13861	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
13862	ImRect bb_display = bb;
13863	bb_display.ClipWith(r: item_clip_rect); // Clip THEN expand so we have a way to visualize that target is not entirely visible.
13864	bb_display.Expand(amount: 3.5f);
13865	bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r: bb_display);
13866	if (push_clip_rect)
13867	window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen();
13868	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: bb_display.Min, p_max: bb_display.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), rounding: 0.0f, flags: 0, thickness: 2.0f);
13869	if (push_clip_rect)
13870	window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
13871	}
13872
13873	const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload()
13874	{
13875	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13876	return (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount != -1) ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL;
13877	}
13878
13879	void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()
13880	{
13881	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13882	IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
13883	IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget);
13884	g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
13885
13886	// Clear drag and drop state payload right after delivery
13887	if (g.DragDropPayload.Delivery)
13888	ClearDragDrop();
13889	}
13890
13891	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13892	// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
13893	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13894	// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard.
13895	// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
13896	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13897
13898	// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
13899	static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args)
13900	{
13901	if (g.LogFile)
13902	{
13903	g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(new_size: 0);
13904	g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
13905	ImFileWrite(data: g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sz: sizeof(char), count: (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), f: g.LogFile);
13906	}
13907	else
13908	{
13909	g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
13910	}
13911	}
13912
13913	void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
13914	{
13915	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13916	if (!g.LogEnabled)
13917	return;
13918
13919	va_list args;
13920	va_start(args, fmt);
13921	LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
13922	va_end(args);
13923	}
13924
13925	void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
13926	{
13927	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13928	if (!g.LogEnabled)
13929	return;
13930
13931	LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
13932	}
13933
13934	// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.
13935	// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding
13936	// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system.
13937	void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)
13938	{
13939	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13940	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
13941
13942	const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix;
13943	const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix;
13944	g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
13945
13946	if (!text_end)
13947	text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
13948
13949	const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1);
13950	if (ref_pos)
13951	g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;
13952	if (log_new_line)
13953	{
13954	LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
13955	g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
13956	}
13957
13958	if (prefix)
13959	LogRenderedText(ref_pos, text: prefix, text_end: prefix + strlen(s: prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here.
13960
13961	// Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
13962	if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth)
13963	g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
13964	const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef);
13965
13966	const char* text_remaining = text;
13967	for (;;)
13968	{
13969	// Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
13970	// We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured.
13971	const char* line_start = text_remaining;
13972	const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(str: line_start, str_end: text_end);
13973	const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end);
13974	if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line)
13975	{
13976	const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start);
13977	const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1;
13978	LogText(fmt: "%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start);
13979	g.LogLineFirstItem = false;
13980	if (*line_end == '\n')
13981	{
13982	LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
13983	g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
13984	}
13985	}
13986	if (is_last_line)
13987	break;
13988	text_remaining = line_end + 1;
13989	}
13990
13991	if (suffix)
13992	LogRenderedText(ref_pos, text: suffix, text_end: suffix + strlen(s: suffix));
13993	}
13994
13995	// Start logging/capturing text output
13996	void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth)
13997	{
13998	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
13999	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
14000	IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false);
14001	IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
14002	IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty());
14003	g.LogEnabled = true;
14004	g.LogType = type;
14005	g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
14006	g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
14007	g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault);
14008	g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
14009	g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
14010	}
14011
14012	// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText)
14013	void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix)
14014	{
14015	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14016	g.LogNextPrefix = prefix;
14017	g.LogNextSuffix = suffix;
14018	}
14019
14020	void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth)
14021	{
14022	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14023	if (g.LogEnabled)
14024	return;
14025	IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth);
14026	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
14027	LogBegin(type: ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth);
14028	g.LogFile = stdout;
14029	#endif
14030	}
14031
14032	// Start logging/capturing text output to given file
14033	void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename)
14034	{
14035	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14036	if (g.LogEnabled)
14037	return;
14038
14039	// FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still
14040	// be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE.
14041	// By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere.
14042	if (!filename)
14043	filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
14044	if (!filename || !filename[0])
14045	return;
14046	ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode: "ab");
14047	if (!f)
14048	{
14049	IM_ASSERT(0);
14050	return;
14051	}
14052
14053	LogBegin(type: ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth);
14054	g.LogFile = f;
14055	}
14056
14057	// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard
14058	void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth)
14059	{
14060	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14061	if (g.LogEnabled)
14062	return;
14063	LogBegin(type: ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth);
14064	}
14065
14066	void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth)
14067	{
14068	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14069	if (g.LogEnabled)
14070	return;
14071	LogBegin(type: ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth);
14072	}
14073
14074	void ImGui::LogFinish()
14075	{
14076	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14077	if (!g.LogEnabled)
14078	return;
14079
14080	LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
14081	switch (g.LogType)
14082	{
14083	case ImGuiLogType_TTY:
14084	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
14085	fflush(stream: g.LogFile);
14086	#endif
14087	break;
14088	case ImGuiLogType_File:
14089	ImFileClose(f: g.LogFile);
14090	break;
14091	case ImGuiLogType_Buffer:
14092	break;
14093	case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard:
14094	if (!g.LogBuffer.empty())
14095	SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin());
14096	break;
14097	case ImGuiLogType_None:
14098	IM_ASSERT(0);
14099	break;
14100	}
14101
14102	g.LogEnabled = false;
14103	g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
14104	g.LogFile = NULL;
14105	g.LogBuffer.clear();
14106	}
14107
14108	// Helper to display logging buttons
14109	// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!)
14110	void ImGui::LogButtons()
14111	{
14112	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14113
14114	PushID(str_id: "LogButtons");
14115	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
14116	const bool log_to_tty = Button(label: "Log To TTY"); SameLine();
14117	#else
14118	const bool log_to_tty = false;
14119	#endif
14120	const bool log_to_file = Button(label: "Log To File"); SameLine();
14121	const bool log_to_clipboard = Button(label: "Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();
14122	PushTabStop(tab_stop: false);
14123	SetNextItemWidth(80.0f);
14124	SliderInt(label: "Default Depth", v: &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, v_min: 0, v_max: 9, NULL);
14125	PopTabStop();
14126	PopID();
14127
14128	// Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
14129	if (log_to_tty)
14130	LogToTTY();
14131	if (log_to_file)
14132	LogToFile();
14133	if (log_to_clipboard)
14134	LogToClipboard();
14135	}
14136
14137
14138	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14139	// [SECTION] SETTINGS
14140	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14141	// - UpdateSettings() [Internal]
14142	// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal]
14143	// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal]
14144	// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal]
14145	// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk()
14146	// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory()
14147	// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk()
14148	// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory()
14149	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14150	// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal]
14151	// - FindWindowSettingsByID() [Internal]
14152	// - FindWindowSettingsByWindow() [Internal]
14153	// - ClearWindowSettings() [Internal]
14154	// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal]
14155	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14156
14157	// Called by NewFrame()
14158	void ImGui::UpdateSettings()
14159	{
14160	// Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before)
14161	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14162	if (!g.SettingsLoaded)
14163	{
14164	IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty());
14165	if (g.IO.IniFilename)
14166	LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(ini_filename: g.IO.IniFilename);
14167	g.SettingsLoaded = true;
14168	}
14169
14170	// Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much)
14171	if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)
14172	{
14173	g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
14174	if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
14175	{
14176	if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
14177	SaveIniSettingsToDisk(ini_filename: g.IO.IniFilename);
14178	else
14179	g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves.
14180	g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
14181	}
14182	}
14183	}
14184
14185	void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty()
14186	{
14187	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14188	if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
14189	g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
14190	}
14191
14192	void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window)
14193	{
14194	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14195	if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
14196	if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
14197	g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
14198	}
14199
14200	void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler)
14201	{
14202	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14203	IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL);
14204	g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(v: *handler);
14205	}
14206
14207	void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
14208	{
14209	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14210	if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name))
14211	g.SettingsHandlers.erase(it: handler);
14212	}
14213
14214	ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
14215	{
14216	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14217	const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(data_p: type_name);
14218	for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
14219	if (handler.TypeHash == type_hash)
14220	return &handler;
14221	return NULL;
14222	}
14223
14224	// Clear all settings (windows, tables, docking etc.)
14225	void ImGui::ClearIniSettings()
14226	{
14227	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14228	g.SettingsIniData.clear();
14229	for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
14230	if (handler.ClearAllFn != NULL)
14231	handler.ClearAllFn(&g, &handler);
14232	}
14233
14234	void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
14235	{
14236	size_t file_data_size = 0;
14237	char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(filename: ini_filename, mode: "rb", out_file_size: &file_data_size);
14238	if (!file_data)
14239	return;
14240	if (file_data_size > 0)
14241	LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(ini_data: file_data, ini_size: (size_t)file_data_size);
14242	IM_FREE(file_data);
14243	}
14244
14245	// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing
14246	// Set ini_size==0 to let us use strlen(ini_data). Do not call this function with a 0 if your buffer is actually empty!
14247	void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)
14248	{
14249	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14250	IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
14251	//IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()");
14252	//IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0);
14253
14254	// For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter).
14255	// For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy..
14256	if (ini_size == 0)
14257	ini_size = strlen(s: ini_data);
14258	g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(new_size: (int)ini_size + 1);
14259	char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data;
14260	char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size;
14261	memcpy(dest: buf, src: ini_data, n: ini_size);
14262	buf_end[0] = 0;
14263
14264	// Call pre-read handlers
14265	// Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window)
14266	for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
14267	if (handler.ReadInitFn != NULL)
14268	handler.ReadInitFn(&g, &handler);
14269
14270	void* entry_data = NULL;
14271	ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL;
14272
14273	char* line_end = NULL;
14274	for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1)
14275	{
14276	// Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line
14277	while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r')
14278	line++;
14279	line_end = line;
14280	while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')
14281	line_end++;
14282	line_end[0] = 0;
14283	if (line[0] == ';')
14284	continue;
14285	if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']')
14286	{
14287	// Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code.
14288	line_end[-1] = 0;
14289	const char* name_end = line_end - 1;
14290	const char* type_start = line + 1;
14291	char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(str: type_start, str_end: name_end, c: ']');
14292	const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(str: type_end + 1, str_end: name_end, c: '[') : NULL;
14293	if (!type_end || !name_start)
14294	continue;
14295	*type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'
14296	name_start++; // Skip second '['
14297	entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name: type_start);
14298	entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL;
14299	}
14300	else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL)
14301	{
14302	// Let type handler parse the line
14303	entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line);
14304	}
14305	}
14306	g.SettingsLoaded = true;
14307
14308	// [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary)
14309	memcpy(dest: buf, src: ini_data, n: ini_size);
14310
14311	// Call post-read handlers
14312	for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
14313	if (handler.ApplyAllFn != NULL)
14314	handler.ApplyAllFn(&g, &handler);
14315	}
14316
14317	void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename)
14318	{
14319	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14320	g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
14321	if (!ini_filename)
14322	return;
14323
14324	size_t ini_data_size = 0;
14325	const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(out_ini_size: &ini_data_size);
14326	ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename: ini_filename, mode: "wt");
14327	if (!f)
14328	return;
14329	ImFileWrite(data: ini_data, sz: sizeof(char), count: ini_data_size, f);
14330	ImFileClose(f);
14331	}
14332
14333	// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer
14334	const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)
14335	{
14336	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14337	g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
14338	g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(new_size: 0);
14339	g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(v: 0);
14340	for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
14341	handler.WriteAllFn(&g, &handler, &g.SettingsIniData);
14342	if (out_size)
14343	*out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size();
14344	return g.SettingsIniData.c_str();
14345	}
14346
14347	ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)
14348	{
14349	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14350
14351	if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings == false)
14352	{
14353	// Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
14354	// Preserve the full string when ConfigDebugVerboseIniSettings is set to make .ini inspection easier.
14355	if (const char* p = strstr(haystack: name, needle: "###"))
14356	name = p;
14357	}
14358	const size_t name_len = strlen(s: name);
14359
14360	// Allocate chunk
14361	const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1;
14362	ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(sz: chunk_size);
14363	IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings();
14364	settings->ID = ImHashStr(data_p: name, data_size: name_len);
14365	memcpy(dest: settings->GetName(), src: name, n: name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator
14366
14367	return settings;
14368	}
14369
14370	// We don't provide a FindWindowSettingsByName() because Docking system doesn't always hold on names.
14371	// This is called once per window .ini entry + once per newly instantiated window.
14372	ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id)
14373	{
14374	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14375	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
14376	if (settings->ID == id && !settings->WantDelete)
14377	return settings;
14378	return NULL;
14379	}
14380
14381	// This is faster if you are holding on a Window already as we don't need to perform a search.
14382	ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
14383	{
14384	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14385	if (window->SettingsOffset != -1)
14386	return g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(off: window->SettingsOffset);
14387	return FindWindowSettingsByID(id: window->ID);
14388	}
14389
14390	// This will revert window to its initial state, including enabling the ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver/ImGuiCond_Once conditions once more.
14391	void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name)
14392	{
14393	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClearWindowSettings('%s')\n", name);
14394	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14395	ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
14396	if (window != NULL)
14397	{
14398	window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
14399	InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, NULL);
14400	if (window->DockId != 0)
14401	DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx: &g, window, clear_persistent_docking_ref: true);
14402	}
14403	if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = window ? FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window) : FindWindowSettingsByID(id: ImHashStr(data_p: name)))
14404	settings->WantDelete = true;
14405	}
14406
14407	static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
14408	{
14409	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
14410	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
14411	window->SettingsOffset = -1;
14412	g.SettingsWindows.clear();
14413	}
14414
14415	static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
14416	{
14417	ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(data_p: name);
14418	ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(id);
14419	if (settings)
14420	*settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry
14421	else
14422	settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
14423	settings->ID = id;
14424	settings->WantApply = true;
14425	return (void*)settings;
14426	}
14427
14428	static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
14429	{
14430	ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry;
14431	int x, y;
14432	int i;
14433	ImU32 u1;
14434	if (sscanf(s: line, format: "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
14435	else if (sscanf(s: line, format: "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
14436	else if (sscanf(s: line, format: "ViewportId=0x%08X", &u1) == 1) { settings->ViewportId = u1; }
14437	else if (sscanf(s: line, format: "ViewportPos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2){ settings->ViewportPos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
14438	else if (sscanf(s: line, format: "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); }
14439	else if (sscanf(s: line, format: "IsChild=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->IsChild = (i != 0); }
14440	else if (sscanf(s: line, format: "DockId=0x%X,%d", &u1, &i) == 2) { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = (short)i; }
14441	else if (sscanf(s: line, format: "DockId=0x%X", &u1) == 1) { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = -1; }
14442	else if (sscanf(s: line, format: "ClassId=0x%X", &u1) == 1) { settings->ClassId = u1; }
14443	}
14444
14445	// Apply to existing windows (if any)
14446	static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
14447	{
14448	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
14449	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
14450	if (settings->WantApply)
14451	{
14452	if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(id: settings->ID))
14453	ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
14454	settings->WantApply = false;
14455	}
14456	}
14457
14458	static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
14459	{
14460	// Gather data from windows that were active during this session
14461	// (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings)
14462	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
14463	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
14464	{
14465	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
14466	continue;
14467
14468	ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window);
14469	if (!settings)
14470	{
14471	settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name: window->Name);
14472	window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(p: settings);
14473	}
14474	IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID);
14475	settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos - window->ViewportPos);
14476	settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull);
14477	settings->ViewportId = window->ViewportId;
14478	settings->ViewportPos = ImVec2ih(window->ViewportPos);
14479	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL || window->DockNode->ID == window->DockId);
14480	settings->DockId = window->DockId;
14481	settings->ClassId = window->WindowClass.ClassId;
14482	settings->DockOrder = window->DockOrder;
14483	settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
14484	settings->IsChild = (window->RootWindow != window); // Cannot rely on ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow here as docked windows have this set.
14485	settings->WantDelete = false;
14486	}
14487
14488	// Write to text buffer
14489	buf->reserve(capacity: buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve
14490	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
14491	{
14492	if (settings->WantDelete)
14493	continue;
14494	const char* settings_name = settings->GetName();
14495	buf->appendf(fmt: "[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name);
14496	if (settings->IsChild)
14497	{
14498	buf->appendf(fmt: "IsChild=1\n");
14499	buf->appendf(fmt: "Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
14500	}
14501	else
14502	{
14503	if (settings->ViewportId != 0 && settings->ViewportId != ImGui::IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
14504	{
14505	buf->appendf(fmt: "ViewportPos=%d,%d\n", settings->ViewportPos.x, settings->ViewportPos.y);
14506	buf->appendf(fmt: "ViewportId=0x%08X\n", settings->ViewportId);
14507	}
14508	if (settings->Pos.x != 0 || settings->Pos.y != 0 || settings->ViewportId == ImGui::IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
14509	buf->appendf(fmt: "Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);
14510	if (settings->Size.x != 0 || settings->Size.y != 0)
14511	buf->appendf(fmt: "Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
14512	buf->appendf(fmt: "Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed);
14513	if (settings->DockId != 0)
14514	{
14515	//buf->appendf("TabId=0x%08X\n", ImHashStr("#TAB", 4, settings->ID)); // window->TabId: this is not read back but writing it makes "debugging" the .ini data easier.
14516	if (settings->DockOrder == -1)
14517	buf->appendf(fmt: "DockId=0x%08X\n", settings->DockId);
14518	else
14519	buf->appendf(fmt: "DockId=0x%08X,%d\n", settings->DockId, settings->DockOrder);
14520	if (settings->ClassId != 0)
14521	buf->appendf(fmt: "ClassId=0x%08X\n", settings->ClassId);
14522	}
14523	}
14524	buf->append(str: "\n");
14525	}
14526	}
14527
14528
14529	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14530	// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION
14531	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14532
14533	void ImGui::LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count)
14534	{
14535	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14536	for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
14537	g.LocalizationTable[entries[n].Key] = entries[n].Text;
14538	}
14539
14540
14541	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14542	// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
14543	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14544	// - GetMainViewport()
14545	// - FindViewportByID()
14546	// - FindViewportByPlatformHandle()
14547	// - SetCurrentViewport() [Internal]
14548	// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal]
14549	// - GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport() [Internal]
14550	// - UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport() [Internal]
14551	// - UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports() [Internal]
14552	// - TranslateWindowsInViewport() [Internal]
14553	// - ScaleWindowsInViewport() [Internal]
14554	// - FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack() [Internal]
14555	// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal]
14556	// - UpdateViewportsEndFrame() [Internal]
14557	// - AddUpdateViewport() [Internal]
14558	// - WindowSelectViewport() [Internal]
14559	// - WindowSyncOwnedViewport() [Internal]
14560	// - UpdatePlatformWindows()
14561	// - RenderPlatformWindowsDefault()
14562	// - FindPlatformMonitorForPos() [Internal]
14563	// - FindPlatformMonitorForRect() [Internal]
14564	// - UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor() [Internal]
14565	// - DestroyPlatformWindow() [Internal]
14566	// - DestroyPlatformWindows()
14567	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14568
14569	ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport()
14570	{
14571	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14572	return g.Viewports[0];
14573	}
14574
14575	// FIXME: This leaks access to viewports not listed in PlatformIO.Viewports[]. Problematic? (#4236)
14576	ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id)
14577	{
14578	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14579	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
14580	if (viewport->ID == id)
14581	return viewport;
14582	return NULL;
14583	}
14584
14585	ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle(void* platform_handle)
14586	{
14587	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14588	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
14589	if (viewport->PlatformHandle == platform_handle)
14590	return viewport;
14591	return NULL;
14592	}
14593
14594	void ImGui::SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* current_window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
14595	{
14596	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14597	(void)current_window;
14598
14599	if (viewport)
14600	viewport->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
14601	if (g.CurrentViewport == viewport)
14602	return;
14603	g.CurrentDpiScale = viewport ? viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f;
14604	g.CurrentViewport = viewport;
14605	//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] SetCurrentViewport changed '%s' 0x%08X\n", current_window ? current_window->Name : NULL, viewport ? viewport->ID : 0);
14606
14607	// Notify platform layer of viewport changes
14608	// FIXME-DPI: This is only currently used for experimenting with handling of multiple DPI
14609	if (g.CurrentViewport && g.PlatformIO.Platform_OnChangedViewport)
14610	g.PlatformIO.Platform_OnChangedViewport(g.CurrentViewport);
14611	}
14612
14613	void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
14614	{
14615	// Abandon viewport
14616	if (window->ViewportOwned && window->Viewport->Window == window)
14617	window->Viewport->Size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
14618
14619	window->Viewport = viewport;
14620	window->ViewportId = viewport->ID;
14621	window->ViewportOwned = (viewport->Window == window);
14622	}
14623
14624	static bool ImGui::GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(ImGuiWindow* window)
14625	{
14626	// Tooltips and menus are not automatically forced into their own viewport when the NoMerge flag is set, however the multiplication of viewports makes them more likely to protrude and create their own.
14627	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14628	if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge || (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge))
14629	if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
14630	if (!window->DockIsActive)
14631	if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0)
14632	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0)
14633	return true;
14634	return false;
14635	}
14636
14637	static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
14638	{
14639	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14640	if (window->Viewport == viewport)
14641	return false;
14642	if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) == 0)
14643	return false;
14644	if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) != 0)
14645	return false;
14646	if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(r: window->Rect()))
14647	return false;
14648	if (GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(window))
14649	return false;
14650
14651	// FIXME: Can't use g.WindowsFocusOrder[] for root windows only as we care about Z order. If we maintained a DisplayOrder along with FocusOrder we could..
14652	for (ImGuiWindow* window_behind : g.Windows)
14653	{
14654	if (window_behind == window)
14655	break;
14656	if (window_behind->WasActive && window_behind->ViewportOwned && !(window_behind->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
14657	if (window_behind->Viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(r: window->Rect()))
14658	return false;
14659	}
14660
14661	// Move to the existing viewport, Move child/hosted windows as well (FIXME-OPT: iterate child)
14662	ImGuiViewportP* old_viewport = window->Viewport;
14663	if (window->ViewportOwned)
14664	for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)
14665	if (g.Windows[n]->Viewport == old_viewport)
14666	SetWindowViewport(window: g.Windows[n], viewport);
14667	SetWindowViewport(window, viewport);
14668	BringWindowToDisplayFront(window);
14669
14670	return true;
14671	}
14672
14673	// FIXME: handle 0 to N host viewports
14674	static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(ImGuiWindow* window)
14675	{
14676	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14677	return UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(window, viewport: g.Viewports[0]);
14678	}
14679
14680	// Translate Dear ImGui windows when a Host Viewport has been moved
14681	// (This additionally keeps windows at the same place when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is toggled!)
14682	void ImGui::TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos)
14683	{
14684	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14685	IM_ASSERT(viewport->Window == NULL && (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows));
14686
14687	// 1) We test if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable was just toggled, which allows us to conveniently
14688	// translate imgui windows from OS-window-local to absolute coordinates or vice-versa.
14689	// 2) If it's not going to fit into the new size, keep it at same absolute position.
14690	// One problem with this is that most Win32 applications doesn't update their render while dragging,
14691	// and so the window will appear to teleport when releasing the mouse.
14692	const bool translate_all_windows = (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != (g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable);
14693	ImRect test_still_fit_rect(old_pos, old_pos + viewport->Size);
14694	ImVec2 delta_pos = new_pos - old_pos;
14695	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) // FIXME-OPT
14696	if (translate_all_windows || (window->Viewport == viewport && test_still_fit_rect.Contains(r: window->Rect())))
14697	TranslateWindow(window, delta: delta_pos);
14698	}
14699
14700	// Scale all windows (position, size). Use when e.g. changing DPI. (This is a lossy operation!)
14701	void ImGui::ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale)
14702	{
14703	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14704	if (viewport->Window)
14705	{
14706	ScaleWindow(window: viewport->Window, scale);
14707	}
14708	else
14709	{
14710	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
14711	if (window->Viewport == viewport)
14712	ScaleWindow(window, scale);
14713	}
14714	}
14715
14716	// If the backend doesn't set MouseLastHoveredViewport or doesn't honor ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs, we do a search ourselves.
14717	// A) It won't take account of the possibility that non-imgui windows may be in-between our dragged window and our target window.
14718	// B) It requires Platform_GetWindowFocus to be implemented by backend.
14719	ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(const ImVec2& mouse_platform_pos)
14720	{
14721	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14722	ImGuiViewportP* best_candidate = NULL;
14723	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
14724	if (!(viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)) && viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(p: mouse_platform_pos))
14725	if (best_candidate == NULL || best_candidate->LastFocusedStampCount < viewport->LastFocusedStampCount)
14726	best_candidate = viewport;
14727	return best_candidate;
14728	}
14729
14730	// Update viewports and monitor infos
14731	// Note that this is running even if 'ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable' is not set, in order to clear unused viewports (if any) and update monitor info.
14732	static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame()
14733	{
14734	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14735	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Viewports.Size <= g.Viewports.Size);
14736
14737	// Update Minimized status (we need it first in order to decide if we'll apply Pos/Size of the main viewport)
14738	// Update Focused status
14739	const bool viewports_enabled = (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != 0;
14740	if (viewports_enabled)
14741	{
14742	ImGuiViewportP* focused_viewport = NULL;
14743	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
14744	{
14745	const bool platform_funcs_available = viewport->PlatformWindowCreated;
14746	if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized && platform_funcs_available)
14747	{
14748	bool is_minimized = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized(viewport);
14749	if (is_minimized)
14750	viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized;
14751	else
14752	viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized;
14753	}
14754
14755	// Update our implicit z-order knowledge of platform windows, which is used when the backend cannot provide io.MouseHoveredViewport.
14756	// When setting Platform_GetWindowFocus, it is expected that the platform backend can handle calls without crashing if it doesn't have data stored.
14757	if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus && platform_funcs_available)
14758	{
14759	bool is_focused = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport);
14760	if (is_focused)
14761	viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused;
14762	else
14763	viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused;
14764	if (is_focused)
14765	focused_viewport = viewport;
14766	}
14767	}
14768
14769	// Focused viewport has changed?
14770	if (focused_viewport && g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId != focused_viewport->ID)
14771	{
14772	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Focused viewport changed %08X -> %08X, attempting to apply our focus.\n", g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId, focused_viewport->ID);
14773	const ImGuiViewport* prev_focused_viewport = FindViewportByID(id: g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId);
14774	const bool prev_focused_has_been_destroyed = (prev_focused_viewport == NULL) || (prev_focused_viewport->PlatformWindowCreated == false);
14775
14776	// Store a tag so we can infer z-order easily from all our windows
14777	// We compare PlatformLastFocusedViewportId so newly created viewports with _NoFocusOnAppearing flag
14778	// will keep the front most stamp instead of losing it back to their parent viewport.
14779	if (focused_viewport->LastFocusedStampCount != g.ViewportFocusedStampCount)
14780	focused_viewport->LastFocusedStampCount = ++g.ViewportFocusedStampCount;
14781	g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = focused_viewport->ID;
14782
14783	// Focus associated dear imgui window
14784	// - if focus didn't happen with a click within imgui boundaries, e.g. Clicking platform title bar. (#6299)
14785	// - if focus didn't happen because we destroyed another window (#6462)
14786	// FIXME: perhaps 'FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne()' can handle the 'focused_window->Window != NULL' case as well.
14787	const bool apply_imgui_focus_on_focused_viewport = !IsAnyMouseDown() && !prev_focused_has_been_destroyed;
14788	if (apply_imgui_focus_on_focused_viewport)
14789	{
14790	focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow |= (g.NavWindow != NULL) && (g.NavWindow->Viewport == focused_viewport); // Update so a window changing viewport won't lose focus.
14791	ImGuiFocusRequestFlags focus_request_flags = ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild;
14792	if (focused_viewport->Window != NULL)
14793	FocusWindow(window: focused_viewport->Window, flags: focus_request_flags);
14794	else if (focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow)
14795	FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, filter_viewport: focused_viewport, flags: focus_request_flags); // Focus top most in viewport
14796	else
14797	FocusWindow(NULL, flags: focus_request_flags); // No window had focus last time viewport was focused
14798	}
14799	}
14800	if (focused_viewport)
14801	focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow = (g.NavWindow != NULL) && (g.NavWindow->Viewport == focused_viewport);
14802	}
14803
14804	// Create/update main viewport with current platform position.
14805	// FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent.
14806	ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0];
14807	IM_ASSERT(main_viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID);
14808	IM_ASSERT(main_viewport->Window == NULL);
14809	ImVec2 main_viewport_pos = viewports_enabled ? g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowPos(main_viewport) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
14810	ImVec2 main_viewport_size = g.IO.DisplaySize;
14811	if (viewports_enabled && (main_viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized))
14812	{
14813	main_viewport_pos = main_viewport->Pos; // Preserve last pos/size when minimized (FIXME: We don't do the same for Size outside of the viewport path)
14814	main_viewport_size = main_viewport->Size;
14815	}
14816	AddUpdateViewport(NULL, id: IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID, platform_pos: main_viewport_pos, size: main_viewport_size, flags: ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp | ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows);
14817
14818	g.CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f;
14819	g.CurrentViewport = NULL;
14820	g.MouseViewport = NULL;
14821	for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)
14822	{
14823	ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];
14824	viewport->Idx = n;
14825
14826	// Erase unused viewports
14827	if (n > 0 && viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 2)
14828	{
14829	DestroyViewport(viewport);
14830	n--;
14831	continue;
14832	}
14833
14834	const bool platform_funcs_available = viewport->PlatformWindowCreated;
14835	if (viewports_enabled)
14836	{
14837	// Update Position and Size (from Platform Window to ImGui) if requested.
14838	// We do it early in the frame instead of waiting for UpdatePlatformWindows() to avoid a frame of lag when moving/resizing using OS facilities.
14839	if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) && platform_funcs_available)
14840	{
14841	// Viewport->WorkPos and WorkSize will be updated below
14842	if (viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
14843	viewport->Pos = viewport->LastPlatformPos = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowPos(viewport);
14844	if (viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
14845	viewport->Size = viewport->LastPlatformSize = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowSize(viewport);
14846	}
14847	}
14848
14849	// Update/copy monitor info
14850	UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport);
14851
14852	// Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for functions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again.
14853	viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin;
14854	viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax;
14855	viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
14856	viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
14857
14858	// Reset alpha every frame. Users of transparency (docking) needs to request a lower alpha back.
14859	viewport->Alpha = 1.0f;
14860
14861	// Translate Dear ImGui windows when a Host Viewport has been moved
14862	// (This additionally keeps windows at the same place when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is toggled!)
14863	const ImVec2 viewport_delta_pos = viewport->Pos - viewport->LastPos;
14864	if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) && (viewport_delta_pos.x != 0.0f || viewport_delta_pos.y != 0.0f))
14865	TranslateWindowsInViewport(viewport, old_pos: viewport->LastPos, new_pos: viewport->Pos);
14866
14867	// Update DPI scale
14868	float new_dpi_scale;
14869	if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowDpiScale && platform_funcs_available)
14870	new_dpi_scale = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowDpiScale(viewport);
14871	else if (viewport->PlatformMonitor != -1)
14872	new_dpi_scale = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[viewport->PlatformMonitor].DpiScale;
14873	else
14874	new_dpi_scale = (viewport->DpiScale != 0.0f) ? viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f;
14875	if (viewport->DpiScale != 0.0f && new_dpi_scale != viewport->DpiScale)
14876	{
14877	float scale_factor = new_dpi_scale / viewport->DpiScale;
14878	if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleViewports)
14879	ScaleWindowsInViewport(viewport, scale: scale_factor);
14880	//if (viewport == GetMainViewport())
14881	// g.PlatformInterface.SetWindowSize(viewport, viewport->Size * scale_factor);
14882
14883	// Scale our window moving pivot so that the window will rescale roughly around the mouse position.
14884	// FIXME-VIEWPORT: This currently creates a resizing feedback loop when a window is straddling a DPI transition border.
14885	// (Minor: since our sizes do not perfectly linearly scale, deferring the click offset scale until we know the actual window scale ratio may get us slightly more precise mouse positioning.)
14886	//if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.MovingWindow->Viewport == viewport)
14887	// g.ActiveIdClickOffset = ImTrunc(g.ActiveIdClickOffset * scale_factor);
14888	}
14889	viewport->DpiScale = new_dpi_scale;
14890	}
14891
14892	// Update fallback monitor
14893	g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
14894	if (g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size == 0)
14895	{
14896	ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = &g.FallbackMonitor;
14897	monitor->MainPos = main_viewport->Pos;
14898	monitor->MainSize = main_viewport->Size;
14899	monitor->WorkPos = main_viewport->WorkPos;
14900	monitor->WorkSize = main_viewport->WorkSize;
14901	monitor->DpiScale = main_viewport->DpiScale;
14902	g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(p: monitor->WorkPos);
14903	g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(p: monitor->WorkPos + monitor->WorkSize);
14904	}
14905	for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor : g.PlatformIO.Monitors)
14906	{
14907	g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(p: monitor.WorkPos);
14908	g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(p: monitor.WorkPos + monitor.WorkSize);
14909	}
14910
14911	if (!viewports_enabled)
14912	{
14913	g.MouseViewport = main_viewport;
14914	return;
14915	}
14916
14917	// Mouse handling: decide on the actual mouse viewport for this frame between the active/focused viewport and the hovered viewport.
14918	// Note that 'viewport_hovered' should skip over any viewport that has the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flags set.
14919	ImGuiViewportP* viewport_hovered = NULL;
14920	if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport)
14921	{
14922	viewport_hovered = g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport ? (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(id: g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport) : NULL;
14923	if (viewport_hovered && (viewport_hovered->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs))
14924	viewport_hovered = FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(mouse_platform_pos: g.IO.MousePos); // Backend failed to handle _NoInputs viewport: revert to our fallback.
14925	}
14926	else
14927	{
14928	// If the backend doesn't know how to honor ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs, we do a search ourselves. Note that this search:
14929	// A) won't take account of the possibility that non-imgui windows may be in-between our dragged window and our target window.
14930	// B) won't take account of how the backend apply parent<>child relationship to secondary viewports, which affects their Z order.
14931	// C) uses LastFrameAsRefViewport as a flawed replacement for the last time a window was focused (we could/should fix that by introducing Focus functions in PlatformIO)
14932	viewport_hovered = FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(mouse_platform_pos: g.IO.MousePos);
14933	}
14934	if (viewport_hovered != NULL)
14935	g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = viewport_hovered;
14936	else if (g.MouseLastHoveredViewport == NULL)
14937	g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = g.Viewports[0];
14938
14939	// Update mouse reference viewport
14940	// (when moving a window we aim at its viewport, but this will be overwritten below if we go in drag and drop mode)
14941	// (MovingViewport->Viewport will be NULL in the rare situation where the window disappared while moving, set UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() for details)
14942	if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->Viewport)
14943	g.MouseViewport = g.MovingWindow->Viewport;
14944	else
14945	g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport;
14946
14947	// When dragging something, always refer to the last hovered viewport.
14948	// - when releasing a moving window we will revert to aiming behind (at viewport_hovered)
14949	// - when we are between viewports, our dragged preview will tend to show in the last viewport _even_ if we don't have tooltips in their viewports (when lacking monitor info)
14950	// - consider the case of holding on a menu item to browse child menus: even thou a mouse button is held, there's no active id because menu items only react on mouse release.
14951	// FIXME-VIEWPORT: This is essentially broken, when ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport is set we want to trust when viewport_hovered==NULL and use that.
14952	const bool is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination = g.DragDropActive;
14953	if (is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination && viewport_hovered == NULL)
14954	viewport_hovered = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport;
14955	if (is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination || g.ActiveId == 0 || !IsAnyMouseDown())
14956	if (viewport_hovered != NULL && viewport_hovered != g.MouseViewport && !(viewport_hovered->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs))
14957	g.MouseViewport = viewport_hovered;
14958
14959	IM_ASSERT(g.MouseViewport != NULL);
14960	}
14961
14962	// Update user-facing viewport list (g.Viewports -> g.PlatformIO.Viewports after filtering out some)
14963	static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsEndFrame()
14964	{
14965	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14966	g.PlatformIO.Viewports.resize(new_size: 0);
14967	for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++)
14968	{
14969	ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[i];
14970	viewport->LastPos = viewport->Pos;
14971	if (viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount || viewport->Size.x <= 0.0f || viewport->Size.y <= 0.0f)
14972	if (i > 0) // Always include main viewport in the list
14973	continue;
14974	if (viewport->Window && !IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window: viewport->Window))
14975	continue;
14976	if (i > 0)
14977	IM_ASSERT(viewport->Window != NULL);
14978	g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(v: viewport);
14979	}
14980	g.Viewports[0]->ClearRequestFlags(); // Clear main viewport flags because UpdatePlatformWindows() won't do it and may not even be called
14981	}
14982
14983	// FIXME: We should ideally refactor the system to call this every frame (we currently don't)
14984	ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewportFlags flags)
14985	{
14986	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
14987	IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
14988
14989	flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow;
14990	if (window != NULL)
14991	{
14992	if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window)
14993	flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing;
14994	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
14995	flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs;
14996	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)
14997	flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing;
14998	}
14999
15000	ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(id);
15001	if (viewport)
15002	{
15003	// Always update for main viewport as we are already pulling correct platform pos/size (see #4900)
15004	if (!viewport->PlatformRequestMove || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
15005	viewport->Pos = pos;
15006	if (!viewport->PlatformRequestResize || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
15007	viewport->Size = size;
15008	viewport->Flags = flags | (viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized | ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused)); // Preserve existing flags
15009	}
15010	else
15011	{
15012	// New viewport
15013	viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)();
15014	viewport->ID = id;
15015	viewport->Idx = g.Viewports.Size;
15016	viewport->Pos = viewport->LastPos = pos;
15017	viewport->Size = size;
15018	viewport->Flags = flags;
15019	UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport);
15020	g.Viewports.push_back(v: viewport);
15021	g.ViewportCreatedCount++;
15022	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Add Viewport %08X '%s'\n", id, window ? window->Name : "<NULL>");
15023
15024	// We normally setup for all viewports in NewFrame() but here need to handle the mid-frame creation of a new viewport.
15025	// We need to extend the fullscreen clip rect so the OverlayDrawList clip is correct for that the first frame
15026	g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.x = ImMin(lhs: g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.x, rhs: viewport->Pos.x);
15027	g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.y = ImMin(lhs: g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.y, rhs: viewport->Pos.y);
15028	g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.z = ImMax(lhs: g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.z, rhs: viewport->Pos.x + viewport->Size.x);
15029	g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.w = ImMax(lhs: g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen.w, rhs: viewport->Pos.y + viewport->Size.y);
15030
15031	// Store initial DpiScale before the OS platform window creation, based on expected monitor data.
15032	// This is so we can select an appropriate font size on the first frame of our window lifetime
15033	if (viewport->PlatformMonitor != -1)
15034	viewport->DpiScale = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[viewport->PlatformMonitor].DpiScale;
15035	}
15036
15037	viewport->Window = window;
15038	viewport->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
15039	viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
15040	IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || viewport->ID == window->ID);
15041
15042	if (window != NULL)
15043	window->ViewportOwned = true;
15044
15045	return viewport;
15046	}
15047
15048	static void ImGui::DestroyViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
15049	{
15050	// Clear references to this viewport in windows (window->ViewportId becomes the master data)
15051	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
15052	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
15053	{
15054	if (window->Viewport != viewport)
15055	continue;
15056	window->Viewport = NULL;
15057	window->ViewportOwned = false;
15058	}
15059	if (viewport == g.MouseLastHoveredViewport)
15060	g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL;
15061
15062	// Destroy
15063	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Delete Viewport %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a");
15064	DestroyPlatformWindow(viewport); // In most circumstances the platform window will already be destroyed here.
15065	IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Viewports.contains(viewport) == false);
15066	IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports[viewport->Idx] == viewport);
15067	g.Viewports.erase(it: g.Viewports.Data + viewport->Idx);
15068	IM_DELETE(p: viewport);
15069	}
15070
15071	// FIXME-VIEWPORT: This is all super messy and ought to be clarified or rewritten.
15072	static void ImGui::WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window)
15073	{
15074	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
15075	ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
15076	window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = -1;
15077
15078	// Restore main viewport if multi-viewport is not supported by the backend
15079	ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();
15080	if (!(g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable))
15081	{
15082	SetWindowViewport(window, viewport: main_viewport);
15083	return;
15084	}
15085	window->ViewportOwned = false;
15086
15087	// Appearing popups reset their viewport so they can inherit again
15088	if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && window->Appearing)
15089	{
15090	window->Viewport = NULL;
15091	window->ViewportId = 0;
15092	}
15093
15094	if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport) == 0)
15095	{
15096	// By default inherit from parent window
15097	if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ParentWindow && (!window->ParentWindow->IsFallbackWindow || window->ParentWindow->WasActive))
15098	window->Viewport = window->ParentWindow->Viewport;
15099
15100	// Attempt to restore saved viewport id (= window that hasn't been activated yet), try to restore the viewport based on saved 'window->ViewportPos' restored from .ini file
15101	if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ViewportId != 0)
15102	{
15103	window->Viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(id: window->ViewportId);
15104	if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ViewportPos.x != FLT_MAX && window->ViewportPos.y != FLT_MAX)
15105	window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, id: window->ID, pos: window->ViewportPos, size: window->Size, flags: ImGuiViewportFlags_None);
15106	}
15107	}
15108
15109	bool lock_viewport = false;
15110	if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport)
15111	{
15112	// Code explicitly request a viewport
15113	window->Viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(id: g.NextWindowData.ViewportId);
15114	window->ViewportId = g.NextWindowData.ViewportId; // Store ID even if Viewport isn't resolved yet.
15115	if (window->Viewport && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) != 0 && window->Viewport->Window != NULL)
15116	{
15117	window->Viewport->Window = window;
15118	window->Viewport->ID = window->ViewportId = window->ID; // Overwrite ID (always owned by node)
15119	}
15120	lock_viewport = true;
15121	}
15122	else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
15123	{
15124	// Always inherit viewport from parent window
15125	if (window->DockNode && window->DockNode->HostWindow)
15126	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode->HostWindow->Viewport == window->ParentWindow->Viewport);
15127	window->Viewport = window->ParentWindow->Viewport;
15128	}
15129	else if (window->DockNode && window->DockNode->HostWindow)
15130	{
15131	// This covers the "always inherit viewport from parent window" case for when a window reattach to a node that was just created mid-frame
15132	window->Viewport = window->DockNode->HostWindow->Viewport;
15133	}
15134	else if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
15135	{
15136	window->Viewport = g.MouseViewport;
15137	}
15138	else if (GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(window))
15139	{
15140	window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, id: window->ID, pos: window->Pos, size: window->Size, flags: ImGuiViewportFlags_None);
15141	}
15142	else if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window && IsMousePosValid())
15143	{
15144	if (window->Viewport != NULL && window->Viewport->Window == window)
15145	window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, id: window->ID, pos: window->Pos, size: window->Size, flags: ImGuiViewportFlags_None);
15146	}
15147	else
15148	{
15149	// Merge into host viewport?
15150	// We cannot test window->ViewportOwned as it set lower in the function.
15151	// Testing (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) to avoid merging during a short-term widget interaction. Main intent was to avoid during resize (see #4212)
15152	bool try_to_merge_into_host_viewport = (window->Viewport && window == window->Viewport->Window && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap));
15153	if (try_to_merge_into_host_viewport)
15154	UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(window);
15155	}
15156
15157	// Fallback: merge in default viewport if z-order matches, otherwise create a new viewport
15158	if (window->Viewport == NULL)
15159	if (!UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(window, viewport: main_viewport))
15160	window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, id: window->ID, pos: window->Pos, size: window->Size, flags: ImGuiViewportFlags_None);
15161
15162	// Mark window as allowed to protrude outside of its viewport and into the current monitor
15163	if (!lock_viewport)
15164	{
15165	if (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
15166	{
15167	// We need to take account of the possibility that mouse may become invalid.
15168	// Popups/Tooltip always set ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend so GetWindowAllowedExtentRect() will return full monitor bounds.
15169	ImVec2 mouse_ref = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenMousePos;
15170	bool use_mouse_ref = (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow);
15171	bool mouse_valid = IsMousePosValid(mouse_pos: &mouse_ref);
15172	if ((window->Appearing || (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))) && (!use_mouse_ref || mouse_valid))
15173	window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = FindPlatformMonitorForPos(pos: (use_mouse_ref && mouse_valid) ? mouse_ref : NavCalcPreferredRefPos());
15174	else
15175	window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor;
15176	}
15177	else if (window->Viewport && window != window->Viewport->Window && window->Viewport->Window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->DockNode == NULL)
15178	{
15179	// When called from Begin() we don't have access to a proper version of the Hidden flag yet, so we replicate this code.
15180	const bool will_be_visible = (window->DockIsActive && !window->DockTabIsVisible) ? false : true;
15181	if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && window->Viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount && will_be_visible)
15182	{
15183	// Steal/transfer ownership
15184	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' steal Viewport %08X from Window '%s'\n", window->Name, window->Viewport->ID, window->Viewport->Window->Name);
15185	window->Viewport->Window = window;
15186	window->Viewport->ID = window->ID;
15187	window->Viewport->LastNameHash = 0;
15188	}
15189	else if (!UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(window)) // Merge?
15190	{
15191	// New viewport
15192	window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, id: window->ID, pos: window->Pos, size: window->Size, flags: ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing);
15193	}
15194	}
15195	else if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend < 0 && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0)
15196	{
15197	// Regular (non-child, non-popup) windows by default are also allowed to protrude
15198	// Child windows are kept contained within their parent.
15199	window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor;
15200	}
15201	}
15202
15203	// Update flags
15204	window->ViewportOwned = (window == window->Viewport->Window);
15205	window->ViewportId = window->Viewport->ID;
15206
15207	// If the OS window has a title bar, hide our imgui title bar
15208	//if (window->ViewportOwned && !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration))
15209	// window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
15210	}
15211
15212	void ImGui::WindowSyncOwnedViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack)
15213	{
15214	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
15215
15216	bool viewport_rect_changed = false;
15217
15218	// Synchronize window --> viewport in most situations
15219	// Synchronize viewport -> window in case the platform window has been moved or resized from the OS/WM
15220	if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
15221	{
15222	window->Pos = window->Viewport->Pos;
15223	MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
15224	}
15225	else if (memcmp(s1: &window->Viewport->Pos, s2: &window->Pos, n: sizeof(window->Pos)) != 0)
15226	{
15227	viewport_rect_changed = true;
15228	window->Viewport->Pos = window->Pos;
15229	}
15230
15231	if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
15232	{
15233	window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->Viewport->Size;
15234	MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
15235	}
15236	else if (memcmp(s1: &window->Viewport->Size, s2: &window->Size, n: sizeof(window->Size)) != 0)
15237	{
15238	viewport_rect_changed = true;
15239	window->Viewport->Size = window->Size;
15240	}
15241	window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
15242
15243	// The viewport may have changed monitor since the global update in UpdateViewportsNewFrame()
15244	// Either a SetNextWindowPos() call in the current frame or a SetWindowPos() call in the previous frame may have this effect.
15245	if (viewport_rect_changed)
15246	UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport: window->Viewport);
15247
15248	// Update common viewport flags
15249	const ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags_to_clear = ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear;
15250	ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags = window->Viewport->Flags & ~viewport_flags_to_clear;
15251	ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = window->Flags;
15252	const bool is_modal = (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0;
15253	const bool is_short_lived_floating_window = (window_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) != 0;
15254	if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
15255	viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
15256	if ((g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon || is_short_lived_floating_window) && !is_modal)
15257	viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon;
15258	if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration || is_short_lived_floating_window)
15259	viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration;
15260
15261	// Not correct to set modal as topmost because:
15262	// - Because other popups can be stacked above a modal (e.g. combo box in a modal)
15263	// - ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost is currently handled different in backends: in Win32 it is "appear top most" whereas in GLFW and SDL it is "stay topmost"
15264	//if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
15265	// viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
15266
15267	// For popups and menus that may be protruding out of their parent viewport, we enable _NoFocusOnClick so that clicking on them
15268	// won't steal the OS focus away from their parent window (which may be reflected in OS the title bar decoration).
15269	// Setting _NoFocusOnClick would technically prevent us from bringing back to front in case they are being covered by an OS window from a different app,
15270	// but it shouldn't be much of a problem considering those are already popups that are closed when clicking elsewhere.
15271	if (is_short_lived_floating_window && !is_modal)
15272	viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick;
15273
15274	// We can overwrite viewport flags using ImGuiWindowClass (advanced users)
15275	if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet)
15276	viewport_flags |= window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet;
15277	if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear)
15278	viewport_flags &= ~window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear;
15279
15280	// We can also tell the backend that clearing the platform window won't be necessary,
15281	// as our window background is filling the viewport and we have disabled BgAlpha.
15282	// FIXME: Work on support for per-viewport transparency (#2766)
15283	if (!(window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
15284	viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear;
15285
15286	window->Viewport->Flags = viewport_flags;
15287
15288	// Update parent viewport ID
15289	// (the !IsFallbackWindow test mimic the one done in WindowSelectViewport())
15290	if (window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId != (ImGuiID)-1)
15291	window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId;
15292	else if ((window_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && parent_window_in_stack && (!parent_window_in_stack->IsFallbackWindow || parent_window_in_stack->WasActive))
15293	window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = parent_window_in_stack->Viewport->ID;
15294	else
15295	window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent ? 0 : IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID;
15296	}
15297
15298	// Called by user at the end of the main loop, after EndFrame()
15299	// This will handle the creation/update of all OS windows via function defined in the ImGuiPlatformIO api.
15300	void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows()
15301	{
15302	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
15303	IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() before UpdatePlatformWindows()?");
15304	IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountPlatformEnded < g.FrameCount);
15305	g.FrameCountPlatformEnded = g.FrameCount;
15306	if (!(g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable))
15307	return;
15308
15309	// Create/resize/destroy platform windows to match each active viewport.
15310	// Skip the main viewport (index 0), which is always fully handled by the application!
15311	for (int i = 1; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++)
15312	{
15313	ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[i];
15314
15315	// Destroy platform window if the viewport hasn't been submitted or if it is hosting a hidden window
15316	// (the implicit/fallback Debug##Default window will be registering its viewport then be disabled, causing a dummy DestroyPlatformWindow to be made each frame)
15317	bool destroy_platform_window = false;
15318	destroy_platform_window |= (viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1);
15319	destroy_platform_window |= (viewport->Window && !IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window: viewport->Window));
15320	if (destroy_platform_window)
15321	{
15322	DestroyPlatformWindow(viewport);
15323	continue;
15324	}
15325
15326	// New windows that appears directly in a new viewport won't always have a size on their first frame
15327	if (viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount || viewport->Size.x <= 0 || viewport->Size.y <= 0)
15328	continue;
15329
15330	// Create window
15331	const bool is_new_platform_window = (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated == false);
15332	if (is_new_platform_window)
15333	{
15334	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Create Platform Window %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a");
15335	g.PlatformIO.Platform_CreateWindow(viewport);
15336	if (g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow != NULL)
15337	g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow(viewport);
15338	g.PlatformWindowsCreatedCount++;
15339	viewport->LastNameHash = 0;
15340	viewport->LastPlatformPos = viewport->LastPlatformSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); // By clearing those we'll enforce a call to Platform_SetWindowPos/Size below, before Platform_ShowWindow (FIXME: Is that necessary?)
15341	viewport->LastRendererSize = viewport->Size; // We don't need to call Renderer_SetWindowSize() as it is expected Renderer_CreateWindow() already did it.
15342	viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = true;
15343	}
15344
15345	// Apply Position and Size (from ImGui to Platform/Renderer backends)
15346	if ((viewport->LastPlatformPos.x != viewport->Pos.x || viewport->LastPlatformPos.y != viewport->Pos.y) && !viewport->PlatformRequestMove)
15347	g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowPos(viewport, viewport->Pos);
15348	if ((viewport->LastPlatformSize.x != viewport->Size.x || viewport->LastPlatformSize.y != viewport->Size.y) && !viewport->PlatformRequestResize)
15349	g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowSize(viewport, viewport->Size);
15350	if ((viewport->LastRendererSize.x != viewport->Size.x || viewport->LastRendererSize.y != viewport->Size.y) && g.PlatformIO.Renderer_SetWindowSize)
15351	g.PlatformIO.Renderer_SetWindowSize(viewport, viewport->Size);
15352	viewport->LastPlatformPos = viewport->Pos;
15353	viewport->LastPlatformSize = viewport->LastRendererSize = viewport->Size;
15354
15355	// Update title bar (if it changed)
15356	if (ImGuiWindow* window_for_title = GetWindowForTitleDisplay(window: viewport->Window))
15357	{
15358	const char* title_begin = window_for_title->Name;
15359	char* title_end = (char*)(intptr_t)FindRenderedTextEnd(text: title_begin);
15360	const ImGuiID title_hash = ImHashStr(data_p: title_begin, data_size: title_end - title_begin);
15361	if (viewport->LastNameHash != title_hash)
15362	{
15363	char title_end_backup_c = *title_end;
15364	*title_end = 0; // Cut existing buffer short instead of doing an alloc/free, no small gain.
15365	g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowTitle(viewport, title_begin);
15366	*title_end = title_end_backup_c;
15367	viewport->LastNameHash = title_hash;
15368	}
15369	}
15370
15371	// Update alpha (if it changed)
15372	if (viewport->LastAlpha != viewport->Alpha && g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowAlpha)
15373	g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowAlpha(viewport, viewport->Alpha);
15374	viewport->LastAlpha = viewport->Alpha;
15375
15376	// Optional, general purpose call to allow the backend to perform general book-keeping even if things haven't changed.
15377	if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_UpdateWindow)
15378	g.PlatformIO.Platform_UpdateWindow(viewport);
15379
15380	if (is_new_platform_window)
15381	{
15382	// On startup ensure new platform window don't steal focus (give it a few frames, as nested contents may lead to viewport being created a few frames late)
15383	if (g.FrameCount < 3)
15384	viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing;
15385
15386	// Show window
15387	g.PlatformIO.Platform_ShowWindow(viewport);
15388
15389	// Even without focus, we assume the window becomes front-most.
15390	// This is useful for our platform z-order heuristic when io.MouseHoveredViewport is not available.
15391	if (viewport->LastFocusedStampCount != g.ViewportFocusedStampCount)
15392	viewport->LastFocusedStampCount = ++g.ViewportFocusedStampCount;
15393	}
15394
15395	// Clear request flags
15396	viewport->ClearRequestFlags();
15397	}
15398	}
15399
15400	// This is a default/basic function for performing the rendering/swap of multiple Platform Windows.
15401	// Custom renderers may prefer to not call this function at all, and instead iterate the publicly exposed platform data and handle rendering/sync themselves.
15402	// The Render/Swap functions stored in ImGuiPlatformIO are merely here to allow for this helper to exist, but you can do it yourself:
15403	//
15404	// ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
15405	// for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++)
15406	// if ((platform_io.Viewports[i]->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) == 0)
15407	// MyRenderFunction(platform_io.Viewports[i], my_args);
15408	// for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++)
15409	// if ((platform_io.Viewports[i]->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) == 0)
15410	// MySwapBufferFunction(platform_io.Viewports[i], my_args);
15411	//
15412	void ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg, void* renderer_render_arg)
15413	{
15414	// Skip the main viewport (index 0), which is always fully handled by the application!
15415	ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO();
15416	for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++)
15417	{
15418	ImGuiViewport* viewport = platform_io.Viewports[i];
15419	if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)
15420	continue;
15421	if (platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow) platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow(viewport, platform_render_arg);
15422	if (platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow) platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow(viewport, renderer_render_arg);
15423	}
15424	for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++)
15425	{
15426	ImGuiViewport* viewport = platform_io.Viewports[i];
15427	if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)
15428	continue;
15429	if (platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers) platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers(viewport, platform_render_arg);
15430	if (platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers) platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers(viewport, renderer_render_arg);
15431	}
15432	}
15433
15434	static int ImGui::FindPlatformMonitorForPos(const ImVec2& pos)
15435	{
15436	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
15437	for (int monitor_n = 0; monitor_n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; monitor_n++)
15438	{
15439	const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_n];
15440	if (ImRect(monitor.MainPos, monitor.MainPos + monitor.MainSize).Contains(p: pos))
15441	return monitor_n;
15442	}
15443	return -1;
15444	}
15445
15446	// Search for the monitor with the largest intersection area with the given rectangle
15447	// We generally try to avoid searching loops but the monitor count should be very small here
15448	// FIXME-OPT: We could test the last monitor used for that viewport first, and early
15449	static int ImGui::FindPlatformMonitorForRect(const ImRect& rect)
15450	{
15451	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
15452
15453	const int monitor_count = g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size;
15454	if (monitor_count <= 1)
15455	return monitor_count - 1;
15456
15457	// Use a minimum threshold of 1.0f so a zero-sized rect won't false positive, and will still find the correct monitor given its position.
15458	// This is necessary for tooltips which always resize down to zero at first.
15459	const float surface_threshold = ImMax(lhs: rect.GetWidth() * rect.GetHeight() * 0.5f, rhs: 1.0f);
15460	int best_monitor_n = -1;
15461	float best_monitor_surface = 0.001f;
15462
15463	for (int monitor_n = 0; monitor_n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size && best_monitor_surface < surface_threshold; monitor_n++)
15464	{
15465	const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_n];
15466	const ImRect monitor_rect = ImRect(monitor.MainPos, monitor.MainPos + monitor.MainSize);
15467	if (monitor_rect.Contains(r: rect))
15468	return monitor_n;
15469	ImRect overlapping_rect = rect;
15470	overlapping_rect.ClipWithFull(r: monitor_rect);
15471	float overlapping_surface = overlapping_rect.GetWidth() * overlapping_rect.GetHeight();
15472	if (overlapping_surface < best_monitor_surface)
15473	continue;
15474	best_monitor_surface = overlapping_surface;
15475	best_monitor_n = monitor_n;
15476	}
15477	return best_monitor_n;
15478	}
15479
15480	// Update monitor from viewport rectangle (we'll use this info to clamp windows and save windows lost in a removed monitor)
15481	static void ImGui::UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
15482	{
15483	viewport->PlatformMonitor = (short)FindPlatformMonitorForRect(rect: viewport->GetMainRect());
15484	}
15485
15486	// Return value is always != NULL, but don't hold on it across frames.
15487	const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* ImGui::GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewport* viewport_p)
15488	{
15489	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
15490	ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)viewport_p;
15491	int monitor_idx = viewport->PlatformMonitor;
15492	if (monitor_idx >= 0 && monitor_idx < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size)
15493	return &g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_idx];
15494	return &g.FallbackMonitor;
15495	}
15496
15497	void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
15498	{
15499	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
15500	if (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated)
15501	{
15502	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Destroy Platform Window %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a");
15503	if (g.PlatformIO.Renderer_DestroyWindow)
15504	g.PlatformIO.Renderer_DestroyWindow(viewport);
15505	if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_DestroyWindow)
15506	g.PlatformIO.Platform_DestroyWindow(viewport);
15507	IM_ASSERT(viewport->RendererUserData == NULL && viewport->PlatformUserData == NULL);
15508
15509	// Don't clear PlatformWindowCreated for the main viewport, as we initially set that up to true in Initialize()
15510	// The righter way may be to leave it to the backend to set this flag all-together, and made the flag public.
15511	if (viewport->ID != IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
15512	viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = false;
15513	}
15514	else
15515	{
15516	IM_ASSERT(viewport->RendererUserData == NULL && viewport->PlatformUserData == NULL && viewport->PlatformHandle == NULL);
15517	}
15518	viewport->RendererUserData = viewport->PlatformUserData = viewport->PlatformHandle = NULL;
15519	viewport->ClearRequestFlags();
15520	}
15521
15522	void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows()
15523	{
15524	// We call the destroy window on every viewport (including the main viewport, index 0) to give a chance to the backend
15525	// to clear any data they may have stored in e.g. PlatformUserData, RendererUserData.
15526	// It is convenient for the platform backend code to store something in the main viewport, in order for e.g. the mouse handling
15527	// code to operator a consistent manner.
15528	// It is expected that the backend can handle calls to Renderer_DestroyWindow/Platform_DestroyWindow without
15529	// crashing if it doesn't have data stored.
15530	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
15531	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
15532	DestroyPlatformWindow(viewport);
15533	}
15534
15535
15536	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15537	// [SECTION] DOCKING
15538	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15539	// Docking: Internal Types
15540	// Docking: Forward Declarations
15541	// Docking: ImGuiDockContext
15542	// Docking: ImGuiDockContext Docking/Undocking functions
15543	// Docking: ImGuiDockNode
15544	// Docking: ImGuiDockNode Tree manipulation functions
15545	// Docking: Public Functions (SetWindowDock, DockSpace, DockSpaceOverViewport)
15546	// Docking: Builder Functions
15547	// Docking: Begin/End Support Functions (called from Begin/End)
15548	// Docking: Settings
15549	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15550
15551	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15552	// Typical Docking call flow: (root level is generally public API):
15553	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15554	// - NewFrame() new dear imgui frame
15555	// | DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking() - process queued undocking requests
15556	// | - DockContextProcessUndockWindow() - process one window undocking request
15557	// | - DockContextProcessUndockNode() - process one whole node undocking request
15558	// | DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking() - process queue docking requests, create floating dock nodes
15559	// | - update g.HoveredDockNode - [debug] update node hovered by mouse
15560	// | - DockContextProcessDock() - process one docking request
15561	// | - DockNodeUpdate()
15562	// | - DockNodeUpdateForRootNode()
15563	// | - DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse()
15564	// | - DockNodeFindInfo()
15565	// | - destroy unused node or tab bar
15566	// | - create dock node host window
15567	// | - Begin() etc.
15568	// | - DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow()
15569	// | - DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize()
15570	// | - DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter()
15571	// | - draw node background
15572	// | - DockNodeUpdateTabBar() - create/update tab bar for a docking node
15573	// | - DockNodeAddTabBar()
15574	// | - DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate()
15575	// | - DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout()
15576	// | - BeginTabBarEx()
15577	// | - TabItemEx() calls
15578	// | - EndTabBar()
15579	// | - BeginDockableDragDropTarget()
15580	// | - DockNodeUpdate() - recurse into child nodes...
15581	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15582	// - DockSpace() user submit a dockspace into a window
15583	// | Begin(Child) - create a child window
15584	// | DockNodeUpdate() - call main dock node update function
15585	// | End(Child)
15586	// | ItemSize()
15587	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15588	// - Begin()
15589	// | BeginDocked()
15590	// | BeginDockableDragDropSource()
15591	// | BeginDockableDragDropTarget()
15592	// | - DockNodePreviewDockRender()
15593	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15594	// - EndFrame()
15595	// | DockContextEndFrame()
15596	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15597
15598	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15599	// Docking: Internal Types
15600	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15601	// - ImGuiDockRequestType
15602	// - ImGuiDockRequest
15603	// - ImGuiDockPreviewData
15604	// - ImGuiDockNodeSettings
15605	// - ImGuiDockContext
15606	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15607
15608	enum ImGuiDockRequestType
15609	{
15610	ImGuiDockRequestType_None = 0,
15611	ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock,
15612	ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock,
15613	ImGuiDockRequestType_Split // Split is the same as Dock but without a DockPayload
15614	};
15615
15616	struct ImGuiDockRequest
15617	{
15618	ImGuiDockRequestType Type;
15619	ImGuiWindow* DockTargetWindow; // Destination/Target Window to dock into (may be a loose window or a DockNode, might be NULL in which case DockTargetNode cannot be NULL)
15620	ImGuiDockNode* DockTargetNode; // Destination/Target Node to dock into
15621	ImGuiWindow* DockPayload; // Source/Payload window to dock (may be a loose window or a DockNode), [Optional]
15622	ImGuiDir DockSplitDir;
15623	float DockSplitRatio;
15624	bool DockSplitOuter;
15625	ImGuiWindow* UndockTargetWindow;
15626	ImGuiDockNode* UndockTargetNode;
15627
15628	ImGuiDockRequest()
15629	{
15630	Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_None;
15631	DockTargetWindow = DockPayload = UndockTargetWindow = NULL;
15632	DockTargetNode = UndockTargetNode = NULL;
15633	DockSplitDir = ImGuiDir_None;
15634	DockSplitRatio = 0.5f;
15635	DockSplitOuter = false;
15636	}
15637	};
15638
15639	struct ImGuiDockPreviewData
15640	{
15641	ImGuiDockNode FutureNode;
15642	bool IsDropAllowed;
15643	bool IsCenterAvailable;
15644	bool IsSidesAvailable; // Hold your breath, grammar freaks..
15645	bool IsSplitDirExplicit; // Set when hovered the drop rect (vs. implicit SplitDir==None when hovered the window)
15646	ImGuiDockNode* SplitNode;
15647	ImGuiDir SplitDir;
15648	float SplitRatio;
15649	ImRect DropRectsDraw[ImGuiDir_COUNT + 1]; // May be slightly different from hit-testing drop rects used in DockNodeCalcDropRects()
15650
15651	ImGuiDockPreviewData() : FutureNode(0) { IsDropAllowed = IsCenterAvailable = IsSidesAvailable = IsSplitDirExplicit = false; SplitNode = NULL; SplitDir = ImGuiDir_None; SplitRatio = 0.f; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(DropRectsDraw); n++) DropRectsDraw[n] = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); }
15652	};
15653
15654	// Persistent Settings data, stored contiguously in SettingsNodes (sizeof() ~32 bytes)
15655	struct ImGuiDockNodeSettings
15656	{
15657	ImGuiID ID;
15658	ImGuiID ParentNodeId;
15659	ImGuiID ParentWindowId;
15660	ImGuiID SelectedTabId;
15661	signed char SplitAxis;
15662	char Depth;
15663	ImGuiDockNodeFlags Flags; // NB: We save individual flags one by one in ascii format (ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_)
15664	ImVec2ih Pos;
15665	ImVec2ih Size;
15666	ImVec2ih SizeRef;
15667	ImGuiDockNodeSettings() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_None; }
15668	};
15669
15670	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15671	// Docking: Forward Declarations
15672	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15673
15674	namespace ImGui
15675	{
15676	// ImGuiDockContext
15677	static ImGuiDockNode* DockContextAddNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id);
15678	static void DockContextRemoveNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool merge_sibling_into_parent_node);
15679	static void DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node);
15680	static void DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req);
15681	static void DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx);
15682	static ImGuiDockNode* DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window);
15683	static void DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings_array, int node_settings_count);
15684	static void DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id); // Use root_id==0 to add all
15685
15686	// ImGuiDockNode
15687	static void DockNodeAddWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, bool add_to_tab_bar);
15688	static void DockNodeMoveWindows(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* src_node);
15689	static void DockNodeMoveChildNodes(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* src_node);
15690	static ImGuiWindow* DockNodeFindWindowByID(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiID id);
15691	static void DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15692	static void DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID save_dock_id);
15693	static void DockNodeHideHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15694	static void DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15695	static void DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15696	static void DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15697	static void DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15698	static void DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window);
15699	static void DockNodeAddTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15700	static void DockNodeRemoveTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15701	static void DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
15702	static void DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15703	static void DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window);
15704	static bool DockNodeIsDropAllowed(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiWindow* payload_window);
15705	static void DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking);
15706	static void DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, const ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data);
15707	static void DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* out_title_rect, ImRect* out_tab_bar_rect, ImVec2* out_window_menu_button_pos, ImVec2* out_close_button_pos);
15708	static void DockNodeCalcSplitRects(ImVec2& pos_old, ImVec2& size_old, ImVec2& pos_new, ImVec2& size_new, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_new_desired);
15709	static bool DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(const ImRect& parent, ImGuiDir dir, ImRect& out_draw, bool outer_docking, ImVec2* test_mouse_pos);
15710	static const char* DockNodeGetHostWindowTitle(ImGuiDockNode* node, char* buf, int buf_size) { ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, fmt: "##DockNode_%02X", node->ID); return buf; }
15711	static int DockNodeGetTabOrder(ImGuiWindow* window);
15712
15713	// ImGuiDockNode tree manipulations
15714	static void DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiAxis split_axis, int split_first_child, float split_ratio, ImGuiDockNode* new_node);
15715	static void DockNodeTreeMerge(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiDockNode* merge_lead_child);
15716	static void DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 size, ImGuiDockNode* only_write_to_single_node = NULL);
15717	static void DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15718	static ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos);
15719	static ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(ImGuiDockNode* node);
15720
15721	// Settings
15722	static void DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(ImGuiID old_node_id, ImGuiID new_node_id);
15723	static void DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(ImGuiID* node_ids, int node_ids_count);
15724	static ImGuiDockNodeSettings* DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID node_id);
15725	static void DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
15726	static void DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
15727	static void* DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);
15728	static void DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);
15729	static void DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);
15730	}
15731
15732	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15733	// Docking: ImGuiDockContext
15734	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15735	// The lifetime model is different from the one of regular windows: we always create a ImGuiDockNode for each ImGuiDockNodeSettings,
15736	// or we always hold the entire docking node tree. Nodes are frequently hidden, e.g. if the window(s) or child nodes they host are not active.
15737	// At boot time only, we run a simple GC to remove nodes that have no references.
15738	// Because dock node settings (which are small, contiguous structures) are always mirrored by their corresponding dock nodes (more complete structures),
15739	// we can also very easily recreate the nodes from scratch given the settings data (this is what DockContextRebuild() does).
15740	// This is convenient as docking reconfiguration can be implemented by mostly poking at the simpler settings data.
15741	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15742	// - DockContextInitialize()
15743	// - DockContextShutdown()
15744	// - DockContextClearNodes()
15745	// - DockContextRebuildNodes()
15746	// - DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking()
15747	// - DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking()
15748	// - DockContextEndFrame()
15749	// - DockContextFindNodeByID()
15750	// - DockContextBindNodeToWindow()
15751	// - DockContextGenNodeID()
15752	// - DockContextAddNode()
15753	// - DockContextRemoveNode()
15754	// - ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData
15755	// - DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes()
15756	// - DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings()
15757	// - DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes()
15758	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
15759
15760	void ImGui::DockContextInitialize(ImGuiContext* ctx)
15761	{
15762	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
15763
15764	// Add .ini handle for persistent docking data
15765	ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
15766	ini_handler.TypeName = "Docking";
15767	ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr(data_p: "Docking");
15768	ini_handler.ClearAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
15769	ini_handler.ReadInitFn = DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll; // Also clear on read
15770	ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
15771	ini_handler.ReadLineFn = DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
15772	ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
15773	ini_handler.WriteAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
15774	g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(v: ini_handler);
15775
15776	g.DockNodeWindowMenuHandler = &DockNodeWindowMenuHandler_Default;
15777	}
15778
15779	void ImGui::DockContextShutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx)
15780	{
15781	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
15782	for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
15783	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
15784	IM_DELETE(p: node);
15785	}
15786
15787	void ImGui::DockContextClearNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs)
15788	{
15789	IM_UNUSED(ctx);
15790	IM_ASSERT(ctx == GImGui);
15791	DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(node_id: root_id, clear_settings_refs);
15792	DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(node_id: root_id);
15793	}
15794
15795	// [DEBUG] This function also acts as a defacto test to make sure we can rebuild from scratch without a glitch
15796	// (Different from DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll() + DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() because this reuses current settings!)
15797	void ImGui::DockContextRebuildNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx)
15798	{
15799	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
15800	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
15801	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextRebuildNodes\n");
15802	SaveIniSettingsToMemory();
15803	ImGuiID root_id = 0; // Rebuild all
15804	DockContextClearNodes(ctx, root_id, clear_settings_refs: false);
15805	DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ctx, node_settings_array: dc->NodesSettings.Data, node_settings_count: dc->NodesSettings.Size);
15806	DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ctx, root_id);
15807	}
15808
15809	// Docking context update function, called by NewFrame()
15810	void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx)
15811	{
15812	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
15813	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
15814	if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
15815	{
15816	if (dc->Nodes.Data.Size > 0 || dc->Requests.Size > 0)
15817	DockContextClearNodes(ctx, root_id: 0, clear_settings_refs: true);
15818	return;
15819	}
15820
15821	// Setting NoSplit at runtime merges all nodes
15822	if (g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit)
15823	for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
15824	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
15825	if (node->IsRootNode() && node->IsSplitNode())
15826	{
15827	DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(node_id: node->ID);
15828	//dc->WantFullRebuild = true;
15829	}
15830
15831	// Process full rebuild
15832	#if 0
15833	if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_C)))
15834	dc->WantFullRebuild = true;
15835	#endif
15836	if (dc->WantFullRebuild)
15837	{
15838	DockContextRebuildNodes(ctx);
15839	dc->WantFullRebuild = false;
15840	}
15841
15842	// Process Undocking requests (we need to process them _before_ the UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame call in NewFrame)
15843	for (ImGuiDockRequest& req : dc->Requests)
15844	{
15845	if (req.Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req.UndockTargetWindow)
15846	DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window: req.UndockTargetWindow);
15847	else if (req.Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req.UndockTargetNode)
15848	DockContextProcessUndockNode(ctx, node: req.UndockTargetNode);
15849	}
15850	}
15851
15852	// Docking context update function, called by NewFrame()
15853	void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx)
15854	{
15855	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
15856	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
15857	if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
15858	return;
15859
15860	// [DEBUG] Store hovered dock node.
15861	// We could in theory use DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos() on the root host dock node, but using ->DockNode is a good shortcut.
15862	// Note this is mostly a debug thing and isn't actually used for docking target, because docking involve more detailed filtering.
15863	g.DebugHoveredDockNode = NULL;
15864	if (ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow)
15865	{
15866	if (hovered_window->DockNodeAsHost)
15867	g.DebugHoveredDockNode = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(node: hovered_window->DockNodeAsHost, pos: g.IO.MousePos);
15868	else if (hovered_window->RootWindow->DockNode)
15869	g.DebugHoveredDockNode = hovered_window->RootWindow->DockNode;
15870	}
15871
15872	// Process Docking requests
15873	for (ImGuiDockRequest& req : dc->Requests)
15874	if (req.Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock)
15875	DockContextProcessDock(ctx, req: &req);
15876	dc->Requests.resize(new_size: 0);
15877
15878	// Create windows for each automatic docking nodes
15879	// We can have NULL pointers when we delete nodes, but because ID are recycled this should amortize nicely (and our node count will never be very high)
15880	for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
15881	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
15882	if (node->IsFloatingNode())
15883	DockNodeUpdate(node);
15884	}
15885
15886	void ImGui::DockContextEndFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx)
15887	{
15888	// Draw backgrounds of node missing their window
15889	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
15890	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext;
15891	for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
15892	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
15893	if (node->LastFrameActive == g.FrameCount && node->IsVisible && node->HostWindow && node->IsLeafNode() && !node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame)
15894	{
15895	ImRect bg_rect(node->Pos + ImVec2(0.0f, GetFrameHeight()), node->Pos + node->Size);
15896	ImDrawFlags bg_rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(r_in: bg_rect, r_outer: node->HostWindow->Rect(), threshold: g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize);
15897	node->HostWindow->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG);
15898	node->HostWindow->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: bg_rect.Min, p_max: bg_rect.Max, col: node->LastBgColor, rounding: node->HostWindow->WindowRounding, flags: bg_rounding_flags);
15899	}
15900	}
15901
15902	ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id)
15903	{
15904	return (ImGuiDockNode*)ctx->DockContext.Nodes.GetVoidPtr(key: id);
15905	}
15906
15907	ImGuiID ImGui::DockContextGenNodeID(ImGuiContext* ctx)
15908	{
15909	// Generate an ID for new node (the exact ID value doesn't matter as long as it is not already used)
15910	// FIXME-OPT FIXME-DOCK: This is suboptimal, even if the node count is small enough not to be a worry.0
15911	// We should poke in ctx->Nodes to find a suitable ID faster. Even more so trivial that ctx->Nodes lookup is already sorted.
15912	ImGuiID id = 0x0001;
15913	while (DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id) != NULL)
15914	id++;
15915	return id;
15916	}
15917
15918	static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextAddNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id)
15919	{
15920	// Generate an ID for the new node (the exact ID value doesn't matter as long as it is not already used) and add the first window.
15921	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
15922	if (id == 0)
15923	id = DockContextGenNodeID(ctx);
15924	else
15925	IM_ASSERT(DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id) == NULL);
15926
15927	// We don't set node->LastFrameAlive on construction. Nodes are always created at all time to reflect .ini settings!
15928	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextAddNode 0x%08X\n", id);
15929	ImGuiDockNode* node = IM_NEW(ImGuiDockNode)(id);
15930	ctx->DockContext.Nodes.SetVoidPtr(key: node->ID, val: node);
15931	return node;
15932	}
15933
15934	static void ImGui::DockContextRemoveNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool merge_sibling_into_parent_node)
15935	{
15936	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
15937	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
15938
15939	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextRemoveNode 0x%08X\n", node->ID);
15940	IM_ASSERT(DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node->ID) == node);
15941	IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[0] == NULL && node->ChildNodes[1] == NULL);
15942	IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size == 0);
15943
15944	if (node->HostWindow)
15945	node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost = NULL;
15946
15947	ImGuiDockNode* parent_node = node->ParentNode;
15948	const bool merge = (merge_sibling_into_parent_node && parent_node != NULL);
15949	if (merge)
15950	{
15951	IM_ASSERT(parent_node->ChildNodes[0] == node || parent_node->ChildNodes[1] == node);
15952	ImGuiDockNode* sibling_node = (parent_node->ChildNodes[0] == node ? parent_node->ChildNodes[1] : parent_node->ChildNodes[0]);
15953	DockNodeTreeMerge(ctx: &g, parent_node, merge_lead_child: sibling_node);
15954	}
15955	else
15956	{
15957	for (int n = 0; parent_node && n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(parent_node->ChildNodes); n++)
15958	if (parent_node->ChildNodes[n] == node)
15959	node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[n] = NULL;
15960	dc->Nodes.SetVoidPtr(key: node->ID, NULL);
15961	IM_DELETE(p: node);
15962	}
15963	}
15964
15965	static int IMGUI_CDECL DockNodeComparerDepthMostFirst(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
15966	{
15967	const ImGuiDockNode* a = *(const ImGuiDockNode* const*)lhs;
15968	const ImGuiDockNode* b = *(const ImGuiDockNode* const*)rhs;
15969	return ImGui::DockNodeGetDepth(node: b) - ImGui::DockNodeGetDepth(node: a);
15970	}
15971
15972	// Pre C++0x doesn't allow us to use a function-local type (without linkage) as template parameter, so we moved this here.
15973	struct ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData
15974	{
15975	int CountWindows, CountChildWindows, CountChildNodes;
15976	ImGuiID RootId;
15977	ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData() { CountWindows = CountChildWindows = CountChildNodes = 0; RootId = 0; }
15978	};
15979
15980	// Garbage collect unused nodes (run once at init time)
15981	static void ImGui::DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx)
15982	{
15983	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
15984	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
15985	IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == 0);
15986
15987	ImPool<ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData> pool;
15988	pool.Reserve(capacity: dc->NodesSettings.Size);
15989
15990	// Count child nodes and compute RootID
15991	for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; settings_n++)
15992	{
15993	ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n];
15994	ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* parent_data = settings->ParentNodeId ? pool.GetByKey(key: settings->ParentNodeId) : 0;
15995	pool.GetOrAddByKey(key: settings->ID)->RootId = parent_data ? parent_data->RootId : settings->ID;
15996	if (settings->ParentNodeId)
15997	pool.GetOrAddByKey(key: settings->ParentNodeId)->CountChildNodes++;
15998	}
15999
16000	// Count reference to dock ids from dockspaces
16001	// We track the 'auto-DockNode <- manual-Window <- manual-DockSpace' in order to avoid 'auto-DockNode' being ditched by DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes()
16002	for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; settings_n++)
16003	{
16004	ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n];
16005	if (settings->ParentWindowId != 0)
16006	if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(id: settings->ParentWindowId))
16007	if (window_settings->DockId)
16008	if (ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data = pool.GetByKey(key: window_settings->DockId))
16009	data->CountChildNodes++;
16010	}
16011
16012	// Count reference to dock ids from window settings
16013	// We guard against the possibility of an invalid .ini file (RootID may point to a missing node)
16014	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
16015	if (ImGuiID dock_id = settings->DockId)
16016	if (ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data = pool.GetByKey(key: dock_id))
16017	{
16018	data->CountWindows++;
16019	if (ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data_root = (data->RootId == dock_id) ? data : pool.GetByKey(key: data->RootId))
16020	data_root->CountChildWindows++;
16021	}
16022
16023	// Prune
16024	for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; settings_n++)
16025	{
16026	ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n];
16027	ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data = pool.GetByKey(key: settings->ID);
16028	if (data->CountWindows > 1)
16029	continue;
16030	ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data_root = (data->RootId == settings->ID) ? data : pool.GetByKey(key: data->RootId);
16031
16032	bool remove = false;
16033	remove |= (data->CountWindows == 1 && settings->ParentNodeId == 0 && data->CountChildNodes == 0 && !(settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode)); // Floating root node with only 1 window
16034	remove |= (data->CountWindows == 0 && settings->ParentNodeId == 0 && data->CountChildNodes == 0); // Leaf nodes with 0 window
16035	remove |= (data_root->CountChildWindows == 0);
16036	if (remove)
16037	{
16038	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes: Prune 0x%08X\n", settings->ID);
16039	DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(node_ids: &settings->ID, node_ids_count: 1);
16040	settings->ID = 0;
16041	}
16042	}
16043	}
16044
16045	static void ImGui::DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings_array, int node_settings_count)
16046	{
16047	// Build nodes
16048	for (int node_n = 0; node_n < node_settings_count; node_n++)
16049	{
16050	ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &node_settings_array[node_n];
16051	if (settings->ID == 0)
16052	continue;
16053	ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id: settings->ID);
16054	node->ParentNode = settings->ParentNodeId ? DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id: settings->ParentNodeId) : NULL;
16055	node->Pos = ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);
16056	node->Size = ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
16057	node->SizeRef = ImVec2(settings->SizeRef.x, settings->SizeRef.y);
16058	node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
16059	if (node->ParentNode && node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == NULL)
16060	node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] = node;
16061	else if (node->ParentNode && node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] == NULL)
16062	node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] = node;
16063	node->SelectedTabId = settings->SelectedTabId;
16064	node->SplitAxis = (ImGuiAxis)settings->SplitAxis;
16065	node->SetLocalFlags(settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_);
16066
16067	// Bind host window immediately if it already exist (in case of a rebuild)
16068	// This is useful as the RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight links necessary to highlight the currently focused node requires node->HostWindow to be set.
16069	char host_window_title[20];
16070	ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
16071	node->HostWindow = FindWindowByName(name: DockNodeGetHostWindowTitle(node: root_node, buf: host_window_title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(host_window_title)));
16072	}
16073	}
16074
16075	void ImGui::DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id)
16076	{
16077	// Rebind all windows to nodes (they can also lazily rebind but we'll have a visible glitch during the first frame)
16078	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
16079	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
16080	{
16081	if (window->DockId == 0 || window->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)
16082	continue;
16083	if (window->DockNode != NULL)
16084	continue;
16085
16086	ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id: window->DockId);
16087	IM_ASSERT(node != NULL); // This should have been called after DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings()
16088	if (root_id == 0 || DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->ID == root_id)
16089	DockNodeAddWindow(node, window, add_to_tab_bar: true);
16090	}
16091	}
16092
16093	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
16094	// Docking: ImGuiDockContext Docking/Undocking functions
16095	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
16096	// - DockContextQueueDock()
16097	// - DockContextQueueUndockWindow()
16098	// - DockContextQueueUndockNode()
16099	// - DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode()
16100	// - DockContextProcessDock()
16101	// - DockContextProcessUndockWindow()
16102	// - DockContextProcessUndockNode()
16103	// - DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking()
16104	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
16105
16106	void ImGui::DockContextQueueDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, float split_ratio, bool split_outer)
16107	{
16108	IM_ASSERT(target != payload);
16109	ImGuiDockRequest req;
16110	req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock;
16111	req.DockTargetWindow = target;
16112	req.DockTargetNode = target_node;
16113	req.DockPayload = payload;
16114	req.DockSplitDir = split_dir;
16115	req.DockSplitRatio = split_ratio;
16116	req.DockSplitOuter = split_outer;
16117	ctx->DockContext.Requests.push_back(v: req);
16118	}
16119
16120	void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window)
16121	{
16122	ImGuiDockRequest req;
16123	req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock;
16124	req.UndockTargetWindow = window;
16125	ctx->DockContext.Requests.push_back(v: req);
16126	}
16127
16128	void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node)
16129	{
16130	ImGuiDockRequest req;
16131	req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock;
16132	req.UndockTargetNode = node;
16133	ctx->DockContext.Requests.push_back(v: req);
16134	}
16135
16136	void ImGui::DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node)
16137	{
16138	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
16139	for (ImGuiDockRequest& req : dc->Requests)
16140	if (req.DockTargetNode == node)
16141	req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_None;
16142	}
16143
16144	void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req)
16145	{
16146	IM_ASSERT((req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock && req->DockPayload != NULL) || (req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Split && req->DockPayload == NULL));
16147	IM_ASSERT(req->DockTargetWindow != NULL || req->DockTargetNode != NULL);
16148
16149	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
16150	IM_UNUSED(g);
16151
16152	ImGuiWindow* payload_window = req->DockPayload; // Optional
16153	ImGuiWindow* target_window = req->DockTargetWindow;
16154	ImGuiDockNode* node = req->DockTargetNode;
16155	if (payload_window)
16156	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X target '%s' dock window '%s', split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, target_window ? target_window->Name : "NULL", payload_window->Name, req->DockSplitDir);
16157	else
16158	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X, split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, req->DockSplitDir);
16159
16160	// Decide which Tab will be selected at the end of the operation
16161	ImGuiID next_selected_id = 0;
16162	ImGuiDockNode* payload_node = NULL;
16163	if (payload_window)
16164	{
16165	payload_node = payload_window->DockNodeAsHost;
16166	payload_window->DockNodeAsHost = NULL; // Important to clear this as the node will have its life as a child which might be merged/deleted later.
16167	if (payload_node && payload_node->IsLeafNode())
16168	next_selected_id = payload_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId ? payload_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId : payload_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId;
16169	if (payload_node == NULL)
16170	next_selected_id = payload_window->TabId;
16171	}
16172
16173	// FIXME-DOCK: When we are trying to dock an existing single-window node into a loose window, transfer Node ID as well
16174	// When processing an interactive split, usually LastFrameAlive will be < g.FrameCount. But DockBuilder operations can make it ==.
16175	if (node)
16176	IM_ASSERT(node->LastFrameAlive <= g.FrameCount);
16177	if (node && target_window && node == target_window->DockNodeAsHost)
16178	IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size > 0 || node->IsSplitNode() || node->IsCentralNode());
16179
16180	// Create new node and add existing window to it
16181	if (node == NULL)
16182	{
16183	node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id: 0);
16184	node->Pos = target_window->Pos;
16185	node->Size = target_window->Size;
16186	if (target_window->DockNodeAsHost == NULL)
16187	{
16188	DockNodeAddWindow(node, window: target_window, add_to_tab_bar: true);
16189	node->TabBar->Tabs[0].Flags &= ~ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted;
16190	target_window->DockIsActive = true;
16191	}
16192	}
16193
16194	ImGuiDir split_dir = req->DockSplitDir;
16195	if (split_dir != ImGuiDir_None)
16196	{
16197	// Split into two, one side will be our payload node unless we are dropping a loose window
16198	const ImGuiAxis split_axis = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
16199	const int split_inheritor_child_idx = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? 1 : 0; // Current contents will be moved to the opposite side
16200	const float split_ratio = req->DockSplitRatio;
16201	DockNodeTreeSplit(ctx, parent_node: node, split_axis, split_first_child: split_inheritor_child_idx, split_ratio, new_node: payload_node); // payload_node may be NULL here!
16202	ImGuiDockNode* new_node = node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx ^ 1];
16203	new_node->HostWindow = node->HostWindow;
16204	node = new_node;
16205	}
16206	node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
16207
16208	if (node != payload_node)
16209	{
16210	// Create tab bar before we call DockNodeMoveWindows (which would attempt to move the old tab-bar, which would lead us to payload tabs wrongly appearing before target tabs!)
16211	if (node->Windows.Size > 0 && node->TabBar == NULL)
16212	{
16213	DockNodeAddTabBar(node);
16214	for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++)
16215	TabBarAddTab(tab_bar: node->TabBar, tab_flags: ImGuiTabItemFlags_None, window: node->Windows[n]);
16216	}
16217
16218	if (payload_node != NULL)
16219	{
16220	// Transfer full payload node (with 1+ child windows or child nodes)
16221	if (payload_node->IsSplitNode())
16222	{
16223	if (node->Windows.Size > 0)
16224	{
16225	// We can dock a split payload into a node that already has windows _only_ if our payload is a node tree with a single visible node.
16226	// In this situation, we move the windows of the target node into the currently visible node of the payload.
16227	// This allows us to preserve some of the underlying dock tree settings nicely.
16228	IM_ASSERT(payload_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows != NULL); // The docking should have been blocked by DockNodePreviewDockSetup() early on and never submitted.
16229	ImGuiDockNode* visible_node = payload_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows;
16230	if (visible_node->TabBar)
16231	IM_ASSERT(visible_node->TabBar->Tabs.Size > 0);
16232	DockNodeMoveWindows(dst_node: node, src_node: visible_node);
16233	DockNodeMoveWindows(dst_node: visible_node, src_node: node);
16234	DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(old_node_id: node->ID, new_node_id: visible_node->ID);
16235	}
16236	if (node->IsCentralNode())
16237	{
16238	// Central node property needs to be moved to a leaf node, pick the last focused one.
16239	// FIXME-DOCK: If we had to transfer other flags here, what would the policy be?
16240	ImGuiDockNode* last_focused_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id: payload_node->LastFocusedNodeId);
16241	IM_ASSERT(last_focused_node != NULL);
16242	ImGuiDockNode* last_focused_root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node: last_focused_node);
16243	IM_ASSERT(last_focused_root_node == DockNodeGetRootNode(payload_node));
16244	last_focused_node->SetLocalFlags(last_focused_node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
16245	node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
16246	last_focused_root_node->CentralNode = last_focused_node;
16247	}
16248
16249	IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size == 0);
16250	DockNodeMoveChildNodes(dst_node: node, src_node: payload_node);
16251	}
16252	else
16253	{
16254	const ImGuiID payload_dock_id = payload_node->ID;
16255	DockNodeMoveWindows(dst_node: node, src_node: payload_node);
16256	DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(old_node_id: payload_dock_id, new_node_id: node->ID);
16257	}
16258	DockContextRemoveNode(ctx, node: payload_node, merge_sibling_into_parent_node: true);
16259	}
16260	else if (payload_window)
16261	{
16262	// Transfer single window
16263	const ImGuiID payload_dock_id = payload_window->DockId;
16264	node->VisibleWindow = payload_window;
16265	DockNodeAddWindow(node, window: payload_window, add_to_tab_bar: true);
16266	if (payload_dock_id != 0)
16267	DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(old_node_id: payload_dock_id, new_node_id: node->ID);
16268	}
16269	}
16270	else
16271	{
16272	// When docking a floating single window node we want to reevaluate auto-hiding of the tab bar
16273	node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = true;
16274	}
16275
16276	// Update selection immediately
16277	if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = node->TabBar)
16278	tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = next_selected_id;
16279	MarkIniSettingsDirty();
16280	}
16281
16282	// Problem:
16283	// Undocking a large (~full screen) window would leave it so large that the bottom right sizing corner would more
16284	// than likely be off the screen and the window would be hard to resize to fit on screen. This can be particularly problematic
16285	// with 'ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly=true' and/or with 'ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=false' as well (the later can be
16286	// due to missing ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors backend flag).
16287	// Solution:
16288	// When undocking a window we currently force its maximum size to 90% of the host viewport or monitor.
16289	// Reevaluate this when we implement preserving docked/undocked size ("docking_wip/undocked_size" branch).
16290	static ImVec2 FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewport* ref_viewport)
16291	{
16292	if (ref_viewport == NULL)
16293	return size;
16294
16295	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
16296	ImVec2 max_size = ImTrunc(v: ref_viewport->WorkSize * 0.90f);
16297	if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)
16298	{
16299	const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = ImGui::GetViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport_p: ref_viewport);
16300	max_size = ImTrunc(v: monitor->WorkSize * 0.90f);
16301	}
16302	return ImMin(lhs: size, rhs: max_size);
16303	}
16304
16305	void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref)
16306	{
16307	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
16308	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessUndockWindow window '%s', clear_persistent_docking_ref = %d\n", window->Name, clear_persistent_docking_ref);
16309	if (window->DockNode)
16310	DockNodeRemoveWindow(node: window->DockNode, window, save_dock_id: clear_persistent_docking_ref ? 0 : window->DockId);
16311	else
16312	window->DockId = 0;
16313	window->Collapsed = false;
16314	window->DockIsActive = false;
16315	window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
16316	window->Size = window->SizeFull = FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(size: window->SizeFull, ref_viewport: window->Viewport);
16317
16318	MarkIniSettingsDirty();
16319	}
16320
16321	void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node)
16322	{
16323	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
16324	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessUndockNode node %08X\n", node->ID);
16325	IM_ASSERT(node->IsLeafNode());
16326	IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size >= 1);
16327
16328	if (node->IsRootNode() || node->IsCentralNode())
16329	{
16330	// In the case of a root node or central node, the node will have to stay in place. Create a new node to receive the payload.
16331	ImGuiDockNode* new_node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id: 0);
16332	new_node->Pos = node->Pos;
16333	new_node->Size = node->Size;
16334	new_node->SizeRef = node->SizeRef;
16335	DockNodeMoveWindows(dst_node: new_node, src_node: node);
16336	DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(old_node_id: node->ID, new_node_id: new_node->ID);
16337	node = new_node;
16338	}
16339	else
16340	{
16341	// Otherwise extract our node and merge our sibling back into the parent node.
16342	IM_ASSERT(node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == node || node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] == node);
16343	int index_in_parent = (node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == node) ? 0 : 1;
16344	node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[index_in_parent] = NULL;
16345	DockNodeTreeMerge(ctx, parent_node: node->ParentNode, merge_lead_child: node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[index_in_parent ^ 1]);
16346	node->ParentNode->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window; // The node that stays in place keeps the viewport, so our newly dragged out node will create a new viewport
16347	node->ParentNode = NULL;
16348	}
16349	for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows)
16350	{
16351	window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
16352	if (window->ParentWindow)
16353	window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(v: window);
16354	UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags: window->Flags, NULL);
16355	}
16356	node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
16357	node->Size = FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(size: node->Size, ref_viewport: node->Windows[0]->Viewport);
16358	node->WantMouseMove = true;
16359	MarkIniSettingsDirty();
16360	}
16361
16362	// This is mostly used for automation.
16363	bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos)
16364	{
16365	if (target != NULL && target_node == NULL)
16366	target_node = target->DockNode;
16367
16368	// In DockNodePreviewDockSetup() for a root central node instead of showing both "inner" and "outer" drop rects
16369	// (which would be functionally identical) we only show the outer one. Reflect this here.
16370	if (target_node && target_node->ParentNode == NULL && target_node->IsCentralNode() && split_dir != ImGuiDir_None)
16371	split_outer = true;
16372	ImGuiDockPreviewData split_data;
16373	DockNodePreviewDockSetup(host_window: target, host_node: target_node, payload_window, payload_node, preview_data: &split_data, is_explicit_target: false, is_outer_docking: split_outer);
16374	if (split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].IsInverted())
16375	return false;
16376	*out_pos = split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].GetCenter();
16377	return true;
16378	}
16379
16380	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
16381	// Docking: ImGuiDockNode
16382	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
16383	// - DockNodeGetTabOrder()
16384	// - DockNodeAddWindow()
16385	// - DockNodeRemoveWindow()
16386	// - DockNodeMoveChildNodes()
16387	// - DockNodeMoveWindows()
16388	// - DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows()
16389	// - DockNodeHideHostWindow()
16390	// - ImGuiDockNodeFindInfoResults
16391	// - DockNodeFindInfo()
16392	// - DockNodeFindWindowByID()
16393	// - DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse()
16394	// - DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeFlag()
16395	// - DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag()
16396	// - DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow()
16397	// - DockNodeUpdate()
16398	// - DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu()
16399	// - DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar()
16400	// - DockNodeEndAmendTabBar()
16401	// - DockNodeUpdateTabBar()
16402	// - DockNodeAddTabBar()
16403	// - DockNodeRemoveTabBar()
16404	// - DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne()
16405	// - DockNodeIsDropAllowed()
16406	// - DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout()
16407	// - DockNodeCalcSplitRects()
16408	// - DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos()
16409	// - DockNodePreviewDockSetup()
16410	// - DockNodePreviewDockRender()
16411	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
16412
16413	ImGuiDockNode::ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id)
16414	{
16415	ID = id;
16416	SharedFlags = LocalFlags = LocalFlagsInWindows = MergedFlags = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
16417	ParentNode = ChildNodes[0] = ChildNodes[1] = NULL;
16418	TabBar = NULL;
16419	SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_None;
16420
16421	State = ImGuiDockNodeState_Unknown;
16422	LastBgColor = IM_COL32_WHITE;
16423	HostWindow = VisibleWindow = NULL;
16424	CentralNode = OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL;
16425	CountNodeWithWindows = 0;
16426	LastFrameAlive = LastFrameActive = LastFrameFocused = -1;
16427	LastFocusedNodeId = 0;
16428	SelectedTabId = 0;
16429	WantCloseTabId = 0;
16430	RefViewportId = 0;
16431	AuthorityForPos = AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
16432	AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
16433	IsVisible = true;
16434	IsFocused = HasCloseButton = HasWindowMenuButton = HasCentralNodeChild = false;
16435	IsBgDrawnThisFrame = false;
16436	WantCloseAll = WantLockSizeOnce = WantMouseMove = WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false;
16437	}
16438
16439	ImGuiDockNode::~ImGuiDockNode()
16440	{
16441	IM_DELETE(p: TabBar);
16442	TabBar = NULL;
16443	ChildNodes[0] = ChildNodes[1] = NULL;
16444	}
16445
16446	int ImGui::DockNodeGetTabOrder(ImGuiWindow* window)
16447	{
16448	ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = window->DockNode->TabBar;
16449	if (tab_bar == NULL)
16450	return -1;
16451	ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id: window->TabId);
16452	return tab ? TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab) : -1;
16453	}
16454
16455	static void DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(ImGuiWindow* window)
16456	{
16457	window->Hidden = true;
16458	window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = window->Active ? 1 : 2;
16459	}
16460
16461	static void ImGui::DockNodeAddWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, bool add_to_tab_bar)
16462	{
16463	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g;
16464	if (window->DockNode)
16465	{
16466	// Can overwrite an existing window->DockNode (e.g. pointing to a disabled DockSpace node)
16467	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode->ID != node->ID);
16468	DockNodeRemoveWindow(node: window->DockNode, window, save_dock_id: 0);
16469	}
16470	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL || window->DockNodeAsHost == NULL);
16471	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockNodeAddWindow node 0x%08X window '%s'\n", node->ID, window->Name);
16472
16473	// If more than 2 windows appeared on the same frame leading to the creation of a new hosting window,
16474	// we'll hide windows until the host window is ready. Hide the 1st window after its been output (so it is not visible for one frame).
16475	// We will call DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation() on ourselves in Begin()
16476	if (node->HostWindow == NULL && node->Windows.Size == 1 && node->Windows[0]->WasActive == false)
16477	DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(window: node->Windows[0]);
16478
16479	node->Windows.push_back(v: window);
16480	node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = true;
16481	window->DockNode = node;
16482	window->DockId = node->ID;
16483	window->DockIsActive = (node->Windows.Size > 1);
16484	window->DockTabWantClose = false;
16485
16486	// When reactivating a node with one or two loose window, the window pos/size/viewport are authoritative over the node storage.
16487	// In particular it is important we init the viewport from the first window so we don't create two viewports and drop one.
16488	if (node->HostWindow == NULL && node->IsFloatingNode())
16489	{
16490	if (node->AuthorityForPos == ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto)
16491	node->AuthorityForPos = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
16492	if (node->AuthorityForSize == ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto)
16493	node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
16494	if (node->AuthorityForViewport == ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto)
16495	node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
16496	}
16497
16498	// Add to tab bar if requested
16499	if (add_to_tab_bar)
16500	{
16501	if (node->TabBar == NULL)
16502	{
16503	DockNodeAddTabBar(node);
16504	node->TabBar->SelectedTabId = node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId = node->SelectedTabId;
16505
16506	// Add existing windows
16507	for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size - 1; n++)
16508	TabBarAddTab(tab_bar: node->TabBar, tab_flags: ImGuiTabItemFlags_None, window: node->Windows[n]);
16509	}
16510	TabBarAddTab(tab_bar: node->TabBar, tab_flags: ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted, window);
16511	}
16512
16513	DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(node);
16514
16515	// Update this without waiting for the next time we Begin() in the window, so our host window will have the proper title bar color on its first frame.
16516	if (node->HostWindow)
16517	UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags: window->Flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow, parent_window: node->HostWindow);
16518	}
16519
16520	static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID save_dock_id)
16521	{
16522	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
16523	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == node);
16524	//IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowDockTree == node->HostWindow);
16525	//IM_ASSERT(window->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount); // We may call this from Begin()
16526	IM_ASSERT(save_dock_id == 0 || save_dock_id == node->ID);
16527	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockNodeRemoveWindow node 0x%08X window '%s'\n", node->ID, window->Name);
16528
16529	window->DockNode = NULL;
16530	window->DockIsActive = window->DockTabWantClose = false;
16531	window->DockId = save_dock_id;
16532	window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
16533	if (window->ParentWindow)
16534	window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(v: window);
16535	UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags: window->Flags, NULL); // Update immediately
16536
16537	if (node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned)
16538	{
16539	// When undocking from a user interaction this will always run in NewFrame() and have not much effect.
16540	// But mid-frame, if we clear viewport we need to mark window as hidden as well.
16541	window->Viewport = NULL;
16542	window->ViewportId = 0;
16543	window->ViewportOwned = false;
16544	window->Hidden = true;
16545	}
16546
16547	// Remove window
16548	bool erased = false;
16549	for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++)
16550	if (node->Windows[n] == window)
16551	{
16552	node->Windows.erase(it: node->Windows.Data + n);
16553	erased = true;
16554	break;
16555	}
16556	if (!erased)
16557	IM_ASSERT(erased);
16558	if (node->VisibleWindow == window)
16559	node->VisibleWindow = NULL;
16560
16561	// Remove tab and possibly tab bar
16562	node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = true;
16563	if (node->TabBar)
16564	{
16565	TabBarRemoveTab(tab_bar: node->TabBar, tab_id: window->TabId);
16566	const int tab_count_threshold_for_tab_bar = node->IsCentralNode() ? 1 : 2;
16567	if (node->Windows.Size < tab_count_threshold_for_tab_bar)
16568	DockNodeRemoveTabBar(node);
16569	}
16570
16571	if (node->Windows.Size == 0 && !node->IsCentralNode() && !node->IsDockSpace() && window->DockId != node->ID)
16572	{
16573	// Automatic dock node delete themselves if they are not holding at least one tab
16574	DockContextRemoveNode(ctx: &g, node, merge_sibling_into_parent_node: true);
16575	return;
16576	}
16577
16578	if (node->Windows.Size == 1 && !node->IsCentralNode() && node->HostWindow)
16579	{
16580	ImGuiWindow* remaining_window = node->Windows[0];
16581	// Note: we used to transport viewport ownership here.
16582	remaining_window->Collapsed = node->HostWindow->Collapsed;
16583	}
16584
16585	// Update visibility immediately is required so the DockNodeUpdateRemoveInactiveChilds() processing can reflect changes up the tree
16586	DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(node);
16587	}
16588
16589	static void ImGui::DockNodeMoveChildNodes(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* src_node)
16590	{
16591	IM_ASSERT(dst_node->Windows.Size == 0);
16592	dst_node->ChildNodes[0] = src_node->ChildNodes[0];
16593	dst_node->ChildNodes[1] = src_node->ChildNodes[1];
16594	if (dst_node->ChildNodes[0])
16595	dst_node->ChildNodes[0]->ParentNode = dst_node;
16596	if (dst_node->ChildNodes[1])
16597	dst_node->ChildNodes[1]->ParentNode = dst_node;
16598	dst_node->SplitAxis = src_node->SplitAxis;
16599	dst_node->SizeRef = src_node->SizeRef;
16600	src_node->ChildNodes[0] = src_node->ChildNodes[1] = NULL;
16601	}
16602
16603	static void ImGui::DockNodeMoveWindows(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* src_node)
16604	{
16605	// Insert tabs in the same orders as currently ordered (node->Windows isn't ordered)
16606	IM_ASSERT(src_node && dst_node && dst_node != src_node);
16607	ImGuiTabBar* src_tab_bar = src_node->TabBar;
16608	if (src_tab_bar != NULL)
16609	IM_ASSERT(src_node->Windows.Size <= src_node->TabBar->Tabs.Size);
16610
16611	// If the dst_node is empty we can just move the entire tab bar (to preserve selection, scrolling, etc.)
16612	bool move_tab_bar = (src_tab_bar != NULL) && (dst_node->TabBar == NULL);
16613	if (move_tab_bar)
16614	{
16615	dst_node->TabBar = src_node->TabBar;
16616	src_node->TabBar = NULL;
16617	}
16618
16619	// Tab order is not important here, it is preserved by sorting in DockNodeUpdateTabBar().
16620	for (ImGuiWindow* window : src_node->Windows)
16621	{
16622	window->DockNode = NULL;
16623	window->DockIsActive = false;
16624	DockNodeAddWindow(node: dst_node, window, add_to_tab_bar: !move_tab_bar);
16625	}
16626	src_node->Windows.clear();
16627
16628	if (!move_tab_bar && src_node->TabBar)
16629	{
16630	if (dst_node->TabBar)
16631	dst_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId = src_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId;
16632	DockNodeRemoveTabBar(node: src_node);
16633	}
16634	}
16635
16636	static void ImGui::DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows(ImGuiDockNode* node)
16637	{
16638	for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows)
16639	{
16640	SetWindowPos(window, pos: node->Pos, cond: ImGuiCond_Always); // We don't assign directly to Pos because it can break the calculation of SizeContents on next frame
16641	SetWindowSize(window, size: node->Size, cond: ImGuiCond_Always);
16642	}
16643	}
16644
16645	static void ImGui::DockNodeHideHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node)
16646	{
16647	if (node->HostWindow)
16648	{
16649	if (node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost == node)
16650	node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost = NULL;
16651	node->HostWindow = NULL;
16652	}
16653
16654	if (node->Windows.Size == 1)
16655	{
16656	node->VisibleWindow = node->Windows[0];
16657	node->Windows[0]->DockIsActive = false;
16658	}
16659
16660	if (node->TabBar)
16661	DockNodeRemoveTabBar(node);
16662	}
16663
16664	// Search function called once by root node in DockNodeUpdate()
16665	struct ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo
16666	{
16667	ImGuiDockNode* CentralNode;
16668	ImGuiDockNode* FirstNodeWithWindows;
16669	int CountNodesWithWindows;
16670	//ImGuiWindowClass WindowClassForMerges;
16671
16672	ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo() { memset(s: this, c: 0, n: sizeof(*this)); }
16673	};
16674
16675	static void DockNodeFindInfo(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo* info)
16676	{
16677	if (node->Windows.Size > 0)
16678	{
16679	if (info->FirstNodeWithWindows == NULL)
16680	info->FirstNodeWithWindows = node;
16681	info->CountNodesWithWindows++;
16682	}
16683	if (node->IsCentralNode())
16684	{
16685	IM_ASSERT(info->CentralNode == NULL); // Should be only one
16686	IM_ASSERT(node->IsLeafNode() && "If you get this assert: please submit .ini file + repro of actions leading to this.");
16687	info->CentralNode = node;
16688	}
16689	if (info->CountNodesWithWindows > 1 && info->CentralNode != NULL)
16690	return;
16691	if (node->ChildNodes[0])
16692	DockNodeFindInfo(node: node->ChildNodes[0], info);
16693	if (node->ChildNodes[1])
16694	DockNodeFindInfo(node: node->ChildNodes[1], info);
16695	}
16696
16697	static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::DockNodeFindWindowByID(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiID id)
16698	{
16699	IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
16700	for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows)
16701	if (window->ID == id)
16702	return window;
16703	return NULL;
16704	}
16705
16706	// - Remove inactive windows/nodes.
16707	// - Update visibility flag.
16708	static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(ImGuiDockNode* node)
16709	{
16710	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
16711	IM_ASSERT(node->ParentNode == NULL || node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == node || node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] == node);
16712
16713	// Inherit most flags
16714	if (node->ParentNode)
16715	node->SharedFlags = node->ParentNode->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_;
16716
16717	// Recurse into children
16718	// There is the possibility that one of our child becoming empty will delete itself and moving its sibling contents into 'node'.
16719	// If 'node->ChildNode[0]' delete itself, then 'node->ChildNode[1]->Windows' will be moved into 'node'
16720	// If 'node->ChildNode[1]' delete itself, then 'node->ChildNode[0]->Windows' will be moved into 'node' and the "remove inactive windows" loop will have run twice on those windows (harmless)
16721	node->HasCentralNodeChild = false;
16722	if (node->ChildNodes[0])
16723	DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(node: node->ChildNodes[0]);
16724	if (node->ChildNodes[1])
16725	DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(node: node->ChildNodes[1]);
16726
16727	// Remove inactive windows, collapse nodes
16728	// Merge node flags overrides stored in windows
16729	node->LocalFlagsInWindows = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
16730	for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
16731	{
16732	ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
16733	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == node);
16734
16735	bool node_was_active = (node->LastFrameActive + 1 == g.FrameCount);
16736	bool remove = false;
16737	remove |= node_was_active && (window->LastFrameActive + 1 < g.FrameCount);
16738	remove |= node_was_active && (node->WantCloseAll || node->WantCloseTabId == window->TabId) && window->HasCloseButton && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument); // Submit all _expected_ closure from last frame
16739	remove |= (window->DockTabWantClose);
16740	if (remove)
16741	{
16742	window->DockTabWantClose = false;
16743	if (node->Windows.Size == 1 && !node->IsCentralNode())
16744	{
16745	DockNodeHideHostWindow(node);
16746	node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseSingleWindow;
16747	DockNodeRemoveWindow(node, window, save_dock_id: node->ID); // Will delete the node so it'll be invalid on return
16748	return;
16749	}
16750	DockNodeRemoveWindow(node, window, save_dock_id: node->ID);
16751	window_n--;
16752	continue;
16753	}
16754
16755	// FIXME-DOCKING: Missing policies for conflict resolution, hence the "Experimental" tag on this.
16756	//node->LocalFlagsInWindow &= ~window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear;
16757	node->LocalFlagsInWindows |= window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
16758	}
16759	node->UpdateMergedFlags();
16760
16761	// Auto-hide tab bar option
16762	ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags;
16763	if (node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate && node->Windows.Size == 1 && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar) && !node->IsHiddenTabBar())
16764	node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true;
16765	node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = false;
16766
16767	// Cancel toggling if we know our tab bar is enforced to be hidden at all times
16768	if (node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle && node->VisibleWindow && (node->VisibleWindow->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar))
16769	node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false;
16770
16771	// Apply toggles at a single point of the frame (here!)
16772	if (node->Windows.Size > 1)
16773	node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
16774	else if (node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle)
16775	node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags ^ ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
16776	node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false;
16777
16778	DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(node);
16779	}
16780
16781	// This is rarely called as DockNodeUpdateForRootNode() generally does it most frames.
16782	static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(ImGuiDockNode* node)
16783	{
16784	node->HasCentralNodeChild = false;
16785	if (node->ChildNodes[0])
16786	DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(node: node->ChildNodes[0]);
16787	if (node->ChildNodes[1])
16788	DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(node: node->ChildNodes[1]);
16789	if (node->IsRootNode())
16790	{
16791	ImGuiDockNode* mark_node = node->CentralNode;
16792	while (mark_node)
16793	{
16794	mark_node->HasCentralNodeChild = true;
16795	mark_node = mark_node->ParentNode;
16796	}
16797	}
16798	}
16799
16800	static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(ImGuiDockNode* node)
16801	{
16802	// Update visibility flag
16803	bool is_visible = (node->ParentNode == NULL) ? node->IsDockSpace() : node->IsCentralNode();
16804	is_visible |= (node->Windows.Size > 0);
16805	is_visible |= (node->ChildNodes[0] && node->ChildNodes[0]->IsVisible);
16806	is_visible |= (node->ChildNodes[1] && node->ChildNodes[1]->IsVisible);
16807	node->IsVisible = is_visible;
16808	}
16809
16810	static void ImGui::DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window)
16811	{
16812	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
16813	IM_ASSERT(node->WantMouseMove == true);
16814	StartMouseMovingWindow(window);
16815	g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - node->Pos;
16816	g.MovingWindow = window; // If we are docked into a non moveable root window, StartMouseMovingWindow() won't set g.MovingWindow. Override that decision.
16817	node->WantMouseMove = false;
16818	}
16819
16820	// Update CentralNode, OnlyNodeWithWindows, LastFocusedNodeID. Copy window class.
16821	static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node)
16822	{
16823	DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(node);
16824
16825	// - Setup central node pointers
16826	// - Find if there's only a single visible window in the hierarchy (in which case we need to display a regular title bar -> FIXME-DOCK: that last part is not done yet!)
16827	// Cannot merge this with DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse() because FirstNodeWithWindows is found after window removal and child collapsing
16828	ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo info;
16829	DockNodeFindInfo(node, info: &info);
16830	node->CentralNode = info.CentralNode;
16831	node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = (info.CountNodesWithWindows == 1) ? info.FirstNodeWithWindows : NULL;
16832	node->CountNodeWithWindows = info.CountNodesWithWindows;
16833	if (node->LastFocusedNodeId == 0 && info.FirstNodeWithWindows != NULL)
16834	node->LastFocusedNodeId = info.FirstNodeWithWindows->ID;
16835
16836	// Copy the window class from of our first window so it can be used for proper dock filtering.
16837	// When node has mixed windows, prioritize the class with the most constraint (DockingAllowUnclassed = false) as the reference to copy.
16838	// FIXME-DOCK: We don't recurse properly, this code could be reworked to work from DockNodeUpdateScanRec.
16839	if (ImGuiDockNode* first_node_with_windows = info.FirstNodeWithWindows)
16840	{
16841	node->WindowClass = first_node_with_windows->Windows[0]->WindowClass;
16842	for (int n = 1; n < first_node_with_windows->Windows.Size; n++)
16843	if (first_node_with_windows->Windows[n]->WindowClass.DockingAllowUnclassed == false)
16844	{
16845	node->WindowClass = first_node_with_windows->Windows[n]->WindowClass;
16846	break;
16847	}
16848	}
16849
16850	ImGuiDockNode* mark_node = node->CentralNode;
16851	while (mark_node)
16852	{
16853	mark_node->HasCentralNodeChild = true;
16854	mark_node = mark_node->ParentNode;
16855	}
16856	}
16857
16858	static void DockNodeSetupHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window)
16859	{
16860	// Remove ourselves from any previous different host window
16861	// This can happen if a user mistakenly does (see #4295 for details):
16862	// - N+0: DockBuilderAddNode(id, 0) // missing ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace
16863	// - N+1: NewFrame() // will create floating host window for that node
16864	// - N+1: DockSpace(id) // requalify node as dockspace, moving host window
16865	if (node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow != host_window && node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost == node)
16866	node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost = NULL;
16867
16868	host_window->DockNodeAsHost = node;
16869	node->HostWindow = host_window;
16870	}
16871
16872	static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node)
16873	{
16874	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
16875	IM_ASSERT(node->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount);
16876	node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount;
16877	node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = false;
16878
16879	node->CentralNode = node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL;
16880	if (node->IsRootNode())
16881	DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(node);
16882
16883	// Remove tab bar if not needed
16884	if (node->TabBar && node->IsNoTabBar())
16885	DockNodeRemoveTabBar(node);
16886
16887	// Early out for hidden root dock nodes (when all DockId references are in inactive windows, or there is only 1 floating window holding on the DockId)
16888	bool want_to_hide_host_window = false;
16889	if (node->IsFloatingNode())
16890	{
16891	if (node->Windows.Size <= 1 && node->IsLeafNode())
16892	if (!g.IO.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar && (node->Windows.Size == 0 || !node->Windows[0]->WindowClass.DockingAlwaysTabBar))
16893	want_to_hide_host_window = true;
16894	if (node->CountNodeWithWindows == 0)
16895	want_to_hide_host_window = true;
16896	}
16897	if (want_to_hide_host_window)
16898	{
16899	if (node->Windows.Size == 1)
16900	{
16901	// Floating window pos/size is authoritative
16902	ImGuiWindow* single_window = node->Windows[0];
16903	node->Pos = single_window->Pos;
16904	node->Size = single_window->SizeFull;
16905	node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
16906
16907	// Transfer focus immediately so when we revert to a regular window it is immediately selected
16908	if (node->HostWindow && g.NavWindow == node->HostWindow)
16909	FocusWindow(window: single_window);
16910	if (node->HostWindow)
16911	{
16912	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Node %08X transfer Viewport %08X->%08X to Window '%s'\n", node->ID, node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID, single_window->ID, single_window->Name);
16913	single_window->Viewport = node->HostWindow->Viewport;
16914	single_window->ViewportId = node->HostWindow->ViewportId;
16915	if (node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned)
16916	{
16917	single_window->Viewport->ID = single_window->ID;
16918	single_window->Viewport->Window = single_window;
16919	single_window->ViewportOwned = true;
16920	}
16921	}
16922	node->RefViewportId = single_window->ViewportId;
16923	}
16924
16925	DockNodeHideHostWindow(node);
16926	node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseSingleWindow;
16927	node->WantCloseAll = false;
16928	node->WantCloseTabId = 0;
16929	node->HasCloseButton = node->HasWindowMenuButton = false;
16930	node->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
16931
16932	if (node->WantMouseMove && node->Windows.Size == 1)
16933	DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(node, window: node->Windows[0]);
16934	return;
16935	}
16936
16937	// In some circumstance we will defer creating the host window (so everything will be kept hidden),
16938	// while the expected visible window is resizing itself.
16939	// This is important for first-time (no ini settings restored) single window when io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar is enabled,
16940	// otherwise the node ends up using the minimum window size. Effectively those windows will take an extra frame to show up:
16941	// N+0: Begin(): window created (with no known size), node is created
16942	// N+1: DockNodeUpdate(): node skip creating host window / Begin(): window size applied, not visible
16943	// N+2: DockNodeUpdate(): node can create host window / Begin(): window becomes visible
16944	// We could remove this frame if we could reliably calculate the expected window size during node update, before the Begin() code.
16945	// It would require a generalization of CalcWindowExpectedSize(), probably extracting code away from Begin().
16946	// In reality it isn't very important as user quickly ends up with size data in .ini file.
16947	if (node->IsVisible && node->HostWindow == NULL && node->IsFloatingNode() && node->IsLeafNode())
16948	{
16949	IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size > 0);
16950	ImGuiWindow* ref_window = NULL;
16951	if (node->SelectedTabId != 0) // Note that we prune single-window-node settings on .ini loading, so this is generally 0 for them!
16952	ref_window = DockNodeFindWindowByID(node, id: node->SelectedTabId);
16953	if (ref_window == NULL)
16954	ref_window = node->Windows[0];
16955	if (ref_window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || ref_window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
16956	{
16957	node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing;
16958	return;
16959	}
16960	}
16961
16962	const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags;
16963
16964	// Decide if the node will have a close button and a window menu button
16965	node->HasWindowMenuButton = (node->Windows.Size > 0) && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0;
16966	node->HasCloseButton = false;
16967	for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows)
16968	{
16969	// FIXME-DOCK: Setting DockIsActive here means that for single active window in a leaf node, DockIsActive will be cleared until the next Begin() call.
16970	node->HasCloseButton |= window->HasCloseButton;
16971	window->DockIsActive = (node->Windows.Size > 1);
16972	}
16973	if (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton)
16974	node->HasCloseButton = false;
16975
16976	// Bind or create host window
16977	ImGuiWindow* host_window = NULL;
16978	bool beginned_into_host_window = false;
16979	if (node->IsDockSpace())
16980	{
16981	// [Explicit root dockspace node]
16982	IM_ASSERT(node->HostWindow);
16983	host_window = node->HostWindow;
16984	}
16985	else
16986	{
16987	// [Automatic root or child nodes]
16988	if (node->IsRootNode() && node->IsVisible)
16989	{
16990	ImGuiWindow* ref_window = (node->Windows.Size > 0) ? node->Windows[0] : NULL;
16991
16992	// Sync Pos
16993	if (node->AuthorityForPos == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window)
16994	SetNextWindowPos(pos: ref_window->Pos);
16995	else if (node->AuthorityForPos == ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode)
16996	SetNextWindowPos(pos: node->Pos);
16997
16998	// Sync Size
16999	if (node->AuthorityForSize == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window)
17000	SetNextWindowSize(size: ref_window->SizeFull);
17001	else if (node->AuthorityForSize == ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode)
17002	SetNextWindowSize(size: node->Size);
17003
17004	// Sync Collapsed
17005	if (node->AuthorityForSize == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window)
17006	SetNextWindowCollapsed(collapsed: ref_window->Collapsed);
17007
17008	// Sync Viewport
17009	if (node->AuthorityForViewport == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window)
17010	SetNextWindowViewport(ref_window->ViewportId);
17011	else if (node->AuthorityForViewport == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && node->RefViewportId != 0)
17012	SetNextWindowViewport(node->RefViewportId);
17013
17014	SetNextWindowClass(&node->WindowClass);
17015
17016	// Begin into the host window
17017	char window_label[20];
17018	DockNodeGetHostWindowTitle(node, buf: window_label, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_label));
17019	ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse | ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost;
17020	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing;
17021	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
17022	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
17023
17024	SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f); // Don't set ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground because it disables borders
17025	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, val: ImVec2(0, 0));
17026	Begin(name: window_label, NULL, flags: window_flags);
17027	PopStyleVar();
17028	beginned_into_host_window = true;
17029
17030	host_window = g.CurrentWindow;
17031	DockNodeSetupHostWindow(node, host_window);
17032	host_window->DC.CursorPos = host_window->Pos;
17033	node->Pos = host_window->Pos;
17034	node->Size = host_window->Size;
17035
17036	// We set ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing because we don't want the host window to take full focus (e.g. steal NavWindow)
17037	// But we still it bring it to the front of display. There's no way to choose this precise behavior via window flags.
17038	// One simple case to ponder if: window A has a toggle to create windows B/C/D. Dock B/C/D together, clear the toggle and enable it again.
17039	// When reappearing B/C/D will request focus and be moved to the top of the display pile, but they are not linked to the dock host window
17040	// during the frame they appear. The dock host window would keep its old display order, and the sorting in EndFrame would move B/C/D back
17041	// after the dock host window, losing their top-most status.
17042	if (node->HostWindow->Appearing)
17043	BringWindowToDisplayFront(window: node->HostWindow);
17044
17045	node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
17046	}
17047	else if (node->ParentNode)
17048	{
17049	node->HostWindow = host_window = node->ParentNode->HostWindow;
17050	node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
17051	}
17052	if (node->WantMouseMove && node->HostWindow)
17053	DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(node, window: node->HostWindow);
17054	}
17055	node->RefViewportId = 0; // Clear when we have a host window
17056
17057	// Update focused node (the one whose title bar is highlight) within a node tree
17058	if (node->IsSplitNode())
17059	IM_ASSERT(node->TabBar == NULL);
17060	if (node->IsRootNode())
17061	if (ImGuiWindow* p_window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->RootWindow : NULL)
17062	while (p_window != NULL && p_window->DockNode != NULL)
17063	{
17064	ImGuiDockNode* p_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node: p_window->DockNode);
17065	if (p_node == node)
17066	{
17067	node->LastFocusedNodeId = p_window->DockNode->ID; // Note: not using root node ID!
17068	break;
17069	}
17070	p_window = p_node->HostWindow ? p_node->HostWindow->RootWindow : NULL;
17071	}
17072
17073	// Register a hit-test hole in the window unless we are currently dragging a window that is compatible with our dockspace
17074	ImGuiDockNode* central_node = node->CentralNode;
17075	const bool central_node_hole = node->IsRootNode() && host_window && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0 && central_node != NULL && central_node->IsEmpty();
17076	bool central_node_hole_register_hit_test_hole = central_node_hole;
17077	if (central_node_hole)
17078	if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::GetDragDropPayload())
17079	if (payload->IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW) && DockNodeIsDropAllowed(host_window, payload_window: *(ImGuiWindow**)payload->Data))
17080	central_node_hole_register_hit_test_hole = false;
17081	if (central_node_hole_register_hit_test_hole)
17082	{
17083	// We add a little padding to match the "resize from edges" behavior and allow grabbing the splitter easily.
17084	// (But we only add it if there's something else on the other side of the hole, otherwise for e.g. fullscreen
17085	// covering passthru node we'd have a gap on the edge not covered by the hole)
17086	IM_ASSERT(node->IsDockSpace()); // We cannot pass this flag without the DockSpace() api. Testing this because we also setup the hole in host_window->ParentNode
17087	ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node: central_node);
17088	ImRect root_rect(root_node->Pos, root_node->Pos + root_node->Size);
17089	ImRect hole_rect(central_node->Pos, central_node->Pos + central_node->Size);
17090	if (hole_rect.Min.x > root_rect.Min.x) { hole_rect.Min.x += WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; }
17091	if (hole_rect.Max.x < root_rect.Max.x) { hole_rect.Max.x -= WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; }
17092	if (hole_rect.Min.y > root_rect.Min.y) { hole_rect.Min.y += WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; }
17093	if (hole_rect.Max.y < root_rect.Max.y) { hole_rect.Max.y -= WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; }
17094	//GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hole_rect.Min, hole_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
17095	if (central_node_hole && !hole_rect.IsInverted())
17096	{
17097	SetWindowHitTestHole(window: host_window, pos: hole_rect.Min, size: hole_rect.Max - hole_rect.Min);
17098	if (host_window->ParentWindow)
17099	SetWindowHitTestHole(window: host_window->ParentWindow, pos: hole_rect.Min, size: hole_rect.Max - hole_rect.Min);
17100	}
17101	}
17102
17103	// Update position/size, process and draw resizing splitters
17104	if (node->IsRootNode() && host_window)
17105	{
17106	DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node, pos: host_window->Pos, size: host_window->Size);
17107	PushStyleColor(idx: ImGuiCol_Separator, col: g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Border]);
17108	PushStyleColor(idx: ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive, col: g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]);
17109	PushStyleColor(idx: ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, col: g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]);
17110	DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(node);
17111	PopStyleColor(count: 3);
17112	}
17113
17114	// Draw empty node background (currently can only be the Central Node)
17115	if (host_window && node->IsEmpty() && node->IsVisible)
17116	{
17117	host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG);
17118	node->LastBgColor = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) ? 0 : GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg);
17119	if (node->LastBgColor != 0)
17120	host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: node->Pos, p_max: node->Pos + node->Size, col: node->LastBgColor);
17121	node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = true;
17122	}
17123
17124	// Draw whole dockspace background if ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode if set.
17125	// We need to draw a background at the root level if requested by ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode, but we will only know the correct pos/size
17126	// _after_ processing the resizing splitters. So we are using the DrawList channel splitting facility to submit drawing primitives out of order!
17127	const bool render_dockspace_bg = node->IsRootNode() && host_window && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0;
17128	if (render_dockspace_bg && node->IsVisible)
17129	{
17130	host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG);
17131	if (central_node_hole)
17132	RenderRectFilledWithHole(draw_list: host_window->DrawList, outer: node->Rect(), inner: central_node->Rect(), col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_WindowBg), rounding: 0.0f);
17133	else
17134	host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: node->Pos, p_max: node->Pos + node->Size, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_WindowBg), rounding: 0.0f);
17135	}
17136
17137	// Draw and populate Tab Bar
17138	if (host_window)
17139	host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG);
17140	if (host_window && node->Windows.Size > 0)
17141	{
17142	DockNodeUpdateTabBar(node, host_window);
17143	}
17144	else
17145	{
17146	node->WantCloseAll = false;
17147	node->WantCloseTabId = 0;
17148	node->IsFocused = false;
17149	}
17150	if (node->TabBar && node->TabBar->SelectedTabId)
17151	node->SelectedTabId = node->TabBar->SelectedTabId;
17152	else if (node->Windows.Size > 0)
17153	node->SelectedTabId = node->Windows[0]->TabId;
17154
17155	// Draw payload drop target
17156	if (host_window && node->IsVisible)
17157	if (node->IsRootNode() && (g.MovingWindow == NULL || g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree != host_window))
17158	BeginDockableDragDropTarget(window: host_window);
17159
17160	// We update this after DockNodeUpdateTabBar()
17161	node->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
17162
17163	// Recurse into children
17164	// FIXME-DOCK FIXME-OPT: Should not need to recurse into children
17165	if (host_window)
17166	{
17167	if (node->ChildNodes[0])
17168	DockNodeUpdate(node: node->ChildNodes[0]);
17169	if (node->ChildNodes[1])
17170	DockNodeUpdate(node: node->ChildNodes[1]);
17171
17172	// Render outer borders last (after the tab bar)
17173	if (node->IsRootNode())
17174	RenderWindowOuterBorders(window: host_window);
17175	}
17176
17177	// End host window
17178	if (beginned_into_host_window) //-V1020
17179	End();
17180	}
17181
17182	// Compare TabItem nodes given the last known DockOrder (will persist in .ini file as hint), used to sort tabs when multiple tabs are added on the same frame.
17183	static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByDockOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
17184	{
17185	ImGuiWindow* a = ((const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs)->Window;
17186	ImGuiWindow* b = ((const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs)->Window;
17187	if (int d = ((a->DockOrder == -1) ? INT_MAX : a->DockOrder) - ((b->DockOrder == -1) ? INT_MAX : b->DockOrder))
17188	return d;
17189	return (a->BeginOrderWithinContext - b->BeginOrderWithinContext);
17190	}
17191
17192	// Default handler for g.DockNodeWindowMenuHandler(): display the list of windows for a given dock-node.
17193	// This is exceptionally stored in a function pointer to also user applications to tweak this menu (undocumented)
17194	// Custom overrides may want to decorate, group, sort entries.
17195	// Please note those are internal structures: if you copy this expect occasional breakage.
17196	// (if you don't need to modify the "Tabs.Size == 1" behavior/path it is recommend you call this function in your handler)
17197	void ImGui::DockNodeWindowMenuHandler_Default(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
17198	{
17199	IM_UNUSED(ctx);
17200	if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1)
17201	{
17202	// "Hide tab bar" option. Being one of our rare user-facing string we pull it from a table.
17203	if (MenuItem(label: LocalizeGetMsg(key: ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar), NULL, selected: node->IsHiddenTabBar()))
17204	node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true;
17205	}
17206	else
17207	{
17208	// Display a selectable list of windows in this docking node
17209	for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
17210	{
17211	ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
17212	if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)
17213	continue;
17214	if (Selectable(label: TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), selected: tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId))
17215	TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab);
17216	SameLine();
17217	Text(fmt: " ");
17218	}
17219	}
17220	}
17221
17222	static void ImGui::DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
17223	{
17224	// Try to position the menu so it is more likely to stays within the same viewport
17225	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17226	if (g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
17227	SetNextWindowPos(pos: ImVec2(node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y + GetFrameHeight()), cond: ImGuiCond_Always, pivot: ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
17228	else
17229	SetNextWindowPos(pos: ImVec2(node->Pos.x + node->Size.x, node->Pos.y + GetFrameHeight()), cond: ImGuiCond_Always, pivot: ImVec2(1.0f, 0.0f));
17230	if (BeginPopup(str_id: "#WindowMenu"))
17231	{
17232	node->IsFocused = true;
17233	g.DockNodeWindowMenuHandler(&g, node, tab_bar);
17234	EndPopup();
17235	}
17236	}
17237
17238	// User helper to append/amend into a dock node tab bar. Most commonly used to add e.g. a "+" button.
17239	bool ImGui::DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node)
17240	{
17241	if (node->TabBar == NULL || node->HostWindow == NULL)
17242	return false;
17243	if (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
17244	return false;
17245	if (node->TabBar->ID == 0)
17246	return false;
17247	Begin(name: node->HostWindow->Name);
17248	PushOverrideID(id: node->ID);
17249	bool ret = BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar: node->TabBar, bb: node->TabBar->BarRect, flags: node->TabBar->Flags);
17250	IM_UNUSED(ret);
17251	IM_ASSERT(ret);
17252	return true;
17253	}
17254
17255	void ImGui::DockNodeEndAmendTabBar()
17256	{
17257	EndTabBar();
17258	PopID();
17259	End();
17260	}
17261
17262	static bool IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNode* root_node)
17263	{
17264	// CTRL+Tab highlight (only highlighting leaf node, not whole hierarchy)
17265	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17266	if (g.NavWindowingTarget)
17267	return (g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode == node);
17268
17269	// FIXME-DOCKING: May want alternative to treat central node void differently? e.g. if (g.NavWindow == host_window)
17270	if (g.NavWindow && root_node->LastFocusedNodeId == node->ID)
17271	{
17272	// FIXME: This could all be backed in RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight? Probably need to reorganize for both dock nodes + other RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight users (not-node)
17273	ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow;
17274	while (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
17275	parent_window = parent_window->ParentWindow->RootWindow;
17276	ImGuiDockNode* start_parent_node = parent_window->DockNodeAsHost ? parent_window->DockNodeAsHost : parent_window->DockNode;
17277	for (ImGuiDockNode* parent_node = start_parent_node; parent_node != NULL; parent_node = parent_node->HostWindow ? parent_node->HostWindow->RootWindow->DockNode : NULL)
17278	if ((parent_node = ImGui::DockNodeGetRootNode(node: parent_node)) == root_node)
17279	return true;
17280	}
17281	return false;
17282	}
17283
17284	// Submit the tab bar corresponding to a dock node and various housekeeping details.
17285	static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window)
17286	{
17287	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17288	ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
17289
17290	const bool node_was_active = (node->LastFrameActive + 1 == g.FrameCount);
17291	const bool closed_all = node->WantCloseAll && node_was_active;
17292	const ImGuiID closed_one = node->WantCloseTabId && node_was_active;
17293	node->WantCloseAll = false;
17294	node->WantCloseTabId = 0;
17295
17296	// Decide if we should use a focused title bar color
17297	bool is_focused = false;
17298	ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
17299	if (IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(node, root_node))
17300	is_focused = true;
17301
17302	// Hidden tab bar will show a triangle on the upper-left (in Begin)
17303	if (node->IsHiddenTabBar() || node->IsNoTabBar())
17304	{
17305	node->VisibleWindow = (node->Windows.Size > 0) ? node->Windows[0] : NULL;
17306	node->IsFocused = is_focused;
17307	if (is_focused)
17308	node->LastFrameFocused = g.FrameCount;
17309	if (node->VisibleWindow)
17310	{
17311	// Notify root of visible window (used to display title in OS task bar)
17312	if (is_focused || root_node->VisibleWindow == NULL)
17313	root_node->VisibleWindow = node->VisibleWindow;
17314	if (node->TabBar)
17315	node->TabBar->VisibleTabId = node->VisibleWindow->TabId;
17316	}
17317	return;
17318	}
17319
17320	// Move ourselves to the Menu layer (so we can be accessed by tapping Alt) + undo SkipItems flag in order to draw over the title bar even if the window is collapsed
17321	bool backup_skip_item = host_window->SkipItems;
17322	if (!node->IsDockSpace())
17323	{
17324	host_window->SkipItems = false;
17325	host_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
17326	}
17327
17328	// Use PushOverrideID() instead of PushID() to use the node id _without_ the host window ID.
17329	// This is to facilitate computing those ID from the outside, and will affect more or less only the ID of the collapse button, popup and tabs,
17330	// as docked windows themselves will override the stack with their own root ID.
17331	PushOverrideID(id: node->ID);
17332	ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = node->TabBar;
17333	bool tab_bar_is_recreated = (tab_bar == NULL); // Tab bar are automatically destroyed when a node gets hidden
17334	if (tab_bar == NULL)
17335	{
17336	DockNodeAddTabBar(node);
17337	tab_bar = node->TabBar;
17338	}
17339
17340	ImGuiID focus_tab_id = 0;
17341	node->IsFocused = is_focused;
17342
17343	const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags;
17344	const bool has_window_menu_button = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0 && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);
17345
17346	// In a dock node, the Collapse Button turns into the Window Menu button.
17347	// FIXME-DOCK FIXME-OPT: Could we recycle popups id across multiple dock nodes?
17348	if (has_window_menu_button && IsPopupOpen(str_id: "#WindowMenu"))
17349	{
17350	ImGuiID next_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId;
17351	DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate(node, tab_bar);
17352	if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId != 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId != next_selected_tab_id)
17353	focus_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId;
17354	is_focused |= node->IsFocused;
17355	}
17356
17357	// Layout
17358	ImRect title_bar_rect, tab_bar_rect;
17359	ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos;
17360	ImVec2 close_button_pos;
17361	DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(node, out_title_rect: &title_bar_rect, out_tab_bar_rect: &tab_bar_rect, out_window_menu_button_pos: &window_menu_button_pos, out_close_button_pos: &close_button_pos);
17362
17363	// Submit new tabs, they will be added as Unsorted and sorted below based on relative DockOrder value.
17364	const int tabs_count_old = tab_bar->Tabs.Size;
17365	for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
17366	{
17367	ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
17368	if (TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id: window->TabId) == NULL)
17369	TabBarAddTab(tab_bar, tab_flags: ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted, window);
17370	}
17371
17372	// Title bar
17373	if (is_focused)
17374	node->LastFrameFocused = g.FrameCount;
17375	ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(idx: host_window->Collapsed ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed : is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
17376	ImDrawFlags rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(r_in: title_bar_rect, r_outer: host_window->Rect(), threshold: g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize);
17377	host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: title_bar_rect.Min, p_max: title_bar_rect.Max, col: title_bar_col, rounding: host_window->WindowRounding, flags: rounding_flags);
17378
17379	// Docking/Collapse button
17380	if (has_window_menu_button)
17381	{
17382	if (CollapseButton(id: host_window->GetID(str: "#COLLAPSE"), pos: window_menu_button_pos, dock_node: node)) // == DockNodeGetWindowMenuButtonId(node)
17383	OpenPopup(str_id: "#WindowMenu");
17384	if (IsItemActive())
17385	focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
17386	if (IsItemHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) && g.HoveredIdTimer > 0.5f)
17387	SetTooltip("%s", LocalizeGetMsg(key: ImGuiLocKey_DockingDragToUndockOrMoveNode));
17388	}
17389
17390	// If multiple tabs are appearing on the same frame, sort them based on their persistent DockOrder value
17391	int tabs_unsorted_start = tab_bar->Tabs.Size;
17392	for (int tab_n = tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1; tab_n >= 0 && (tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted); tab_n--)
17393	{
17394	// FIXME-DOCK: Consider only clearing the flag after the tab has been alive for a few consecutive frames, allowing late comers to not break sorting?
17395	tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Flags &= ~ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted;
17396	tabs_unsorted_start = tab_n;
17397	}
17398	if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start)
17399	{
17400	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] In node 0x%08X: %d new appearing tabs:%s\n", node->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1) ? " (will sort)" : "");
17401	for (int tab_n = tabs_unsorted_start; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
17402	{
17403	ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
17404	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] - Tab 0x%08X '%s' Order %d\n", tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Window ? tab->Window->DockOrder : -1);
17405	}
17406	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] SelectedTabId = 0x%08X, NavWindow->TabId = 0x%08X\n", node->SelectedTabId, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->TabId : -1);
17407	if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1)
17408	ImQsort(base: tab_bar->Tabs.Data + tabs_unsorted_start, count: tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, size_of_element: sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), compare_func: TabItemComparerByDockOrder);
17409	}
17410
17411	// Apply NavWindow focus back to the tab bar
17412	if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode == node)
17413	tab_bar->SelectedTabId = g.NavWindow->RootWindow->TabId;
17414
17415	// Selected newly added tabs, or persistent tab ID if the tab bar was just recreated
17416	if (tab_bar_is_recreated && TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id: node->SelectedTabId) != NULL)
17417	tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = node->SelectedTabId;
17418	else if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_count_old)
17419	tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab_bar->Tabs.back().Window->TabId;
17420
17421	// Begin tab bar
17422	ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs; // | ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons);
17423	tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings | ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode;// | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll;
17424	if (!host_window->Collapsed && is_focused)
17425	tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused;
17426	tab_bar->ID = GetID(str_id: "#TabBar");
17427	tab_bar->SeparatorMinX = node->Pos.x + host_window->WindowBorderSize; // Separator cover the whole node width
17428	tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX = node->Pos.x + node->Size.x - host_window->WindowBorderSize;
17429	BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, bb: tab_bar_rect, flags: tab_bar_flags);
17430	//host_window->DrawList->AddRect(tab_bar_rect.Min, tab_bar_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
17431
17432	// Backup style colors
17433	ImVec4 backup_style_cols[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT];
17434	for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
17435	backup_style_cols[color_n] = g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]];
17436
17437	// Submit actual tabs
17438	node->VisibleWindow = NULL;
17439	for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
17440	{
17441	ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
17442	if ((closed_all || closed_one == window->TabId) && window->HasCloseButton && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument))
17443	continue;
17444	if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount || !node_was_active)
17445	{
17446	ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_item_flags = 0;
17447	tab_item_flags |= window->WindowClass.TabItemFlagsOverrideSet;
17448	if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
17449	tab_item_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument;
17450	if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)
17451	tab_item_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton;
17452
17453	// Apply stored style overrides for the window
17454	for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
17455	g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(in: window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n]);
17456
17457	// Note that TabItemEx() calls TabBarCalcTabID() so our tab item ID will ignore the current ID stack (rightly so)
17458	bool tab_open = true;
17459	TabItemEx(tab_bar, label: window->Name, p_open: window->HasCloseButton ? &tab_open : NULL, flags: tab_item_flags, docked_window: window);
17460	if (!tab_open)
17461	node->WantCloseTabId = window->TabId;
17462	if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == window->TabId)
17463	node->VisibleWindow = window;
17464
17465	// Store last item data so it can be queried with IsItemXXX functions after the user Begin() call
17466	window->DockTabItemStatusFlags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
17467	window->DockTabItemRect = g.LastItemData.Rect;
17468
17469	// Update navigation ID on menu layer
17470	if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow == window && (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0)
17471	host_window->NavLastIds[1] = window->TabId;
17472	}
17473	}
17474
17475	// Restore style colors
17476	for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
17477	g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]] = backup_style_cols[color_n];
17478
17479	// Notify root of visible window (used to display title in OS task bar)
17480	if (node->VisibleWindow)
17481	if (is_focused || root_node->VisibleWindow == NULL)
17482	root_node->VisibleWindow = node->VisibleWindow;
17483
17484	// Close button (after VisibleWindow was updated)
17485	// Note that VisibleWindow may have been overrided by CTRL+Tabbing, so VisibleWindow->TabId may be != from tab_bar->SelectedTabId
17486	const bool close_button_is_enabled = node->HasCloseButton && node->VisibleWindow && node->VisibleWindow->HasCloseButton;
17487	const bool close_button_is_visible = node->HasCloseButton;
17488	//const bool close_button_is_visible = close_button_is_enabled; // Most people would expect this behavior of not even showing the button (leaving a hole since we can't claim that space as other windows in the tba bar have one)
17489	if (close_button_is_visible)
17490	{
17491	if (!close_button_is_enabled)
17492	{
17493	PushItemFlag(option: ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled, enabled: true);
17494	PushStyleColor(idx: ImGuiCol_Text, col: style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text] * ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.4f));
17495	}
17496	if (CloseButton(id: host_window->GetID(str: "#CLOSE"), pos: close_button_pos))
17497	{
17498	node->WantCloseAll = true;
17499	for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++)
17500	TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab: &tab_bar->Tabs[n]);
17501	}
17502	//if (IsItemActive())
17503	// focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
17504	if (!close_button_is_enabled)
17505	{
17506	PopStyleColor();
17507	PopItemFlag();
17508	}
17509	}
17510
17511	// When clicking on the title bar outside of tabs, we still focus the selected tab for that node
17512	// FIXME: TabItems submitted earlier use AllowItemOverlap so we manually perform a more specific test for now (hovered || held) in order to not cover them.
17513	ImGuiID title_bar_id = host_window->GetID(str: "#TITLEBAR");
17514	if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == title_bar_id || g.ActiveId == title_bar_id)
17515	{
17516	// AllowOverlap mode required for appending into dock node tab bar,
17517	// otherwise dragging window will steal HoveredId and amended tabs cannot get them.
17518	bool held;
17519	KeepAliveID(id: title_bar_id);
17520	ButtonBehavior(bb: title_bar_rect, id: title_bar_id, NULL, out_held: &held, flags: ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap);
17521	if (g.HoveredId == title_bar_id)
17522	{
17523	g.LastItemData.ID = title_bar_id;
17524	}
17525	if (held)
17526	{
17527	if (IsMouseClicked(button: 0))
17528	focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
17529
17530	// Forward moving request to selected window
17531	if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id: tab_bar->SelectedTabId))
17532	StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(window: tab->Window ? tab->Window : node->HostWindow, node, undock: false); // Undock from tab bar empty space
17533	}
17534	}
17535
17536	// Forward focus from host node to selected window
17537	//if (is_focused && g.NavWindow == host_window && !g.NavWindowingTarget)
17538	// focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
17539
17540	// When clicked on a tab we requested focus to the docked child
17541	// This overrides the value set by "forward focus from host node to selected window".
17542	if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId)
17543	focus_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId;
17544
17545	// Apply navigation focus
17546	if (focus_tab_id != 0)
17547	if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id: focus_tab_id))
17548	if (tab->Window)
17549	{
17550	FocusWindow(window: tab->Window);
17551	NavInitWindow(window: tab->Window, force_reinit: false);
17552	}
17553
17554	EndTabBar();
17555	PopID();
17556
17557	// Restore SkipItems flag
17558	if (!node->IsDockSpace())
17559	{
17560	host_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
17561	host_window->SkipItems = backup_skip_item;
17562	}
17563	}
17564
17565	static void ImGui::DockNodeAddTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node)
17566	{
17567	IM_ASSERT(node->TabBar == NULL);
17568	node->TabBar = IM_NEW(ImGuiTabBar);
17569	}
17570
17571	static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node)
17572	{
17573	if (node->TabBar == NULL)
17574	return;
17575	IM_DELETE(p: node->TabBar);
17576	node->TabBar = NULL;
17577	}
17578
17579	static bool DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiWindow* host_window)
17580	{
17581	if (host_window->DockNodeAsHost && host_window->DockNodeAsHost->IsDockSpace() && payload->BeginOrderWithinContext < host_window->BeginOrderWithinContext)
17582	return false;
17583
17584	ImGuiWindowClass* host_class = host_window->DockNodeAsHost ? &host_window->DockNodeAsHost->WindowClass : &host_window->WindowClass;
17585	ImGuiWindowClass* payload_class = &payload->WindowClass;
17586	if (host_class->ClassId != payload_class->ClassId)
17587	{
17588	bool pass = false;
17589	if (host_class->ClassId != 0 && host_class->DockingAllowUnclassed && payload_class->ClassId == 0)
17590	pass = true;
17591	if (payload_class->ClassId != 0 && payload_class->DockingAllowUnclassed && host_class->ClassId == 0)
17592	pass = true;
17593	if (!pass)
17594	return false;
17595	}
17596
17597	// Prevent docking any window created above a popup
17598	// Technically we should support it (e.g. in the case of a long-lived modal window that had fancy docking features),
17599	// by e.g. adding a 'if (!ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(host_window, popup_window))' test.
17600	// But it would requires more work on our end because the dock host windows is technically created in NewFrame()
17601	// and our ->ParentXXX and ->RootXXX pointers inside windows are currently mislading or lacking.
17602	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17603	for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17604	if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window)
17605	if (ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window: payload, potential_parent: popup_window)) // Payload is created from within a popup begin stack.
17606	return false;
17607
17608	return true;
17609	}
17610
17611	static bool ImGui::DockNodeIsDropAllowed(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiWindow* root_payload)
17612	{
17613	if (root_payload->DockNodeAsHost && root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->IsSplitNode()) // FIXME-DOCK: Missing filtering
17614	return true;
17615
17616	const int payload_count = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows.Size : 1;
17617	for (int payload_n = 0; payload_n < payload_count; payload_n++)
17618	{
17619	ImGuiWindow* payload = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows[payload_n] : root_payload;
17620	if (DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(payload, host_window))
17621	return true;
17622	}
17623	return false;
17624	}
17625
17626	// window menu button == collapse button when not in a dock node.
17627	// FIXME: This is similar to RenderWindowTitleBarContents(), may want to share code.
17628	static void ImGui::DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* out_title_rect, ImRect* out_tab_bar_rect, ImVec2* out_window_menu_button_pos, ImVec2* out_close_button_pos)
17629	{
17630	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17631	ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
17632
17633	ImRect r = ImRect(node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y, node->Pos.x + node->Size.x, node->Pos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
17634	if (out_title_rect) { *out_title_rect = r; }
17635
17636	r.Min.x += style.WindowBorderSize;
17637	r.Max.x -= style.WindowBorderSize;
17638
17639	float button_sz = g.FontSize;
17640	r.Min.x += style.FramePadding.x;
17641	r.Max.x -= style.FramePadding.x;
17642	ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Min.x, r.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
17643	if (node->HasCloseButton)
17644	{
17645	if (out_close_button_pos) *out_close_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - button_sz, r.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
17646	r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
17647	}
17648	if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
17649	{
17650	r.Min.x += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
17651	}
17652	else if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)
17653	{
17654	window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - button_sz, r.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
17655	r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
17656	}
17657	if (out_tab_bar_rect) { *out_tab_bar_rect = r; }
17658	if (out_window_menu_button_pos) { *out_window_menu_button_pos = window_menu_button_pos; }
17659	}
17660
17661	void ImGui::DockNodeCalcSplitRects(ImVec2& pos_old, ImVec2& size_old, ImVec2& pos_new, ImVec2& size_new, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_new_desired)
17662	{
17663	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17664	const float dock_spacing = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
17665	const ImGuiAxis axis = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
17666	pos_new[axis ^ 1] = pos_old[axis ^ 1];
17667	size_new[axis ^ 1] = size_old[axis ^ 1];
17668
17669	// Distribute size on given axis (with a desired size or equally)
17670	const float w_avail = size_old[axis] - dock_spacing;
17671	if (size_new_desired[axis] > 0.0f && size_new_desired[axis] <= w_avail * 0.5f)
17672	{
17673	size_new[axis] = size_new_desired[axis];
17674	size_old[axis] = IM_TRUNC(w_avail - size_new[axis]);
17675	}
17676	else
17677	{
17678	size_new[axis] = IM_TRUNC(w_avail * 0.5f);
17679	size_old[axis] = IM_TRUNC(w_avail - size_new[axis]);
17680	}
17681
17682	// Position each node
17683	if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
17684	{
17685	pos_new[axis] = pos_old[axis] + size_old[axis] + dock_spacing;
17686	}
17687	else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Up)
17688	{
17689	pos_new[axis] = pos_old[axis];
17690	pos_old[axis] = pos_new[axis] + size_new[axis] + dock_spacing;
17691	}
17692	}
17693
17694	// Retrieve the drop rectangles for a given direction or for the center + perform hit testing.
17695	bool ImGui::DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(const ImRect& parent, ImGuiDir dir, ImRect& out_r, bool outer_docking, ImVec2* test_mouse_pos)
17696	{
17697	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17698
17699	const float parent_smaller_axis = ImMin(lhs: parent.GetWidth(), rhs: parent.GetHeight());
17700	const float hs_for_central_nodes = ImMin(lhs: g.FontSize * 1.5f, rhs: ImMax(lhs: g.FontSize * 0.5f, rhs: parent_smaller_axis / 8.0f));
17701	float hs_w; // Half-size, longer axis
17702	float hs_h; // Half-size, smaller axis
17703	ImVec2 off; // Distance from edge or center
17704	if (outer_docking)
17705	{
17706	//hs_w = ImTrunc(ImClamp(parent_smaller_axis - hs_for_central_nodes * 4.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 8.0f));
17707	//hs_h = ImTrunc(hs_w * 0.15f);
17708	//off = ImVec2(ImTrunc(parent.GetWidth() * 0.5f - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 1.4f - hs_h), ImTrunc(parent.GetHeight() * 0.5f - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 1.4f - hs_h));
17709	hs_w = ImTrunc(f: hs_for_central_nodes * 1.50f);
17710	hs_h = ImTrunc(f: hs_for_central_nodes * 0.80f);
17711	off = ImTrunc(v: ImVec2(parent.GetWidth() * 0.5f - hs_h, parent.GetHeight() * 0.5f - hs_h));
17712	}
17713	else
17714	{
17715	hs_w = ImTrunc(f: hs_for_central_nodes);
17716	hs_h = ImTrunc(f: hs_for_central_nodes * 0.90f);
17717	off = ImTrunc(v: ImVec2(hs_w * 2.40f, hs_w * 2.40f));
17718	}
17719
17720	ImVec2 c = ImTrunc(v: parent.GetCenter());
17721	if (dir == ImGuiDir_None) { out_r = ImRect(c.x - hs_w, c.y - hs_w, c.x + hs_w, c.y + hs_w); }
17722	else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) { out_r = ImRect(c.x - hs_w, c.y - off.y - hs_h, c.x + hs_w, c.y - off.y + hs_h); }
17723	else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) { out_r = ImRect(c.x - hs_w, c.y + off.y - hs_h, c.x + hs_w, c.y + off.y + hs_h); }
17724	else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) { out_r = ImRect(c.x - off.x - hs_h, c.y - hs_w, c.x - off.x + hs_h, c.y + hs_w); }
17725	else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) { out_r = ImRect(c.x + off.x - hs_h, c.y - hs_w, c.x + off.x + hs_h, c.y + hs_w); }
17726
17727	if (test_mouse_pos == NULL)
17728	return false;
17729
17730	ImRect hit_r = out_r;
17731	if (!outer_docking)
17732	{
17733	// Custom hit testing for the 5-way selection, designed to reduce flickering when moving diagonally between sides
17734	hit_r.Expand(amount: ImTrunc(f: hs_w * 0.30f));
17735	ImVec2 mouse_delta = (*test_mouse_pos - c);
17736	float mouse_delta_len2 = ImLengthSqr(lhs: mouse_delta);
17737	float r_threshold_center = hs_w * 1.4f;
17738	float r_threshold_sides = hs_w * (1.4f + 1.2f);
17739	if (mouse_delta_len2 < r_threshold_center * r_threshold_center)
17740	return (dir == ImGuiDir_None);
17741	if (mouse_delta_len2 < r_threshold_sides * r_threshold_sides)
17742	return (dir == ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dx: mouse_delta.x, dy: mouse_delta.y));
17743	}
17744	return hit_r.Contains(p: *test_mouse_pos);
17745	}
17746
17747	// host_node may be NULL if the window doesn't have a DockNode already.
17748	// FIXME-DOCK: This is misnamed since it's also doing the filtering.
17749	static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDockPreviewData* data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking)
17750	{
17751	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17752
17753	// There is an edge case when docking into a dockspace which only has inactive nodes.
17754	// In this case DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos() will have selected a leaf node which is inactive.
17755	// Because the inactive leaf node doesn't have proper pos/size yet, we'll use the root node as reference.
17756	if (payload_node == NULL)
17757	payload_node = payload_window->DockNodeAsHost;
17758	ImGuiDockNode* ref_node_for_rect = (host_node && !host_node->IsVisible) ? DockNodeGetRootNode(node: host_node) : host_node;
17759	if (ref_node_for_rect)
17760	IM_ASSERT(ref_node_for_rect->IsVisible == true);
17761
17762	// Filter, figure out where we are allowed to dock
17763	ImGuiDockNodeFlags src_node_flags = payload_node ? payload_node->MergedFlags : payload_window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
17764	ImGuiDockNodeFlags dst_node_flags = host_node ? host_node->MergedFlags : host_window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;
17765	data->IsCenterAvailable = true;
17766	if (is_outer_docking)
17767	data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
17768	else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe)
17769	data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
17770	else if (host_node && (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverCentralNode) && host_node->IsCentralNode())
17771	data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
17772	else if ((!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()) && payload_node && payload_node->IsSplitNode() && (payload_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows == NULL)) // Is _visibly_ split?
17773	data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
17774	else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther) && (!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()))
17775	data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
17776	else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty) && host_node && host_node->IsEmpty())
17777	data->IsCenterAvailable = false;
17778
17779	data->IsSidesAvailable = true;
17780	if ((dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit)
17781	data->IsSidesAvailable = false;
17782	else if (!is_outer_docking && host_node && host_node->ParentNode == NULL && host_node->IsCentralNode())
17783	data->IsSidesAvailable = false;
17784	else if (src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther)
17785	data->IsSidesAvailable = false;
17786
17787	// Build a tentative future node (reuse same structure because it is practical. Shape will be readjusted when previewing a split)
17788	data->FutureNode.HasCloseButton = (host_node ? host_node->HasCloseButton : host_window->HasCloseButton) || (payload_window->HasCloseButton);
17789	data->FutureNode.HasWindowMenuButton = host_node ? true : ((host_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) == 0);
17790	data->FutureNode.Pos = ref_node_for_rect ? ref_node_for_rect->Pos : host_window->Pos;
17791	data->FutureNode.Size = ref_node_for_rect ? ref_node_for_rect->Size : host_window->Size;
17792
17793	// Calculate drop shapes geometry for allowed splitting directions
17794	IM_ASSERT(ImGuiDir_None == -1);
17795	data->SplitNode = host_node;
17796	data->SplitDir = ImGuiDir_None;
17797	data->IsSplitDirExplicit = false;
17798	if (!host_window->Collapsed)
17799	for (int dir = ImGuiDir_None; dir < ImGuiDir_COUNT; dir++)
17800	{
17801	if (dir == ImGuiDir_None && !data->IsCenterAvailable)
17802	continue;
17803	if (dir != ImGuiDir_None && !data->IsSidesAvailable)
17804	continue;
17805	if (DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(parent: data->FutureNode.Rect(), dir: (ImGuiDir)dir, out_r&: data->DropRectsDraw[dir+1], outer_docking: is_outer_docking, test_mouse_pos: &g.IO.MousePos))
17806	{
17807	data->SplitDir = (ImGuiDir)dir;
17808	data->IsSplitDirExplicit = true;
17809	}
17810	}
17811
17812	// When docking without holding Shift, we only allow and preview docking when hovering over a drop rect or over the title bar
17813	data->IsDropAllowed = (data->SplitDir != ImGuiDir_None) || (data->IsCenterAvailable);
17814	if (!is_explicit_target && !data->IsSplitDirExplicit && !g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift)
17815	data->IsDropAllowed = false;
17816
17817	// Calculate split area
17818	data->SplitRatio = 0.0f;
17819	if (data->SplitDir != ImGuiDir_None)
17820	{
17821	ImGuiDir split_dir = data->SplitDir;
17822	ImGuiAxis split_axis = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
17823	ImVec2 pos_new, pos_old = data->FutureNode.Pos;
17824	ImVec2 size_new, size_old = data->FutureNode.Size;
17825	DockNodeCalcSplitRects(pos_old, size_old, pos_new, size_new, dir: split_dir, size_new_desired: payload_window->Size);
17826
17827	// Calculate split ratio so we can pass it down the docking request
17828	float split_ratio = ImSaturate(f: size_new[split_axis] / data->FutureNode.Size[split_axis]);
17829	data->FutureNode.Pos = pos_new;
17830	data->FutureNode.Size = size_new;
17831	data->SplitRatio = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Right || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? (1.0f - split_ratio) : (split_ratio);
17832	}
17833	}
17834
17835	static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* root_payload, const ImGuiDockPreviewData* data)
17836	{
17837	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17838	IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == host_window); // Because we rely on font size to calculate tab sizes
17839
17840	// With this option, we only display the preview on the target viewport, and the payload viewport is made transparent.
17841	// To compensate for the single layer obstructed by the payload, we'll increase the alpha of the preview nodes.
17842	const bool is_transparent_payload = g.IO.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload;
17843
17844	// In case the two windows involved are on different viewports, we will draw the overlay on each of them.
17845	int overlay_draw_lists_count = 0;
17846	ImDrawList* overlay_draw_lists[2];
17847	overlay_draw_lists[overlay_draw_lists_count++] = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport: host_window->Viewport);
17848	if (host_window->Viewport != root_payload->Viewport && !is_transparent_payload)
17849	overlay_draw_lists[overlay_draw_lists_count++] = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport: root_payload->Viewport);
17850
17851	// Draw main preview rectangle
17852	const ImU32 overlay_col_main = GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, alpha_mul: is_transparent_payload ? 0.60f : 0.40f);
17853	const ImU32 overlay_col_drop = GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, alpha_mul: is_transparent_payload ? 0.90f : 0.70f);
17854	const ImU32 overlay_col_drop_hovered = GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, alpha_mul: is_transparent_payload ? 1.20f : 1.00f);
17855	const ImU32 overlay_col_lines = GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, alpha_mul: is_transparent_payload ? 0.80f : 0.60f);
17856
17857	// Display area preview
17858	const bool can_preview_tabs = (root_payload->DockNodeAsHost == NULL || root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows.Size > 0);
17859	if (data->IsDropAllowed)
17860	{
17861	ImRect overlay_rect = data->FutureNode.Rect();
17862	if (data->SplitDir == ImGuiDir_None && can_preview_tabs)
17863	overlay_rect.Min.y += GetFrameHeight();
17864	if (data->SplitDir != ImGuiDir_None || data->IsCenterAvailable)
17865	for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++)
17866	overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(p_min: overlay_rect.Min, p_max: overlay_rect.Max, col: overlay_col_main, rounding: host_window->WindowRounding, flags: CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(r_in: overlay_rect, r_outer: host_window->Rect(), threshold: g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize));
17867	}
17868
17869	// Display tab shape/label preview unless we are splitting node (it generally makes the situation harder to read)
17870	if (data->IsDropAllowed && can_preview_tabs && data->SplitDir == ImGuiDir_None && data->IsCenterAvailable)
17871	{
17872	// Compute target tab bar geometry so we can locate our preview tabs
17873	ImRect tab_bar_rect;
17874	DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(node: &data->FutureNode, NULL, out_tab_bar_rect: &tab_bar_rect, NULL, NULL);
17875	ImVec2 tab_pos = tab_bar_rect.Min;
17876	if (host_node && host_node->TabBar)
17877	{
17878	if (!host_node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !host_node->IsNoTabBar())
17879	tab_pos.x += host_node->TabBar->WidthAllTabs + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We don't use OffsetNewTab because when using non-persistent-order tab bar it is incremented with each Tab submission.
17880	else
17881	tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(window: host_node->Windows[0]).x;
17882	}
17883	else if (!(host_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost))
17884	{
17885	tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(window: host_window).x; // Account for slight offset which will be added when changing from title bar to tab bar
17886	}
17887
17888	// Draw tab shape/label preview (payload may be a loose window or a host window carrying multiple tabbed windows)
17889	if (root_payload->DockNodeAsHost)
17890	IM_ASSERT(root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows.Size <= root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar->Tabs.Size);
17891	ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar_with_payload = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar : NULL;
17892	const int payload_count = tab_bar_with_payload ? tab_bar_with_payload->Tabs.Size : 1;
17893	for (int payload_n = 0; payload_n < payload_count; payload_n++)
17894	{
17895	// DockNode's TabBar may have non-window Tabs manually appended by user
17896	ImGuiWindow* payload_window = tab_bar_with_payload ? tab_bar_with_payload->Tabs[payload_n].Window : root_payload;
17897	if (tab_bar_with_payload && payload_window == NULL)
17898	continue;
17899	if (!DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(payload: payload_window, host_window))
17900	continue;
17901
17902	// Calculate the tab bounding box for each payload window
17903	ImVec2 tab_size = TabItemCalcSize(window: payload_window);
17904	ImRect tab_bb(tab_pos.x, tab_pos.y, tab_pos.x + tab_size.x, tab_pos.y + tab_size.y);
17905	tab_pos.x += tab_size.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
17906	const ImU32 overlay_col_text = GetColorU32(col: payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text]);
17907	const ImU32 overlay_col_tabs = GetColorU32(col: payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabActive]);
17908	PushStyleColor(idx: ImGuiCol_Text, col: overlay_col_text);
17909	for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++)
17910	{
17911	ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (payload_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0;
17912	if (!tab_bar_rect.Contains(r: tab_bb))
17913	overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min: tab_bar_rect.Min, clip_rect_max: tab_bar_rect.Max);
17914	TabItemBackground(draw_list: overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n], bb: tab_bb, flags: tab_flags, col: overlay_col_tabs);
17915	TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(draw_list: overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n], bb: tab_bb, flags: tab_flags, frame_padding: g.Style.FramePadding, label: payload_window->Name, tab_id: 0, close_button_id: 0, is_contents_visible: false, NULL, NULL);
17916	if (!tab_bar_rect.Contains(r: tab_bb))
17917	overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->PopClipRect();
17918	}
17919	PopStyleColor();
17920	}
17921	}
17922
17923	// Display drop boxes
17924	const float overlay_rounding = ImMax(lhs: 3.0f, rhs: g.Style.FrameRounding);
17925	for (int dir = ImGuiDir_None; dir < ImGuiDir_COUNT; dir++)
17926	{
17927	if (!data->DropRectsDraw[dir + 1].IsInverted())
17928	{
17929	ImRect draw_r = data->DropRectsDraw[dir + 1];
17930	ImRect draw_r_in = draw_r;
17931	draw_r_in.Expand(amount: -2.0f);
17932	ImU32 overlay_col = (data->SplitDir == (ImGuiDir)dir && data->IsSplitDirExplicit) ? overlay_col_drop_hovered : overlay_col_drop;
17933	for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++)
17934	{
17935	ImVec2 center = ImFloor(v: draw_r_in.GetCenter());
17936	overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(p_min: draw_r.Min, p_max: draw_r.Max, col: overlay_col, rounding: overlay_rounding);
17937	overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRect(p_min: draw_r_in.Min, p_max: draw_r_in.Max, col: overlay_col_lines, rounding: overlay_rounding);
17938	if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
17939	overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(center.x, draw_r_in.Min.y), p2: ImVec2(center.x, draw_r_in.Max.y), col: overlay_col_lines);
17940	if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
17941	overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(draw_r_in.Min.x, center.y), p2: ImVec2(draw_r_in.Max.x, center.y), col: overlay_col_lines);
17942	}
17943	}
17944
17945	// Stop after ImGuiDir_None
17946	if ((host_node && (host_node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit)) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit)
17947	return;
17948	}
17949	}
17950
17951	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
17952	// Docking: ImGuiDockNode Tree manipulation functions
17953	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
17954	// - DockNodeTreeSplit()
17955	// - DockNodeTreeMerge()
17956	// - DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize()
17957	// - DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode()
17958	// - DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter()
17959	// - DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode()
17960	// - DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos()
17961	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
17962
17963	void ImGui::DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiAxis split_axis, int split_inheritor_child_idx, float split_ratio, ImGuiDockNode* new_node)
17964	{
17965	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
17966	IM_ASSERT(split_axis != ImGuiAxis_None);
17967
17968	ImGuiDockNode* child_0 = (new_node && split_inheritor_child_idx != 0) ? new_node : DockContextAddNode(ctx, id: 0);
17969	child_0->ParentNode = parent_node;
17970
17971	ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = (new_node && split_inheritor_child_idx != 1) ? new_node : DockContextAddNode(ctx, id: 0);
17972	child_1->ParentNode = parent_node;
17973
17974	ImGuiDockNode* child_inheritor = (split_inheritor_child_idx == 0) ? child_0 : child_1;
17975	DockNodeMoveChildNodes(dst_node: child_inheritor, src_node: parent_node);
17976	parent_node->ChildNodes[0] = child_0;
17977	parent_node->ChildNodes[1] = child_1;
17978	parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx]->VisibleWindow = parent_node->VisibleWindow;
17979	parent_node->SplitAxis = split_axis;
17980	parent_node->VisibleWindow = NULL;
17981	parent_node->AuthorityForPos = parent_node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
17982
17983	float size_avail = (parent_node->Size[split_axis] - g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize);
17984	size_avail = ImMax(lhs: size_avail, rhs: g.Style.WindowMinSize[split_axis] * 2.0f);
17985	IM_ASSERT(size_avail > 0.0f); // If you created a node manually with DockBuilderAddNode(), you need to also call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() before splitting.
17986	child_0->SizeRef = child_1->SizeRef = parent_node->Size;
17987	child_0->SizeRef[split_axis] = ImTrunc(f: size_avail * split_ratio);
17988	child_1->SizeRef[split_axis] = ImTrunc(f: size_avail - child_0->SizeRef[split_axis]);
17989
17990	DockNodeMoveWindows(dst_node: parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx], src_node: parent_node);
17991	DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(old_node_id: parent_node->ID, new_node_id: parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx]->ID);
17992	DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(node: DockNodeGetRootNode(node: parent_node));
17993	DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node: parent_node, pos: parent_node->Pos, size: parent_node->Size);
17994
17995	// Flags transfer (e.g. this is where we transfer the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode property)
17996	child_0->SharedFlags = parent_node->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_;
17997	child_1->SharedFlags = parent_node->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_;
17998	child_inheritor->LocalFlags = parent_node->LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
17999	parent_node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
18000	child_0->UpdateMergedFlags();
18001	child_1->UpdateMergedFlags();
18002	parent_node->UpdateMergedFlags();
18003	if (child_inheritor->IsCentralNode())
18004	DockNodeGetRootNode(node: parent_node)->CentralNode = child_inheritor;
18005	}
18006
18007	void ImGui::DockNodeTreeMerge(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiDockNode* merge_lead_child)
18008	{
18009	// When called from DockContextProcessUndockNode() it is possible that one of the child is NULL.
18010	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18011	ImGuiDockNode* child_0 = parent_node->ChildNodes[0];
18012	ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = parent_node->ChildNodes[1];
18013	IM_ASSERT(child_0 || child_1);
18014	IM_ASSERT(merge_lead_child == child_0 || merge_lead_child == child_1);
18015	if ((child_0 && child_0->Windows.Size > 0) || (child_1 && child_1->Windows.Size > 0))
18016	{
18017	IM_ASSERT(parent_node->TabBar == NULL);
18018	IM_ASSERT(parent_node->Windows.Size == 0);
18019	}
18020	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockNodeTreeMerge: 0x%08X + 0x%08X back into parent 0x%08X\n", child_0 ? child_0->ID : 0, child_1 ? child_1->ID : 0, parent_node->ID);
18021
18022	ImVec2 backup_last_explicit_size = parent_node->SizeRef;
18023	DockNodeMoveChildNodes(dst_node: parent_node, src_node: merge_lead_child);
18024	if (child_0)
18025	{
18026	DockNodeMoveWindows(dst_node: parent_node, src_node: child_0); // Generally only 1 of the 2 child node will have windows
18027	DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(old_node_id: child_0->ID, new_node_id: parent_node->ID);
18028	}
18029	if (child_1)
18030	{
18031	DockNodeMoveWindows(dst_node: parent_node, src_node: child_1);
18032	DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(old_node_id: child_1->ID, new_node_id: parent_node->ID);
18033	}
18034	DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows(node: parent_node);
18035	parent_node->AuthorityForPos = parent_node->AuthorityForSize = parent_node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
18036	parent_node->VisibleWindow = merge_lead_child->VisibleWindow;
18037	parent_node->SizeRef = backup_last_explicit_size;
18038
18039	// Flags transfer
18040	parent_node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_; // Preserve Dockspace flag
18041	parent_node->LocalFlags |= (child_0 ? child_0->LocalFlags : 0) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
18042	parent_node->LocalFlags |= (child_1 ? child_1->LocalFlags : 0) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_;
18043	parent_node->LocalFlagsInWindows = (child_0 ? child_0->LocalFlagsInWindows : 0) | (child_1 ? child_1->LocalFlagsInWindows : 0); // FIXME: Would be more consistent to update from actual windows
18044	parent_node->UpdateMergedFlags();
18045
18046	if (child_0)
18047	{
18048	ctx->DockContext.Nodes.SetVoidPtr(key: child_0->ID, NULL);
18049	IM_DELETE(p: child_0);
18050	}
18051	if (child_1)
18052	{
18053	ctx->DockContext.Nodes.SetVoidPtr(key: child_1->ID, NULL);
18054	IM_DELETE(p: child_1);
18055	}
18056	}
18057
18058	// Update Pos/Size for a node hierarchy (don't affect child Windows yet)
18059	// (Depth-first, Pre-Order)
18060	void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 size, ImGuiDockNode* only_write_to_single_node)
18061	{
18062	// During the regular dock node update we write to all nodes.
18063	// 'only_write_to_single_node' is only set when turning a node visible mid-frame and we need its size right-away.
18064	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18065	const bool write_to_node = only_write_to_single_node == NULL || only_write_to_single_node == node;
18066	if (write_to_node)
18067	{
18068	node->Pos = pos;
18069	node->Size = size;
18070	}
18071
18072	if (node->IsLeafNode())
18073	return;
18074
18075	ImGuiDockNode* child_0 = node->ChildNodes[0];
18076	ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = node->ChildNodes[1];
18077	ImVec2 child_0_pos = pos, child_1_pos = pos;
18078	ImVec2 child_0_size = size, child_1_size = size;
18079
18080	const bool child_0_is_toward_single_node = (only_write_to_single_node != NULL && DockNodeIsInHierarchyOf(node: only_write_to_single_node, parent: child_0));
18081	const bool child_1_is_toward_single_node = (only_write_to_single_node != NULL && DockNodeIsInHierarchyOf(node: only_write_to_single_node, parent: child_1));
18082	const bool child_0_is_or_will_be_visible = child_0->IsVisible || child_0_is_toward_single_node;
18083	const bool child_1_is_or_will_be_visible = child_1->IsVisible || child_1_is_toward_single_node;
18084
18085	if (child_0_is_or_will_be_visible && child_1_is_or_will_be_visible)
18086	{
18087	const float spacing = g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize;
18088	const ImGuiAxis axis = (ImGuiAxis)node->SplitAxis;
18089	const float size_avail = ImMax(lhs: size[axis] - spacing, rhs: 0.0f);
18090
18091	// Size allocation policy
18092	// 1) The first 0..WindowMinSize[axis]*2 are allocated evenly to both windows.
18093	const float size_min_each = ImTrunc(f: ImMin(lhs: size_avail, rhs: g.Style.WindowMinSize[axis] * 2.0f) * 0.5f);
18094
18095	// FIXME: Blocks 2) and 3) are essentially doing nearly the same thing.
18096	// Difference are: write-back to SizeRef; application of a minimum size; rounding before ImTrunc()
18097	// Clarify and rework differences between Size & SizeRef and purpose of WantLockSizeOnce
18098
18099	// 2) Process locked absolute size (during a splitter resize we preserve the child of nodes not touching the splitter edge)
18100	if (child_0->WantLockSizeOnce && !child_1->WantLockSizeOnce)
18101	{
18102	child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = ImMin(lhs: size_avail - 1.0f, rhs: child_0->Size[axis]);
18103	child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]);
18104	IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f);
18105	}
18106	else if (child_1->WantLockSizeOnce && !child_0->WantLockSizeOnce)
18107	{
18108	child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = ImMin(lhs: size_avail - 1.0f, rhs: child_1->Size[axis]);
18109	child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_1_size[axis]);
18110	IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f);
18111	}
18112	else if (child_0->WantLockSizeOnce && child_1->WantLockSizeOnce)
18113	{
18114	// FIXME-DOCK: We cannot honor the requested size, so apply ratio.
18115	// Currently this path will only be taken if code programmatically sets WantLockSizeOnce
18116	float split_ratio = child_0_size[axis] / (child_0_size[axis] + child_1_size[axis]);
18117	child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = ImTrunc(f: size_avail * split_ratio);
18118	child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]);
18119	IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f);
18120	}
18121
18122	// 3) If one window is the central node (~ use remaining space, should be made explicit!), use explicit size from the other, and remainder for the central node
18123	else if (child_0->SizeRef[axis] != 0.0f && child_1->HasCentralNodeChild)
18124	{
18125	child_0_size[axis] = ImMin(lhs: size_avail - size_min_each, rhs: child_0->SizeRef[axis]);
18126	child_1_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]);
18127	}
18128	else if (child_1->SizeRef[axis] != 0.0f && child_0->HasCentralNodeChild)
18129	{
18130	child_1_size[axis] = ImMin(lhs: size_avail - size_min_each, rhs: child_1->SizeRef[axis]);
18131	child_0_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_1_size[axis]);
18132	}
18133	else
18134	{
18135	// 4) Otherwise distribute according to the relative ratio of each SizeRef value
18136	float split_ratio = child_0->SizeRef[axis] / (child_0->SizeRef[axis] + child_1->SizeRef[axis]);
18137	child_0_size[axis] = ImMax(lhs: size_min_each, rhs: ImTrunc(f: size_avail * split_ratio + 0.5f));
18138	child_1_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]);
18139	}
18140
18141	child_1_pos[axis] += spacing + child_0_size[axis];
18142	}
18143
18144	if (only_write_to_single_node == NULL)
18145	child_0->WantLockSizeOnce = child_1->WantLockSizeOnce = false;
18146
18147	const bool child_0_recurse = only_write_to_single_node ? child_0_is_toward_single_node : child_0->IsVisible;
18148	const bool child_1_recurse = only_write_to_single_node ? child_1_is_toward_single_node : child_1->IsVisible;
18149	if (child_0_recurse)
18150	DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node: child_0, pos: child_0_pos, size: child_0_size);
18151	if (child_1_recurse)
18152	DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node: child_1, pos: child_1_pos, size: child_1_size);
18153	}
18154
18155	static void DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiAxis axis, int side, ImVector<ImGuiDockNode*>* touching_nodes)
18156	{
18157	if (node->IsLeafNode())
18158	{
18159	touching_nodes->push_back(v: node);
18160	return;
18161	}
18162	if (node->ChildNodes[0]->IsVisible)
18163	if (node->SplitAxis != axis || side == 0 || !node->ChildNodes[1]->IsVisible)
18164	DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(node: node->ChildNodes[0], axis, side, touching_nodes);
18165	if (node->ChildNodes[1]->IsVisible)
18166	if (node->SplitAxis != axis || side == 1 || !node->ChildNodes[0]->IsVisible)
18167	DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(node: node->ChildNodes[1], axis, side, touching_nodes);
18168	}
18169
18170	// (Depth-First, Pre-Order)
18171	void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node)
18172	{
18173	if (node->IsLeafNode())
18174	return;
18175
18176	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18177
18178	ImGuiDockNode* child_0 = node->ChildNodes[0];
18179	ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = node->ChildNodes[1];
18180	if (child_0->IsVisible && child_1->IsVisible)
18181	{
18182	// Bounding box of the splitter cover the space between both nodes (w = Spacing, h = Size[xy^1] for when splitting horizontally)
18183	const ImGuiAxis axis = (ImGuiAxis)node->SplitAxis;
18184	IM_ASSERT(axis != ImGuiAxis_None);
18185	ImRect bb;
18186	bb.Min = child_0->Pos;
18187	bb.Max = child_1->Pos;
18188	bb.Min[axis] += child_0->Size[axis];
18189	bb.Max[axis ^ 1] += child_1->Size[axis ^ 1];
18190	//if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport)->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
18191
18192	const ImGuiDockNodeFlags merged_flags = child_0->MergedFlags | child_1->MergedFlags; // Merged flags for BOTH childs
18193	const ImGuiDockNodeFlags no_resize_axis_flag = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX : ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY;
18194	if ((merged_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) || (merged_flags & no_resize_axis_flag))
18195	{
18196	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
18197	window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: bb.Min, p_max: bb.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Separator), rounding: g.Style.FrameRounding);
18198	}
18199	else
18200	{
18201	//bb.Min[axis] += 1; // Display a little inward so highlight doesn't connect with nearby tabs on the neighbor node.
18202	//bb.Max[axis] -= 1;
18203	PushID(int_id: node->ID);
18204
18205	// Find resizing limits by gathering list of nodes that are touching the splitter line.
18206	ImVector<ImGuiDockNode*> touching_nodes[2];
18207	float min_size = g.Style.WindowMinSize[axis];
18208	float resize_limits[2];
18209	resize_limits[0] = node->ChildNodes[0]->Pos[axis] + min_size;
18210	resize_limits[1] = node->ChildNodes[1]->Pos[axis] + node->ChildNodes[1]->Size[axis] - min_size;
18211
18212	ImGuiID splitter_id = GetID(str_id: "##Splitter");
18213	if (g.ActiveId == splitter_id) // Only process when splitter is active
18214	{
18215	DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(node: child_0, axis, side: 1, touching_nodes: &touching_nodes[0]);
18216	DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(node: child_1, axis, side: 0, touching_nodes: &touching_nodes[1]);
18217	for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[0].Size; touching_node_n++)
18218	resize_limits[0] = ImMax(lhs: resize_limits[0], rhs: touching_nodes[0][touching_node_n]->Rect().Min[axis] + min_size);
18219	for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[1].Size; touching_node_n++)
18220	resize_limits[1] = ImMin(lhs: resize_limits[1], rhs: touching_nodes[1][touching_node_n]->Rect().Max[axis] - min_size);
18221
18222	// [DEBUG] Render touching nodes & limits
18223	/*
18224	ImDrawList* draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(GetMainViewport());
18225	for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
18226	{
18227	for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[n].Size; touching_node_n++)
18228	draw_list->AddRect(touching_nodes[n][touching_node_n]->Pos, touching_nodes[n][touching_node_n]->Pos + touching_nodes[n][touching_node_n]->Size, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
18229	if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X)
18230	draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(resize_limits[n], node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.y), ImVec2(resize_limits[n], node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.y + node->ChildNodes[n]->Size.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255), 3.0f);
18231	else
18232	draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.x, resize_limits[n]), ImVec2(node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.x + node->ChildNodes[n]->Size.x, resize_limits[n]), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255), 3.0f);
18233	}
18234	*/
18235	}
18236
18237	// Use a short delay before highlighting the splitter (and changing the mouse cursor) in order for regular mouse movement to not highlight many splitters
18238	float cur_size_0 = child_0->Size[axis];
18239	float cur_size_1 = child_1->Size[axis];
18240	float min_size_0 = resize_limits[0] - child_0->Pos[axis];
18241	float min_size_1 = child_1->Pos[axis] + child_1->Size[axis] - resize_limits[1];
18242	ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_WindowBg);
18243	if (SplitterBehavior(bb, id: GetID(str_id: "##Splitter"), axis, size1: &cur_size_0, size2: &cur_size_1, min_size1: min_size_0, min_size2: min_size_1, hover_extend: WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, hover_visibility_delay: WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER, bg_col))
18244	{
18245	if (touching_nodes[0].Size > 0 && touching_nodes[1].Size > 0)
18246	{
18247	child_0->Size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = cur_size_0;
18248	child_1->Pos[axis] -= cur_size_1 - child_1->Size[axis];
18249	child_1->Size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = cur_size_1;
18250
18251	// Lock the size of every node that is a sibling of the node we are touching
18252	// This might be less desirable if we can merge sibling of a same axis into the same parental level.
18253	for (int side_n = 0; side_n < 2; side_n++)
18254	for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[side_n].Size; touching_node_n++)
18255	{
18256	ImGuiDockNode* touching_node = touching_nodes[side_n][touching_node_n];
18257	//ImDrawList* draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(GetMainViewport());
18258	//draw_list->AddRect(touching_node->Pos, touching_node->Pos + touching_node->Size, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255));
18259	while (touching_node->ParentNode != node)
18260	{
18261	if (touching_node->ParentNode->SplitAxis == axis)
18262	{
18263	// Mark other node so its size will be preserved during the upcoming call to DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize().
18264	ImGuiDockNode* node_to_preserve = touching_node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[side_n];
18265	node_to_preserve->WantLockSizeOnce = true;
18266	//draw_list->AddRect(touching_node->Pos, touching_node->Rect().Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
18267	//draw_list->AddRectFilled(node_to_preserve->Pos, node_to_preserve->Rect().Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 100));
18268	}
18269	touching_node = touching_node->ParentNode;
18270	}
18271	}
18272
18273	DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node: child_0, pos: child_0->Pos, size: child_0->Size);
18274	DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node: child_1, pos: child_1->Pos, size: child_1->Size);
18275	MarkIniSettingsDirty();
18276	}
18277	}
18278	PopID();
18279	}
18280	}
18281
18282	if (child_0->IsVisible)
18283	DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(node: child_0);
18284	if (child_1->IsVisible)
18285	DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(node: child_1);
18286	}
18287
18288	ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(ImGuiDockNode* node)
18289	{
18290	if (node->IsLeafNode())
18291	return node;
18292	if (ImGuiDockNode* leaf_node = DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(node: node->ChildNodes[0]))
18293	return leaf_node;
18294	if (ImGuiDockNode* leaf_node = DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(node: node->ChildNodes[1]))
18295	return leaf_node;
18296	return NULL;
18297	}
18298
18299	ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos)
18300	{
18301	if (!node->IsVisible)
18302	return NULL;
18303
18304	const float dock_spacing = 0.0f;// g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // FIXME: Relation to DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE?
18305	ImRect r(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size);
18306	r.Expand(amount: dock_spacing * 0.5f);
18307	bool inside = r.Contains(p: pos);
18308	if (!inside)
18309	return NULL;
18310
18311	if (node->IsLeafNode())
18312	return node;
18313	if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(node: node->ChildNodes[0], pos))
18314	return hovered_node;
18315	if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(node: node->ChildNodes[1], pos))
18316	return hovered_node;
18317
18318	// This means we are hovering over the splitter/spacing of a parent node
18319	return node;
18320	}
18321
18322	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18323	// Docking: Public Functions (SetWindowDock, DockSpace, DockSpaceOverViewport)
18324	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18325	// - SetWindowDock() [Internal]
18326	// - DockSpace()
18327	// - DockSpaceOverViewport()
18328	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18329
18330	// [Internal] Called via SetNextWindowDockID()
18331	void ImGui::SetWindowDock(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond)
18332	{
18333	// Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
18334	if (cond && (window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
18335	return;
18336	window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
18337
18338	if (window->DockId == dock_id)
18339	return;
18340
18341	// If the user attempt to set a dock id that is a split node, we'll dig within to find a suitable docking spot
18342	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18343	if (ImGuiDockNode* new_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: dock_id))
18344	if (new_node->IsSplitNode())
18345	{
18346	// Policy: Find central node or latest focused node. We first move back to our root node.
18347	new_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node: new_node);
18348	if (new_node->CentralNode)
18349	{
18350	IM_ASSERT(new_node->CentralNode->IsCentralNode());
18351	dock_id = new_node->CentralNode->ID;
18352	}
18353	else
18354	{
18355	dock_id = new_node->LastFocusedNodeId;
18356	}
18357	}
18358
18359	if (window->DockId == dock_id)
18360	return;
18361
18362	if (window->DockNode)
18363	DockNodeRemoveWindow(node: window->DockNode, window, save_dock_id: 0);
18364	window->DockId = dock_id;
18365	}
18366
18367	// Create an explicit dockspace node within an existing window. Also expose dock node flags and creates a CentralNode by default.
18368	// The Central Node is always displayed even when empty and shrink/extend according to the requested size of its neighbors.
18369	// DockSpace() needs to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. If you use a dockspace, submit it early in your app.
18370	// When ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly is set, nothing is submitted in the current window (function may be called from any location).
18371	ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class)
18372	{
18373	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18374	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
18375	if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
18376	return 0;
18377
18378	// Early out if parent window is hidden/collapsed
18379	// This is faster but also DockNodeUpdateTabBar() relies on TabBarLayout() running (which won't if SkipItems=true) to set NextSelectedTabId = 0). See #2960.
18380	// If for whichever reason this is causing problem we would need to ensure that DockNodeUpdateTabBar() ends up clearing NextSelectedTabId even if SkipItems=true.
18381	if (window->SkipItems)
18382	flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly;
18383	if ((flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) == 0)
18384	window = GetCurrentWindow(); // call to set window->WriteAccessed = true;
18385
18386	IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0);
18387	IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
18388	ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id);
18389	if (!node)
18390	{
18391	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X created\n", id);
18392	node = DockContextAddNode(ctx: &g, id);
18393	node->SetLocalFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
18394	}
18395	if (window_class && window_class->ClassId != node->WindowClass.ClassId)
18396	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X: setup WindowClass 0x%08X -> 0x%08X\n", id, node->WindowClass.ClassId, window_class->ClassId);
18397	node->SharedFlags = flags;
18398	node->WindowClass = window_class ? *window_class : ImGuiWindowClass();
18399
18400	// When a DockSpace transitioned form implicit to explicit this may be called a second time
18401	// It is possible that the node has already been claimed by a docked window which appeared before the DockSpace() node, so we overwrite IsDockSpace again.
18402	if (node->LastFrameActive == g.FrameCount && !(flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly))
18403	{
18404	IM_ASSERT(node->IsDockSpace() == false && "Cannot call DockSpace() twice a frame with the same ID");
18405	node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace);
18406	return id;
18407	}
18408	node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace);
18409
18410	// Keep alive mode, this is allow windows docked into this node so stay docked even if they are not visible
18411	if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
18412	{
18413	node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount;
18414	return id;
18415	}
18416
18417	const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
18418	ImVec2 size = ImTrunc(v: size_arg);
18419	if (size.x <= 0.0f)
18420	size.x = ImMax(lhs: content_avail.x + size.x, rhs: 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues)
18421	if (size.y <= 0.0f)
18422	size.y = ImMax(lhs: content_avail.y + size.y, rhs: 4.0f);
18423	IM_ASSERT(size.x > 0.0f && size.y > 0.0f);
18424
18425	node->Pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
18426	node->Size = node->SizeRef = size;
18427	SetNextWindowPos(pos: node->Pos);
18428	SetNextWindowSize(size: node->Size);
18429	g.NextWindowData.PosUndock = false;
18430
18431	// FIXME-DOCK: Why do we need a child window to host a dockspace, could we host it in the existing window?
18432	// FIXME-DOCK: What is the reason for not simply calling BeginChild()? (OK to have a reason but should be commented)
18433	ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost;
18434	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
18435	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse;
18436	window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground;
18437
18438	char title[256];
18439	ImFormatString(buf: title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), fmt: "%s/DockSpace_%08X", window->Name, id);
18440
18441	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, val: 0.0f);
18442	Begin(name: title, NULL, flags: window_flags);
18443	PopStyleVar();
18444
18445	ImGuiWindow* host_window = g.CurrentWindow;
18446	DockNodeSetupHostWindow(node, host_window);
18447	host_window->ChildId = window->GetID(str: title);
18448	node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL;
18449
18450	IM_ASSERT(node->IsRootNode());
18451
18452	// We need to handle the rare case were a central node is missing.
18453	// This can happen if the node was first created manually with DockBuilderAddNode() but _without_ the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_Dockspace.
18454	// Doing it correctly would set the _CentralNode flags, which would then propagate according to subsequent split.
18455	// It would also be ambiguous to attempt to assign a central node while there are split nodes, so we wait until there's a single node remaining.
18456	// The specific sub-property of _CentralNode we are interested in recovering here is the "Don't delete when empty" property,
18457	// as it doesn't make sense for an empty dockspace to not have this property.
18458	if (node->IsLeafNode() && !node->IsCentralNode())
18459	node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
18460
18461	// Update the node
18462	DockNodeUpdate(node);
18463
18464	End();
18465
18466	ImRect bb(node->Pos, node->Pos + size);
18467	ItemSize(size);
18468	ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, extra_flags: ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); // Not a nav point (could be, would need to draw the nav rect and replicate/refactor activation from BeginChild(), but seems like CTRL+Tab works better here?)
18469	if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && IsWindowChildOf(window: g.HoveredWindow, potential_parent: host_window, popup_hierarchy: false, dock_hierarchy: true)) // To fullfill IsItemHovered(), similar to EndChild()
18470	g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
18471
18472	return id;
18473	}
18474
18475	// Tips: Use with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode!
18476	// The limitation with this call is that your window won't have a menu bar.
18477	// Even though we could pass window flags, it would also require the user to be able to call BeginMenuBar() somehow meaning we can't Begin/End in a single function.
18478	// But you can also use BeginMainMenuBar(). If you really want a menu bar inside the same window as the one hosting the dockspace, you will need to copy this code somewhere and tweak it.
18479	ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNodeFlags dockspace_flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class)
18480	{
18481	if (viewport == NULL)
18482	viewport = GetMainViewport();
18483
18484	SetNextWindowPos(pos: viewport->WorkPos);
18485	SetNextWindowSize(size: viewport->WorkSize);
18486	SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID);
18487
18488	ImGuiWindowFlags host_window_flags = 0;
18489	host_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
18490	host_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus;
18491	if (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode)
18492	host_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground;
18493
18494	char label[32];
18495	ImFormatString(buf: label, IM_ARRAYSIZE(label), fmt: "DockSpaceViewport_%08X", viewport->ID);
18496
18497	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, val: 0.0f);
18498	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, val: 0.0f);
18499	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, val: ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
18500	Begin(name: label, NULL, flags: host_window_flags);
18501	PopStyleVar(count: 3);
18502
18503	ImGuiID dockspace_id = GetID(str_id: "DockSpace");
18504	DockSpace(id: dockspace_id, size_arg: ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), flags: dockspace_flags, window_class);
18505	End();
18506
18507	return dockspace_id;
18508	}
18509
18510	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18511	// Docking: Builder Functions
18512	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18513	// Very early end-user API to manipulate dock nodes.
18514	// Only available in imgui_internal.h. Expect this API to change/break!
18515	// It is expected that those functions are all called _before_ the dockspace node submission.
18516	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18517	// - DockBuilderDockWindow()
18518	// - DockBuilderGetNode()
18519	// - DockBuilderSetNodePos()
18520	// - DockBuilderSetNodeSize()
18521	// - DockBuilderAddNode()
18522	// - DockBuilderRemoveNode()
18523	// - DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes()
18524	// - DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows()
18525	// - DockBuilderSplitNode()
18526	// - DockBuilderCopyNodeRec()
18527	// - DockBuilderCopyNode()
18528	// - DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings()
18529	// - DockBuilderCopyDockSpace()
18530	// - DockBuilderFinish()
18531	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18532
18533	void ImGui::DockBuilderDockWindow(const char* window_name, ImGuiID node_id)
18534	{
18535	// We don't preserve relative order of multiple docked windows (by clearing DockOrder back to -1)
18536	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_UNUSED(g);
18537	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderDockWindow '%s' to node 0x%08X\n", window_name, node_id);
18538	ImGuiID window_id = ImHashStr(data_p: window_name);
18539	if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(id: window_id))
18540	{
18541	// Apply to created window
18542	ImGuiID prev_node_id = window->DockId;
18543	SetWindowDock(window, dock_id: node_id, cond: ImGuiCond_Always);
18544	if (window->DockId != prev_node_id)
18545	window->DockOrder = -1;
18546	}
18547	else
18548	{
18549	// Apply to settings
18550	ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(id: window_id);
18551	if (settings == NULL)
18552	settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(name: window_name);
18553	if (settings->DockId != node_id)
18554	settings->DockOrder = -1;
18555	settings->DockId = node_id;
18556	}
18557	}
18558
18559	ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockBuilderGetNode(ImGuiID node_id)
18560	{
18561	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18562	return DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: node_id);
18563	}
18564
18565	void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodePos(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 pos)
18566	{
18567	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18568	ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: node_id);
18569	if (node == NULL)
18570	return;
18571	node->Pos = pos;
18572	node->AuthorityForPos = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
18573	}
18574
18575	void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size)
18576	{
18577	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18578	ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: node_id);
18579	if (node == NULL)
18580	return;
18581	IM_ASSERT(size.x > 0.0f && size.y > 0.0f);
18582	node->Size = node->SizeRef = size;
18583	node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode;
18584	}
18585
18586	// Make sure to use the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace flag to create a dockspace node! Otherwise this will create a floating node!
18587	// - Floating node: you can then call DockBuilderSetNodePos()/DockBuilderSetNodeSize() to position and size the floating node.
18588	// - Dockspace node: calling DockBuilderSetNodePos() is unnecessary.
18589	// - If you intend to split a node immediately after creation using DockBuilderSplitNode(), make sure to call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() beforehand!
18590	// For various reason, the splitting code currently needs a base size otherwise space may not be allocated as precisely as you would expect.
18591	// - Use (id == 0) to let the system allocate a node identifier.
18592	// - Existing node with a same id will be removed.
18593	ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID node_id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags)
18594	{
18595	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_UNUSED(g);
18596	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderAddNode 0x%08X flags=%08X\n", node_id, flags);
18597
18598	if (node_id != 0)
18599	DockBuilderRemoveNode(node_id);
18600
18601	ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL;
18602	if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace)
18603	{
18604	DockSpace(id: node_id, size_arg: ImVec2(0, 0), flags: (flags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly);
18605	node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: node_id);
18606	}
18607	else
18608	{
18609	node = DockContextAddNode(ctx: &g, id: node_id);
18610	node->SetLocalFlags(flags);
18611	}
18612	node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount; // Set this otherwise BeginDocked will undock during the same frame.
18613	return node->ID;
18614	}
18615
18616	void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNode(ImGuiID node_id)
18617	{
18618	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_UNUSED(g);
18619	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderRemoveNode 0x%08X\n", node_id);
18620
18621	ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: node_id);
18622	if (node == NULL)
18623	return;
18624	DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(node_id, clear_settings_refs: true);
18625	DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(node_id);
18626	// Node may have moved or deleted if e.g. any merge happened
18627	node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: node_id);
18628	if (node == NULL)
18629	return;
18630	if (node->IsCentralNode() && node->ParentNode)
18631	node->ParentNode->SetLocalFlags(node->ParentNode->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
18632	DockContextRemoveNode(ctx: &g, node, merge_sibling_into_parent_node: true);
18633	}
18634
18635	// root_id = 0 to remove all, root_id != 0 to remove child of given node.
18636	void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id)
18637	{
18638	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18639	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext;
18640
18641	ImGuiDockNode* root_node = root_id ? DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: root_id) : NULL;
18642	if (root_id && root_node == NULL)
18643	return;
18644	bool has_central_node = false;
18645
18646	ImGuiDataAuthority backup_root_node_authority_for_pos = root_node ? root_node->AuthorityForPos : ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
18647	ImGuiDataAuthority backup_root_node_authority_for_size = root_node ? root_node->AuthorityForSize : ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto;
18648
18649	// Process active windows
18650	ImVector<ImGuiDockNode*> nodes_to_remove;
18651	for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
18652	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
18653	{
18654	bool want_removal = (root_id == 0) || (node->ID != root_id && DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->ID == root_id);
18655	if (want_removal)
18656	{
18657	if (node->IsCentralNode())
18658	has_central_node = true;
18659	if (root_id != 0)
18660	DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ctx: &g, node);
18661	if (root_node)
18662	{
18663	DockNodeMoveWindows(dst_node: root_node, src_node: node);
18664	DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(old_node_id: node->ID, new_node_id: root_node->ID);
18665	}
18666	nodes_to_remove.push_back(v: node);
18667	}
18668	}
18669
18670	// DockNodeMoveWindows->DockNodeAddWindow will normally set those when reaching two windows (which is only adequate during interactive merge)
18671	// Make sure we don't lose our current pos/size. (FIXME-DOCK: Consider tidying up that code in DockNodeAddWindow instead)
18672	if (root_node)
18673	{
18674	root_node->AuthorityForPos = backup_root_node_authority_for_pos;
18675	root_node->AuthorityForSize = backup_root_node_authority_for_size;
18676	}
18677
18678	// Apply to settings
18679	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
18680	if (ImGuiID window_settings_dock_id = settings->DockId)
18681	for (int n = 0; n < nodes_to_remove.Size; n++)
18682	if (nodes_to_remove[n]->ID == window_settings_dock_id)
18683	{
18684	settings->DockId = root_id;
18685	break;
18686	}
18687
18688	// Not really efficient, but easier to destroy a whole hierarchy considering DockContextRemoveNode is attempting to merge nodes
18689	if (nodes_to_remove.Size > 1)
18690	ImQsort(base: nodes_to_remove.Data, count: nodes_to_remove.Size, size_of_element: sizeof(ImGuiDockNode*), compare_func: DockNodeComparerDepthMostFirst);
18691	for (int n = 0; n < nodes_to_remove.Size; n++)
18692	DockContextRemoveNode(ctx: &g, node: nodes_to_remove[n], merge_sibling_into_parent_node: false);
18693
18694	if (root_id == 0)
18695	{
18696	dc->Nodes.Clear();
18697	dc->Requests.clear();
18698	}
18699	else if (has_central_node)
18700	{
18701	root_node->CentralNode = root_node;
18702	root_node->SetLocalFlags(root_node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode);
18703	}
18704	}
18705
18706	void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs)
18707	{
18708	// Clear references in settings
18709	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18710	if (clear_settings_refs)
18711	{
18712	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
18713	{
18714	bool want_removal = (root_id == 0) || (settings->DockId == root_id);
18715	if (!want_removal && settings->DockId != 0)
18716	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: settings->DockId))
18717	if (DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->ID == root_id)
18718	want_removal = true;
18719	if (want_removal)
18720	settings->DockId = 0;
18721	}
18722	}
18723
18724	// Clear references in windows
18725	for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)
18726	{
18727	ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
18728	bool want_removal = (root_id == 0) || (window->DockNode && DockNodeGetRootNode(node: window->DockNode)->ID == root_id) || (window->DockNodeAsHost && window->DockNodeAsHost->ID == root_id);
18729	if (want_removal)
18730	{
18731	const ImGuiID backup_dock_id = window->DockId;
18732	IM_UNUSED(backup_dock_id);
18733	DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx: &g, window, clear_persistent_docking_ref: clear_settings_refs);
18734	if (!clear_settings_refs)
18735	IM_ASSERT(window->DockId == backup_dock_id);
18736	}
18737	}
18738	}
18739
18740	// If 'out_id_at_dir' or 'out_id_at_opposite_dir' are non NULL, the function will write out the ID of the two new nodes created.
18741	// Return value is ID of the node at the specified direction, so same as (*out_id_at_dir) if that pointer is set.
18742	// FIXME-DOCK: We are not exposing nor using split_outer.
18743	ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderSplitNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDir split_dir, float size_ratio_for_node_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_opposite_dir)
18744	{
18745	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18746	IM_ASSERT(split_dir != ImGuiDir_None);
18747	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderSplitNode: node 0x%08X, split_dir %d\n", id, split_dir);
18748
18749	ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id);
18750	if (node == NULL)
18751	{
18752	IM_ASSERT(node != NULL);
18753	return 0;
18754	}
18755
18756	IM_ASSERT(!node->IsSplitNode()); // Assert if already Split
18757
18758	ImGuiDockRequest req;
18759	req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Split;
18760	req.DockTargetWindow = NULL;
18761	req.DockTargetNode = node;
18762	req.DockPayload = NULL;
18763	req.DockSplitDir = split_dir;
18764	req.DockSplitRatio = ImSaturate(f: (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? size_ratio_for_node_at_dir : 1.0f - size_ratio_for_node_at_dir);
18765	req.DockSplitOuter = false;
18766	DockContextProcessDock(ctx: &g, req: &req);
18767
18768	ImGuiID id_at_dir = node->ChildNodes[(split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? 0 : 1]->ID;
18769	ImGuiID id_at_opposite_dir = node->ChildNodes[(split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? 1 : 0]->ID;
18770	if (out_id_at_dir)
18771	*out_id_at_dir = id_at_dir;
18772	if (out_id_at_opposite_dir)
18773	*out_id_at_opposite_dir = id_at_opposite_dir;
18774	return id_at_dir;
18775	}
18776
18777	static ImGuiDockNode* DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(ImGuiDockNode* src_node, ImGuiID dst_node_id_if_known, ImVector<ImGuiID>* out_node_remap_pairs)
18778	{
18779	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18780	ImGuiDockNode* dst_node = ImGui::DockContextAddNode(ctx: &g, id: dst_node_id_if_known);
18781	dst_node->SharedFlags = src_node->SharedFlags;
18782	dst_node->LocalFlags = src_node->LocalFlags;
18783	dst_node->LocalFlagsInWindows = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None;
18784	dst_node->Pos = src_node->Pos;
18785	dst_node->Size = src_node->Size;
18786	dst_node->SizeRef = src_node->SizeRef;
18787	dst_node->SplitAxis = src_node->SplitAxis;
18788	dst_node->UpdateMergedFlags();
18789
18790	out_node_remap_pairs->push_back(v: src_node->ID);
18791	out_node_remap_pairs->push_back(v: dst_node->ID);
18792
18793	for (int child_n = 0; child_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(src_node->ChildNodes); child_n++)
18794	if (src_node->ChildNodes[child_n])
18795	{
18796	dst_node->ChildNodes[child_n] = DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(src_node: src_node->ChildNodes[child_n], dst_node_id_if_known: 0, out_node_remap_pairs);
18797	dst_node->ChildNodes[child_n]->ParentNode = dst_node;
18798	}
18799
18800	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Fork node %08X -> %08X (%d childs)\n", src_node->ID, dst_node->ID, dst_node->IsSplitNode() ? 2 : 0);
18801	return dst_node;
18802	}
18803
18804	void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyNode(ImGuiID src_node_id, ImGuiID dst_node_id, ImVector<ImGuiID>* out_node_remap_pairs)
18805	{
18806	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18807	IM_ASSERT(src_node_id != 0);
18808	IM_ASSERT(dst_node_id != 0);
18809	IM_ASSERT(out_node_remap_pairs != NULL);
18810
18811	DockBuilderRemoveNode(node_id: dst_node_id);
18812
18813	ImGuiDockNode* src_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx: &g, id: src_node_id);
18814	IM_ASSERT(src_node != NULL);
18815
18816	out_node_remap_pairs->clear();
18817	DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(src_node, dst_node_id_if_known: dst_node_id, out_node_remap_pairs);
18818
18819	IM_ASSERT((out_node_remap_pairs->Size % 2) == 0);
18820	}
18821
18822	void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(const char* src_name, const char* dst_name)
18823	{
18824	ImGuiWindow* src_window = FindWindowByName(name: src_name);
18825	if (src_window == NULL)
18826	return;
18827	if (ImGuiWindow* dst_window = FindWindowByName(name: dst_name))
18828	{
18829	dst_window->Pos = src_window->Pos;
18830	dst_window->Size = src_window->Size;
18831	dst_window->SizeFull = src_window->SizeFull;
18832	dst_window->Collapsed = src_window->Collapsed;
18833	}
18834	else
18835	{
18836	ImGuiWindowSettings* dst_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(id: ImHashStr(data_p: dst_name));
18837	if (!dst_settings)
18838	dst_settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(name: dst_name);
18839	ImVec2ih window_pos_2ih = ImVec2ih(src_window->Pos);
18840	if (src_window->ViewportId != 0 && src_window->ViewportId != IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID)
18841	{
18842	dst_settings->ViewportPos = window_pos_2ih;
18843	dst_settings->ViewportId = src_window->ViewportId;
18844	dst_settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(0, 0);
18845	}
18846	else
18847	{
18848	dst_settings->Pos = window_pos_2ih;
18849	}
18850	dst_settings->Size = ImVec2ih(src_window->SizeFull);
18851	dst_settings->Collapsed = src_window->Collapsed;
18852	}
18853	}
18854
18855	// FIXME: Will probably want to change this signature, in particular how the window remapping pairs are passed.
18856	void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_dockspace_id, ImVector<const char*>* in_window_remap_pairs)
18857	{
18858	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18859	IM_ASSERT(src_dockspace_id != 0);
18860	IM_ASSERT(dst_dockspace_id != 0);
18861	IM_ASSERT(in_window_remap_pairs != NULL);
18862	IM_ASSERT((in_window_remap_pairs->Size % 2) == 0);
18863
18864	// Duplicate entire dock
18865	// FIXME: When overwriting dst_dockspace_id, windows that aren't part of our dockspace window class but that are docked in a same node will be split apart,
18866	// whereas we could attempt to at least keep them together in a new, same floating node.
18867	ImVector<ImGuiID> node_remap_pairs;
18868	DockBuilderCopyNode(src_node_id: src_dockspace_id, dst_node_id: dst_dockspace_id, out_node_remap_pairs: &node_remap_pairs);
18869
18870	// Attempt to transition all the upcoming windows associated to dst_dockspace_id into the newly created hierarchy of dock nodes
18871	// (The windows associated to src_dockspace_id are staying in place)
18872	ImVector<ImGuiID> src_windows;
18873	for (int remap_window_n = 0; remap_window_n < in_window_remap_pairs->Size; remap_window_n += 2)
18874	{
18875	const char* src_window_name = (*in_window_remap_pairs)[remap_window_n];
18876	const char* dst_window_name = (*in_window_remap_pairs)[remap_window_n + 1];
18877	ImGuiID src_window_id = ImHashStr(data_p: src_window_name);
18878	src_windows.push_back(v: src_window_id);
18879
18880	// Search in the remapping tables
18881	ImGuiID src_dock_id = 0;
18882	if (ImGuiWindow* src_window = FindWindowByID(id: src_window_id))
18883	src_dock_id = src_window->DockId;
18884	else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* src_window_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(id: src_window_id))
18885	src_dock_id = src_window_settings->DockId;
18886	ImGuiID dst_dock_id = 0;
18887	for (int dock_remap_n = 0; dock_remap_n < node_remap_pairs.Size; dock_remap_n += 2)
18888	if (node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n] == src_dock_id)
18889	{
18890	dst_dock_id = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n + 1];
18891	//node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n] = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n + 1] = 0; // Clear
18892	break;
18893	}
18894
18895	if (dst_dock_id != 0)
18896	{
18897	// Docked windows gets redocked into the new node hierarchy.
18898	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap live window '%s' 0x%08X -> '%s' 0x%08X\n", src_window_name, src_dock_id, dst_window_name, dst_dock_id);
18899	DockBuilderDockWindow(window_name: dst_window_name, node_id: dst_dock_id);
18900	}
18901	else
18902	{
18903	// Floating windows gets their settings transferred (regardless of whether the new window already exist or not)
18904	// When this is leading to a Copy and not a Move, we would get two overlapping floating windows. Could we possibly dock them together?
18905	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap window settings '%s' -> '%s'\n", src_window_name, dst_window_name);
18906	DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(src_name: src_window_name, dst_name: dst_window_name);
18907	}
18908	}
18909
18910	// Anything else in the source nodes of 'node_remap_pairs' are windows that are not included in the remapping list.
18911	// Find those windows and move to them to the cloned dock node. This may be optional?
18912	// Dock those are a second step as undocking would invalidate source dock nodes.
18913	struct DockRemainingWindowTask { ImGuiWindow* Window; ImGuiID DockId; DockRemainingWindowTask(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id) { Window = window; DockId = dock_id; } };
18914	ImVector<DockRemainingWindowTask> dock_remaining_windows;
18915	for (int dock_remap_n = 0; dock_remap_n < node_remap_pairs.Size; dock_remap_n += 2)
18916	if (ImGuiID src_dock_id = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n])
18917	{
18918	ImGuiID dst_dock_id = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n + 1];
18919	ImGuiDockNode* node = DockBuilderGetNode(node_id: src_dock_id);
18920	for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
18921	{
18922	ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
18923	if (src_windows.contains(v: window->ID))
18924	continue;
18925
18926	// Docked windows gets redocked into the new node hierarchy.
18927	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap window '%s' %08X -> %08X\n", window->Name, src_dock_id, dst_dock_id);
18928	dock_remaining_windows.push_back(v: DockRemainingWindowTask(window, dst_dock_id));
18929	}
18930	}
18931	for (const DockRemainingWindowTask& task : dock_remaining_windows)
18932	DockBuilderDockWindow(window_name: task.Window->Name, node_id: task.DockId);
18933	}
18934
18935	// FIXME-DOCK: This is awkward because in series of split user is likely to loose access to its root node.
18936	void ImGui::DockBuilderFinish(ImGuiID root_id)
18937	{
18938	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18939	//DockContextRebuild(&g);
18940	DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ctx: &g, root_id);
18941	}
18942
18943	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18944	// Docking: Begin/End Support Functions (called from Begin/End)
18945	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18946	// - GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar()
18947	// - DockContextBindNodeToWindow()
18948	// - BeginDocked()
18949	// - BeginDockableDragDropSource()
18950	// - BeginDockableDragDropTarget()
18951	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18952
18953	bool ImGui::GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(ImGuiWindow* window)
18954	{
18955	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
18956	if (g.IO.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar || window->WindowClass.DockingAlwaysTabBar)
18957	if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking)) == 0)
18958	if (!window->IsFallbackWindow) // We don't support AlwaysTabBar on the fallback/implicit window to avoid unused dock-node overhead/noise
18959	return true;
18960	return false;
18961	}
18962
18963	static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window)
18964	{
18965	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
18966	ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id: window->DockId);
18967	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL);
18968
18969	// We should not be docking into a split node (SetWindowDock should avoid this)
18970	if (node && node->IsSplitNode())
18971	{
18972	DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window);
18973	return NULL;
18974	}
18975
18976	// Create node
18977	if (node == NULL)
18978	{
18979	node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id: window->DockId);
18980	node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = node->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window;
18981	node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount;
18982	}
18983
18984	// If the node just turned visible and is part of a hierarchy, it doesn't have a Size assigned by DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize() yet,
18985	// so we're forcing a Pos/Size update from the first ancestor that is already visible (often it will be the root node).
18986	// If we don't do this, the window will be assigned a zero-size on its first frame, which won't ideally warm up the layout.
18987	// This is a little wonky because we don't normally update the Pos/Size of visible node mid-frame.
18988	if (!node->IsVisible)
18989	{
18990	ImGuiDockNode* ancestor_node = node;
18991	while (!ancestor_node->IsVisible && ancestor_node->ParentNode)
18992	ancestor_node = ancestor_node->ParentNode;
18993	IM_ASSERT(ancestor_node->Size.x > 0.0f && ancestor_node->Size.y > 0.0f);
18994	DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(node: DockNodeGetRootNode(node: ancestor_node));
18995	DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node: ancestor_node, pos: ancestor_node->Pos, size: ancestor_node->Size, only_write_to_single_node: node);
18996	}
18997
18998	// Add window to node
18999	bool node_was_visible = node->IsVisible;
19000	DockNodeAddWindow(node, window, add_to_tab_bar: true);
19001	node->IsVisible = node_was_visible; // Don't mark visible right away (so DockContextEndFrame() doesn't render it, maybe other side effects? will see)
19002	IM_ASSERT(node == window->DockNode);
19003	return node;
19004	}
19005
19006	void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open)
19007	{
19008	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19009
19010	// Clear fields ahead so most early-out paths don't have to do it
19011	window->DockIsActive = window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
19012
19013	const bool auto_dock_node = GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(window);
19014	if (auto_dock_node)
19015	{
19016	if (window->DockId == 0)
19017	{
19018	IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL);
19019	window->DockId = DockContextGenNodeID(ctx: &g);
19020	}
19021	}
19022	else
19023	{
19024	// Calling SetNextWindowPos() undock windows by default (by setting PosUndock)
19025	bool want_undock = false;
19026	want_undock |= (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) != 0;
19027	want_undock |= (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) && g.NextWindowData.PosUndock;
19028	if (want_undock)
19029	{
19030	DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx: &g, window);
19031	return;
19032	}
19033	}
19034
19035	// Bind to our dock node
19036	ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNode;
19037	if (node != NULL)
19038	IM_ASSERT(window->DockId == node->ID);
19039	if (window->DockId != 0 && node == NULL)
19040	{
19041	node = DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ctx: &g, window);
19042	if (node == NULL)
19043	return;
19044	}
19045
19046	#if 0
19047	// Undock if the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode got set
19048	if (node->IsCentralNode && (node->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode))
19049	{
19050	DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window);
19051	return;
19052	}
19053	#endif
19054
19055	// Undock if our dockspace node disappeared
19056	// Note how we are testing for LastFrameAlive and NOT LastFrameActive. A DockSpace node can be maintained alive while being inactive with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly.
19057	if (node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount)
19058	{
19059	// If the window has been orphaned, transition the docknode to an implicit node processed in DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking()
19060	ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
19061	if (root_node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount)
19062	DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx: &g, window);
19063	else
19064	window->DockIsActive = true;
19065	return;
19066	}
19067
19068	// Store style overrides
19069	for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
19070	window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(in: g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]);
19071
19072	// Fast path return. It is common for windows to hold on a persistent DockId but be the only visible window,
19073	// and never create neither a host window neither a tab bar.
19074	// FIXME-DOCK: replace ->HostWindow NULL compare with something more explicit (~was initially intended as a first frame test)
19075	if (node->HostWindow == NULL)
19076	{
19077	if (node->State == ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing)
19078	window->DockIsActive = true;
19079	if (node->Windows.Size > 1 && window->Appearing) // Only hide appearing window
19080	DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(window);
19081	return;
19082	}
19083
19084	// We can have zero-sized nodes (e.g. children of a small-size dockspace)
19085	IM_ASSERT(node->HostWindow);
19086	IM_ASSERT(node->IsLeafNode());
19087	IM_ASSERT(node->Size.x >= 0.0f && node->Size.y >= 0.0f);
19088	node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible;
19089
19090	// Undock if we are submitted earlier than the host window
19091	if (!(node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) && window->BeginOrderWithinContext < node->HostWindow->BeginOrderWithinContext)
19092	{
19093	DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx: &g, window);
19094	return;
19095	}
19096
19097	// Position/Size window
19098	SetNextWindowPos(pos: node->Pos);
19099	SetNextWindowSize(size: node->Size);
19100	g.NextWindowData.PosUndock = false; // Cancel implicit undocking of SetNextWindowPos()
19101	window->DockIsActive = true;
19102	window->DockNodeIsVisible = true;
19103	window->DockTabIsVisible = false;
19104	if (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)
19105	return;
19106
19107	// When the window is selected we mark it as visible.
19108	if (node->VisibleWindow == window)
19109	window->DockTabIsVisible = true;
19110
19111	// Update window flag
19112	IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0);
19113	window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
19114	window->ChildFlags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding;
19115	if (node->IsHiddenTabBar() || node->IsNoTabBar())
19116	window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
19117	else
19118	window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; // Clear the NoTitleBar flag in case the user set it: confusingly enough we need a title bar height so we are correctly offset, but it won't be displayed!
19119
19120	// Save new dock order only if the window has been visible once already
19121	// This allows multiple windows to be created in the same frame and have their respective dock orders preserved.
19122	if (node->TabBar && window->WasActive)
19123	window->DockOrder = (short)DockNodeGetTabOrder(window);
19124
19125	if ((node->WantCloseAll || node->WantCloseTabId == window->TabId) && p_open != NULL)
19126	*p_open = false;
19127
19128	// Update ChildId to allow returning from Child to Parent with Escape
19129	ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->DockNode->HostWindow;
19130	window->ChildId = parent_window->GetID(str: window->Name);
19131	}
19132
19133	void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window)
19134	{
19135	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19136	IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == window->MoveId);
19137	IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow == window);
19138	IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
19139
19140	// 0: Hold SHIFT to disable docking, 1: Hold SHIFT to enable docking.
19141	if (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift != g.IO.KeyShift)
19142	{
19143	// When ConfigDockingWithShift is set, display a tooltip to increase UI affordance.
19144	// We cannot set for HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow != NULL here, as it is only valid/useful when drag and drop is already active
19145	// (because of the 'is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination' logic in UpdateViewportsNewFrame() function)
19146	if (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= 1.0f && g.ActiveId >= 1.0f)
19147	SetTooltip("%s", LocalizeGetMsg(key: ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock));
19148	return;
19149	}
19150
19151	g.LastItemData.ID = window->MoveId;
19152	window = window->RootWindowDockTree;
19153	IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0);
19154	bool is_drag_docking = (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift) || ImRect(0, 0, window->SizeFull.x, GetFrameHeight()).Contains(p: g.ActiveIdClickOffset); // FIXME-DOCKING: Need to make this stateful and explicit
19155	if (is_drag_docking && BeginDragDropSource(flags: ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip | ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers | ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload))
19156	{
19157	SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW, data: &window, data_size: sizeof(window));
19158	EndDragDropSource();
19159
19160	// Store style overrides
19161	for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
19162	window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(in: g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]);
19163	}
19164	}
19165
19166	void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window)
19167	{
19168	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19169
19170	//IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowDockTree == window); // May also be a DockSpace
19171	IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0);
19172	if (!g.DragDropActive)
19173	return;
19174	//GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
19175	if (!BeginDragDropTargetCustom(bb: window->Rect(), id: window->ID))
19176	return;
19177
19178	// Peek into the payload before calling AcceptDragDropPayload() so we can handle overlapping dock nodes with filtering
19179	// (this is a little unusual pattern, normally most code would call AcceptDragDropPayload directly)
19180	const ImGuiPayload* payload = &g.DragDropPayload;
19181	if (!payload->IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW) || !DockNodeIsDropAllowed(host_window: window, root_payload: *(ImGuiWindow**)payload->Data))
19182	{
19183	EndDragDropTarget();
19184	return;
19185	}
19186
19187	ImGuiWindow* payload_window = *(ImGuiWindow**)payload->Data;
19188	if (AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW, flags: ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect))
19189	{
19190	// Select target node
19191	// (Important: we cannot use g.HoveredDockNode here! Because each of our target node have filters based on payload, each candidate drop target will do its own evaluation)
19192	bool dock_into_floating_window = false;
19193	ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL;
19194	if (window->DockNodeAsHost)
19195	{
19196	// Cannot assume that node will != NULL even though we passed the rectangle test: it depends on padding/spacing handled by DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos().
19197	node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(node: window->DockNodeAsHost, pos: g.IO.MousePos);
19198
19199	// There is an edge case when docking into a dockspace which only has _inactive_ nodes (because none of the windows are active)
19200	// In this case we need to fallback into any leaf mode, possibly the central node.
19201	// FIXME-20181220: We should not have to test for IsLeafNode() here but we have another bug to fix first.
19202	if (node && node->IsDockSpace() && node->IsRootNode())
19203	node = (node->CentralNode && node->IsLeafNode()) ? node->CentralNode : DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(node);
19204	}
19205	else
19206	{
19207	if (window->DockNode)
19208	node = window->DockNode;
19209	else
19210	dock_into_floating_window = true; // Dock into a regular window
19211	}
19212
19213	const ImRect explicit_target_rect = (node && node->TabBar && !node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !node->IsNoTabBar()) ? node->TabBar->BarRect : ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(window->Size.x, GetFrameHeight()));
19214	const bool is_explicit_target = g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift || IsMouseHoveringRect(r_min: explicit_target_rect.Min, r_max: explicit_target_rect.Max);
19215
19216	// Preview docking request and find out split direction/ratio
19217	//const bool do_preview = true; // Ignore testing for payload->IsPreview() which removes one frame of delay, but breaks overlapping drop targets within the same window.
19218	const bool do_preview = payload->IsPreview() || payload->IsDelivery();
19219	if (do_preview && (node != NULL || dock_into_floating_window))
19220	{
19221	// If we have a non-leaf node it means we are hovering the border of a parent node, in which case only outer markers will appear.
19222	ImGuiDockPreviewData split_inner;
19223	ImGuiDockPreviewData split_outer;
19224	ImGuiDockPreviewData* split_data = &split_inner;
19225	if (node && (node->ParentNode || node->IsCentralNode() || !node->IsLeafNode()))
19226	if (ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node))
19227	{
19228	DockNodePreviewDockSetup(host_window: window, host_node: root_node, payload_window, NULL, data: &split_outer, is_explicit_target, is_outer_docking: true);
19229	if (split_outer.IsSplitDirExplicit)
19230	split_data = &split_outer;
19231	}
19232	if (!node || node->IsLeafNode())
19233	DockNodePreviewDockSetup(host_window: window, host_node: node, payload_window, NULL, data: &split_inner, is_explicit_target, is_outer_docking: false);
19234	if (split_data == &split_outer)
19235	split_inner.IsDropAllowed = false;
19236
19237	// Draw inner then outer, so that previewed tab (in inner data) will be behind the outer drop boxes
19238	DockNodePreviewDockRender(host_window: window, host_node: node, root_payload: payload_window, data: &split_inner);
19239	DockNodePreviewDockRender(host_window: window, host_node: node, root_payload: payload_window, data: &split_outer);
19240
19241	// Queue docking request
19242	if (split_data->IsDropAllowed && payload->IsDelivery())
19243	DockContextQueueDock(ctx: &g, target: window, target_node: split_data->SplitNode, payload: payload_window, split_dir: split_data->SplitDir, split_ratio: split_data->SplitRatio, split_outer: split_data == &split_outer);
19244	}
19245	}
19246	EndDragDropTarget();
19247	}
19248
19249	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19250	// Docking: Settings
19251	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19252	// - DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences()
19253	// - DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences()
19254	// - DockSettingsFindNodeSettings()
19255	// - DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll()
19256	// - DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen()
19257	// - DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine()
19258	// - DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings()
19259	// - DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll()
19260	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19261
19262	static void ImGui::DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(ImGuiID old_node_id, ImGuiID new_node_id)
19263	{
19264	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19265	IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences: from 0x%08X -> to 0x%08X\n", old_node_id, new_node_id);
19266	for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++)
19267	{
19268	ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[window_n];
19269	if (window->DockId == old_node_id && window->DockNode == NULL)
19270	window->DockId = new_node_id;
19271	}
19272	//// FIXME-OPT: We could remove this loop by storing the index in the map
19273	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
19274	if (settings->DockId == old_node_id)
19275	settings->DockId = new_node_id;
19276	}
19277
19278	// Remove references stored in ImGuiWindowSettings to the given ImGuiDockNodeSettings
19279	static void ImGui::DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(ImGuiID* node_ids, int node_ids_count)
19280	{
19281	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19282	int found = 0;
19283	//// FIXME-OPT: We could remove this loop by storing the index in the map
19284	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
19285	for (int node_n = 0; node_n < node_ids_count; node_n++)
19286	if (settings->DockId == node_ids[node_n])
19287	{
19288	settings->DockId = 0;
19289	settings->DockOrder = -1;
19290	if (++found < node_ids_count)
19291	break;
19292	return;
19293	}
19294	}
19295
19296	static ImGuiDockNodeSettings* ImGui::DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id)
19297	{
19298	// FIXME-OPT
19299	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
19300	for (int n = 0; n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; n++)
19301	if (dc->NodesSettings[n].ID == id)
19302	return &dc->NodesSettings[n];
19303	return NULL;
19304	}
19305
19306	// Clear settings data
19307	static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
19308	{
19309	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
19310	dc->NodesSettings.clear();
19311	DockContextClearNodes(ctx, root_id: 0, clear_settings_refs: true);
19312	}
19313
19314	// Recreate nodes based on settings data
19315	static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
19316	{
19317	// Prune settings at boot time only
19318	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
19319	if (ctx->Windows.Size == 0)
19320	DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ctx);
19321	DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ctx, node_settings_array: dc->NodesSettings.Data, node_settings_count: dc->NodesSettings.Size);
19322	DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ctx, root_id: 0);
19323	}
19324
19325	static void* ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
19326	{
19327	if (strcmp(s1: name, s2: "Data") != 0)
19328	return NULL;
19329	return (void*)1;
19330	}
19331
19332	static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void*, const char* line)
19333	{
19334	char c = 0;
19335	int x = 0, y = 0;
19336	int r = 0;
19337
19338	// Parsing, e.g.
19339	// " DockNode ID=0x00000001 Pos=383,193 Size=201,322 Split=Y,0.506 "
19340	// " DockNode ID=0x00000002 Parent=0x00000001 "
19341	// Important: this code expect currently fields in a fixed order.
19342	ImGuiDockNodeSettings node;
19343	line = ImStrSkipBlank(str: line);
19344	if (strncmp(s1: line, s2: "DockNode", n: 8) == 0) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(str: line + strlen(s: "DockNode")); }
19345	else if (strncmp(s1: line, s2: "DockSpace", n: 9) == 0) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(str: line + strlen(s: "DockSpace")); node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace; }
19346	else return;
19347	if (sscanf(s: line, format: "ID=0x%08X%n", &node.ID, &r) == 1) { line += r; } else return;
19348	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " Parent=0x%08X%n", &node.ParentNodeId, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (node.ParentNodeId == 0) return; }
19349	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " Window=0x%08X%n", &node.ParentWindowId, &r) ==1) { line += r; if (node.ParentWindowId == 0) return; }
19350	if (node.ParentNodeId == 0)
19351	{
19352	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " Pos=%i,%i%n", &x, &y, &r) == 2) { line += r; node.Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } else return;
19353	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " Size=%i,%i%n", &x, &y, &r) == 2) { line += r; node.Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } else return;
19354	}
19355	else
19356	{
19357	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " SizeRef=%i,%i%n", &x, &y, &r) == 2) { line += r; node.SizeRef = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
19358	}
19359	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " Split=%c%n", &c, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (c == 'X') node.SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_X; else if (c == 'Y') node.SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_Y; }
19360	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " NoResize=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize; }
19361	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " CentralNode=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode; }
19362	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " NoTabBar=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar; }
19363	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " HiddenTabBar=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar; }
19364	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " NoWindowMenuButton=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton; }
19365	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " NoCloseButton=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton; }
19366	if (sscanf(s: line, format: " Selected=0x%08X%n", &node.SelectedTabId,&r) == 1) { line += r; }
19367	if (node.ParentNodeId != 0)
19368	if (ImGuiDockNodeSettings* parent_settings = DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ctx, id: node.ParentNodeId))
19369	node.Depth = parent_settings->Depth + 1;
19370	ctx->DockContext.NodesSettings.push_back(v: node);
19371	}
19372
19373	static void DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(ImGuiDockContext* dc, ImGuiDockNode* node, int depth)
19374	{
19375	ImGuiDockNodeSettings node_settings;
19376	IM_ASSERT(depth < (1 << (sizeof(node_settings.Depth) << 3)));
19377	node_settings.ID = node->ID;
19378	node_settings.ParentNodeId = node->ParentNode ? node->ParentNode->ID : 0;
19379	node_settings.ParentWindowId = (node->IsDockSpace() && node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ParentWindow) ? node->HostWindow->ParentWindow->ID : 0;
19380	node_settings.SelectedTabId = node->SelectedTabId;
19381	node_settings.SplitAxis = (signed char)(node->IsSplitNode() ? node->SplitAxis : ImGuiAxis_None);
19382	node_settings.Depth = (char)depth;
19383	node_settings.Flags = (node->LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_);
19384	node_settings.Pos = ImVec2ih(node->Pos);
19385	node_settings.Size = ImVec2ih(node->Size);
19386	node_settings.SizeRef = ImVec2ih(node->SizeRef);
19387	dc->NodesSettings.push_back(v: node_settings);
19388	if (node->ChildNodes[0])
19389	DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(dc, node: node->ChildNodes[0], depth: depth + 1);
19390	if (node->ChildNodes[1])
19391	DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(dc, node: node->ChildNodes[1], depth: depth + 1);
19392	}
19393
19394	static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
19395	{
19396	ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
19397	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext;
19398	if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
19399	return;
19400
19401	// Gather settings data
19402	// (unlike our windows settings, because nodes are always built we can do a full rewrite of the SettingsNode buffer)
19403	dc->NodesSettings.resize(new_size: 0);
19404	dc->NodesSettings.reserve(new_capacity: dc->Nodes.Data.Size);
19405	for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
19406	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
19407	if (node->IsRootNode())
19408	DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(dc, node, depth: 0);
19409
19410	int max_depth = 0;
19411	for (int node_n = 0; node_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; node_n++)
19412	max_depth = ImMax(lhs: (int)dc->NodesSettings[node_n].Depth, rhs: max_depth);
19413
19414	// Write to text buffer
19415	buf->appendf(fmt: "[%s][Data]\n", handler->TypeName);
19416	for (int node_n = 0; node_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; node_n++)
19417	{
19418	const int line_start_pos = buf->size(); (void)line_start_pos;
19419	const ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings = &dc->NodesSettings[node_n];
19420	buf->appendf(fmt: "%*s%s%*s", node_settings->Depth * 2, "", (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) ? "DockSpace" : "DockNode ", (max_depth - node_settings->Depth) * 2, ""); // Text align nodes to facilitate looking at .ini file
19421	buf->appendf(fmt: " ID=0x%08X", node_settings->ID);
19422	if (node_settings->ParentNodeId)
19423	{
19424	buf->appendf(fmt: " Parent=0x%08X SizeRef=%d,%d", node_settings->ParentNodeId, node_settings->SizeRef.x, node_settings->SizeRef.y);
19425	}
19426	else
19427	{
19428	if (node_settings->ParentWindowId)
19429	buf->appendf(fmt: " Window=0x%08X", node_settings->ParentWindowId);
19430	buf->appendf(fmt: " Pos=%d,%d Size=%d,%d", node_settings->Pos.x, node_settings->Pos.y, node_settings->Size.x, node_settings->Size.y);
19431	}
19432	if (node_settings->SplitAxis != ImGuiAxis_None)
19433	buf->appendf(fmt: " Split=%c", (node_settings->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? 'X' : 'Y');
19434	if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize)
19435	buf->appendf(fmt: " NoResize=1");
19436	if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode)
19437	buf->appendf(fmt: " CentralNode=1");
19438	if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar)
19439	buf->appendf(fmt: " NoTabBar=1");
19440	if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar)
19441	buf->appendf(fmt: " HiddenTabBar=1");
19442	if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton)
19443	buf->appendf(fmt: " NoWindowMenuButton=1");
19444	if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton)
19445	buf->appendf(fmt: " NoCloseButton=1");
19446	if (node_settings->SelectedTabId)
19447	buf->appendf(fmt: " Selected=0x%08X", node_settings->SelectedTabId);
19448
19449	// [DEBUG] Include comments in the .ini file to ease debugging (this makes saving slower!)
19450	if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings)
19451	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id: node_settings->ID))
19452	{
19453	buf->appendf(fmt: "%*s", ImMax(lhs: 2, rhs: (line_start_pos + 92) - buf->size()), ""); // Align everything
19454	if (node->IsDockSpace() && node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ParentWindow)
19455	buf->appendf(fmt: " ; in '%s'", node->HostWindow->ParentWindow->Name);
19456	// Iterate settings so we can give info about windows that didn't exist during the session.
19457	int contains_window = 0;
19458	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
19459	if (settings->DockId == node_settings->ID)
19460	{
19461	if (contains_window++ == 0)
19462	buf->appendf(fmt: " ; contains ");
19463	buf->appendf(fmt: "'%s' ", settings->GetName());
19464	}
19465	}
19466
19467	buf->appendf(fmt: "\n");
19468	}
19469	buf->appendf(fmt: "\n");
19470	}
19471
19472
19473	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19474	// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
19475	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19476
19477	#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
19478
19479	#ifdef _MSC_VER
19480	#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
19481	#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32")
19482	#endif
19483
19484	// Win32 clipboard implementation
19485	// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown()
19486	static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
19487	{
19488	ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
19489	g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
19490	if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
19491	return NULL;
19492	HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
19493	if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
19494	{
19495	::CloseClipboard();
19496	return NULL;
19497	}
19498	if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))
19499	{
19500	int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
19501	g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len);
19502	::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL);
19503	}
19504	::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
19505	::CloseClipboard();
19506	return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
19507	}
19508
19509	static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
19510	{
19511	if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
19512	return;
19513	const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0);
19514	HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR));
19515	if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
19516	{
19517	::CloseClipboard();
19518	return;
19519	}
19520	WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);
19521	::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length);
19522	::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
19523	::EmptyClipboard();
19524	if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL)
19525	::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle);
19526	::CloseClipboard();
19527	}
19528
19529	#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
19530
19531	#include <Carbon/Carbon.h> // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file
19532	static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0;
19533
19534	// OSX clipboard implementation
19535	// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line!
19536	static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
19537	{
19538	if (!main_clipboard)
19539	PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
19540	PasteboardClear(main_clipboard);
19541	CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text));
19542	if (cf_data)
19543	{
19544	PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0);
19545	CFRelease(cf_data);
19546	}
19547	}
19548
19549	static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
19550	{
19551	ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
19552	if (!main_clipboard)
19553	PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
19554	PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard);
19555
19556	ItemCount item_count = 0;
19557	PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count);
19558	for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++)
19559	{
19560	PasteboardItemID item_id = 0;
19561	PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id);
19562	CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0;
19563	PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array);
19564	for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++)
19565	{
19566	CFDataRef cf_data;
19567	if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr)
19568	{
19569	g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
19570	int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data);
19571	g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1);
19572	CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data);
19573	g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0;
19574	CFRelease(cf_data);
19575	return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
19576	}
19577	}
19578	}
19579	return NULL;
19580	}
19581
19582	#else
19583
19584	// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers.
19585	static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
19586	{
19587	ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
19588	return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin();
19589	}
19590
19591	static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text)
19592	{
19593	ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
19594	g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
19595	const char* text_end = text + strlen(s: text);
19596	g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(new_size: (int)(text_end - text) + 1);
19597	memcpy(dest: &g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], src: text, n: (size_t)(text_end - text));
19598	g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;
19599	}
19600
19601	#endif
19602
19603	// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
19604	#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
19605
19606	#include <imm.h>
19607	#ifdef _MSC_VER
19608	#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")
19609	#endif
19610
19611	static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data)
19612	{
19613	// Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
19614	HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw;
19615	if (hwnd == 0)
19616	return;
19617
19618	//::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0);
19619	if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd))
19620	{
19621	COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {};
19622	composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)(data->InputPos.x - viewport->Pos.x);
19623	composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)(data->InputPos.y - viewport->Pos.y);
19624	composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;
19625	::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form);
19626	CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {};
19627	candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS;
19628	candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)(data->InputPos.x - viewport->Pos.x);
19629	candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)(data->InputPos.y - viewport->Pos.y);
19630	::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form);
19631	::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc);
19632	}
19633	}
19634
19635	#else
19636
19637	static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {}
19638
19639	#endif
19640
19641	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19642	// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
19643	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19644	// - DebugRenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal]
19645	// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal]
19646	// - DebugTextEncoding()
19647	// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal]
19648	// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal]
19649	// - ShowMetricsWindow()
19650	// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal]
19651	// - DebugNodeDockNode() [Internal]
19652	// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal]
19653	// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal]
19654	// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal]
19655	// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal]
19656	// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal]
19657	// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal]
19658	// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal]
19659	// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal]
19660	// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal]
19661	// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal]
19662	// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal]
19663	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19664
19665	#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
19666
19667	void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb)
19668	{
19669	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19670	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
19671
19672	ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size;
19673	ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale;
19674	float alpha_mul = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) ? 0.30f : 1.00f;
19675	window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: bb.Min, p_max: bb.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul: alpha_mul * 0.40f));
19676	for (ImGuiWindow* thumb_window : g.Windows)
19677	{
19678	if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
19679	continue;
19680	if (thumb_window->Viewport != viewport)
19681	continue;
19682
19683	ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect();
19684	ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect();
19685	thumb_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(v: off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(v: off + thumb_r.Max * scale));
19686	title_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(v: off + title_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(v: off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y + title_r.GetHeight() * 3.0f) * scale)); // Exaggerate title bar height
19687	thumb_r.ClipWithFull(r: bb);
19688	title_r.ClipWithFull(r: bb);
19689	const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
19690	window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: thumb_r.Min, p_max: thumb_r.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul));
19691	window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: title_r.Min, p_max: title_r.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul));
19692	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: thumb_r.Min, p_max: thumb_r.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
19693	window->DrawList->AddText(font: g.Font, font_size: g.FontSize * 1.0f, pos: title_r.Min, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), text_begin: thumb_window->Name, text_end: FindRenderedTextEnd(text: thumb_window->Name));
19694	}
19695	draw_list->AddRect(p_min: bb.Min, p_max: bb.Max, col: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
19696	if (viewport->ID == g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID)
19697	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: bb.Min, p_max: bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
19698	}
19699
19700	static void RenderViewportsThumbnails()
19701	{
19702	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19703	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
19704
19705	// Draw monitor and calculate their boundaries
19706	float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f;
19707	ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
19708	for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor : g.PlatformIO.Monitors)
19709	bb_full.Add(r: ImRect(monitor.MainPos, monitor.MainPos + monitor.MainSize));
19710	ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos;
19711	ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE;
19712	for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor : g.PlatformIO.Monitors)
19713	{
19714	ImRect monitor_draw_bb(off + (monitor.MainPos) * SCALE, off + (monitor.MainPos + monitor.MainSize) * SCALE);
19715	window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min: monitor_draw_bb.Min, p_max: monitor_draw_bb.Max, col: (g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightMonitorIdx == g.PlatformIO.Monitors.index_from_ptr(it: &monitor)) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255) : ImGui::GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Border), rounding: 4.0f);
19716	window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min: monitor_draw_bb.Min, p_max: monitor_draw_bb.Max, col: ImGui::GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul: 0.10f), rounding: 4.0f);
19717	}
19718
19719	// Draw viewports
19720	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
19721	{
19722	ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE);
19723	ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(draw_list: window->DrawList, viewport, bb: viewport_draw_bb);
19724	}
19725	ImGui::Dummy(size: bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE);
19726	}
19727
19728	static int IMGUI_CDECL ViewportComparerByLastFocusedStampCount(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
19729	{
19730	const ImGuiViewportP* a = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)lhs;
19731	const ImGuiViewportP* b = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)rhs;
19732	return b->LastFocusedStampCount - a->LastFocusedStampCount;
19733	}
19734
19735	// Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys
19736	void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list)
19737	{
19738	const float scale = ImGui::GetFontSize() / 13.0f;
19739	const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f) * scale;
19740	const float key_rounding = 3.0f * scale;
19741	const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f) * scale;
19742	const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f) * scale;
19743	const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f * scale;
19744	const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f) * scale;
19745	const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f);
19746	const float key_row_offset = 9.0f * scale;
19747
19748	ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos();
19749	ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f);
19750	ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y);
19751
19752	struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; };
19753	const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] =
19754	{
19755	{ .Row: 0, .Col: 0, .Label: "", .Key: ImGuiKey_Tab }, { .Row: 0, .Col: 1, .Label: "Q", .Key: ImGuiKey_Q }, { .Row: 0, .Col: 2, .Label: "W", .Key: ImGuiKey_W }, { .Row: 0, .Col: 3, .Label: "E", .Key: ImGuiKey_E }, { .Row: 0, .Col: 4, .Label: "R", .Key: ImGuiKey_R },
19756	{ .Row: 1, .Col: 0, .Label: "", .Key: ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { .Row: 1, .Col: 1, .Label: "A", .Key: ImGuiKey_A }, { .Row: 1, .Col: 2, .Label: "S", .Key: ImGuiKey_S }, { .Row: 1, .Col: 3, .Label: "D", .Key: ImGuiKey_D }, { .Row: 1, .Col: 4, .Label: "F", .Key: ImGuiKey_F },
19757	{ .Row: 2, .Col: 0, .Label: "", .Key: ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ .Row: 2, .Col: 1, .Label: "Z", .Key: ImGuiKey_Z }, { .Row: 2, .Col: 2, .Label: "X", .Key: ImGuiKey_X }, { .Row: 2, .Col: 3, .Label: "C", .Key: ImGuiKey_C }, { .Row: 2, .Col: 4, .Label: "V", .Key: ImGuiKey_V }
19758	};
19759
19760	// Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically.
19761	// While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view.
19762	Dummy(size: board_max - board_min);
19763	if (!IsItemVisible())
19764	return;
19765	draw_list->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min: board_min, clip_rect_max: board_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect: true);
19766	for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++)
19767	{
19768	const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n];
19769	ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y);
19770	ImVec2 key_max = key_min + key_size;
19771	draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min: key_min, p_max: key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), rounding: key_rounding);
19772	draw_list->AddRect(p_min: key_min, p_max: key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), rounding: key_rounding);
19773	ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y);
19774	ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y);
19775	draw_list->AddRect(p_min: face_min, p_max: face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), rounding: key_face_rounding, flags: ImDrawFlags_None, thickness: 2.0f);
19776	draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min: face_min, p_max: face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), rounding: key_face_rounding);
19777	ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y);
19778	draw_list->AddText(pos: label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), text_begin: key_data->Label);
19779	if (IsKeyDown(key: key_data->Key))
19780	draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min: key_min, p_max: key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), rounding: key_rounding);
19781	}
19782	draw_list->PopClipRect();
19783	}
19784
19785	// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct.
19786	void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str)
19787	{
19788	Text(fmt: "Text: \"%s\"", str);
19789	if (!BeginTable(str_id: "##DebugTextEncoding", column: 4, flags: ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable))
19790	return;
19791	TableSetupColumn(label: "Offset");
19792	TableSetupColumn(label: "UTF-8");
19793	TableSetupColumn(label: "Glyph");
19794	TableSetupColumn(label: "Codepoint");
19795	TableHeadersRow();
19796	for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; )
19797	{
19798	unsigned int c;
19799	const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(out_char: &c, in_text: p, NULL);
19800	TableNextColumn();
19801	Text(fmt: "%d", (int)(p - str));
19802	TableNextColumn();
19803	for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++)
19804	{
19805	if (byte_index > 0)
19806	SameLine();
19807	Text(fmt: "0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]);
19808	}
19809	TableNextColumn();
19810	if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback(c: (ImWchar)c))
19811	TextUnformatted(text: p, text_end: p + c_utf8_len);
19812	else
19813	TextUnformatted(text: (c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]");
19814	TableNextColumn();
19815	Text(fmt: "U+%04X", (int)c);
19816	p += c_utf8_len;
19817	}
19818	EndTable();
19819	}
19820
19821	static void DebugFlashStyleColorStop()
19822	{
19823	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19824	if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != ImGuiCol_COUNT)
19825	g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx] = g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup;
19826	g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT;
19827	}
19828
19829	// Flash a given style color for some + inhibit modifications of this color via PushStyleColor() calls.
19830	void ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx)
19831	{
19832	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19833	DebugFlashStyleColorStop();
19834	g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.5f;
19835	g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = idx;
19836	g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup = g.Style.Colors[idx];
19837	}
19838
19839	void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor()
19840	{
19841	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19842	if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime <= 0.0f)
19843	return;
19844	ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h: cosf(x: g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime * 6.0f) * 0.5f + 0.5f, s: 0.5f, v: 0.5f, out_r&: g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].x, out_g&: g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].y, out_b&: g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].z);
19845	g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].w = 1.0f;
19846	if ((g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime -= g.IO.DeltaTime) <= 0.0f)
19847	DebugFlashStyleColorStop();
19848	}
19849
19850	// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds.
19851	static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc)
19852	{
19853	ImGui::TextDisabled(fmt: "(?)");
19854	if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())
19855	{
19856	ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(wrap_pos_x: ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
19857	ImGui::TextUnformatted(text: desc);
19858	ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
19859	ImGui::EndTooltip();
19860	}
19861	}
19862
19863	// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture
19864	void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
19865	{
19866	for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts)
19867	{
19868	PushID(ptr_id: font);
19869	DebugNodeFont(font);
19870	PopID();
19871	}
19872	if (TreeNode(str_id: "Font Atlas", fmt: "Font Atlas (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
19873	{
19874	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19875	ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
19876	Checkbox(label: "Tint with Text Color", v: &cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor); // Using text color ensure visibility of core atlas data, but will alter custom colored icons
19877	ImVec4 tint_col = cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor ? GetStyleColorVec4(idx: ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
19878	ImVec4 border_col = GetStyleColorVec4(idx: ImGuiCol_Border);
19879	Image(user_texture_id: atlas->TexID, image_size: ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), uv0: ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), uv1: ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col);
19880	TreePop();
19881	}
19882	}
19883
19884	void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
19885	{
19886	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
19887	ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
19888	ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
19889	if (cfg->ShowDebugLog)
19890	ShowDebugLogWindow(p_open: &cfg->ShowDebugLog);
19891	if (cfg->ShowIDStackTool)
19892	ShowIDStackToolWindow(p_open: &cfg->ShowIDStackTool);
19893
19894	if (!Begin(name: "Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
19895	{
19896	End();
19897	return;
19898	}
19899
19900	// [DEBUG] Clear debug breaks hooks after exactly one cycle.
19901	DebugBreakClearData();
19902
19903	// Basic info
19904	Text(fmt: "Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion());
19905	Text(fmt: "Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate);
19906	Text(fmt: "%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
19907	Text(fmt: "%d visible windows, %d current allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalAllocCount - g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalFreeCount);
19908	//SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }
19909
19910	Separator();
19911
19912	// Debugging enums
19913	enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type
19914	const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" };
19915	enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type
19916	const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" };
19917	if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0)
19918	cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect;
19919	if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0)
19920	cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect;
19921
19922	struct Funcs
19923	{
19924	static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n)
19925	{
19926	ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, instance_no: table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance
19927	if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect) { return table->OuterRect; }
19928	else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect) { return table->InnerRect; }
19929	else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect) { return table->WorkRect; }
19930	else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect) { return table->HostClipRect; }
19931	else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect) { return table->InnerClipRect; }
19932	else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect) { return table->BgClipRect; }
19933	else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); }
19934	else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); }
19935	else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; }
19936	else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate
19937	else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); }
19938	else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); }
19939	else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); }
19940	IM_ASSERT(0);
19941	return ImRect();
19942	}
19943
19944	static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type)
19945	{
19946	if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect) { return window->Rect(); }
19947	else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped) { return window->OuterRectClipped; }
19948	else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; }
19949	else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; }
19950	else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; }
19951	else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }
19952	else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); }
19953	else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; }
19954	IM_ASSERT(0);
19955	return ImRect();
19956	}
19957	};
19958
19959	// Tools
19960	if (TreeNode(label: "Tools"))
19961	{
19962	// Debug Break features
19963	// The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted.
19964	SeparatorTextEx(id: 0, label: "Debug breaks", NULL, extra_width: CalcTextSize(text: "(?)").x + g.Style.SeparatorTextPadding.x);
19965	SameLine();
19966	MetricsHelpMarker(desc: "Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash.");
19967	if (Checkbox(label: "Show Item Picker", v: &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive)
19968	DebugStartItemPicker();
19969	Checkbox(label: "Show \"Debug Break\" buttons in other sections (io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)", v: &g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent);
19970
19971	SeparatorText(label: "Visualize");
19972
19973	Checkbox(label: "Show Debug Log", v: &cfg->ShowDebugLog);
19974	SameLine();
19975	MetricsHelpMarker(desc: "You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code.");
19976
19977	Checkbox(label: "Show ID Stack Tool", v: &cfg->ShowIDStackTool);
19978	SameLine();
19979	MetricsHelpMarker(desc: "You can also call ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow() from your code.");
19980
19981	Checkbox(label: "Show windows begin order", v: &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder);
19982	Checkbox(label: "Show windows rectangles", v: &cfg->ShowWindowsRects);
19983	SameLine();
19984	SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
19985	cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo(label: "##show_windows_rect_type", current_item: &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, items: wrt_rects_names, items_count: WRT_Count, popup_max_height_in_items: WRT_Count);
19986	if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
19987	{
19988	BulletText(fmt: "'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name);
19989	Indent();
19990	for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++)
19991	{
19992	ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window: g.NavWindow, rect_type: rect_n);
19993	Text(fmt: "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]);
19994	}
19995	Unindent();
19996	}
19997
19998	Checkbox(label: "Show tables rectangles", v: &cfg->ShowTablesRects);
19999	SameLine();
20000	SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
20001	cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo(label: "##show_table_rects_type", current_item: &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, items: trt_rects_names, items_count: TRT_Count, popup_max_height_in_items: TRT_Count);
20002	if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
20003	{
20004	for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
20005	{
20006	ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n: table_n);
20007	if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow))
20008	continue;
20009
20010	BulletText(fmt: "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name);
20011	if (IsItemHovered())
20012	GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(p_min: table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), p_max: table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), rounding: 0.0f, flags: 0, thickness: 2.0f);
20013	Indent();
20014	char buf[128];
20015	for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++)
20016	{
20017	if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
20018	{
20019	if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect)
20020	continue;
20021	for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
20022	{
20023	ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_type: rect_n, n: column_n);
20024	ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt: "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
20025	Selectable(label: buf);
20026	if (IsItemHovered())
20027	GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(p_min: r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), p_max: r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), rounding: 0.0f, flags: 0, thickness: 2.0f);
20028	}
20029	}
20030	else
20031	{
20032	ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_type: rect_n, n: -1);
20033	ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt: "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
20034	Selectable(label: buf);
20035	if (IsItemHovered())
20036	GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(p_min: r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), p_max: r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), rounding: 0.0f, flags: 0, thickness: 2.0f);
20037	}
20038	}
20039	Unindent();
20040	}
20041	}
20042	Checkbox(label: "Show groups rectangles", v: &g.DebugShowGroupRects); // Storing in context as this is used by group code and prefers to be in hot-data
20043
20044	SeparatorText(label: "Validate");
20045
20046	Checkbox(label: "Debug Begin/BeginChild return value", v: &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop);
20047	SameLine();
20048	MetricsHelpMarker(desc: "Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running.");
20049
20050	Checkbox(label: "UTF-8 Encoding viewer", v: &cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer);
20051	SameLine();
20052	MetricsHelpMarker(desc: "You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct.");
20053	if (cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer)
20054	{
20055	static char buf[64] = "";
20056	SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
20057	InputText(label: "##DebugTextEncodingBuf", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
20058	if (buf[0] != 0)
20059	DebugTextEncoding(str: buf);
20060	}
20061
20062	TreePop();
20063	}
20064
20065	// Windows
20066	if (TreeNode(str_id: "Windows", fmt: "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size))
20067	{
20068	//SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
20069	DebugNodeWindowsList(windows: &g.Windows, label: "By display order");
20070	DebugNodeWindowsList(windows: &g.WindowsFocusOrder, label: "By focus order (root windows)");
20071	if (TreeNode(label: "By submission order (begin stack)"))
20072	{
20073	// Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship!
20074	ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer;
20075	temp_buffer.resize(new_size: 0);
20076	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
20077	if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount)
20078	temp_buffer.push_back(v: window);
20079	struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } };
20080	ImQsort(base: temp_buffer.Data, count: (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, size_of_element: sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), compare_func: Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder);
20081	DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows: temp_buffer.Data, windows_size: temp_buffer.Size, NULL);
20082	TreePop();
20083	}
20084
20085	TreePop();
20086	}
20087
20088	// DrawLists
20089	int drawlist_count = 0;
20090	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
20091	drawlist_count += viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists.Size;
20092	if (TreeNode(str_id: "DrawLists", fmt: "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count))
20093	{
20094	Checkbox(label: "Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", v: &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh);
20095	Checkbox(label: "Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", v: &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
20096	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
20097	{
20098	bool viewport_has_drawlist = false;
20099	for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)
20100	{
20101	if (!viewport_has_drawlist)
20102	Text(fmt: "Active DrawLists in Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID);
20103	viewport_has_drawlist = true;
20104	DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, label: "DrawList");
20105	}
20106	}
20107	TreePop();
20108	}
20109
20110	// Viewports
20111	if (TreeNode(str_id: "Viewports", fmt: "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size))
20112	{
20113	cfg->HighlightMonitorIdx = -1;
20114	bool open = TreeNode(str_id: "Monitors", fmt: "Monitors (%d)", g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size);
20115	SameLine();
20116	MetricsHelpMarker(desc: "Dear ImGui uses monitor data:\n- to query DPI settings on a per monitor basis\n- to position popup/tooltips so they don't straddle monitors.");
20117	if (open)
20118	{
20119	for (int i = 0; i < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; i++)
20120	{
20121	const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[i];
20122	BulletText(fmt: "Monitor #%d: DPI %.0f%%\n MainMin (%.0f,%.0f), MainMax (%.0f,%.0f), MainSize (%.0f,%.0f)\n WorkMin (%.0f,%.0f), WorkMax (%.0f,%.0f), WorkSize (%.0f,%.0f)",
20123	i, mon.DpiScale * 100.0f,
20124	mon.MainPos.x, mon.MainPos.y, mon.MainPos.x + mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainPos.y + mon.MainSize.y, mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainSize.y,
20125	mon.WorkPos.x, mon.WorkPos.y, mon.WorkPos.x + mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkPos.y + mon.WorkSize.y, mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkSize.y);
20126	if (IsItemHovered())
20127	cfg->HighlightMonitorIdx = i;
20128	}
20129	TreePop();
20130	}
20131
20132	SetNextItemOpen(is_open: true, cond: ImGuiCond_Once);
20133	if (TreeNode(label: "Windows Minimap"))
20134	{
20135	RenderViewportsThumbnails();
20136	TreePop();
20137	}
20138	cfg->HighlightViewportID = 0;
20139
20140	BulletText(fmt: "MouseViewport: 0x%08X (UserHovered 0x%08X, LastHovered 0x%08X)", g.MouseViewport ? g.MouseViewport->ID : 0, g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport, g.MouseLastHoveredViewport ? g.MouseLastHoveredViewport->ID : 0);
20141	if (TreeNode(label: "Inferred Z order (front-to-back)"))
20142	{
20143	static ImVector<ImGuiViewportP*> viewports;
20144	viewports.resize(new_size: g.Viewports.Size);
20145	memcpy(dest: viewports.Data, src: g.Viewports.Data, n: g.Viewports.size_in_bytes());
20146	if (viewports.Size > 1)
20147	ImQsort(base: viewports.Data, count: viewports.Size, size_of_element: sizeof(ImGuiViewport*), compare_func: ViewportComparerByLastFocusedStampCount);
20148	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : viewports)
20149	{
20150	BulletText(fmt: "Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, LastFocused = %08d, PlatformFocused = %s, Window: \"%s\"",
20151	viewport->Idx, viewport->ID, viewport->LastFocusedStampCount,
20152	(g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus && viewport->PlatformWindowCreated) ? (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport) ? "1" : "0") : "N/A",
20153	viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A");
20154	if (IsItemHovered())
20155	cfg->HighlightViewportID = viewport->ID;
20156	}
20157	TreePop();
20158	}
20159
20160	for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
20161	DebugNodeViewport(viewport);
20162	TreePop();
20163	}
20164
20165	// Details for Popups
20166	if (TreeNode(str_id: "Popups", fmt: "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))
20167	{
20168	for (const ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)
20169	{
20170	// As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline.
20171	ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data.Window;
20172	BulletText(fmt: "PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), RestoreNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'",
20173	popup_data.PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "",
20174	popup_data.RestoreNavWindow ? popup_data.RestoreNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL");
20175	}
20176	TreePop();
20177	}
20178
20179	// Details for TabBars
20180	if (TreeNode(str_id: "TabBars", fmt: "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount()))
20181	{
20182	for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++)
20183	if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n))
20184	{
20185	PushID(ptr_id: tab_bar);
20186	DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, label: "TabBar");
20187	PopID();
20188	}
20189	TreePop();
20190	}
20191
20192	// Details for Tables
20193	if (TreeNode(str_id: "Tables", fmt: "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount()))
20194	{
20195	for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++)
20196	if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n))
20197	DebugNodeTable(table);
20198	TreePop();
20199	}
20200
20201	// Details for Fonts
20202	ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts;
20203	if (TreeNode(str_id: "Fonts", fmt: "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size))
20204	{
20205	ShowFontAtlas(atlas);
20206	TreePop();
20207	}
20208
20209	// Details for InputText
20210	if (TreeNode(label: "InputText"))
20211	{
20212	DebugNodeInputTextState(state: &g.InputTextState);
20213	TreePop();
20214	}
20215
20216	// Details for TypingSelect
20217	if (TreeNode(str_id: "TypingSelect", fmt: "TypingSelect (%d)", g.TypingSelectState.SearchBuffer[0] != 0 ? 1 : 0))
20218	{
20219	DebugNodeTypingSelectState(state: &g.TypingSelectState);
20220	TreePop();
20221	}
20222
20223	// Details for Docking
20224	#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
20225	if (TreeNode(label: "Docking"))
20226	{
20227	static bool root_nodes_only = true;
20228	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext;
20229	Checkbox(label: "List root nodes", v: &root_nodes_only);
20230	Checkbox(label: "Ctrl shows window dock info", v: &cfg->ShowDockingNodes);
20231	if (SmallButton(label: "Clear nodes")) { DockContextClearNodes(ctx: &g, root_id: 0, clear_settings_refs: true); }
20232	SameLine();
20233	if (SmallButton(label: "Rebuild all")) { dc->WantFullRebuild = true; }
20234	for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++)
20235	if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p)
20236	if (!root_nodes_only || node->IsRootNode())
20237	DebugNodeDockNode(node, label: "Node");
20238	TreePop();
20239	}
20240	#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
20241
20242	// Settings
20243	if (TreeNode(label: "Settings"))
20244	{
20245	if (SmallButton(label: "Clear"))
20246	ClearIniSettings();
20247	SameLine();
20248	if (SmallButton(label: "Save to memory"))
20249	SaveIniSettingsToMemory();
20250	SameLine();
20251	if (SmallButton(label: "Save to disk"))
20252	SaveIniSettingsToDisk(ini_filename: g.IO.IniFilename);
20253	SameLine();
20254	if (g.IO.IniFilename)
20255	Text(fmt: "\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename);
20256	else
20257	TextUnformatted(text: "<NULL>");
20258	Checkbox(label: "io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", v: &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings);
20259	Text(fmt: "SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer);
20260	if (TreeNode(str_id: "SettingsHandlers", fmt: "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size))
20261	{
20262	for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
20263	BulletText(fmt: "\"%s\"", handler.TypeName);
20264	TreePop();
20265	}
20266	if (TreeNode(str_id: "SettingsWindows", fmt: "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size()))
20267	{
20268	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
20269	DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings);
20270	TreePop();
20271	}
20272
20273	if (TreeNode(str_id: "SettingsTables", fmt: "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size()))
20274	{
20275	for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(p: settings))
20276	DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);
20277	TreePop();
20278	}
20279
20280	#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
20281	if (TreeNode(str_id: "SettingsDocking", fmt: "Settings packed data: Docking"))
20282	{
20283	ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext;
20284	Text(fmt: "In SettingsWindows:");
20285	for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(p: settings))
20286	if (settings->DockId != 0)
20287	BulletText(fmt: "Window '%s' -> DockId %08X DockOrder=%d", settings->GetName(), settings->DockId, settings->DockOrder);
20288	Text(fmt: "In SettingsNodes:");
20289	for (int n = 0; n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; n++)
20290	{
20291	ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[n];
20292	const char* selected_tab_name = NULL;
20293	if (settings->SelectedTabId)
20294	{
20295	if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(id: settings->SelectedTabId))
20296	selected_tab_name = window->Name;
20297	else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(id: settings->SelectedTabId))
20298	selected_tab_name = window_settings->GetName();
20299	}
20300	BulletText(fmt: "Node %08X, Parent %08X, SelectedTab %08X ('%s')", settings->ID, settings->ParentNodeId, settings->SelectedTabId, selected_tab_name ? selected_tab_name : settings->SelectedTabId ? "N/A" : "");
20301	}
20302	TreePop();
20303	}
20304	#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
20305
20306	if (TreeNode(str_id: "SettingsIniData", fmt: "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size()))
20307	{
20308	InputTextMultiline(label: "##Ini", buf: (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), buf_size: g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, size: ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), flags: ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
20309	TreePop();
20310	}
20311	TreePop();
20312	}
20313
20314	// Settings
20315	if (TreeNode(label: "Memory allocations"))
20316	{
20317	ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info = &g.DebugAllocInfo;
20318	Text(fmt: "%d current allocations", info->TotalAllocCount - info->TotalFreeCount);
20319	if (SmallButton(label: "GC now")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }
20320	Text(fmt: "Recent frames with allocations:");
20321	int buf_size = IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf);
20322	for (int n = buf_size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
20323	{
20324	ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[(info->LastEntriesIdx - n + buf_size) % buf_size];
20325	BulletText(fmt: "Frame %06d: %+3d ( %2d malloc, %2d free )%s", entry->FrameCount, entry->AllocCount - entry->FreeCount, entry->AllocCount, entry->FreeCount, (n == 0) ? " (most recent)" : "");
20326	}
20327	TreePop();
20328	}
20329
20330	if (TreeNode(label: "Inputs"))
20331	{
20332	Text(fmt: "KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS");
20333	{
20334	// We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends.
20335	// User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
20336	Indent();
20337	#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
20338	struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } };
20339	#else
20340	struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array
20341	//Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } }
20342	#endif
20343	Text(fmt: "Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(fmt: IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text(fmt: "(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); }
20344	Text(fmt: "Keys pressed:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyPressed(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(fmt: IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }
20345	Text(fmt: "Keys released:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyReleased(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(fmt: IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }
20346	Text(fmt: "Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");
20347	Text(fmt: "Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; SameLine(); Text(fmt: "\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.
20348	DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(draw_list: GetWindowDrawList());
20349	Unindent();
20350	}
20351
20352	Text(fmt: "MOUSE STATE");
20353	{
20354	Indent();
20355	if (IsMousePosValid())
20356	Text(fmt: "Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
20357	else
20358	Text(fmt: "Mouse pos: <INVALID>");
20359	Text(fmt: "Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y);
20360	int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown);
20361	Text(fmt: "Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseDown(button: i)) { SameLine(); Text(fmt: "b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }
20362	Text(fmt: "Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(button: i)) { SameLine(); Text(fmt: "b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); }
20363	Text(fmt: "Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(button: i)) { SameLine(); Text(fmt: "b%d", i); }
20364	Text(fmt: "Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
20365	Text(fmt: "MouseStationaryTimer: %.2f", g.MouseStationaryTimer);
20366	Text(fmt: "Mouse source: %s", GetMouseSourceName(source: io.MouseSource));
20367	Text(fmt: "Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused
20368	Unindent();
20369	}
20370
20371	Text(fmt: "MOUSE WHEELING");
20372	{
20373	Indent();
20374	Text(fmt: "WheelingWindow: '%s'", g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow->Name : "NULL");
20375	Text(fmt: "WheelingWindowReleaseTimer: %.2f", g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer);
20376	Text(fmt: "WheelingAxisAvg[] = { %.3f, %.3f }, Main Axis: %s", g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "X" : (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x < g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "Y" : "<none>");
20377	Unindent();
20378	}
20379
20380	Text(fmt: "KEY OWNERS");
20381	{
20382	Indent();
20383	if (BeginChild(str_id: "##owners", size_arg: ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), child_flags: ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, window_flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
20384	for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
20385	{
20386	ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(ctx: &g, key);
20387	if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
20388	continue;
20389	Text(fmt: "%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr,
20390	owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : "");
20391	DebugLocateItemOnHover(target_id: owner_data->OwnerCurr);
20392	}
20393	EndChild();
20394	Unindent();
20395	}
20396	Text(fmt: "SHORTCUT ROUTING");
20397	SameLine();
20398	MetricsHelpMarker(desc: "Declared shortcut routes automatically set key owner when mods matches.");
20399	{
20400	Indent();
20401	if (BeginChild(str_id: "##routes", size_arg: ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), child_flags: ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, window_flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
20402	for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
20403	{
20404	ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;
20405	for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; )
20406	{
20407	ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];
20408	ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = key | routing_data->Mods;
20409	Text(fmt: "%s: 0x%08X (scored %d)", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), routing_data->RoutingCurr, routing_data->RoutingCurrScore);
20410	DebugLocateItemOnHover(target_id: routing_data->RoutingCurr);
20411	if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)
20412	{
20413	SameLine();
20414	if (DebugBreakButton(label: "**DebugBreak**", description_of_location: "in SetShortcutRouting() for this KeyChord"))
20415	g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = key_chord;
20416	}
20417	idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex;
20418	}
20419	}
20420	EndChild();
20421	Text(fmt: "(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);
20422	Unindent();
20423	}
20424	TreePop();
20425	}
20426
20427	if (TreeNode(label: "Internal state"))
20428	{
20429	Text(fmt: "WINDOWING");
20430	Indent();
20431	Text(fmt: "HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");
20432	Text(fmt: "HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockTree->Name : "NULL");
20433	Text(fmt: "HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
20434	Text(fmt: "HoveredDockNode: 0x%08X", g.DebugHoveredDockNode ? g.DebugHoveredDockNode->ID : 0);
20435	Text(fmt: "MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
20436	Text(fmt: "MouseViewport: 0x%08X (UserHovered 0x%08X, LastHovered 0x%08X)", g.MouseViewport->ID, g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport, g.MouseLastHoveredViewport ? g.MouseLastHoveredViewport->ID : 0);
20437	Unindent();
20438
20439	Text(fmt: "ITEMS");
20440	Indent();
20441	Text(fmt: "ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(source: g.ActiveIdSource));
20442	DebugLocateItemOnHover(target_id: g.ActiveId);
20443	Text(fmt: "ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL");
20444	Text(fmt: "ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);
20445	Text(fmt: "HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame
20446	Text(fmt: "HoverItemDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverItemDelayId, g.HoverItemDelayTimer, g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer);
20447	Text(fmt: "DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize);
20448	DebugLocateItemOnHover(target_id: g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);
20449	Unindent();
20450
20451	Text(fmt: "NAV,FOCUS");
20452	Indent();
20453	Text(fmt: "NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL");
20454	Text(fmt: "NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer);
20455	DebugLocateItemOnHover(target_id: g.NavId);
20456	Text(fmt: "NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(source: g.NavInputSource));
20457	Text(fmt: "NavLastValidSelectionUserData = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 ")", g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData, g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData);
20458	Text(fmt: "NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible);
20459	Text(fmt: "NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId: %08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId);
20460	Text(fmt: "NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags);
20461	Text(fmt: "NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover);
20462	Text(fmt: "NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId);
20463	Text(fmt: "NavFocusRoute[] = ");
20464	for (int path_n = g.NavFocusRoute.Size - 1; path_n >= 0; path_n--)
20465	{
20466	const ImGuiFocusScopeData& focus_scope = g.NavFocusRoute[path_n];
20467	SameLine(offset_from_start_x: 0.0f, spacing_w: 0.0f);
20468	Text(fmt: "0x%08X/", focus_scope.ID);
20469	SetItemTooltip("In window \"%s\"", FindWindowByID(id: focus_scope.WindowID)->Name);
20470	}
20471	Text(fmt: "NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL");
20472	Unindent();
20473
20474	TreePop();
20475	}
20476
20477	// Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order
20478	if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder)
20479	{
20480	for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
20481	{
20482	if (!window->WasActive)
20483	continue;
20484	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
20485	if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects)
20486	{
20487	ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, rect_type: cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType);
20488	draw_list->AddRect(p_min: r.Min, p_max: r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
20489	}
20490	if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
20491	{
20492	char buf[32];
20493	ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt: "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
20494	float font_size = GetFontSize();
20495	draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min: window->Pos, p_max: window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
20496	draw_list->AddText(pos: window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), text_begin: buf);
20497	}
20498	}
20499	}
20500
20501	// Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles
20502	if (cfg->ShowTablesRects)
20503	{
20504	for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
20505	{
20506	ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n: table_n);
20507	if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)
20508	continue;
20509	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window: table->OuterWindow);
20510	if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
20511	{
20512	for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
20513	{
20514	ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_type: cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, n: column_n);
20515	ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255);
20516	float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f;
20517	draw_list->AddRect(p_min: r.Min, p_max: r.Max, col, rounding: 0.0f, flags: 0, thickness);
20518	}
20519	}
20520	else
20521	{
20522	ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_type: cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, n: -1);
20523	draw_list->AddRect(p_min: r.Min, p_max: r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
20524	}
20525	}
20526	}
20527
20528	#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
20529	// Overlay: Display Docking info
20530	if (cfg->ShowDockingNodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.DebugHoveredDockNode)
20531	{
20532	char buf[64] = "";
20533	char* p = buf;
20534	ImGuiDockNode* node = g.DebugHoveredDockNode;
20535	ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(window: node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(viewport: GetMainViewport());
20536	p += ImFormatString(buf: p, buf_size: buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, fmt: "DockId: %X%s\n", node->ID, node->IsCentralNode() ? " *CentralNode*" : "");
20537	p += ImFormatString(buf: p, buf_size: buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, fmt: "WindowClass: %08X\n", node->WindowClass.ClassId);
20538	p += ImFormatString(buf: p, buf_size: buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, fmt: "Size: (%.0f, %.0f)\n", node->Size.x, node->Size.y);
20539	p += ImFormatString(buf: p, buf_size: buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, fmt: "SizeRef: (%.0f, %.0f)\n", node->SizeRef.x, node->SizeRef.y);
20540	int depth = DockNodeGetDepth(node);
20541	overlay_draw_list->AddRect(p_min: node->Pos + ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth, p_max: node->Pos + node->Size - ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth, IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
20542	ImVec2 pos = node->Pos + ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth;
20543	overlay_draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min: pos - ImVec2(1, 1), p_max: pos + CalcTextSize(text: buf) + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
20544	overlay_draw_list->AddText(NULL, font_size: 0.0f, pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), text_begin: buf);
20545	}
20546	#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
20547
20548	End();
20549	}
20550
20551	void ImGui::DebugBreakClearData()
20552	{
20553	// Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations
20554	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
20555	g.DebugBreakInWindow = 0;
20556	g.DebugBreakInTable = 0;
20557	g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None;
20558	}
20559
20560	void ImGui::DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location)
20561	{
20562	if (!BeginItemTooltip())
20563	return;
20564	Text(fmt: "To call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() %s:", description_of_location);
20565	Separator();
20566	TextUnformatted(text: keyboard_only ? "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard." : "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard.\n- or Click (may alter focus/active id).\n- or navigate using keyboard and press space.");
20567	Separator();
20568	TextUnformatted(text: "Choose one way that doesn't interfere with what you are trying to debug!\nYou need a debugger attached or this will crash!");
20569	EndTooltip();
20570	}
20571
20572	// Special button that doesn't take focus, doesn't take input owner, and can be activated without a click etc.
20573	// In order to reduce interferences with the contents we are trying to debug into.
20574	bool ImGui::DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location)
20575	{
20576	ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
20577	if (window->SkipItems)
20578	return false;
20579
20580	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
20581	const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str: label);
20582	const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text: label, NULL, hide_text_after_double_hash: true);
20583	ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
20584	ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y);
20585
20586	const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
20587	ItemSize(size, text_baseline_y: 0.0f);
20588	if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
20589	return false;
20590
20591	// WE DO NOT USE ButtonEx() or ButtonBehavior() in order to reduce our side-effects.
20592	bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, item_flags: g.CurrentItemFlags);
20593	bool pressed = hovered && (IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord: g.DebugBreakKeyChord) || IsMouseClicked(button: 0) || g.NavActivateId == id);
20594	DebugBreakButtonTooltip(keyboard_only: false, description_of_location);
20595
20596	ImVec4 col4f = GetStyleColorVec4(idx: hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
20597	ImVec4 hsv;
20598	ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(r: col4f.x, g: col4f.y, b: col4f.z, out_h&: hsv.x, out_s&: hsv.y, out_v&: hsv.z);
20599	ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h: hsv.x + 0.20f, s: hsv.y, v: hsv.z, out_r&: col4f.x, out_g&: col4f.y, out_b&: col4f.z);
20600
20601	RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
20602	RenderFrame(p_min: bb.Min, p_max: bb.Max, fill_col: GetColorU32(col: col4f), border: true, rounding: g.Style.FrameRounding);
20603	RenderTextClipped(pos_min: bb.Min, pos_max: bb.Max, text: label, NULL, text_size_if_known: &label_size, align: g.Style.ButtonTextAlign, clip_rect: &bb);
20604
20605	IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
20606	return pressed;
20607	}
20608
20609	// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns
20610	void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)
20611	{
20612	if (!TreeNode(ptr_id: (void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, fmt: "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))
20613	return;
20614	BulletText(fmt: "Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX);
20615	for (ImGuiOldColumnData& column : columns->Columns)
20616	BulletText(fmt: "Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", (int)columns->Columns.index_from_ptr(it: &column), column.OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm: column.OffsetNorm));
20617	TreePop();
20618	}
20619
20620	static void DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags* p_flags, const char* label, bool enabled)
20621	{
20622	using namespace ImGui;
20623	PushID(str_id: label);
20624	PushStyleVar(idx: ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, val: ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
20625	Text(fmt: "%s:", label);
20626	if (!enabled)
20627	BeginDisabled();
20628	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoResize", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize);
20629	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoResizeX", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX);
20630	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoResizeY",flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY);
20631	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoTabBar", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar);
20632	CheckboxFlags(label: "HiddenTabBar", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar);
20633	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoWindowMenuButton", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton);
20634	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoCloseButton", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton);
20635	CheckboxFlags(label: "DockedWindowsInFocusRoute", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockedWindowsInFocusRoute);
20636	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoDocking", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking); // Multiple flags
20637	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoDockingSplit", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit);
20638	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoDockingSplitOther", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther);
20639	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoDockingOver", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe);
20640	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoDockingOverOther", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther);
20641	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoDockingOverEmpty", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty);
20642	CheckboxFlags(label: "NoUndocking", flags: p_flags, flags_value: ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoUndocking);
20643	if (!enabled)
20644	EndDisabled();
20645	PopStyleVar();
20646	PopID();
20647	}
20648
20649	// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDockNode
20650	void ImGui::DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label)
20651	{
20652	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
20653	const bool is_alive = (g.FrameCount - node->LastFrameAlive < 2); // Submitted with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly
20654	const bool is_active = (g.FrameCount - node->LastFrameActive < 2); // Submitted
20655	if (!is_alive) { PushStyleColor(idx: ImGuiCol_Text, col: GetStyleColorVec4(idx: ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
20656	bool open;
20657	ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = node->IsFocused ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
20658	if (node->Windows.Size > 0)
20659	open = TreeNodeEx(ptr_id: (void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, flags: tree_node_flags, fmt: "%s 0x%04X%s: %d windows (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", node->Windows.Size, node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL");
20660	else
20661	open = TreeNodeEx(ptr_id: (void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, flags: tree_node_flags, fmt: "%s 0x%04X%s: %s (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? "horizontal split" : (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? "vertical split" : "empty", node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL");
20662	if (!is_alive) { PopStyleColor(); }
20663	if (is_active && IsItemHovered())
20664	if (ImGuiWindow* window = node->HostWindow ? node->HostWindow : node->VisibleWindow)
20665	GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(p_min: node->Pos, p_max: node->Pos + node->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
20666	if (open)
20667	{
20668	IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[0] == NULL || node->ChildNodes[0]->ParentNode == node);
20669	IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[1] == NULL || node->ChildNodes[1]->ParentNode == node);
20670	BulletText(fmt: "Pos (%.0f,%.0f), Size (%.0f, %.0f) Ref (%.0f, %.0f)",
20671	node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y, node->Size.x, node->Size.y, node->SizeRef.x, node->SizeRef.y);
20672	DebugNodeWindow(window: node->HostWindow, label: "HostWindow");
20673	DebugNodeWindow(window: node->VisibleWindow, label: "VisibleWindow");
20674	BulletText(fmt: "SelectedTabID: 0x%08X, LastFocusedNodeID: 0x%08X", node->SelectedTabId, node->LastFocusedNodeId);
20675	BulletText(fmt: "Misc:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
20676	node->IsDockSpace() ? " IsDockSpace" : "",
20677	node->IsCentralNode() ? " IsCentralNode" : "",
20678	is_alive ? " IsAlive" : "", is_active ? " IsActive" : "", node->IsFocused ? " IsFocused" : "",
20679	node->WantLockSizeOnce ? " WantLockSizeOnce" : "",
20680	node->HasCentralNodeChild ? " HasCentralNodeChild" : "");
20681	if (TreeNode(str_id: "flags", fmt: "Flags Merged: 0x%04X, Local: 0x%04X, InWindows: 0x%04X, Shared: 0x%04X", node->MergedFlags, node->LocalFlags, node->LocalFlagsInWindows, node->SharedFlags))
20682	{
20683	if (BeginTable(str_id: "flags", column: 4))
20684	{
20685	TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(p_flags: &node->MergedFlags, label: "MergedFlags", enabled: false);
20686	TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(p_flags: &node->LocalFlags, label: "LocalFlags", enabled: true);
20687	TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(p_flags: &node->LocalFlagsInWindows, label: "LocalFlagsInWindows", enabled: false);
20688	TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(p_flags: &node->SharedFlags, label: "SharedFlags", enabled: true);
20689	EndTable();
20690	}
20691	TreePop();
20692	}
20693	if (node->ParentNode)
20694	DebugNodeDockNode(node: node->ParentNode, label: "ParentNode");
20695	if (node->ChildNodes[0])
20696	DebugNodeDockNode(node: node->ChildNodes[0], label: "Child[0]");
20697	if (node->ChildNodes[1])
20698	DebugNodeDockNode(node: node->ChildNodes[1], label: "Child[1]");
20699	if (node->TabBar)
20700	DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar: node->TabBar, label: "TabBar");
20701	DebugNodeWindowsList(windows: &node->Windows, label: "Windows");
20702
20703	TreePop();
20704	}
20705	}
20706
20707	static void FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(char* buf, int buf_size, ImTextureID tex_id)
20708	{
20709	union { void* ptr; int integer; } tex_id_opaque;
20710	memcpy(dest: &tex_id_opaque, src: &tex_id, n: ImMin(lhs: sizeof(void*), rhs: sizeof(tex_id)));
20711	if (sizeof(tex_id) >= sizeof(void*))
20712	ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, fmt: "0x%p", tex_id_opaque.ptr);
20713	else
20714	ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, fmt: "0x%04X", tex_id_opaque.integer);
20715	}
20716
20717	// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList
20718	// Note that both 'window' and 'viewport' may be NULL here. Viewport is generally null of destroyed popups which previously owned a viewport.
20719	void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
20720	{
20721	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
20722	ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
20723	int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;
20724	if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL)
20725	cmd_count--;
20726	bool node_open = TreeNode(ptr_id: draw_list, fmt: "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count);
20727	if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList())
20728	{
20729	SameLine();
20730	TextColored(col: ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), fmt: "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
20731	if (node_open)
20732	TreePop();
20733	return;
20734	}
20735
20736	ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = viewport ? GetForegroundDrawList(viewport) : NULL; // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
20737	if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
20738	fg_draw_list->AddRect(p_min: window->Pos, p_max: window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
20739	if (!node_open)
20740	return;
20741
20742	if (window && !window->WasActive)
20743	TextDisabled(fmt: "Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!");
20744
20745	for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++)
20746	{
20747	if (pcmd->UserCallback)
20748	{
20749	BulletText(fmt: "Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
20750	continue;
20751	}
20752
20753	char texid_desc[20];
20754	FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(buf: texid_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(texid_desc), tex_id: pcmd->TextureId);
20755	char buf[300];
20756	ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt: "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex %s, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)",
20757	pcmd->ElemCount / 3, texid_desc, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
20758	bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode(ptr_id: (void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), fmt: "%s", buf);
20759	if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list)
20760	DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(out_draw_list: fg_draw_list, draw_list, draw_cmd: pcmd, show_mesh: cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, show_aabb: cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
20761	if (!pcmd_node_open)
20762	continue;
20763
20764	// Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count)
20765	// This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output.
20766	const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
20767	const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset;
20768	float total_area = 0.0f;
20769	for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; )
20770	{
20771	ImVec2 triangle[3];
20772	for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
20773	triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos;
20774	total_area += ImTriangleArea(a: triangle[0], b: triangle[1], c: triangle[2]);
20775	}
20776
20777	// Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame
20778	ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt: "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area);
20779	Selectable(label: buf);
20780	if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
20781	DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(out_draw_list: fg_draw_list, draw_list, draw_cmd: pcmd, show_mesh: true, show_aabb: false);
20782
20783	// Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.
20784	ImGuiListClipper clipper;
20785	clipper.Begin(items_count: pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
20786	while (clipper.Step())
20787	for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
20788	{
20789	char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
20790	ImVec2 triangle[3];
20791	for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++)
20792	{
20793	const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i];
20794	triangle[n] = v.pos;
20795	buf_p += ImFormatString(buf: buf_p, buf_size: buf_end - buf_p, fmt: "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n",
20796	(n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
20797	}
20798
20799	Selectable(label: buf, selected: false);
20800	if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered())
20801	{
20802	ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;
20803	fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
20804	fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(points: triangle, num_points: 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), flags: ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness: 1.0f);
20805	fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
20806	}
20807	}
20808	TreePop();
20809	}
20810	TreePop();
20811	}
20812
20813	// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd
20814	void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb)
20815	{
20816	IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb);
20817
20818	// Draw wire-frame version of all triangles
20819	ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect;
20820	ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
20821	ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags;
20822	out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
20823	for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; )
20824	{
20825	ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list
20826	ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset;
20827
20828	ImVec2 triangle[3];
20829	for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
20830	vtxs_rect.Add(p: (triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos));
20831	if (show_mesh)
20832	out_draw_list->AddPolyline(points: triangle, num_points: 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), flags: ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness: 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles
20833	}
20834	// Draw bounding boxes
20835	if (show_aabb)
20836	{
20837	out_draw_list->AddRect(p_min: ImTrunc(v: clip_rect.Min), p_max: ImTrunc(v: clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU
20838	out_draw_list->AddRect(p_min: ImTrunc(v: vtxs_rect.Min), p_max: ImTrunc(v: vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles
20839	}
20840	out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
20841	}
20842
20843	// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().
20844	void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font)
20845	{
20846	bool opened = TreeNode(ptr_id: font, fmt: "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)",
20847	font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);
20848	SameLine();
20849	if (SmallButton(label: "Set as default"))
20850	GetIO().FontDefault = font;
20851	if (!opened)
20852	return;
20853
20854	// Display preview text
20855	PushFont(font);
20856	Text(fmt: "The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
20857	PopFont();
20858
20859	// Display details
20860	SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8);
20861	DragFloat(label: "Font scale", v: &font->Scale, v_speed: 0.005f, v_min: 0.3f, v_max: 2.0f, format: "%.1f");
20862	SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker(
20863	desc: "Note that the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"
20864	"Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. "
20865	"You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. "
20866	"You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n"
20867	"(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)");
20868	Text(fmt: "Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
20869	char c_str[5];
20870	Text(fmt: "Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(out_buf: c_str, c: font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar);
20871	Text(fmt: "Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(out_buf: c_str, c: font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar);
20872	const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);
20873	Text(fmt: "Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt);
20874	for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
20875	if (font->ConfigData)
20876	if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
20877	BulletText(fmt: "Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",
20878	config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);
20879
20880	// Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
20881	if (TreeNode(str_id: "Glyphs", fmt: "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
20882	{
20883	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList();
20884	const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Text);
20885	const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;
20886	const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
20887	for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)
20888	{
20889	// Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k)
20890	// This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT
20891	// is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here)
20892	if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(c_begin: base, c_last: base + 4095))
20893	{
20894	base += 4096 - 256;
20895	continue;
20896	}
20897
20898	int count = 0;
20899	for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
20900	if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(c: (ImWchar)(base + n)))
20901	count++;
20902	if (count <= 0)
20903	continue;
20904	if (!TreeNode(ptr_id: (void*)(intptr_t)base, fmt: "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))
20905	continue;
20906
20907	// Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs
20908	ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
20909	for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
20910	{
20911	// We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions
20912	// available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string.
20913	ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));
20914	ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);
20915	const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback(c: (ImWchar)(base + n));
20916	draw_list->AddRect(p_min: cell_p1, p_max: cell_p2, col: glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));
20917	if (!glyph)
20918	continue;
20919	font->RenderChar(draw_list, size: cell_size, pos: cell_p1, col: glyph_col, c: (ImWchar)(base + n));
20920	if (IsMouseHoveringRect(r_min: cell_p1, r_max: cell_p2) && BeginTooltip())
20921	{
20922	DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph);
20923	EndTooltip();
20924	}
20925	}
20926	Dummy(size: ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));
20927	TreePop();
20928	}
20929	TreePop();
20930	}
20931	TreePop();
20932	}
20933
20934	void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph)
20935	{
20936	Text(fmt: "Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint);
20937	Separator();
20938	Text(fmt: "Visible: %d", glyph->Visible);
20939	Text(fmt: "AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);
20940	Text(fmt: "Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);
20941	Text(fmt: "UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);
20942	}
20943
20944	// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage
20945	void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label)
20946	{
20947	if (!TreeNode(str_id: label, fmt: "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes()))
20948	return;
20949	for (const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p : storage->Data)
20950	BulletText(fmt: "Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer.
20951	TreePop();
20952	}
20953
20954	// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar
20955	void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)
20956	{
20957	// Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings.
20958	char buf[256];
20959	char* p = buf;
20960	const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
20961	const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2);
20962	p += ImFormatString(buf: p, buf_size: buf_end - p, fmt: "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s {", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
20963	for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(lhs: tab_bar->Tabs.Size, rhs: 3); tab_n++)
20964	{
20965	ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
20966	p += ImFormatString(buf: p, buf_size: buf_end - p, fmt: "%s'%s'", tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab));
20967	}
20968	p += ImFormatString(buf: p, buf_size: buf_end - p, fmt: (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } ");
20969	if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(idx: ImGuiCol_Text, col: GetStyleColorVec4(idx: ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
20970	bool open = TreeNode(str_id: label, fmt: "%s", buf);
20971	if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
20972	if (is_active && IsItemHovered())
20973	{
20974	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList();
20975	draw_list->AddRect(p_min: tab_bar->BarRect.Min, p_max: tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
20976	draw_list->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), p2: ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
20977	draw_list->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), p2: ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
20978	}
20979	if (open)
20980	{
20981	for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
20982	{
20983	ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
20984	PushID(ptr_id: tab);
20985	if (SmallButton(label: "<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, offset: -1); } SameLine(offset_from_start_x: 0, spacing_w: 2);
20986	if (SmallButton(label: ">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, offset: +1); } SameLine();
20987	Text(fmt: "%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f",
20988	tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth);
20989	PopID();
20990	}
20991	TreePop();
20992	}
20993	}
20994
20995	void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
20996	{
20997	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
20998	SetNextItemOpen(is_open: true, cond: ImGuiCond_Once);
20999	bool open = TreeNode(ptr_id: (void*)(intptr_t)viewport->ID, fmt: "Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, Parent: 0x%08X, Window: \"%s\"", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID, viewport->ParentViewportId, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A");
21000	if (IsItemHovered())
21001	g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID = viewport->ID;
21002	if (open)
21003	{
21004	ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags;
21005	BulletText(fmt: "Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f\nMonitor: %d, DpiScale: %.0f%%",
21006	viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y,
21007	viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y,
21008	viewport->PlatformMonitor, viewport->DpiScale * 100.0f);
21009	if (viewport->Idx > 0) { SameLine(); if (SmallButton(label: "Reset Pos")) { viewport->Pos = ImVec2(200, 200); viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); if (viewport->Window) viewport->Window->Pos = viewport->Pos; } }
21010	BulletText(fmt: "Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", viewport->Flags,
21011	//(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", // Omitting because it is the standard
21012	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "",
21013	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) ? " IsMinimized" : "",
21014	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused) ? " IsFocused" : "",
21015	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : "",
21016	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? " NoDecoration" : "",
21017	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon) ? " NoTaskBarIcon" : "",
21018	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) ? " NoFocusOnAppearing" : "",
21019	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick) ? " NoFocusOnClick" : "",
21020	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs) ? " NoInputs" : "",
21021	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear) ? " NoRendererClear" : "",
21022	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge) ? " NoAutoMerge" : "",
21023	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? " TopMost" : "",
21024	(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) ? " CanHostOtherWindows" : "");
21025	for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)
21026	DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, label: "DrawList");
21027	TreePop();
21028	}
21029	}
21030
21031	void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
21032	{
21033	if (window == NULL)
21034	{
21035	BulletText(fmt: "%s: NULL", label);
21036	return;
21037	}
21038
21039	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21040	const bool is_active = window->WasActive;
21041	ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
21042	if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(idx: ImGuiCol_Text, col: GetStyleColorVec4(idx: ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
21043	const bool open = TreeNodeEx(str_id: label, flags: tree_node_flags, fmt: "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
21044	if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
21045	if (IsItemHovered() && is_active)
21046	GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(p_min: window->Pos, p_max: window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
21047	if (!open)
21048	return;
21049
21050	if (window->MemoryCompacted)
21051	TextDisabled(fmt: "Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed.");
21052
21053	if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && DebugBreakButton(label: "**DebugBreak**", description_of_location: "in Begin()"))
21054	g.DebugBreakInWindow = window->ID;
21055
21056	ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
21057	DebugNodeDrawList(window, viewport: window->Viewport, draw_list: window->DrawList, label: "DrawList");
21058	BulletText(fmt: "Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y);
21059	BulletText(fmt: "Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,
21060	(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",
21061	(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",
21062	(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : "");
21063	BulletText(fmt: "WindowClassId: 0x%08X", window->WindowClass.ClassId);
21064	BulletText(fmt: "Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : "");
21065	BulletText(fmt: "Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1);
21066	BulletText(fmt: "Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems);
21067	for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)
21068	{
21069	ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer];
21070	if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y)
21071	BulletText(fmt: "NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]);
21072	else
21073	BulletText(fmt: "NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y);
21074	DebugLocateItemOnHover(target_id: window->NavLastIds[layer]);
21075	}
21076	const ImVec2* pr = window->NavPreferredScoringPosRel;
21077	for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)
21078	BulletText(fmt: "NavPreferredScoringPosRel[%d] = {%.1f,%.1f)", layer, (pr[layer].x == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].x), (pr[layer].y == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].y)); // Display as 99999.0f so it looks neater.
21079	BulletText(fmt: "NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL");
21080
21081	BulletText(fmt: "Viewport: %d%s, ViewportId: 0x%08X, ViewportPos: (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->Idx : -1, window->ViewportOwned ? " (Owned)" : "", window->ViewportId, window->ViewportPos.x, window->ViewportPos.y);
21082	BulletText(fmt: "ViewportMonitor: %d", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor : -1);
21083	BulletText(fmt: "DockId: 0x%04X, DockOrder: %d, Act: %d, Vis: %d", window->DockId, window->DockOrder, window->DockIsActive, window->DockTabIsVisible);
21084	if (window->DockNode || window->DockNodeAsHost)
21085	DebugNodeDockNode(node: window->DockNodeAsHost ? window->DockNodeAsHost : window->DockNode, label: window->DockNodeAsHost ? "DockNodeAsHost" : "DockNode");
21086
21087	if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window: window->RootWindow, label: "RootWindow"); }
21088	if (window->RootWindowDockTree != window->RootWindow) { DebugNodeWindow(window: window->RootWindowDockTree, label: "RootWindowDockTree"); }
21089	if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window: window->ParentWindow, label: "ParentWindow"); }
21090	if (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window: window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute, label: "ParentWindowForFocusRoute"); }
21091	if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(windows: &window->DC.ChildWindows, label: "ChildWindows"); }
21092	if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode(str_id: "Columns", fmt: "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size))
21093	{
21094	for (ImGuiOldColumns& columns : window->ColumnsStorage)
21095	DebugNodeColumns(columns: &columns);
21096	TreePop();
21097	}
21098	DebugNodeStorage(storage: &window->StateStorage, label: "Storage");
21099	TreePop();
21100	}
21101
21102	void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
21103	{
21104	if (settings->WantDelete)
21105	BeginDisabled();
21106	Text(fmt: "0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d",
21107	settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed);
21108	if (settings->WantDelete)
21109	EndDisabled();
21110	}
21111
21112	void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label)
21113	{
21114	if (!TreeNode(str_id: label, fmt: "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size))
21115	return;
21116	for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back
21117	{
21118	PushID(ptr_id: (*windows)[i]);
21119	DebugNodeWindow(window: (*windows)[i], label: "Window");
21120	PopID();
21121	}
21122	TreePop();
21123	}
21124
21125	// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way.
21126	void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack)
21127	{
21128	for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++)
21129	{
21130	ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i];
21131	if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack)
21132	continue;
21133	char buf[20];
21134	ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt: "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
21135	//BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name);
21136	DebugNodeWindow(window, label: buf);
21137	Indent();
21138	DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows: windows + i + 1, windows_size: windows_size - i - 1, parent_in_begin_stack: window);
21139	Unindent();
21140	}
21141	}
21142
21143	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
21144	// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW
21145	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
21146
21147	void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...)
21148	{
21149	va_list args;
21150	va_start(args, fmt);
21151	DebugLogV(fmt, args);
21152	va_end(args);
21153	}
21154
21155	void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
21156	{
21157	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21158	const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size();
21159	g.DebugLogBuf.appendf(fmt: "[%05d] ", g.FrameCount);
21160	g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args);
21161	g.DebugLogIndex.append(base: g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, new_size: g.DebugLogBuf.size());
21162	if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY)
21163	IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);
21164	#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
21165	if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine)
21166	IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);
21167	#endif
21168	}
21169
21170	// FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically via layout mode once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout.
21171	static void SameLineOrWrap(const ImVec2& size)
21172	{
21173	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21174	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
21175	ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y);
21176	if (window->ClipRect.Contains(r: ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
21177	ImGui::SameLine();
21178	}
21179
21180	static void ShowDebugLogFlag(const char* name, ImGuiDebugLogFlags flags)
21181	{
21182	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21183	ImVec2 size(ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + ImGui::CalcTextSize(text: name).x, ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
21184	SameLineOrWrap(size); // FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout.
21185	if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags(label: name, flags: &g.DebugLogFlags, flags_value: flags) && g.IO.KeyShift && (g.DebugLogFlags & flags) != 0)
21186	{
21187	g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 2;
21188	g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags |= flags;
21189	}
21190	ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Hold SHIFT when clicking to enable for 2 frames only (useful for spammy log entries)");
21191	}
21192
21193	void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open)
21194	{
21195	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21196	if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
21197	SetNextWindowSize(size: ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), cond: ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
21198	if (!Begin(name: "Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
21199	{
21200	End();
21201	return;
21202	}
21203
21204	ImGuiDebugLogFlags all_enable_flags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ & ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting;
21205	CheckboxFlags(label: "All", flags: &g.DebugLogFlags, flags_value: all_enable_flags);
21206	SetItemTooltip("(except InputRouting which is spammy)");
21207
21208	ShowDebugLogFlag(name: "ActiveId", flags: ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId);
21209	ShowDebugLogFlag(name: "Clipper", flags: ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper);
21210	ShowDebugLogFlag(name: "Docking", flags: ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking);
21211	ShowDebugLogFlag(name: "Focus", flags: ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus);
21212	ShowDebugLogFlag(name: "IO", flags: ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO);
21213	ShowDebugLogFlag(name: "Nav", flags: ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav);
21214	ShowDebugLogFlag(name: "Popup", flags: ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup);
21215	//ShowDebugLogFlag("Selection", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection);
21216	ShowDebugLogFlag(name: "Viewport", flags: ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport);
21217	ShowDebugLogFlag(name: "InputRouting", flags: ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting);
21218
21219	if (SmallButton(label: "Clear"))
21220	{
21221	g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
21222	g.DebugLogIndex.clear();
21223	}
21224	SameLine();
21225	if (SmallButton(label: "Copy"))
21226	SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str());
21227	BeginChild(str_id: "##log", size_arg: ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), child_flags: ImGuiChildFlags_Border, window_flags: ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
21228
21229	const ImGuiDebugLogFlags backup_log_flags = g.DebugLogFlags;
21230	g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper;
21231
21232	ImGuiListClipper clipper;
21233	clipper.Begin(items_count: g.DebugLogIndex.size());
21234	while (clipper.Step())
21235	for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++)
21236	{
21237	const char* line_begin = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(base: g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), n: line_no);
21238	const char* line_end = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(base: g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), n: line_no);
21239	TextUnformatted(text: line_begin, text_end: line_end); // Display line
21240	ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect;
21241	if (IsItemHovered())
21242	for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++) // Search for 0x???????? identifiers
21243	{
21244	ImGuiID id = 0;
21245	if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(s: p + 2, format: "%X", &id) != 1)
21246	continue;
21247	ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(text: line_begin, text_end: p);
21248	ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(text: p, text_end: p + 10);
21249	g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y));
21250	if (IsMouseHoveringRect(r_min: g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, r_max: g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, clip: true))
21251	DebugLocateItemOnHover(target_id: id);
21252	p += 10;
21253	}
21254	}
21255	g.DebugLogFlags = backup_log_flags;
21256	if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY())
21257	SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
21258	EndChild();
21259
21260	End();
21261	}
21262
21263	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
21264	// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL)
21265	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
21266
21267	// Draw a small cross at current CursorPos in current window's DrawList
21268	void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col)
21269	{
21270	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21271	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
21272	ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
21273	window->DrawList->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), p2: ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, thickness: 1.0f);
21274	window->DrawList->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), p2: ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, thickness: 1.0f);
21275	}
21276
21277	// Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList
21278	void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col)
21279	{
21280	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21281	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
21282	float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
21283	float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y);
21284	float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y);
21285	window->DrawList->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), p2: ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, thickness: 1.0f);
21286	window->DrawList->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), p2: ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, thickness: 1.0f);
21287	window->DrawList->AddLine(p1: ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), p2: ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, thickness: 1.0f);
21288	}
21289
21290	// Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible)
21291	void ImGui::DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col)
21292	{
21293	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21294	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
21295	GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(p_min: g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, p_max: g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col);
21296	}
21297
21298	// [DEBUG] Locate item position/rectangle given an ID.
21299	static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255); // Green
21300
21301	void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id)
21302	{
21303	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21304	g.DebugLocateId = target_id;
21305	g.DebugLocateFrames = 2;
21306	g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
21307	}
21308
21309	// FIXME: Doesn't work over through a modal window, because they clear HoveredWindow.
21310	void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id)
21311	{
21312	if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(flags: ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
21313	return;
21314	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21315	DebugLocateItem(target_id);
21316	GetForegroundDrawList(window: g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(p_min: g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), p_max: g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), col: DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
21317
21318	// Can't easily use a context menu here because it will mess with focus, active id etc.
21319	if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && g.MouseStationaryTimer > 1.0f)
21320	{
21321	DebugBreakButtonTooltip(keyboard_only: false, description_of_location: "in ItemAdd()");
21322	if (IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord: g.DebugBreakKeyChord))
21323	g.DebugBreakInLocateId = true;
21324	}
21325	}
21326
21327	void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem()
21328	{
21329	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21330
21331	// [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
21332	if (g.DebugBreakInLocateId)
21333	IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
21334
21335	ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData;
21336	g.DebugLocateId = 0;
21337	ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window: g.CurrentWindow);
21338	ImRect r = item_data.Rect;
21339	r.Expand(amount: 3.0f);
21340	ImVec2 p1 = g.IO.MousePos;
21341	ImVec2 p2 = ImVec2((p1.x < r.Min.x) ? r.Min.x : (p1.x > r.Max.x) ? r.Max.x : p1.x, (p1.y < r.Min.y) ? r.Min.y : (p1.y > r.Max.y) ? r.Max.y : p1.y);
21342	draw_list->AddRect(p_min: r.Min, p_max: r.Max, col: DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
21343	draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, col: DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
21344	}
21345
21346	void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker()
21347	{
21348	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21349	g.DebugItemPickerActive = true;
21350	}
21351
21352	// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.
21353	void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker()
21354	{
21355	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21356	g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
21357	if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive)
21358	return;
21359
21360	const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
21361	SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand);
21362	if (IsKeyPressed(key: ImGuiKey_Escape))
21363	g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
21364	const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);
21365	if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(button: g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id)
21366	{
21367	g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id;
21368	g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
21369	}
21370	for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++)
21371	if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(button: mouse_button))
21372	g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button;
21373	SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f);
21374	if (!BeginTooltip())
21375	return;
21376	Text(fmt: "HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id);
21377	Text(fmt: "Press ESC to abort picking.");
21378	const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" };
21379	if (change_mapping)
21380	Text(fmt: "Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button.");
21381	else
21382	TextColored(col: GetStyleColorVec4(idx: hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), fmt: "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]);
21383	EndTooltip();
21384	}
21385
21386	// [DEBUG] ID Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame()
21387	void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries()
21388	{
21389	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21390	ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
21391
21392	// Clear hook when id stack tool is not visible
21393	g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0;
21394	if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1)
21395	return;
21396
21397	// Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item
21398	// We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time
21399	const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId;
21400	if (tool->QueryId != query_id)
21401	{
21402	tool->QueryId = query_id;
21403	tool->StackLevel = -1;
21404	tool->Results.resize(new_size: 0);
21405	}
21406	if (query_id == 0)
21407	return;
21408
21409	// Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result)
21410	int stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
21411	if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
21412	if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2)
21413	tool->StackLevel++;
21414
21415	// Update hook
21416	stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
21417	if (stack_level == -1)
21418	g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id;
21419	if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
21420	{
21421	g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID;
21422	tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++;
21423	}
21424	}
21425
21426	// [DEBUG] ID Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions
21427	void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end)
21428	{
21429	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21430	ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
21431	ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
21432
21433	// Step 0: stack query
21434	// This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget.
21435	if (tool->StackLevel == -1)
21436	{
21437	tool->StackLevel++;
21438	tool->Results.resize(new_size: window->IDStack.Size + 1, v: ImGuiStackLevelInfo());
21439	for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++)
21440	tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id;
21441	return;
21442	}
21443
21444	// Step 1+: query for individual level
21445	IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0);
21446	if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size)
21447	return;
21448	ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel];
21449	IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0);
21450
21451	switch (data_type)
21452	{
21453	case ImGuiDataType_S32:
21454	ImFormatString(buf: info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), fmt: "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id);
21455	break;
21456	case ImGuiDataType_String:
21457	ImFormatString(buf: info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), fmt: "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen(s: (const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id);
21458	break;
21459	case ImGuiDataType_Pointer:
21460	ImFormatString(buf: info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), fmt: "(void*)0x%p", data_id);
21461	break;
21462	case ImGuiDataType_ID:
21463	if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one.
21464	return;
21465	ImFormatString(buf: info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), fmt: "0x%08X [override]", id);
21466	break;
21467	default:
21468	IM_ASSERT(0);
21469	}
21470	info->QuerySuccess = true;
21471	info->DataType = data_type;
21472	}
21473
21474	static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiIDStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
21475	{
21476	ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
21477	ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(id: info->ID) : NULL;
21478	if (window) // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked)
21479	return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, fmt: format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name);
21480	if (info->QuerySuccess) // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id)
21481	return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, fmt: (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc);
21482	if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size) // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers.
21483	return (*buf = 0);
21484	#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
21485	if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID)) // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo()
21486	return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label);
21487	#endif
21488	return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, fmt: "???");
21489	}
21490
21491	// ID Stack Tool: Display UI
21492	void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open)
21493	{
21494	ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
21495	if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
21496	SetNextWindowSize(size: ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), cond: ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
21497	if (!Begin(name: "Dear ImGui ID Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
21498	{
21499	End();
21500	return;
21501	}
21502
21503	// Display hovered/active status
21504	ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
21505	const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
21506	const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId;
21507	#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
21508	Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId: 0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : "");
21509	#else
21510	Text(fmt: "HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId: 0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id);
21511	#endif
21512	SameLine();
21513	MetricsHelpMarker(desc: "Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details.");
21514
21515	// CTRL+C to copy path
21516	const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime;
21517	Checkbox(label: "Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", v: &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC);
21518	SameLine();
21519	TextColored(col: (time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), fmt: "*COPIED*");
21520	if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && Shortcut(key_chord: ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, owner_id: 0, flags: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal))
21521	{
21522	tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time;
21523	char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data;
21524	char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size;
21525	for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++)
21526	{
21527	*p++ = '/';
21528	char level_desc[256];
21529	StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n: stack_n, format_for_ui: false, buf: level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc));
21530	for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++)
21531	{
21532	if (level_desc[n] == '/')
21533	*p++ = '\\';
21534	*p++ = level_desc[n];
21535	}
21536	}
21537	*p = '\0';
21538	SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data);
21539	}
21540
21541	// Display decorated stack
21542	tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount;
21543	if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable(str_id: "##table", column: 3, flags: ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
21544	{
21545	const float id_width = CalcTextSize(text: "0xDDDDDDDD").x;
21546	TableSetupColumn(label: "Seed", flags: ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width_or_weight: id_width);
21547	TableSetupColumn(label: "PushID", flags: ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
21548	TableSetupColumn(label: "Result", flags: ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width_or_weight: id_width);
21549	TableHeadersRow();
21550	for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++)
21551	{
21552	ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
21553	TableNextColumn();
21554	Text(fmt: "0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0);
21555	TableNextColumn();
21556	StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, format_for_ui: true, buf: g.TempBuffer.Data, buf_size: g.TempBuffer.Size);
21557	TextUnformatted(text: g.TempBuffer.Data);
21558	TableNextColumn();
21559	Text(fmt: "0x%08X", info->ID);
21560	if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1)
21561	TableSetBgColor(target: ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, color: GetColorU32(idx: ImGuiCol_Header));
21562	}
21563	EndTable();
21564	}
21565	End();
21566	}
21567
21568	#else
21569
21570	void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {}
21571	void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {}
21572	void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {}
21573	void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {}
21574	void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {}
21575	void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {}
21576	void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {}
21577	void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {}
21578	void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {}
21579	void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {}
21580	void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>*, const char*) {}
21581	void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {}
21582
21583	void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {}
21584	void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {}
21585	void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {}
21586	void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool*) {}
21587	void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() {}
21588	void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {}
21589
21590	#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
21591
21592	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
21593
21594	// Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed.
21595	// Prefer just including imgui_internal.h from your code rather than using this define. If a declaration is missing from imgui_internal.h add it or request it on the github.
21596	#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL
21597	#include "imgui_user.inl"
21598	#endif
21599
21600	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
21601
21602	#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
21603